Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2022 with funding from 
Duke University Libraries 


https://archive.org/details/doctrinesdiscipl01meth_0O 


THE DOCTRINES 


AND 


DISCIPLINE 


OF THE 


Methodist Episcopal Church 


1908 
EDITED BY 
BISHOP DANIEL A. GOODSELL 
Div.Sch. JOSEPH B. HINGELEY 
a JAMES M, BUCKLEY 
A3 
1908a 


CINCINNATI: JENNINGS & GRAHAM 
NEW YORK: EATON & MAINS 


wy 
2 
| a 
a - 
4 1 
7 ; > 4 
- wha lee 
7 
hv 
' . 
‘ 
oS 
, . 
MARMAAD 
J tAy 
ap 


EPISCOPAL ADDRESS 


To the Members of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. 

DEARLY BELOVED BRETHREN: It is our privilege 
and duty to recommend most earnestly this volume 
to you, which contains the DocrrinEs and Dis- 
CIPLINE of our Church, which we believe are 
agreeable to the Word of God, which is the only and 
the sufficient rule of faith and practice. Yet the 
Church, in the liberty given to it by the Lord, and 
taught by the experience of many years, and by ~ 
the study of ancient and modern Churches, has 
from time to time modified its Discipline in order 
to secure the end for which it was founded. | 

We believe that God’s design in raising up the 
Methodist Episcopal Church in America was to 


aid largely in evangelizing the continent and “to 


spread scriptural holiness over these lands.” As a 
3 


Episcopat ADDRESS 


proof we have seen since that time an extraordinary 
work of God extending throughout all the United 
States and Territories and throughout the British 
possessions in North America, and the planting of 
successful Missions in South America and Mexico. 
The Methodist Episcopal Church, in its organic 
form and in spiritual power, has been successfully 
planted also in Africa, Asia, and Hurope, where 
God has given it great prosperity. 

During the period in which this work has been 
extending, the Church has revised and enlarged 
its legislation to meet the demands ereated by its 
own success, as well as by the conditions of the 
different peoples among whom it strives to build 
up the kingdom of God. The Book of Discipline, 
at first small and simple, has thus gradually be- 
come larger, more varied in its topics, and more 
important by the activities which it has inspired 
and regulated. Its provisions for our expanding 
educational, missionary, and publishing work are 
illustrations of this statement. 


The peculiar Constitution and Administrative 
4 


Eriscoran AppRESS 


Rules of our Church, to which its success is 
largely due, deserve careful study. The Itinerant 
Ministry, the Sub-pastorate through Classes, the 
Episcopacy, the District Superintendency, the Con- 
ferences in their gradation, the Local Ministry, 
the Judicial Administration, the Interdependence 
of the Ministry and the Laity, with the well- 
defined duties and rights of each, are severally 
‘parts of a system which can be truly valued, 
profitably used, or wisely modified only by those 
who through loving and faithful study have be- 
come familiar with it. 

Therefore we earnestly wish that this volume 
may be found in the home of every member of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church; and the more so be- 
cause it contains the Doctrines maintained, in part 
or in whole, by every evangelical Church. 

The Order of Worship herein set forth we com- 
mend to your scrupulous observance. In sub- 
stance, it has been received from our Fathers, has 
been approved by judgment and enjoined by the 


authority of the Church. If uniformly observed, 
5 


Epriscopat ADDRESS 


it will eontinue to be both a token and bond of 
unity throughout our widespread communion. 
We remain your very affectionate Brethren and 


Pastors: 
BISHOPS 


THOMAS BOWMAN, 
HENRY W. WARREN, 
CYRUS D. FOSS, 

JOHN M. WALDEN, ~ 
WILLARD F. MALLALIEU, 
JOHN H. VINCENT, 
DANIEL A. GOODSELL, 
EARL CRANSTON, 
DAVID H. MOORE, . 
JOHN W. HAMILTON, © 
JOSEPH F. BERRY, 
HENRY SPELLMEYER, 
WILLIAM F. McDOWELL, 
JAMES W. BASHFORD, 
WILLIAM BURT, 
LUTHER B. WILSON, 
THOMAS B. NEELY, 
WILLIAM F. ANDERSON, 
JOHN L. NUELSEN, 
WILLIAM A. QUAYLE, 
CHARLES W. SMITH, 
WILSON 8. LEWIS, 
EDWIN H. HUGHES, 
ROBERT McINTYRE, - 
FRANK M. BRISTOL. 


MISSIONARY BISHOPS 


JAMES M. THOBURN, 
JOSEPH C. HARTZELL, 
FRANK W. WARNE, 
ISAIAH B. SCOTT, 
WILLIAM F. OLDHAM, 
JOHN E. ROBINSON, 
MERRIMAN C. HARRIS. 


6 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
FUISTORICAL STATEMENT. .. oi) .iclc ce Dew cleseelees saeesiees! 15 
PART I 
THE CONSTITUTION 

DIVISION 
I. ARTICLES OF RELIGION. .......2020cc0008 aad 3 So ee 
Ne GREG ETECA Tory EU ELECEIGS yy eresn. 5 oy Sieh en apeiiad buopetehogehet ol a. afebigieae! he 32 


III. ArtTIcLES OF ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT... 37 


CHAPTER ; 
I, PasroraL CHARGES, QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL Con- 
SEIREEN GEIS 5 plo icin gh iek inate eve Meee ase RIUM staal the 37 
II. GenersaL CONFERENCE 
ARTICLE 
T. How Composed... .:ajej0.0 0/0). ejee onsen close 37 
II. Ministerial Delegates .............+...-. 38 
TIT. Lay Delegates ...---...-..-+.------ 000. 39 
BY MiCredenitialsy he Gi ReY aks eae Be sishstattereielids 39 
RVR SESSIONS etey a tists shia, o)n: cles sere sctinins’s) a a 'n)ja eli welt » 40 
WE. Presiding) Officers. am-ja-tesi ici). aleineetee « 41 
WU Onn AR GIs Oo bes Sop cbyeecbe dee osbes 41 
VIREO Q worm} i. . i.) EROS ES 8 OE PER. 42 
SS \GUt oT REE = Atl BOE e ROT oC Rice aie 42 
Powers and Restrictions.............-.. 43 
xi, Amendments sg ss /2'sie-.. =) syaiare pty oy tol ystatoct=\ = 44 
PART II 7 
CHAPTER THE CHURCH 
I. MemBerrsHIP 
MGMMSSON IAGO) COMULCH 2 c's ste arsiss) erevs ais: elei es (es) aver 47 
Baptized Children and the Church............. 48 
Transfer of Membership by Certificate.......... 50 
Classes and Class Meetings,........0.2.2200008 52 


7 


CoNTENTS 


CHAPTER PAGE 
Il. Sprcran ADVICES 
Blaiveryray. od\aidtb seul quae aaa o iase1h | >ynikalaliaials lala ated mEeaED 
1D) v-1= |: A A nm = bitline (521 
Marriage: ..¢:. os «sae sisieisinakeleeleeee ap eevee 55 
Divorce. .. | . uvysisjeeenera bs eee ee eee Sa hare LOG 
Amusements. ts J. ¥ilch 2. 2 coteielaiers eee ener 56 
Memperanee. . J... <. «se sis 6.0 cialis 58 
; Bubhanig Wants sl kisses, Sheree seqpocs2 Firat oh 15S 
Ill. Worsuipe 
Order of Public Worship...... SERRE ewe ie nee 


Spirit and Truth of Singing.... 


PART III 
CONFERENCES 


I, GENERAL CONFERENCE ....... ye aintein btlata'm state erate 


II, AnnuAL CONFERENCES 


Number and Organization 
Order of Business........... 
Powers and Duties.......... 
Statisties .../.)./0.2222 qo eee 


Til. Lay Erecrorat CoNFrERENCES 


Election of Delegates ...... 
Laymen’s Associations....... 


IV. Centrat Mission CONFERENCES... 


eee ew wee rene 


VY. Misston CONFERENCES...-. ifs \reelerana LINE ddd bie snp 


, VI. Districr CONFERENCES 


Organization and Duties..... 
Order of Business.......... 
Discontinuance..........2.% 


VII. QuartTERLY CONFERENCES 


Organization and Duties.... 
Order of Business.......... 
Auditing and Records...... 


MIT) Orrrorat, BoARD). oaac. ane 


a 


ee ed 


see ee ed 


IX. Lerapers AnD STEWARDS’ MEETING .....--sse00- 


[For Jupic1aL CONFERENCE see page 184] 


8 


ConTENTS 


PART IV 
f MINISTRY 
CHAPTER PAGE 
I. QUALIFICATIONS AND WORK 
Callto. Presels 22 2 4 tetas ss 5 Oe. a 101 
Rules for Preacher’s Conduct.............+-++. 101 
Spiritual. Qualifications. .2¢ 2. 2...0.0.....22+-: 104 
Profitable) Use of MPume ira seis fess /seoe siete e's eels 106 
NecessityrofyUmion: sit0. ASO os cee es 107 
Deportment at Conference......-........+5+- 108 
Where and Howto Presch2i:2. 05.22. se ss 108 
Pastoral Pidelity Su.) SURMISE ibs oe 109 
II. Ministers AND ANNUAL CONFERENCES 
Reception om Dale weiss elects eee ae one 114 
Admission into Full Membership.............- 116 
Ministers from Other Churches..,..........+.-- 118 
Ministers in Official Positions...............+. 120 
Termination of Conference Membership 
PM Docattom er tcc cee pts + yee F byes sya atte» 120 
2. Surrender of Ministerial Ofice............ 121 
DoW MHA WallscSeen hire eee eat tee ae ee ae 121 
4. Refusal to do Work Assigned............ 121 
LIE ANCONS ne eae. Rite che Meier ee reeee ae AES Li 122 
IBV: SEEDERS. 2 si... 00,0, 0 Ce) PITRE ae eee ee 123 
IV. \PASTORS cise hice Barvcisiass iid std clan oeemterdial. 6 = 125 
VI. SuPERNUMERARY MINISTERS...........-00000.- 131 
VIL. SupeRANNUATED MINISTERS...........--.--00-- 132 
VIII. Districr SUPERINTENDENTS ...........-2-+---5 133 
PXSO MISSIONARY) BISHOPS a litis ey wens ee ts cede cere leet 136 
X. BisHors 
BOHSULALCURIS eee acre te eae o ciNatutesclerenelatess 138 
DUG ESE: Sisters eT ONE 6 RAV RR Lae 138 
IPOWErS carers 2 orp aye tees ene Beno tetara stats tars eee iste As 141 
Xl. SUPERANNUATED BISHOPS...;.scciccieudelvcescee 143 
PART V 
LOCAL PREACHERS, EXHORTERS, DEACONESSES 
~ 1, Leva) Predowens: 100. cere, mages... 147 
RLS sMXRHORDBRS Ko, as ce nei ie a cee oe ee woe ls 150 
III. Draconesses 
WeAcOnesses Rea jst reianiabl sis Ysseueiets «5 151 
Episcopal Supervision. .....e0csegeeecesecess 152 
9 
. 


ContTENTS 


CHAPTER © PAGE 
General Deaconess Board.. .........-. sh alates a aker 
Conference Deaconess Board.......... ie oie Byala ee LeReD 
Regulations for Deaconesses...........+2.+--. 156 
Retired Deaconess and Her Support....... ae ROR 
Deaconess Institutions.......... STTS RVI. <4 162 
Exception... ...0, 625+ ss: 1 ee 163 

PART VI 
JUDICIAL ADMINISTRATION 

T. ‘TRIAD Or BisHor! 1). ay eee Pepa sage eas, AO 
II, Traut or MissIonARY BISHOP........ Larcsinateh= acc Se 

III. Triau or MemBer OF CONFERENCE 
Preliminary Investigation............. evlseeee 169 
Charges... .ce.tisryeleqas bie slop ane eiksstava bist oie. ae: 
Maladministration .......... aca? emmiiteheleve. Lee 
Triaks. . c.ces cep lenin nee SVs aneeagemeiee sia’) leeee 
IV. Trrat OF PREACHER ON TRIAL......2.004- RS ie bi 
V. Trrat or Locan PREACHER......... SOE ig herarare CLR 

VI. Triat or MEMBER 

Immoral Conduct. .... 02.00.05 00 BONAR Me siskecta: Lae 
Imprudent and Unchristian Conduct..... emeid= -] ROL 
Neglect of Means of Grace...... a FREE Sam 
Causing’ Dissension: : si 75542200 see iis soi bo 
Disagreement in Business—Arbitration......... 182 
Insolvency. .....\5 »iis «ob ies See snk. | LGR 
General Directions Concerning Trials........... 184 
Vit. JouprcraL CONFERENGE  ....o. ) eee aejaie 0 MSE: 
Vil, Apprat or BISHOP... ..<./.-- cee acpi OO 
IX. AppreaL oF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE.......2-5-- 186 
X. RESTORATION OF CREDENTIALS. .....+.-e- pint teicls:e\ Le 
XI. Appran or Locan PREACHER....-...... iebislee..)s6 JOB 


XT. Apprat or MpmBER—CourT oF APPEAIS........ 190 


PART VII 
TEMPORAL ECONOMY 
I. Support or Ministers 4 
Stewards... is =e seks hee somtaihreats ot aK 
Stewards and Support of Ministers...... os eoste 3) BOO 
Support of Bishops... ...2. .': Si) aoe 200 
Support of District Superintendents. ...... aeese 202 
Support of Pastors... .2) (22 See pe ciao 203 


CoNnTENTS 


CHAPTER PAGE 
Support of Conference Claimants 

Mei Claiaa scleyatencrs:-s i cleictapeisinns/etciaie aie ste Sa be 204 

2. BKunds. 6...) CE RA EASA 2 204 

3. Anniversaries and Apportionments....... 205 

4. Administration of Funds................ 207 


[See also pages 281-285] 
II. CaurcH PROPERTY 


Trustees—Appointment and Duties........... 210 

Conveyance of Church Property..........-...- 212 

Building Chuirchess esc 1 5 sas oe ore sod pentose = © 213 

Sale of Church Property.........--++sss+0+-:> 214 

Building and Renting Parsonages..........-+-- 217 

III, Lapis’ Arp SOcIETIES .......0 0... ssc eee eee 218 
PART VIII 


. INSTITUTIONS, BOARDS, AND SOCIETIES 
I. Book Concern 


Publishing Houses) sisi ects sisic tit de etaicdtald.~ . 223 
Book, Committee. , . . .,....0.°, ssteweltes depamsislde ss 226 
Editors and Periodicals..............-...e.+0.. 230 
Special Publishing Committees...............-. 231 
Depositories, . .:... wvashersidabyst ye Meyntaigetsthtnd +6 > 231 
Circulation of Religious Tracts.........0s.0.-. 232 
II. Boarp or ForrIGN Missions j 
MMVCOLPOLADIOM cas cpaie nie alee) tno pojey eee otcln aiel= 233 
GonSteON EY ey ee ee lee ee ec 233 
Administration of Foreign Missions.......0.... 239 
Annual Conference Board..............0.00++5 240 
IDISUTICH MEORTOT ARERR AE SS eS ae steloie she ele 3 241 
District Missionary Secretaries................ 242 
Duties of District Superintendents............. 242 
Duties of Pastors and Churches............... 243 
III. Woman’s Foreign Misstonary SOCIETY ........ 245 
IV. Boarp or Homa Missions AnD CHURCH EXTENSION 
Hm ConpOrahanse ts te see steel eters we paneke 247 
General Commitee nicer sicvelsia ss -itc cre ele) 2 247 
IBGALGGS Beier eee aceter a sie ter olatale atarcncl te rale 250 
City Evangelization . 0). sje< » ia oe sye'b « oseeieyrye!® 253 
Annual Conference Board...............+++++- 254 
Boards in Mission Conferences-and Missions... . 256 
Administration of Missions.............+ pun te 257 
Duties of Annual Conferencés........-...200+- 258 
Duties of District Superintendents............. 259 
Duties, Of PAstarsen cis ccre< aise orvletvale eveveiaie ein eus 260 
Applications for Church Extension Aid........ 261 


11 


ConTENTS 
CHAPTER PAGE 
V. Woman’s Homi MISSIONARY SOCIETY........... 262 


VI. Ciry EvANGELIZATION 


National City Evangelization Union......... «+. 262 
Loeal Unions...) id: 2. 6i)2 ty Reale 264 
Duties of District Superintendents, Pastors, etc. 266 


VII. Boarp or EpucaTIon 


Incorporation and Officers,............- phe IS Pi 4516 
PPOWEFB oo Eis enero ti ele > sleule ace Rn ee 268 
Educational Institutions...........e.e.eees+:s 270 
University Senate............ceceere aia eRg autre 2A 
Duties of District Superintendents............ 272 
Duties of Pastors..........+0. he dards ROA. oh 
VIII. Boarp or Sunpay ScHoors 
Incorporation)... 05)... 2 «sales eee a 274 
Corresponding Secretary...... A cae CEC 275 
Local Sunday School Board...........+2+-+«<: 276 
Officers and Teachers; |: .iinyue cee cane eae Ae Ar G 
Duties of District Superintendents ..... ME wie is | OS 
Duties of Pastors...........2.e05 SR AES Ss 2D 


IX. Boarp or CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


Authorization and Officers....... ELEN ecg BBL 
Corresponding Secretary.........0.0seeseeeee 282 
Connectional Fund for Conference Claimants... 282 
Administration of Connectional Fund.......... 283 
Annual Conference Report.......+.+..+s++--: 284 
X, FreepmMen’s Arp Society : 
General Object.........5.0cceens ris’ sue Sasaneres state 286 
Board of Managers........ ERE Ci er durant nraelehe teem: 
Omicersis suse a RAE ania oe A aa oe P23) 
General) Committee... 45.-,0/se sc ete) ele ae 288 


Duties of District Superintendents and Pastors.. 289 


XI. DENoMINATIONAL Funps 


Chartered Fund 2.0... /2. 0s Ree Hele) oe 

Trustees, Methodist Episcopal Church,........ 292 

Auditing and! Bonding...) 2). c)cclelslalee ee eee 295 
XII. Courcn TEMPERANCE SOCIETY.......... eae) as 295 . 
XIII. Epworrsu Leacur 

Constitution t's). ete ae a nie eee Alcan! Gens 298 

Duties of President, |...) \ <1: ¢ ses) nee eee 301 


Duties of District Superintendents and Pastors.. 301 


XIV. Meruopist BROTHERHOOD..........0eceeeeeee 302 
12 


ContTENTS 


\ 

PART IX 

BOUNDARIES 
CHAPTER PAGER 
.. I. DererRMINING BOUNDARIES ......+..-+ee00+ URIS S07 

II. Bounparies or CONFERENCES 
United States and Territories ..........00.00% 309 
Foreign) Countries... 4.0)! 0. VES - 335 


‘ @ 
III. Bounparizs op CONFERENCES AND MIssIons 


United States and Territories.............-... 338 
Horeign COUNtTIeS ob ose isjopere svalalatevetainys dsebene. 340 
IV. Enasrine Acts 
United States....... Sees 4 ee et i th 342 
Foreign Countries...... Be esata toe Rh teh etshe a a,/0\e 344 
PART X 
I. Barrism Niuiaras 
ANTE AIUE SER ret nl cace ema eie ses) woke Le clair etnece ame el cers 349 
WHGpe OL RIPER Vearsin. vsoe ele cle sin aelaiate whe oid 354 
II. Reception op MemMBers 
OTT Tee usce ae ce lapancinhs anpaininke ny StNe ea ees SSDs 6.3! 6 358 
Taye 0 Pe SS TN a ek ETT 360 
III. Tue Lornv’s SuUPPHR.............. Be eikous Severe 363 
VAM NVATHINION 1.1, ta/sisistelel secsie cisc a cla wie ne atte es ele ee . 371 
V. BURIAL OP THE DEAD.......ccccccccccee spac! dove eta 


VI. ConsECRATION AND ORDINATION 


Consecration of Bishops............-..¢- wee. 383 
Ordination of Elders. .......0.e.cc8cccccccecs 392 
Ordination of Deacons..........+cscccececees 402 
Consecration of Deaconesses...........+20-0- . 407 


VII. Corner Stone AND DEDICATION 


Corer Stone ese ioms aianstavetarepss obey sl wlesauetchalalonen weee. 413 
Dedication,............. MMe ayer seine des ele 


ConTENTS 


14 


APPENDIX 
CHAPTER PAGE 
I, ADDRESSES OF BISHOPS AND GENERAL Ona: 427 
II, ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS......0.6.2letlieleee . 431 
IIT. GENERAL CONFERENCE. o0e's de eovetele siete «. 441 
IV. GenERAL CONFERENCE DEcISIONS OF LAw...... 461 
V. MISCELLANEOUS... ...sceecceseeve $:2 SRR Se cies 468 
VI. Forms AWG . 
Constitutions» «/s se a0. 22 odio tina a: . 492.- 
Charges’... secs sess ct sine ys qinteye sc. 485 
VII. Courses or Stupy 
Certificates)... 0.) 5 pe ene ee ae 489 
Examinations . .-0. seaaeit ese ee Oe 490 
Emeglishis,....'5 .2\.+\ «+0 < 6npeyaleepeiele eee nee 492 
German 0... seis » casein oe es Cee 499 
Norwegian and Danish. .......... <ifatieyeie- sk 503 
Swedish. : 005.00 002 no ee 506 
Bynnish.. $2525.00. S26 Sg er 510 
Ptaltan ? 505000 S See 512 
Spanish...) 00. 6... 5 ool cio leie eee rr 517 
Bulgarians)... ...:.s).)5: se eeteie + ele nie nen eee 521 
Other Courses..... ee en eh Nic SMe sis «cro sea 


HISTORICAL STATEMENT 


Tue doctrine and spirit of Primitive Christianity 
have existed at different times and in different de- 
grees in all branches of the kingdom of Christ among 
men. They were embodied in a new form on this 
wise: 

“In 1729 two young men in England, reading the 
Bible, saw they could not be saved without holiness, 
followed after it, and incited others so to do. In 1737 
they saw, likewise, that men are justified before they 
are sanctified; but still holiness was their object. God 
then thrust them out to raise a holy people.” 

This was the rise of Methodism, as given in the 
words of its founders, John and Charles Wesley, of 
Oxford University, and Presbyters of the Church of 
England. Their evangelical labors were accompanied 
by an extraordinary divine infiuence; other Minis- 
ters and many Lay Preachers were raised up to aid 
them; and throughout England and in Scotland and 
Ireland arose United Societies of men having the 
form and seeking the power of godliness. These sub- 
sequently became the Wesleyan Churches of Great 
Britain. 

In the year 1766 Philip Embury, a Wesleyan Local 
Preacher from Ireland, began to preach in New York 

15 


Historica STATEMENT 


City and formed a Society, now the John Street 
Church. Another Local Preacher, Thomas Webb, 
Captain in the British army, soon joined him and 
also preached in the city of New York and its vicinity. 
About the same time Robert Strawbridge, from Ire- 
jJand, settled in Frederick County, Maryland, preach- 
ing there and forming Societies. In 1769 Mr. Wesley 
sent to America two Itinerant Preachers, Richard 
Boardman and Joseph Pilmoor, and in 1771 two 
others, Francis Asbury and Richard Wright. The 
work thus begun was signally owned of God, so that, 
at the close of the Revolutionary War, the number of 
Traveling Preachers was about eighty, and of mem- 
bers in the Societies, about fifteen thousand. 

When the Independence of the United States was 
acknowledged by the treaty of 1783, the American 
Methodists, most of whom had been members of the 
Church of England, were, according to the declara- 
tion of Mr. Wesley, “totally disentangled both from 
the State and the English hierarchy.” He added: 
“They are now at full liberty simply to follow the 
Scriptures and the Primitive Church, and we judge 
it best that they should stand fast in that liberty 
wherewith God has so strangely made them free.” 
The parish clergy had mostly returned to England, 
and the Methodist Societies were without ordained 
Pastors. “For hundreds of miles together” they were 
destitute of the Christian sacraments. 

As his children in the Gospel, they appealed to 
Mr. Wesley for advice and help, and he re- 
sponded by ordaining Richard Whatcoat and 
Thomas Vasey as Presbyters (or Elders) for 
America; and also, since he preferred the Epis- 
copal form of Church government, by setting 

16 


HistoricaL STATEMENT 


apart, by prayer and the imposition of hands, the 
Rey. Thomas Coke, Doctor of Civil Law, and a Pres- 
byter of the Church of England, to be a Superintend- 
ent, “to preside over the flock of Christ” in America. 
In these services he was assisted by other ordained 
ministers. He also commissioned Dr. Coke to ordain, 
as joint Superintendent with himself, the Rev. Fran- 
cis Asbury, then General Assistant for the American 
Societies. Mr. Wesley also prepared “Articles of 
Religion” and a “Sunday Service,” both abbreviated 
from the Book of Common Prayer of the Church of 
England. In the “Sunday Service” were included 
forms for the Administration of the Sacraments and 
for the ordination of Ministers. 

At the “Christmas Conference,’ begun in Balti- 
more, Maryland, December 24, 1784, sixty Preachers 
met Dr. Coke and his companions. The plan of Mr. 
Wesley was submitted to them, and was unanimously 
and heartily approved. Thereupon they organized 
the MrtrHopist EpiscopaAL CHURCH, and adopted the 
Articles of Religion and the Sunday Service prepared 
by Mr. Wesley, adding to the Articles one containing 
a recognition of the new Civil Government, and in- 
serting in the Ritual a prayer for the Supreme Rulers 
of the United States. They also enacted all laws 
necessary for the government of the new Church. 
Mr. Asbury was elected to the Episcopal office con- 
jointly with Dr. Coke, by whom, with the assistance 
of several Presbyters, he was duly comsecrated a 
Bishop. Others were ordained Deacons, and thirteen 
were elected, and either then or soon thereafter were 
duly ordained Elders, two of them for missionary 
work in Nova Scotia and one for like work in An- 
tigua, in the West Indies. 


s 17 


HisToricaL STATEMENT 


Such was the origin of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church, the first with an Episcopal form of govern- 
ment to attain an independent existence in the new 
Republic. While its polity and administrative rules 
have from time to time been modified to meet chang- 
ing conditions and opportunities, it remains un- 
changed in doctrine and in ministerial offices. Co- 
eval with the Republic, it has expanded with it, and 
ministered to its moral and religious life. At this 
date (1908) its ministers and communicants, not 
including adherents, number more than three mil- 
lions. Other Methodist Churches, derived from the 
original root, flourish by its side. Obviously its 
founders were wise and godly men, fulfilling the pur- 
pose of the great Head of the Church. 

It has always believed that the only infallible proof 
of the legitimacy of any branch of the Christian 
Church is in its ability to seek and to save the lost, 
and to disseminate the Pentecostal spirit and life. Its 
chief stress has ever been laid, not upon the forms 
but upon ‘. essentials of religion. It holds that true 
Churches of Christ may differ widely in ceremonies, 
ministerial orders, and government. Its members 
are allowed freedom of choice among the debated 
modes of Baptism. If any member has scruples 
against receiving the Lord’s Supper kneéling, he is 
permitted to receive it standing or sitting. In or- 
dinary worship its people are invited to unite in 
extemporary prayer, but for the Administration of 
the Sacraments, Ordinations, the Solemnization of 
Matrimony, the Burial of the Dead, and other special 
services, a Liturgy is appointed, much of which has 


been sanctioned by the Universal Church from most 
ancient times, 


18 


HistoricaL STATEMENT 


The sole object of the rules, regulations, and usages 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church is that it may ful- 
fill to the end of time its original divine vocation as 
a leader in evangelization, in all true reforms, and in 
the promotion of fraternal relations among all 
branches of the one Church of Jesus Christ, with 
whom it is a coworker in the spiritual conquest of 
the world for the Son of God. 


19 


PART I 
THE CONSTITUTION 


I, ARTICLES OF RELIGION 
II. GENERAL RULES 


TI. ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION AND 
GOVERNMENT 


‘THE CONSTITUTION OF 
THE METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH 


PREAMBLE 


In order the better to preserve our historic herit- 
age, and the more effectually to codperate with other 
branches of the one Church of Jesus Christ in ad- 
vancing the kingdom of God among men, we, the 
ministers and laymen of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church, in accordance with the methods of constitu- 
tional legislation in force among us, hereby ordain, 
establish, and set forth as the fundamental law or 
Constitution of the Methodist Episcopal Church the 
Articles of Religion, the General Rules,- and the 
Articles of Organization and Government, here fol- 
lowing, to wit: 


DIVISION I 
ARTICLES OF RELIGION. 


I. Of Faith in the Holy Trinity 

| 1. There is but one living and true God, ever- 
lasting, without body or parts, of infinite power, wis- 
dom, and goodness; the maker and preserver of all 
things, visible and invisible. And in unity of this 
Godhead there are three persons, of one substance, 
power, and eternity—the Father, the Son, and the 
Holy Ghost. ‘ 

23 


q 2 ARTICLES OF RELIGION 


Il. Of the Word, or Son of God, who was made very 
Man 

4 2. The Son, who is the Word of the Father, the 
very and eternal God, of one substance with the 
Father, took man’s nature in the womb of the blessed 
Virgin; so that two whole and perfect natures, that is 
to say, the Godhead and Manhood, were joined to- 
gether in one person, never to be divided; whereof is 
one Christ, very God and very Man, who truly suf- 
fered, was crucified, dead, and buried, to reconcile his 
Father to us, and to be a sacrifice, not only for orig- 
inal guilt, but also for the actual sins of men. 


Ill. Of the Resurrection of Christ 
4 3. Christ did truly rise again from the dead, and 
took again his body, with all things appertaining to 
the perfection of man’s nature, wherewith he as- 
cended into heaven, and there sitteth until he return 
to judge all men at the last day. 


IV. Of the Holy Ghost 
q 4. The Holy Ghost, proceeding from the Father 
and the Son, is of one substance, majesty, and glory 
with the Father and the Son, very and eternal God. 


V. The Sufficiency of the Holy Scriptures for 
Salvation 


§ 5. The Holy Scriptures contain all things neces- 
sary to salvation; so that whatsoever is not read 
therein, nor may be proved thereby, is not to be re- 
quired of any man that it should be believed as an 
article of faith, or be thought requisite or necessary 
to salvation. In the name of the Holy Scriptures we 

24 


ARTICLES OF RELIGION q 7 


do understand those canonical books of the Old and 
New Testament of whose authority was never any 
doubt in the Church. The names of the canonical 
books are: 

Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy, 
Joshua, Judges, Ruth, The First Book of Samuel, The 
Second Book of Samuel, The First Book of Kings, The 
Second Book of Kings, The First Book of Chronicles, 
The Second Book of Chronicles, The Book of Ezra, 
The Book of Nehemiah, The Book of, Esther, The 
Book of Job, The Psalms, The Proverbs, Ecclesiastes 
or the Preacher, Cantica or Song of Solomon, Four 
Prophets the Greater, Twelve Prophets the Less. 

All the books of the New Testament, as they are 
commonly received, we do receive and account ca- 
nonical. . 
VI. Of the Old Testament 

4 6. The Old Testament is not contrary to the New; 
for both in the Old and New Testament everlasting 
life is offered to mankind by Christ, who is the only 
Mediator between God and man, being both God and 
Man. Wherefore they are not to be heard who, feign 
that the old fathers did look only for transitory prom- 
ises. Although the law given from God by Moses as 
touching ceremonies and rites doth not bind Chris- 
tians, nor ought the civil precepts thereof of neces- 
sity be received in any commonwealth; yet, notwith- 
standing, no Christian whatsoever is free from the 
obedience of the commandments which are called 
moral. 

VII. Of Original or Birth Sin 

{ 7%. Original sin standeth not in the following of 
Adam (as the Pelagians do vainly talk), but it is the 
corruption of the nature of every man, that naturally 

25 


7 8 ARTICLES OF RELIGION 


is engendered of the offspring of Adam, whereby man 
is very far gone from original righteousness, and of 
his own nature inclined to evil, and that continually. 


VIII. Of Free Will 

4 8. The condition of man after the fall of Adam 
is such that he cannot turn and prepare himself, by 
his own natural strength and works, to faith, and 
calling upon Goa; wherefore we have no power to do 
good works, pleasant and acceptable to God, without 
the grace of God by Christ preventing us, that we 
may have a good will, and working with us, when we 
have that good will. j 


IX. Of the Justification of Man 


J 9. We are accounted righteous before God only 
for the merit of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, 
by faith, and not for our own works or deservings. 
Wherefore, that we are justified by faith only is a 
most wholesome doctrine, and very full of comfort, 


X. Of Good Works 


§ 10. Although good works, which are the fruits of 
faith, and follow after justification, cannot put away 
our sins, and endure the severity of God’s judgments; 
yet are they pleasing and acceptable to God in Christ, 
and spring out of a true and lively faith, insomuch 
that by them a lively faith may be as evidently 
known as a tree is discerned by its fruit, 


XI. Of Works of Supererogation 


§ 11. Voluntary works—besides, over, and above 
God’s commandments—which are called works of su- 
26 


ARTICLES OF RELIGION q 14 


pererogation, cannot be taught without arrogancy 
and impiety. For by them men do declare that they 
do not only render unto God as much as they are 
* pound to do, but that they do more for his sake than 
of bounden duty is required: whereas Christ saith 
plainly, When ye have done all that is commanded of 
you, say, We are unprofitable servants. 


XII. Of Sin after Justification 

4 12. Not every sin willingly committed after 
justification is the sin against the Holy Ghost, and 
unpardonable. Wherefore, the grant of repentance is 
not to be denied to such as fall into sin after justifi- 
eation: After we have received the Holy Ghost, we 
may depart from grace given, and fall into sin, and, 
by the grace of God, rise again and amend our lives. 
And therefore they are to be condemned who say they 
can no more sin as long as they live here; or deny the 
place of forgiveness to such as truly repent. 


XIII. Of the Church 


f 13. The visible Church of Christ is a congrega- 
tion of faithful men in which the pure Word of God is 
preached, and the Sacraments duly administered ac- 
cording to Christ’s ordinance, in all those things that 
of necessity are requisite to the same. 


XIV. Of Purgatory 


14. The Romish doctrine concerning purgatory, 
pardon, worshiping and adoration, as well of images 
as of relics, and also invocation of saints, is a fond 
thing, vainly invented, and grounded upon no war- 
rant of Scripture, but repugnant to the Word of God. 

27 


{15 Arrictes oF RELIGION 


XV. Of Speaking in the Congregation in such a 
Tongue as the People Understand 
J 15. It is a thing plainly repugnant to the Word 
of God, and the custom of the primitive Church, to 
have public prayer in the Church, or to administer 
the Sacraments, in a tongue not understood by the 
people. 


XVI. Of the Sacraments 


J 16. Sacraments ordained of Christ are not only 
badges or tokens of Christian men’s profession, but 
rather they are certain signs of grace, and God’s good 
will toward us, by the which he doth work invisibly 
in us, and doth not only quicken, but also strengthen 
and confirm, our faith in him. 

There are two Sacraments ordained of Christ our 
Lord in the Gospel; that is to say, Baptism and the 
Supper of the Lord. 

Those five commonly called Sacraments, that is to 
say, confirmation, penance, orders, matrimony, and 
extreme unction, are not to be counted for Sacra- 
ments of the Gospel; being such as have partly grown 
out of the corrupt following of the Apostles, and 
partly are states of life allowed in the Scriptures, but 
yet have not the like nature of Baptism and the 
Lord’s Supper, because they have not any visible 
sign or ceremony ordained of God. 

The Sacraments were not ordained of Christ to be 
gazed upon, or to be carried about; but that we 
should duly use them. And in such only as worthily 
receive the same they have a wholesome effect or 
operation: but they that receive them unworthily, 
purchase to themselves condemnation, as Saint Paul 
saith, 1 Cor. 11. 29. } 

28 


ARTICLES OF RELIGION ~* q 19 


’ XVII. Of Baptism 

4 17. Baptism is not only a sign of profession and — 
mark of difference whereby Christians are distin- 
guished from others that are not baptized; but it is 
also a sign of regeneration or the new birth. The 
baptism of young children is to be retained in the 
Church. 

XVIII. Of the Lord’s Supper 

4 18. The Supper of the Lord is not only a sign of 
the love that Christians ought to have among them- 
selves one to another, but rather is a Sacrament of 
our redemption by Christ’s death; insomuch that, to 
such as rightly, worthily, and with faith receive the 
same, the bread which we break is a partaking of the 
body of Christ; and likewise the cup of blessing is a 
partaking of the blood of. Christ. 

Transubstantiation, or the change of the substance 
of bread and wine in the Supper of our Lord, cannot 
be proved by Holy Writ, but is repugnant to the plain 
words of Scripture, overthroweth the nature of a 
Sacrament, and hath given occasion to many super- 
stitions. 

The body of Christ is given, taken, and eaten in the 
Supper, only after a heavenly and spiritual manner. 
And the means whereby the body of Christ is re- 
ceived and eaten in the Supper is faith. 

The Sacrament of the Lord’s Supper was not by 
Christ’s ordinance reserved, carried about, lifted up, 
or worshiped. 

XIX. Of both Kinds 

J 19. The Cup of the Lord is not to be denied to 
the Lay People; for both the parts of the Lord’s Sup- 
per, by Christ’s ordinance and commandment, ought 
to be administered to all Christians alike. 

29 


q 20 ARTICLES OF RELIGION 


XX. Of the one Oblation of Christ, finished upon the 
Cross 

§ 20. The offering of Christ, once made, is that 
perfect redemption, propitiation, and satisfaction for 
all the sins of the whole world, both original and 
actual; and there is none other satisfaction for sin 
but that alone. Wherefore the sacrifice of masses, in 
the which it is commonly said that the priest doth 
effer Christ for the quick and the dead, to have remis- 
sion of pain or guilt, is a blasphemous fable and 
dangerous deceit. 


XXI. Of the Marriage of Ministers 
| 21. The Ministers of Christ are not commanded 
by God’s law either to vow the estate of single life, 
or to abstain from marriage; therefore it is lawful 
for them, as for all other Christians, to marry at their 
own discretion, as they shall judge the same to serve 
best to godliness. 


XXII. Of the Rites and Ceremonies of Churches 
{ 22. It is not necessary that rites and ceremonies 
should in all places be the same, or exactly alike; for 
they have been always different, and may be changed 
according to the diversity of countries, times, and 
men’s manners, so that nothing be ordained against 
God’s Word. Whosoever, through his private judg- 
ment, willingly and purposely doth openly break the 
rites and ceremonies of the Church to which he be- 
longs, which are not repugnant to the Word of God, 
and are ordained and approved by common authority, 
ought to be rebuked openly (that others may fear to 
do the like), as one that offendeth against the com- 
mon order of the Church, and woundeth the con- 
sciences of weak brethren. 
30 


ARTICLES OF RELIGION q 25 


Every particular Church may ordain, change, or 
abolish rites and ceremonies, so that all things may 
be done to edification. 


XXIII. Of the Rulers of the United States of America 


q 23. The President, the Congress, the General As- 
semblies, the Governors, and the Councils of State, as 
the Delegates of the People, are the Rulers of the 
United States of America, according to the division 
of power made to them by the Constitution of the 
United States, and by the Constitutions of their re- 
spective States. And the said States are a sovereign 
and independent Nation, and ought not to be subject 
to any foreign jurisdiction.} 


e 


XXIV. Of Christian Men’s Goods 
q 24. The riches and goods of Christians are not 
common, as touching the right, title, and possession 
of the same, as some do falsely boast. Notwithstand- 
ing, every man ought, of such things as he possesseth, 
liberally to give alms to the poor, according to his 
ability. Be ots 
XXV. Of a Christian Man’s Oath 
§ 25. As we confess that vain and rash swearing 
is forbidden Christian men by our Lord Jesus Christ 
and James his Apostle; so we judge that the Christian 
religion doth not prohibit, but that a man may swear 
when the magistrate requireth, in a cause of faith 
and charity, so it be done according to the Prophet’s 
teaching, in justice, judgment, and truth. 


1 As far as it respects civil affairs we believe it the duty of Christians, 
and especially of all Christian Ministers, to be subject to the supreme 
authority of the country where they may reside, and to use all laudable 
means to enjoin obedience to the powers that be; and therefore it is 
expected that all our Preachers and People, who may be under the 
British or any other Government, will behave themselves as peaceable 
and orderly subjects. 31 


q{ 26 GENERAL RuLEs 


DIVISION II 
THE GENERAL RULES 


The Nature, Design, and General Rules of our United 
Societies * 


J 26. In the latter end of the year 1739 eight or 
ten persons who appeared to be deeply convinced of 
sin, and eafnestly groaning for redemption, came to 
Mr. Wesley in London. They desired, as did two or 
three more the next day, that he would spend some 
time with them in prayer, and advise them how to 
flee from the wrath to come, which they saw contin- 
ually hanging over their heads. That he might have 
more time for this great work, he appointed a day 
when they might all come together; which from 
thenceforward they did every week, namely, on 
Thursday, in the evening. To these, and as many 
more as desired to join with them (for their number 
increased daily), he gave those advices from time to 
time which he judged most needful for them; and 
they always concluded their meeting with prayer 
suited to their several necessities. 

{ 27. This was the rise of the Unrrep Society, first 


1 The United Societies founded in this country by the apostolic Asbury 
and his colaborers were, in 1784, organized into the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. But in this chapter, and occasionally elsewhere in the Dis- 
cipline, the words Society and Societies are retained as the equivalent of 
the words Church and Churches, both as a convenience, and as a memo- 
rial of our early ecclesiastical life.—Com. of Revision, 1892, 


32 


\ 


GENERAL RvuLES FT 30 


in Europe, and then in America. Such a society is no 
other than “a company of men having the form and 
seeking the power of godliness, united in order to 
pray together, to receive the word of exhortation, and 
to watch over one another in love, that they may help 
each other to work out their salvation.” 

| 28. That it may the more easily be discerned 

whether they are indeed working out their own salva- 
tion, each Society is divided into smaller companies, 
called Classes, according to their respective places of 
abode. There are about twelve persons in a Class, 
one of whom is styled THe Leaver. It is his duty, 
' § 1. To see each person in his Class once a week at 
least; in order, (1.) To inquire how his soul prospers. 
(2.) To advise, reprove, comfort, or exhort, as occa- 
sion may require. (3.) To receive what he is willing 
to give toward the relief of the Preachers, Church, 
and poor, 1 

§ 2. To meet the Ministers and the Stewards of the 
Society once a week; in order, (1.) To inform the 
Minister of any that are sick, or of any that walk dis- 
orderly and will not be reproved. (2.) To pay the 
Stewards what he has received of his Class in the 
week preceding. 

q{ 29. There is only one comin previously re- 
quired of those who desire admission into these So- 
cieties—“a desire to flee from the wrath to come, and 
to be saved from their sins.” But wherever this is 
really fixed in the soul it will be shown by its fruits. 

4{ 30. It is therefore expected of all who continue 
therein that they shall continue to evidence their de- 
sire of salvation, 


1 This part refers to towns and cities, where the poor are generail, 
numerous and Church expenses cousiderable. 


33 


J 30 GENERAL RuLEs 


First: By doing no harm, by avoiding evil of every 
kind, especially that which is most generally prac- 
ticed; such as, 

The taking of the name of God in vain. 

The profaning the day of the Lord, either by doing 
ordinary work therein or by buying or selling. 

Drunkenness, buying or selling spirituous liquors, 
or drinking them, unless in cases of extreme ne- 
cessity. 

Slaveholding; buying or selling slaves. 

Fighting, quarreling, brawling, brother going to 
law with brother; returning evil for evil, or railing 
for railing; the using many words in buying or 
selling. 

The buying or selling goods that have not paid the 
duty. 

The giving or taking things on usury—that is, 
unlawful interest. 

Uncharitable or unprofitable conversation; particu- 
larly speaking evil of Magistrates or of Ministers. 

Doing to others as we would not they should do 
unto us. d 

Doing what we know is not for the glory of God, as: 

The putting on of gold and costly apparel. 

The taking such diversions as cannot be used in 
the name of the Lord Jesus. 

The singing those songs, or reading those books, 
which do not tend to the knowledge or love of 
God. 

Softness and needless self-indulgence. 

Laying up treasure upon earth. 

Borrowing without a probability of paying; or 
taking up goods without a probability of paying for 
them. 

34 


GENERAL RvutLes q 32 


{ 31. It is expected of all who continue in these 
Societies that they shall continue to evidence their 
desire of salvation, 

Second: By doing good; by being in every kind 
merciful after their power; as they have opportunity, 
doing good of every possible sort, and, as far as pos- 
sible, to all men: 

To their bodies, of the ability which God giveth, 
by giving food to the hungry, by clothing the naked, 
by visiting or helping them that are sick or in 
prison: 

-To their souls, by instructing, reproving, or ex- 
horting all we have any intercourse with; trampling 
under foot that enthusiastic doctrine, that “we are 
not to do good unless our hearts be free to it.” 

By doing good, especially to them that are of the 
household of faith or groaning so to be; employing 
them preferably to others; buying one of another; 
helping each other in business; and so much the 
more because the world will love its own and them 
only. 

By all possible diligence and frugality, that the 
Gospel be not blamed. 

By running with patience the race which is set be- 
fore them, denying themselves, and taking up their 
cross daily; submitting to bear the reproach of 
Christ, to be as the filth and offscouring of the world; 
and looking that men should say all manner of evil 
of them falsely, for the Lord’s sake. 

§ 32. It is expected of all who desire to continue 
in these Societies that they shall continue to evi- 
dence their desire of salvation, 

Third: By attending upon all the ordinances of 
God; such are, 

25 


q 33 GENERAL RULES 


The Public Worship of God. 

The Ministry of the Word, either read or 
expounded. 

The Supper of the Lord. 

Family and private Prayer. 

Searching the Scriptures. 

Fasting or Abstinence. 

| 33. These are the General Rules of our Socie- 
ties; all which we are taught of God to observe, even 
in his written Word, which is the only rule, and the 
sufficient rule, both of our faith and practice. And 
all these we know his Spirit writes on truly awak- 
ened hearts. If there be any among us who observes 
them not, who habitually breaks any of them, let it 
be known unto them who watch over that soul as 
they who must give an account. We will admonish 
him of the error of his ways. We will bear with him 
for a season. But if then he repent not, he hath no 
more place among us. We have delivered our own 
souls. 


36 - 


ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT 4 37 


DIVISION Ill 


ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION AND 
GOVERNMENT 


CHAPTER I 


Pastoral Charges, Quarterly and Annual Conferences 
Articte I. Pastoral Charges 


34. Members of the Church shall be divided in- 
to local Societies, one or more of which shall con- 
stitute a Pastoral Charge. 


ArticLte Il. Quarterly Conferences 
4 35. A Quarterly Conference shall be organized 
in each Pastoral Charge, and be composed of such 
persons and have such powers as the General Con- 
ference may direct. 


Articrte III. Annual Conferences 


36. The Traveling Preachers shall be organized 
by the General Conference into Annual Conferences, 
the sessions of which they are required to attend. 


CHAPTER II 


The General Conference 
ArticLte I. How Composed 
{ 37. The General Conference shall be composed 
of Ministerial and Lay Delegates, to be chosen as 
hereinafter provided. 
37 


{ 38 ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT 


ArTIcLE II. Ministerial Delegates 


4 38, § 1. Each Annual Conference shall be entitled 
to at least one Ministerial Delegate. The General 
Conference shall not allow more than one Ministerial 
Delegate for every fourteen Members of an Annual 
Conference, nor less than one for every forty-five; 
but for a fraction of two thirds or more of the num- 
ber fixed by the General Conference as the ratio of 
representation an Annual Conference shall be en- 
titled to an additional Delegate. 

§ 2. The Ministerial Delegates shall be elected by 
ballot by the Members of the Annual Conference at 
its session immediately preceding the General Con- 
ference. Such Delegates shall be Hiders, at least 
twenty-five years of age, and shall have been Mem- 
bers of an Annual Conference four successive years, 
and at the time of their election and at the time of 
the session of the General Conference shall be Mem- 
bers of the Annual Conference which elected them. 
An Annual Conference may elect Reserve Delegates, 
not exceeding three in number, and not exceeding 
the number of its Delegates. 

§ 3. No Minister shall be counted twice in the 
same year in the basis for the election of Delegates 
to the General Conference, nor vote in such election 
where he is not counted, nor vote in two Conferences 
in the same year on a constitutional question. 


Artictr III. Lay Delegates 


7 39, § 1. A Lay Electoral Conference shall be 
constituted quadrennially, Sr whenever duly called 
by the General Conference, within the bounds of 
each Annual Conference, for the purpose of electing 

38 


ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT J 39 


Lay Delegates to the General Conference, and for the 
purpose of voting on constitutional changes, It shall 
be composed of lay members, one from each Pastoral 
Charge within its bounds, chosen by the lay members 
of the Charge over twenty-one years of age, in such 
manner as the General Conference may determine. 
Each Pastoral Charge shall also elect in the same 
manner one Reserve Delegate. Members not less 
than twenty-one years of age, and holding member- 
ship in the Pastoral Charges electing them, are 
eligible to membership in the Lay Hlectoral Con- 
ference. 

§ 2. The Lay Electoral Conference shall assemble 
at the seat of the Annual Conference on the first 
Friday of the session immediately preceding the 
General Conference, unless the General Conference 
shall provide otherwise. 

§ 3. The Lay Hlectoral Conference shall organize 
by electing a President and Secretary, shall adopt its 
own Rules of Order, and shall be the judge of 
the election, returns, and qualifications of its own 
members. 

§ 4. Each Lay Electoral Conference shall be en- 
titled to elect as many Delegates to the General Con- 
ference as there are Ministerial Delegates from the 
Annual Conference. A Lay Hlectoral Conference may 
elect Reserve Delegates, not exceeding three in num- 
ber, and not exceeding the number of its Delegates. 
These elections shall be by ballot. 

§ 5. Lay members twenty-five years of age, or aver, 
holding membership in Pastoral Charges within the 
bounds of the Lay Hlectoral Conference, and having 
been lay members of the Church five years next pre- 
ceding, shall be eligible to election to the General 

39 


§ 40 ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT 


Conference. Delegates-elect who cease to be mem- 
bers of the Church within the bounds of the Lay 
Electoral Conference by which they were elected 
shall not be entitled to seats in the General Con- 
ference. 

ARTICLE IV. Credentials 


§ 40. The Secretaries of the several Annual and 
Lay Electoral Conferences shall furnish certificates 
of election to the Delegates severally, and send a 
certificate of such election to the Secretary of the 
preceding General Conference immediately after the 
adjournment of said Annual or Lay Electoral Con- 
ference. 

ARTICLE V. Sessions 


§ 41, § 1. The General Conference shall meet at 
10 o’clock on the morning of the first Wednesday in | 
the month of May, in every fourth year from the 
date of the first Delegated General Conference— 
namely, the year of our Lord 1812—and at such 
place in the United States of America as shall have 
been determined by the preceding General Confer- 
ence, or by a Commission to be appointed quadren- 
nially by the General Conference, and acting under 
its authority; which Commission shall haye power 
also in case of emergency to change the place for the 
meeting of the General Conference, a majority of the 
General Superintendents concurring in such change. 

§ 2. The General Superintendents, or a majority 
of them, by and with the advice of two thirds of all 
the Annual Conferences, shall have the power to call 
an extra session of the General Conference at any 
time, constituted in’ the usual way; such session to 


1See proposed constitutional amendmert. Appendix, 7 29. 


40 


ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT § 43 


be held at such time and place as a majority of the 
General Superintendents, and also of the above Com- 
mission, shall designate. 

§ 3. In case of a great emergency two thirds of the 
General Superintendents may call special sessions of 
the Annual Conferences, at such time and place as 
they may think wise, to determine the question of an 
extra session of the General Conference, or to elect 
Delegates thereto. They may also, in such cases, call 
extra sessions of the Lay Electoral Conferences for 
the purpose of electing Lay Delegates to the General 
Conference. 

ARTICLE VI. Presiding Officers 


§ 42, § 1. The General Conference shall elect. by 
ballot from among the Traveling Elders as many 
General Superintendents as it may deem necessary. 

§ 2. The General Superintendents shall preside in 
the Generali Conference in such order as they may 
determine; but if no General Superintendent be pres- 
ent, the General Conference shall elect one of its 
members to preside pro tempore. 

§ 3. The presiding officer of the General Confer- 
ence shall decide questions of order, subject to an 
appeal to the General Conference; but questions of 
law shall be decided by the General Conference. 


ARTICLE VII. Organization 


§ 43. When the time for opening the General Con- 
ference arrives the presiding officer shall take the 
chair, and direct the Secretary of the preceding Gen- 
eral Conference, or in his absence one of his assist- 
ants, to call the roll of the Delegates-elect. Those 
who have been duly returned shall be recognized as 
members, their certificates of election being prima 

AL 


4 44 ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT 


facie evidence of their right to membership; pro- 
vided, however, that in case of a challenge of any 
person thus enrolled, such challenge being signed by 
at least six Delegates from the territory of as many 
different Annual Conferences, three such Delegates 
being Ministers, and three Laymen, the person so 
challenged shall not participate in the proceedings 
of the General Conference,’ except to speak on his 
own case, until the question of his right shall have 
been decided. The General Conference shall be the 
judge of the election, returns, and qualifications of 
its Own members. 


ARTICLE VIII. Quorum 

4 44. When the General Conference is in session 
it shall require the presence of two thirds of the 
whole number of Delegates to constitute a quorum 
for the transaction of business; but a less number 
may take a recess or adjourn from day to day in 
order to secure a quorum, and at the final session 
may approve the Journal, order the record of the 
roll call, and adjourn sine die. 


ARTICLE IX. Voting 

§ 45. The Ministerial and Lay Delegates shall 
deliberate together as one body. They shall also 
vote together as one body with the following ex- 
ception: A separate vote shall be taken on any ques- 
tion when requested by one third of either order of 
Delegates present and voting. In all cases of sepa- 
rate voting it shall require the concurrence of the 
two orders to adopt the proposed measure; except 
that for changes of the Constitution a vote of two 
thirds of the General Conference shall be sufficient, 

as provided in Article XI. 

42 


ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT YJ 46 


ARTICLE X. Powers and Restrictions 


q 46. The General Conference shall have full 
power to make rules and regulations for the Church 
under the following limitations and restrictions, 
namely: 

§ 1. The General Conference shall not revoke, 
alter, nor change our Articles of Religion, nor estab- 
lish any new standards or rules of doctrine contrary 
to our present existing and established standards of 
doctrine. 

§ 2. The General Conference shall not organize nor 
authorize the organization of an Annual Conference 
with less than twenty-five members. 

§ 3. The General Conference shall not change nor 
alter any part or rule of our government so as to do 
away Episcopacy; nor destroy the plan of our itin- 
erant General Superintendency; but may elect a 
Missionary Bishop or Superintendent for any of our 
foreign Missions, limiting his Episcopal jurisdiction 
to the same respectively. 

§ 4. The General Conference shall not revoke nor 
change the General Rules of our Church. 

§ 5. The General Conference shall not deprive our 
Ministers of the right of trial by the Annual Confer- 
ence, or by a select number thereof, nor of an ap- 
peal; nor shall it deprive our members of the right 
of trial by a committee of members of our Church, 
nor of an appeal. 

§ 6. The General Conference shall not appropriate 
the produce of the Book Concern, nor of the Char- 
tered Fund, to any purpose other than for the 
benefit of the Traveling, Supernumerary, and 
Superannuated Preachers, their wives, widows, and 
children. 


43 


« 


{#47 ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT 


ARTICLE XI. Amendments 


§ 47. The concurrent recommendation of two 
thirds of all the Members of the several Annual Con- 
ferences present and voting, and of two thirds of all 
the members of the Lay Electoral Conferences pres- 
ent and voting, shall suffice to authorize the next 
ensuing General Conference by a two-thirds vote to 
alter or amend any of the provisions of this Consti- 
tution excepting Article X, § 1; and also, whenever 
such alteration or amendment shall have been first 
recommended by a General Conference by a two- 
thirds vote, then so soon as two thirds of all the 
members of the several Annual Conferences present 
and voting, and two thirds of all the members of the 
Lay Electoral Conferences present and voting, shall 
have concurred therein, such alteration or amend- 
ment shall take effect; and the result of the vote 
shall be announced by the General Superintendents. 


44 


PART II 
THE CHURCH 


MEMBERSHIP q 48 


CHAPTER I 
MEMBERSHIP 


L Admission into the Church 


q 48. In order to prevent improper persons from 
gaining admission into the Church, and in order to 
exercise the power of godly admonition and dis- 
cipline: 

§ 1. Let great care be taken in receiving members, 
and let no one be enrolled as a probationer unless he 
gives satisfactory evidence of an earnest desire to be 
saved from his sins, and to enjoy the fellowship of 
God’s people. 

§ 2. Let the Pastor and the Class Leaders see that 
all who seek admission are made acquainted with the 
doctrines, rules, and regulations of the Methodist Epis- 
copal Church. Such persons are expected to conform 
carefully to all the rules and usages of the Church; 
they are entitled to all its spiritual privileges and 
aids; but they may not be members of the Quarterly 
Conference, nor take part in judicial proceedings ex- 
cept as witnesses. 

§ 3. Let no one be admitted into full member- 
ship in the Church until he has been recommended 
by the Official Board or the Leaders and Stewards’ 
Meeting, with the approval of the Pastor; has been 
baptized, and, on examination, has given satisfac- 
tory assurances both of the correctness of his faith 


and of his willingness to observe and keep the rules 
47 


q 49 MEMBERSHIP 


of the Church, when he may be admitted in accord- 
ance with the form prescribed in { 463. 

§ 4. A member in good standing in any Orthodox 
Evangelical Church who desires to unite with us 
may, on giving satisfactory answers to the usual 
inquiries, be received into membership. 

§ 5. Let the Pastor and the Committee on Church 
Records be careful to see that the names of all per- 
sons received into the Church are duly recorded; and 
the Pastor shall report at each Quarterly Conference 
all changes that have occurred in the membership 
during the quarter. { 173, § 30. 


Il. Baptized Children and the Church 


q 49. We hold that all children, by virtue of the 
unconditional benefits of the atonement, are members 
of the kingdom of God, and therefore graciously 
entitled to Baptism; but, as infant Baptism con- 
templates a course of religious instruction and dis- 
cipline, it is expected of all parents or guardians 
who present their children for Baptism that they 
will use all diligence in bringing them up in con- 
formity to the Word of God; and they should be 
solemnly admonished of this obligation, and earnest- 
ly exhorted to faithfulness therein. ! 

J 50. We regard all children who have been bap- 
tized as placed in visible covenant relation to God, 
and under the special care and supervision of the 
Church. ; 

{ 51. The Pastor shall make an accurate register 
of the names of all the baptized children within his 

48 


MrEmMBERSHIP q 54 


pastoral care; giving the dates of their birth and 
baptism, the names of their parents, and the places 
of their residence. He shall give a certificate of 
such registration to the parents of all such children 
removing from his Charge, which certificate shall 
transfer the relation of said children to the Charge 
to which they are removed. 

{ 52. The Pastor shall organize the baptized chil- 
dren of the Church, when they shall have reached the 
age of ten years, or at an earlier age when it is 
deemed advisable, into Classes, and appoint suitable 
Leaders (male or female), whose duty it shall be to 
meet them in Class once a week, and instruct them 
in the nature, design, and obligations of Baptism, 
and in the truths of religion necessary to make 
them “wise unto salvation’; to urge them to give 
regular attendance upon the means of grace; to 
advise, exhort, and encourage them to an immediate ° 
consecration of their hearts and lives to God, and to 
inquire into the state of their religious experience; 
provided, that unbaptized children shall not be ex- 
cluded from these Classes. 

{| 53. Whenever baptized children shall under- 
stand the obligations of religion, and shall give evi- 
dence of piety, they may be admitted into member- 
ship of the Church, on the recommendation of the 
Official Board or the Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting, 
with the approval of the Pastor, after publicly assent- 
ing before the Church to the Baptismal Covenant, 
and also to the usual questions on Doctrines and 
Discipline. 463. 

{ 54. Whenever a baptized child shall, by orphan- 
age or otherwise, become deprived of Christian 
guardianship, the Pastor shall ascertain and report 

4 49 


Y 55 Mermrrrsntp 


the facts in the case to the Official Board or to the 
Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting; and such provision 
shall be made for the Christian training of the child 
as the circumstances of the case admit and require. 


Til. Transfer of Membership by Certificate 


{| 55, § 1. An acceptable member of the Church de- 
siring to remove his membership from one pastoral 
Charge to another is entitled to be transferred as 
follows: The Pastor, or, if there be no Pastor, the 
District Superintendent, shall send to the Pastor of 
the Charge to which the member is to be transferred a 
Certificate in the following form: 

“This is to certify that A. B., who holds a notice 
of this letter, is an acceptable Member of the........ 
‘Methodist Episcopal Church in .........+. ..., and 
having requested that his membership be transferred — 
VO TEE GLa Methodist Episcopal Church im 
rere eat a , is affectionately commended to the fellow- 
ship of said Church. When the Church to which this 
Certijicate of Transfer is issued acknowledges the re- 
ceipt of same and his enrollment, his membership in 
this Church shall cease.” 

§ 2. Notice of this transfer shall be given to the 
member in accordance with the following form: 

“At your request I have this day sent a Certificate 
of Transfer of your membership to the ......6+--+. 
Methodist Episcopal Church in ........- When said 
Certificate is acknowledged and your name is recorded 
in the records of said Church, your membership in 
this Church will cease.” 

§ 3. The original Certificate shall be. adeikaedied 

50 


MerMBERSHIP S 55 


by a blank for the acknowledgment of the same in 
accordance with the following form: 
“The Certificate of Transfer of the membership of 


Mis Bac TOmiethercs ih... Bec Methodist Episcopal 
CRUGCH AN \2(., <te94) 0% tothe), Jeb se Methodist Epis- 
COpGL, C RAUWGCTy \tbi1.) ees tele is hereby acknowledged. 
Bis austagesisgeng se Yet has been duly received as a Member 


of this Church and thereby ceases to be a Member of 
the Church which issued the Certificate. 


§ 4. A complete record of each transfer shall be 
kept on the stub in the Certificate book in the fol- 
lowing form: 

Name of member requesting transfer..........0..5.. 
Charge to which Certificate is issued................ 
Date on which Certificate is isswed..........022-.04 
Date of acknowledgment of Certificate and actual 

HANS E Of, MeEMOeTShipns . hs). caclerdMt. seta ere 
Name of Pastor or District Superintendent issuing 

GETICALEHAN Gas ine’s 2k hhs th. ome wasn os 
Name of Pastor or District Superintendent acknowl- 

COO UONCETt Cates . 13 Fantini Shee ed Me 

§ 5. When a Pastor shall have received a member 
on said Certificate, he shall notify the Pastor of the 
Church from which it was issued in the blank form 
which accompanies Certificate, as provided in § 3. 

§ 6. If the residence of a member who has removed 
cannot be ascertained for one year, the words, “Re- 
moved without Certificate,’ shall be written against 
his name in the Record of Church Membership; and 
such name shall not be counted in the returns of 
statistics. But membership in the Church can be 
terminated only by the withdrawal, expulsion, or 
death of the member. Any member of our Church 

51 


G 56 MrEMBERSHIP 


having united with another Denomination, without 
a Note of Recommendation, shall be recorded as 
“Withdrawn.” 

{| 56, § 1. A Certificate of Membership may not 
be refused, if demanded by a member remoying his 
residence, except for reasons that justify and require 
judicial proceedings against such member. 

§ 2. A Certificate of Membership shall not be given 
unless a change of the place of holding member- 
ship is actually intended. 

§ 3. A Pastor may give a Note of Recommenda- 
tion to any member who wishes to unite with any 
other Evangelical Denomination. ; 

§ 4. Whenever a Pastor is appointed to another 
Charge he may complete the record of his Pastorate 
by entering in the Church Record opposite the 
names of the members of his family who are Church 
members: ‘Member of Pastor’s family transferred 
hophited.) Meals ”: and enter the names on the Record of 
his new Charge with the note: “Member of Pastor’s 
family transferred from ...... 2 

§ 57. When any member in good ee iitto- 
poses to withdraw from the Methodist Episcopal 
Church he shall communicate his purpose in writing 
to the Pastor of the Church. On receiving such no- 
tice of withdrawal, the Pastor shall enter the fact 
of withdrawal upon the Record of Church Member- 
ship; and such withdrawal cannot be retracted ex- 
cept by consent of the Pastor and the Quarterly 
Conference. 


IV. Classes and Class Meetings 
7 58. The design of the organization of Classes 
and the appointment of Leaders is: 
52 


MrmBeErsHIpP @ 59 


§ 1. To establish a system of pastoral oversight 
that shall effectively reach every member of the 
Church. , 

§ 2. To establish and keep up a meeting for social 
and religious worship, for instruction, encourage- 
ment, and admonition, that shall be a profitable 
means of grace to our people. 

§ 3. To aid, when desired, in carrying out the 
Financial Plan of the Church. 299. 

§ 59, § 1. The primary object of distributing the 
members of the Church into Classes is to secure the 
subpastoral oversight made necessary by our itin- 
erant economy. 

§ 2. Let the Classes, wherever practicable, be com- 
posed of not more than twenty persons, and let the 
Leader report at each Quarterly Conference the con- 
dition of his Class as follows: 

1. Number of Members in the Class. 

2. Number of Probationers. 

3. Average attendance. 

4. Number habitually absent. 

5. Number of Class Meetings held. 

6. Number who contribute to the support of the 
Church. 

7. Number of visits made. 

8. Number of heads of families in the Class, 
and how many of them observe family 
worship. 

9. Number of Church papers taken by Class 
members. 

10. Miscellaneous matters. 

§ 3. Let each Leader be careful to inquire how 
every member of his Class prospers; not only how 

53 


{ 60 MrmMBERSHIP 


each person outwardly observes the Rules, but also 
how he grows in the knowledge and love of God. 

§ 4. Let the Leaders converse with their Pastors 
frequently and freely. 

60. In order to render Class Meetings interest- 
ing and profitable, let the Pastor remove improper 
Leaders and see that all the Leaders are of sound 
judgment and truly devoted to God. 

{ 61. In the arrangement of Class Meetings two 
or more Classes may meet together and be conducted 
according to such plan as shall be agreed upon by 
the Leaders in concurrence with the Pastor. 

§ 62. Let care be observed that Class Meetings do 
not fall into formality through the use of a uniform 
method. Let speaking be voluntary or the exercises 
conversational, the Leader taking such measures 
as may best assist in making the services fresh, 
spiritual and of permanent religious profit. 

{| G3. Let the Leaders be directed to such a course 
of reading and study as shall best qualify them for 
their work. Especially let such books be recom- 
mended as will tend to increase their knowledge of~ 
the Scriptures and make them familiar with those 
passages best adapted to Christian education. When- 
ever practicable let the Pastors examine the Leaders 
in the studies recommended. Appendix, { 70. 


54 


SpeciaL ADVICES q 6&6 


CHAPTER II 
SPECIAL ADVICES 


I. Slavery 


§ 64. We declare that we are aS much as ever 
convinced of the great evil of Slavery. We believe 
that the buying, selling or holding of human beings, 
to be used as chattels, is contrary to the laws of 
God and nature, and inconsistent with the Golden 
Rule, and with that Rule in our Discipline which 
requires all who desire to continue among us to “do 
no harm,” and to “avoid evil of every kind.” We 
therefore affectionately admonish all our Ministers 
and people to keep themselves pure from this great 
evil, and to seek its extirpation by all lawful and 
Christian means. 


It. Dress 
{ 65. Let all our people be exhorted to conform 
to the spirit of the apostolic precept, not to adorn 
themselves “with gold, or pearls, or costly array” 


(1 Tim. 2. 9). \ 


Ill. Marriage 
§ 66, § 1. We do not prohibit our people from 
marrying persons who are not of our Church, pro- 
vided such persons have the form, and are seeking 
the power of godliness; but we are determined to 
55 


{| 67 Sprciar, ADVICES 


discourage their marrying persons who do not come 
up to this description. Many of our members have 
married unawakened persons. This has produced 
bad effects; they have been either hindered for life, 
or have turned back to perdition, 

§ 2. To discourage such marriages, 1. Let every 
Minister publicly enforce the Apostle’s caution, “Be 
ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers” 
(2 Cor. 6. 14). 2. Let all be exhorted to take no 
step in so weighty a matter without advising with 
the more serious of their brethren, 

§ 3. In general a woman ought not to marry with- 
out the consent of her parents. Yet there may be 
exceptions. For if, 1. A woman believes it to be her 
duty to marry; if, 2. Her parents absolutely refuse 
to let her marry any Christian; then she may, nay, 
ought to marry without their consent. Yet even 
then a Methodist Minister ought not to be married 
to her. ° : 


IV. Divorce 
4 6'7. No divorce, except for adultery, shall be re- 
garded by the Church as lawful; and no Minister 
shall solemnize marriage in any case where there is 
a divorced wife or husband living; but this rule 
shall not be applied to the innocent party to a 
divorce for the cause of adultery, nor to divorced 
parties seeking to be reunited in marriage. 


V. Amusements 
f 68. Improper amusements and excessive indul- 
gence in innocent amusements are serious barriers 
to the beginning of the religious life and fruitful 
56 


SpeciAL ADVICES 7 68 


eauses of spiritual decline. Some amusements in 
common use are also positively demoralizing and 
furnish the first easy steps to the total loss of char- 
acter. We therefore look with deep concern on the 
great increase of amusements and on the general 
prevalence of harmful amusements, and lift up a 
solemn note of warning and entreaty particularly 
against theater-going, dancing, and such games of 
chance as are frequently associated with gambling; 
all of which have been found to be antagonistic to 
vital piety, promotive of worldliness, and especially 
pernicious to youth. We affectionately admonish all 
our people to make their amusements the subject of 
careful thought and frequent prayer, to study the 
subject of amusements in the light of their tenden- 
cies, and to be scrupulously careful in this matter to 
set no injurious example. We adjure them to re- 
member that the question for a Christian must often 
be, not whether a certain course of action is posi- 
tively immoral, but whether it will dull the spirit- 
ual life and be an unwise example. We enjoin on 
all our Bishops, District Superintendents and Pastors 
to call attention to this subject with solemn urgency 
in our Annual and Quarterly Conferences and in all 
our pulpits; and on our Hditors, Sunday school 
Officers, Epworth League Officers and Class Leaders, 
to aid in abating the evils we deplore. We deem 
it our bounden duty to summon the whole Church 
to apply a thoughtful and instructed conscience to 
the choice of amusements, and not to leave them to 
accident, or taste, or passion; and we affectionately 
advise and beseech every member of the Church 
absolutely to avoid “the taking such diversions as 
cannot be used in the name of the Lord Jesus.” 


57 


q 69 SpreciaL ADVICES 


VI. Temperance. 

{ 69. Temperance, in its broader meaning, is dis- 
tinctively a Christian virtue, enjoined in the Holy 
Scriptures. It implies a subordination of all the 
emotions, passions and appetites to the control of 
reason and conscience. Dietetically, it means a wise 
use of suitable articles of food and drink, with en- 
tire abstinence from such as are known to be hurt- 
ful. Both science and human experience agree with 
the Holy Scriptures in condemning all alcoholic bey- 
erages as being neither useful nor safe. The busi- 
ness of manufacturing and of vending such liquors 
is also against the principles of morality, political 
economy and the public welfare. We therefore re- 
gard voluntary total abstinence from all intoxicants 
as the true ground of personal temperance and com- 
plete legal prohibition of the traffic in alcoholic 
drinks as the duty of civil government. We heart- 
ily approve of all lawful and Christian efforts to 
save society from the manifold and grievous evils 
resulting from intemperance, and earnestly advise 
our people to cooperate in all measures which may 
seem to them wisely adapted to secure that end. We 
refer to our General Rule on this subject ({ 30), 
and affectionately urge its strict observance by all 
our members. Finally, we are fully persuaded that, 
under God, hope for the ultimate success of the Tem- 
perance Reform rests chiefly upon the combined and 
sanctified influence of the Family, the Church, and 
the State. 


. 


VII. Tithing 

§ TQ. We believe that the evangelization of man 

kind can best be accomplished by an adequate sup- 
D8 


W ogsuie q 71 


port of all the agencies used by the Church, and that 
to this end the scriptural doctrine of systematic 
giving should be taught in our pulpits and practiced 
by our ministers and members. 


CHAPTER III 
WORSHIP > 


I, Order of Public Worship 


J 71, § 1. Let all our services begin exactly at the 
time appointed, and let all our people kneel in silent 
prayer on entering the sanctuary. 

I. [VoLunTARY, instrumental or vocal.]* 

II. Stneine from the Meruopist Hymwnat, the 
People standing. 

Ill. [THe AposTLEs’ CREED, recited’ by all, stand- 
ing. 

I believe in God the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven 
and earth: 

And in Jesus Christ his only Son our Lord; who 
was conceived by the Holy Ghost, born of the Virgin 
Mary, suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, 
and buried; the third day he rose from the dead; he 
ascended into heaven, and sitteth at the right hand of 
God the Father Almighty; from thence he shall come to 
judge the quick and the dead. 

I believe in the Holy Ghost; the holy catholic Church— 
the communion of saints; the forgiveness of sins; the 
resurrection of the body; and the life everlasting. 
Amen. ] 


, 


1 Parts inclosed in brackets may be used or omitted. 


59 


va W orsuiP 


IV. Prayer, concluding with the Lorp’s PRAYER, 
repeated audibly by all, both Minister and People 
kneeling. 

V. [AnTHEM, or VoLUNTARY.] 

VI. Lesson from the OLtp TESTAMENT, which may 
be read responsively, the People standing.” 

VII. [The Grorra PATRI. . 


Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the 
Hoiy Ghost, as it was in the beginning, is now, and 
ever shall be, world without end. Amen.] 

VIII. Lesson from the New TESTAMENT. 

IX. Notices, followed by CoLiecrion; during or 
after which an Offertory may be rendered. 

X. Srncinc from the Mernopist HyMNAL, the 
People standing. 

XI. The SERMON. 

XII. Prayer, the People kneeling.’ 

XIII. Sincinc from the Mertruopist HyMNAL, the 
People standing.* 

XIV. Doxotogy and the APposTOoLIc BENEDICTION. 
(2 Cor. 13. 14.) 

§ 2. At the service during which the Sacraments 
are administered any of the items of the preceding 
order may be omitted except singing, prayer and the 
apostolic benediction. 

§ 3. In administering the Sacraments, and in the 
Burial of the Dead, let our form of Ritual invariably 
be used. 


1Let all our people be exhorted to kneel in prayer, keeping their faces 
toward the minister. 

2In the afternoon or evening the Lesson from the Old Testament may 
be omitted. 

3The order of prayer and singing after sermon may be reversed. 

4An invitation to come to Christ, or to unite with the Church, should 
be given when this hymn is announced. 


60 


W orsHIP q 72 


§ 4. Let the people be earnestly exhorted to take 
part in the public worship of God: first, by singing; 
secondly, by prayer, in the Scriptural attitude of 
kneeling, and by the repetition of the Lord’s Prayer. 

§ 5. Let the Society be met, wherever it is practi- 
cable, on the Sabbath day. 


II, The Spirit and Truth of Singing 

{ 72. To guard against formality in singing, 

§ 1. Choose such hymns as are proper for the 
occasion, and do not sing too much at once; seldom 
more than four or five stanzas. 

§ 2. Let the tune be suited to the sentiment, and 
do not suffer the people to sing too slowly. 

§ 3. In every Congregation let due attention be 
given to the cultivation of sacred music. 

§ 4. Should the Pastor desire it, let the Quarterly 
Conference appoint annually a Committee of three 
or more of which the Pastor shall be chairman, 
which, codperating with him, shall regulate all 
matters relating to this part of divine worship. The 
action of said Committee shall be in every respect 
subject to the control of the Quarterly Conference. 
7 100, § 10. 

§ 5. As singing is a part of divine worship in 
which all ought to unite, therefore exhort every 
person in the Congregation to sing. 


61 


ee 


- ayes’ wk 2h) vay 7 itis vt 
“ Y at 


4 


a. ak I ieee ve cet al 


, 
: al i yiye <ChHeEe ey 
i 1 ted 
at oe Cig if apf 
, 
. eas J } Caer 
ren 
; 
(aif ane 
‘ . 
j 


PART III 
CONFERENCES 


I, THE GENERAL CONFERENCE 
II, ANNUAL CONFERENCES 
III. LAY ELECTORAL CONFERENCES 
IV. CENTRAL MISSION CONFERENCES 
V. MISSION CONFERENCES 
VI. DISTRICT CONFERENCES 
VII. QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 
VIII, OFFICIAL BOARD 
IX. LEADERS AND STEWARDS’ MEETING 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES q 75 


CHAPTER I 
THE GENERAL CONFERENCE 


The Composition, Organization, Powers, and Restrictions of the Gen- 
eral Conference are set forth in the Constitution of the Church, Division 
III, pages 37-44, 


CHAPTER II 
ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


I. Number and Organization 


{ 73, § 1. There are now one hundred and thirty- 
two Annual Conferences, and these shall severally be- 
come bodies corporate, wherever practicable, under 
the authority of the laws of the States and Territories 
within whose bounds they are located. 

§ 2. For the purpose of representation on the Book 
Committee and on the General Committees and Boards 
the Annual Conferences shall be grouped into as many 
General Conference Districts as the General Con- 
ference may from time to time determine. Appendix, 
page 441, 

q 74. All Members of an Annual Conference and 
those on Trial therein shall attend its sessions. 

4 '75. The Bishops shail appoint the times for hold- 
ing the Annual Conferences; but they shall allow 
each Annual Conference to sit one week at least. 

65 


q 6 ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


{ '76. Each Annual Conference shall appoint the 
place of its own session; but should it become neces- 
sary, from any unforeseen cause, to change the place 
of its session after it has been fixed by the Confer- 
ence, the Pastor or Pastors. in the place where the 
Conference was appointed to be held, and the District 
Superintendent, shall have power to make such 
change. But this authority shall not be exercised 
without first consulting the other District Superin- 
tendents of the Conference so far as practicable. 

{ 77. A Bishop shall preside in the Annual Con- 
ference. In case no Bishop is present, a member of 
the Conference, appointed by the Bishop, shall pre- 
side. But if no appointment is made, or the person 
appointed does not attend, the Conference shall elect 
by ballot, without debate, a President from among 
the Elders. 

§ '78. A record of the proceedings of each Annual 
Conference shall be kept by a Secretary chosen for 
the purpose, and shall be signed by the President 
and Secretary; and a copy of said record shall be 
sent to the General Conference. Journals not thus 
aitested cannot be approved by the General. Con- 
ference. ’ 


II. Order of Business 


i 79. The business of the Annual Conference, is to 
inquire: 
1. Is this Annual Conference Incorporated accord- 
ing to the requirement of the Discipline? 
2. Who have been Received by Transfer, and from 
what Conferences? 
66 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES q 79 


3. Who have been Readmitted? 


Norr—Here enter also date of Location and the Conference which 
sranted it. 


4. Who have been Received on Credentials, and 
from what Churches? 
5. Who have been Received on Trial? 
(a) In studies of First Year. 
(b) In studies of Third Year. { 167, § 2. 
6. Who have been Continued on Trial? 
(a) In studies of First Year. 
(b) In studies of Second Year. 
(c) In studies of Third Year. 
(d) In studies of Fourth Year. 
7. Who have been Discontinued? 
8. Who have been Admitted into Full Membership? 
(a) Elected and ordained Deacons this year. 
(bd) Elected and ordained Deacons pre- 
viously. 
9. What Members are in studies of Third Year? 
(a) Admitted into Full Membership this 
year. 
(b) Admitted “into Full Membership pre- 
viously. 
10. What Members are in studies of Fourth Year? 
11. What Members have completed the Conference 
Course of Study? 
(a) Elected and ordained Elders this year. 
(6) Elected and ordained Elders previously. 
12. What others have been elected and ordained 
Deacons? 
(a) As Local Preachers. {§ 167, § 1. 
(6) Under Missionary Ruie. § 167, § 4. 
(c) Under Seminary Rule. § 167, § 2. 
67 


q 79 ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


13. What others have been elected and ordained 
Elders? 
(a) As Local Deacons. ¥§ 170, § 1. 
(b) Under Missionary Rule. § 170, § 4. 
(c) Under Seminary Rule. § 170, § 3. 
14. Was the character of each Preacher examined? 
15. Who have been Transferred, and to what Con- 
ferences? 
16. Who have Died? 
17. Who have been Located at their own request? 
18. Who have been Located? 
19. Who have Withdrawn? 
20. Who have been permitted to Withdraw under 
Charges or Complaints? 
21. Who have been Expelled? 
22. What other Personal Notation should be made? 
NoTE.—Here enter with adequate statement of facts, the names of 
I. Those whose Orders have been recognized without admission to the 
Annual Conference. II. Those whose Credentials have been restored. 
III. Those formerly expelled, but now restored by the action of a 
Judicial or General Conference. 
23. Who are the Supernumerary Preachers? 
24. Who are the Superannuated Preachers? 
25. Who are the Triers of Appeals? 
26. What is the Statistical Report for this year? 


Nortr.—For Form of Statistical Report, see { 86. 


27. What is the aggregate of the Benevolent Col- 
lections ordered by the General Conference, as re- 
ported by the Conference Treasurer? 

28. What are the claims on the Conference Fund? 

29. What has been received on these claims, and 
how has it been applied? 

30. What is the amount of the five per cent of col- 
lections for the Conference Claimants’ Connectional 

68 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES q 82 


Fund paid by the Treasurer to the Board of Confer- 
ence Claimants? 

31. Where are the Preachers stationed? 

32. Where shall the next Conference be held? 


IIl. Powers and Duties 

§ 80. An Annual Conference has power to hear a 
complaint against its members, and may try, re- 
prove, suspend, deprive of Ministerial Office and Cre- 
dentials, expel or acquit any of them against whom 
charges may be preferred. {{ 232-255. 

{ 81. The Election and, so far as it is practicable, 
the Ordination of Elders and Deacons should be done 
at the Annual Conference, {§{ 165-170. 

§ 82. Each Annual Conference shall appoint an- 
nually, for each of its Districts, a Board of Church 
Location and Erection, which shall consist of the 
District Superintendent, who shall be Chairman, and 
not less than two nor more than five Ministers, and 
an equal number of Laymen. The duty of said 
Board shall be to prevent, as far as possible, the 
selection of improper sites, and to consider and de- 
termine all questions relating to the selection of new 
church locations which may be referred to it by the 
District Superintendent or by the vote of any Quar- 
terly Conference. The decision of said Board shall 
be final, unless overruled by the Annual Conference. 
It shall also be made the duty of this Board, when 
requested by the District Superintendent or the 
Quarterly Conference of the Church undertaking the 
erection of a new edifice or the considerable remodel- 
ing of an existing one, to review carefully the neces- 
sities and conditions of the case, as well as the 

69 


q 83 ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


: 


subscriptions and other assets toward the new enter- 
prise, together with the plans and specifications, with 
a view of determining whether the same is feasible 
or not. The Board shall report its conclusions to the 
District Superintendent and Quarterly Conference. 
Its decision in such instance shall be considered ad- 
visory. 

{| 83. Each Annual Conference shall carefully meet 
the obligations laid upon it in the chapter on Mis- 
sionary Work. 

§ 84. In each Annual Conference, the Bishop pre- 
siding shall inquire whether the disciplinary plan for 
the support of our benevolent causes is carried out 
in every District and Pastoral Charge; and of each 
District Superintendent, whether he has urged in the 
Quarterly Conference the collection in full for all the 
benevolent causes. 


IV. Statistics 

{ 85. That the Statistics may be accurately re- 
ported and the Benevolent Collections duly accounted 
for, let the following rules be observed: 

§ 1. Each Annual Conference shall appoint a Stat- 
istician and a Conference Treasurer, whose names 
and addresses shall be printed in the General Minutes 
at the head of its Statistical Tables. 

§ 2. On the first day of the Conference session, 
each Pastor shall present his Statistical and Finan- 
cial Reports correctly and plainly written, all collec- 
tions and other moneys being reported in dollars 
only, without fractions thereof. 

§ 3. In connection with his report of the amount 
collected for each of our benevolent causes, the Pas- 

70 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES 85 


tor shall deliver to the Conference Treasurer either 
the money thus raised or a satisfactory voucher for 
the same; and the credit given to his Charge shall 
exactly correspond with the money and vouchers 
thus delivered. 

§ 4. At the opening of the second day’s session the 
Bishop presiding shall call upon the Statistician and 
the Conference Treasurer respectively to read the 
names of all Charges from which reports have not 
been received, or from which incorrect or defective 
reports have been made. This call shall be made 
at the beginning of each day’s session until correct 
reports have been received from every Charge. 

§ 5. In case any Charge fails to make a report the 
Statistician shall fill up the blanks from the report 
of the preceding year, omitting the collections for 
benevolent causes; and he shall indicate such filling 
up by putting the figures in brackets. 

§ 6. When the name of a Charge has been changed 
the Statistician shall cause the former name to be 
printed in a parenthesis under the present one. 

§ 7. The Statistician and the Conference Treasurer 
shall compare the reports of collections made for 
the Statistical Tables with the accounts of money 
and vouchers received by the Treasurer, so that dis- 
erepancies, if any shall be found, may be corrected 
before publication. 

§ 8. The Conference Treasurer shall receive and 
account for such other moneys, additional to the 
regular benevolent collections, as the Conference may 
direct; and a Committee appointed by the Confer- 
ence shall audit his accounts. 

§ 9. When the provisions of § 3 shall have been 
complied with the Conference Treasurer shall return 

TL 


re 


qT 86 ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


the “Financial Report” to the Pastor with the word 
“Credited” either written or stamped over the Treas- 
urer’s signature as a voucher for the Quarterly Con- 
ference of the contributing Charge, 

§ 10. The Publishing Agents shall provide, 1. Sta- 
tistical Blanks for the Pastor and the Statistical Sec- 
retary; 2. Blank “Financial Report” for each Pastor, 
with suitable “Envelopes” also printed in blank; 
3. Blanks for the Treasurer’s Accounts. 

{ 86. The Statistical Report to the Conference 
shall be in the following form: 


NorTE 1,—Statistics Nos. 1 and IV and a summary of No. m must be 
published in the General Minutes. 


NOTE 2.—The several Annual Conferences are required invariably to 
publish Statistics Nos. I, III, and IV in theirown Minutes. The publica- 
tion of Statistics No. II is optional with the respective Conferences, 


NOTE 3.—The Statisticians of Conferences and Missions, as soon 
as practicable after the Annual Meeting, shall forward Statistics 
Nos. I, III, and IV tothe Publishing Agents at New York, and No. II to 
the Corresponding Secretary of the Board of Sunday Schools at Chicago. 


§ 1. Statistics No. I1.—Church Membership, etc. 


CHURCH MEMBERSHIP 


Number of Probationers. 
Numbers of Full Members. 
Number of Local Preachers. 
Number of Deaths. 


BAPTISMS 


Number of Children. 
Number of Adults. 
72 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES q{ 86 


SUNDAY SCHOOLS 


Number of Schools 
Number of Officers and Teachers. 
Number of Scholars. 


EPWORTH LEAGUES 


Number of Senior Chapters. 
Number of Members. 
Number of Junior Chapters. 
Number of Members. 


CHURCH PROPERTY 


Number of Churches. 

Probable Value. 

Number of Parsonages. 

Probable Value. 

Amount paid on Buildings and Improvements. 
Amount paid on old Indebtedness. 

Present Indebtedness. 


§ 2. Statistics No. IL—Sunday Schools 


Number of Schools. 

Number of Officers and Teachers. 

Number of Scholars of all grades in the Sunday 
Schools. 

Average Attendance of all grades in the Sunday 
Schools. 

Number of members in the Home Department. 

Number of Children on the Cradle Roll. 

Total Enrollment in all Departments. 

Number of Officers and Teachers who are Church 
Members or Probationers. 

Number of Scholars (whether attendants or mem- 

73 


36 ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


bers in the Home Department) who are Church Mem- 
bers or Probationers. 

Number of Members of the Sunday School con- 
verted during the year. 

Current expenses: Lesson Leaves, Books, etc. 


$3. Statistics No. I1I.—Church Expenses 


NOTE 1.—The General Conference has ordered that in reporting the 
amount raised in each Pastoral Charge for “ Ministerial Support” the 
amount reported shall include the several sums raised for the support of 
the Pastor, for the support of the Conference Claimants, for the support 
of the District Superintendent, and for the support of the Bishops; and 
shall also include rent paid for a House for the Pastor; and in case the 
Pastor occupies a Parsonage then it shall include, instead of rent paid. 
a sum equal to a fair rental value of the said Parsonage. Missionary 
appropriations are not to be included. 

NoTE 2.—Any Conference desiring to doso may use separate columns 
in Statistics No. III, for House Rent and Traveling Expenses. 


SUPPORT OF PASTOR 
Claims: 
Salary. 
House Rent. 
Total. 
Receipts: 
Salary. 
House Rent. 
Total. 
Deficiencies. 


SUPPORT OF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 
Amount Apportioned. 
Amount Paid. 


SUPPORT OF DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENTS 
Amount Apportioned. 
Amount Paid. 
74 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES q 


SUPPORT OF BISHOPS 
Amount Apportioned. 
Amount Paid. 
Total Support Paid as above. 


CURRENT EXPENSES 
Church: 
Sexton, Fuel, Light, etc. 
Sunday Schools: 
Lesson Leaves, Books, etc. 
Total. 


§ 4. Statistics No. IV.—Benevolent Collections 
Board of Foreign Missions: 

a. Church. 

b. Sunday Schools. 

c. Special Gifts. 


Board of Home Missions and Church Extension: 


a. Church. 
b. Sunday Schools. 
ce. Special Gifts. 

Board of Education: 

a. Church—General Education. 
b. Sunday Schools. 
ce. Children’s Fund. 
Board of Sunday Schools: 
a, Church. 
b. Sunday Schools. 

Board of Conference Claimants: 
Connectional Fund. 
Permanent Fund. 

Freedmen’s Aid Society. 

American Bible Society. 

Woman’s Foreign Missionary Society. 

75 


BD 
lon} 


a 84 Lay Execrorat CoNFERENCES 


Woman’s Home Missionary Society: 
a. Cash. 
b. Supplies. 
Total Disciplinary Collections, 
Other Benevolent Collections, 
Local Educational Interests. 
Total Benevolent Collections. 
General Conference Expenses. 
Central Office Expenses of Epworth Leasue. 
Final Total. 


NotTE.—Applications for blanks are to be made to the Methodist Book 
Concern, New York, by the Secretary of each Conference, for distribution 
among the Pastors. Orders for the Spring Conferences should be made 
by October 1, and will then be filled by December 1. Orders for the Fall 
Conferences should be made by March 1, and will then be filled by June 1. 
Applications must state the name of Conference, number of Districts, 
number of Charges, and how many of the Districts have over forty 
Charges, 


CHAPTER III 
LAY ELECTORAL CONFERENCES 


The Composition, Organization, and Powers of the Lay Electoral Con- 
ference are set forth in the Constitution of the Church, Division: Ill, 
Chapter II, Article III, pages 37-44. 


I. Election of Delegates 


4 87, § 1. The first or third Quarterly Conference 
of each Charge for the Conference year within which 
a Lay Electoral Conference is to be conyened shall ap- 
point one Judge of Election and two Tellers, who 
shall constitute the Election Board of the Charge; 
provided the said Charge be composed of but one 
Church. The Election Board shall fix the time and 
place for the holding of an election for one Lay Dele- 

76 


- Lay Execroran CoNFERENCES © 87 


gate to the Lay Hlectoral Conference and one Re- 
serve Lay Delegate in accordance with the provisions 
of Division III of the Constitution of the Church. 

§ 2. It shall see that suitable public notice of the 
time and place of the election shall be given, public 
announcement of the same being made at two regular 
preaching services at least, on different days, within 
six weeks immediately preceding the election. It 
shall take charge of the election, receive and count 
the ballots, and certify the whole number of votes 
cast and for whom cast to the fourth Quarterly Con- 
ference, which shall declare the result and give to the 
person receiving the highest number of votes for each 
place a certificate of election, which shall be signed 
by the District Superintendent and the Secretary of 
the Quarterly Conference. 

§ 3. In every Charge which consists of more than 
one Church or Society the Quarterly Conference shal! 
appoint a Judge of Election and two Tellers for each 
of such Churches or Societies, and each of such 
Boards shail proceed as is above provided for the 
Election Board of a single Church. The Quarterly 
Conference shall proceed in the same manner as is 
above provided for Charges having but one Church or 
Society. 

§ 4. The Secretary of the fourth Quarterly Confer- 
ence shall certify the result of the ballot without delay 
to the Secretary of the preceding Lay Electoral Con- 
ference or to any other person designated by said 
Conference to prepare the roll of the ensuing Lay 
Electoral Conference. Said certificate shall contain 
the names of the Lay Delegate and of the Reserve 
Lay Delegate elected, the post office of each and the 
name of the Pastoral Charge. 

77 


{ 88 Crnrrat Mission CONFERENCES 


II. Laymen’s Associations 


| 88. There may be assembled at the seat of the 
Annual Conference a Laymen’s Association organized 
within the bounds of the Conference, composed of 
Delegates selected from the Charges in such manner 
as the Laymen’s Association may determine. The pur- 
pose of such Association shall be to advance the local 
and Conference interests of the Church and to enlist 
all laymen in the general activities of the denom- 
ination. 


CHAPTER IV 


CENTRAL MISSION CONFERENCES 


{ 89. When in any of our foreign Mission fields 
there is more than one Annual Conference or Mis- 
sion, it shall be lawful, by order of the General Con- 
ference, to organize a Central Conference, to be 
composed either of all the Members of those Annual 
Conferences or Missions, or of Delegates from the 
same, elected according to such ratio as may be 
agreed upon between the constituent parties, who 
may also provide for the admission of Laymen to 
such Conference, the number of Lay Delegates not 
to exceed that of the Clerical Delegates. 

§ 1. The first meeting of the Central Conference 
shall be called by the Bishop in charge, at such time 
and place as he may select, to which all the Members 
of the Conferences and Missions concerned shall he 
invited, and at which a ratio of representation shall 
be fixed by the Conference. The time and place of 
future meetings shall be determined by the Confer- 

78 


CENTRAL Mission CONFERENCES § 89 


ence; provided, that it shall meet at least once in 
four years. 

§ 2. A Bishop, if present, shall preside over the 
Conference; but in his absence the Conference shall 
elect a President from among its own Members. 

§ 3. This Conference may take under its super- 
vision the educational, publishing, and such other 
connectional interests and work as may be committed 
to. it by the Annual Conferences and Missions; but 
never in contravention of the Book of Discipline, or 
the orders of the General Conference; and it shall 
have no authority to involve the Missionary Society 
in any financial responsibility, nor to hold or control 
the property of the Society without the official per- 
mission of said Society. 

§ 4. In the Central Conference the right shall be 
reserved to vote by Conferences or Missions when- 
ever the Delegations from one third of the several 
Conferences or Missions represented shall so demand. 
In such cases the concurrent vote of the Delegations 
from two thirds of all the Conferences and Missions 
present and voting shall be necessary to complete an 
action. 

§ 5. A Central Conference may fix the boundaries 
of the. Annual Conferences within its bounds, pro- 
posals for changes being first submitted to the An- 
nual Conferences concerned as prescribed in §§ 450- 
452; provided, however, that the number of Annual 
Conferences which may be organized within the 
bounds of a Central Conference shall first have been 
determined by the General Conference; and provided, 
further, that no Conference shall be organized with 
less than twenty-five Members. 

§ 6. When a Central Conference has been duly or. 

79 


oT" Mission CONFERENCES 


ganized the organization shall not be discontinued 
except by order or consent of the General Conference. 

§ 7. The Journal of the proceedings of a Cen- 
tral Conference, duly signed by the President and 
Secretary, shall be sent to the General Conference for 
its consideration, 

§ 8. The Central Conference of Southern Asia’ is 
authorized to fix the residences of the Missionary 
Bishops for Southern Asia. 


CHAPTER V 


MISSION CONFERENCES 


{| 90, § 1. Any Mission established under the pro- 
visions of the Discipline may be constituted a Mission 
Conference by the General Conference. J 382 

§ 2. A Mission Conference is authorized to exer- 
cise the powers of an Annual Conference subject to 
the approval of the Presiding Bishop; and its Mem- 
bers shall share pro rata in the proceeds of the 
Book Concern with Members of the Annual Con- 
ferences, but shall not elect delegates to the General 
Conference nor vote on Constitutional changes. {{ 73- 
86. 

§ 3. The Bishop having Episcopal supervision of 
a Mission Conference may appoint a Superintendent, 
who may also be the District Superintendent where 
there are two or more Districts. It shall be the duty 
of the Superintendent to take the general supervision 
of the Conference, and yet not so as to interfere with 
the duties of the District Superintendents, and to 
represent the state of the work and its needs to the 

80 


Mission CONFERENCES Gq 90 


Bishop having charge, and to the Corresponding 
Secretaries of the Missionary Boards. 

§ 4. If there is no Bishop present at an Annual 
Session of a Mission Conference, the Superintendent 
shall preside; but if there is no Superintendent -pres- 
ent, the presidency shall be determined as in an An- 
nual Conference. {. 77. 

§ 5. Each Mission Conference at its Annual Ses- 
sion shall appoint a Standing Committee, whose duty 
it shall be, with the concurrence of the President of 
the Conference, to make an estimate of the amount 
necessary for the support of each Pastoral Charge, in 
full, or supplementary to the amount raised by the 
Charge thus aided; such estimates shall be subject to 
modification by the Managers. of the Missionary 
Boards, and in the aggregate shall not exceed the 
amount appropriated by the General Missionary Com- 
mittees; and the amount to be expended in a Mission 
Conference shall be paid in quarterly installments to 
the Superintendent, or to the District Superintendent 
where there is no Superintendent. 

§ 6. Any Charge within a Mission Conference may 
receive aid from the Missionary Boards without hay- 
ing been designated in the estimates made by the 
Conference at its Annual Meeting, 

[For MISSIONS, see IT 382, 398.] 


q 91 District CONFERENCES 


CHAPTER VI 
DISTRICT CONFERENCES 


I. Organization and Duties 


§ 91. The District Conference shall be composed of 
the Traveling Ministers, the Local Preachers, the Ex- 
horters, and the District Stewards within the Dis- 
triet, together with one Sunday School Superintend- 
ent, one President of an Epworth League Chapter, 
one President of the Methodist Brotherhood, one 
President of a Ladies’ Aid Society, and one Class 
Leader from each Pastoral Charge in the District. 
But if there shall be more than one Sunday School 
Superintendent or League President, Brotherhood 
President or President of a Ladies’ Aid Society in 
any Charge, then the Quarterly Conference shall 
designate one of each for this service, and it ieee 
also select the Class Leader. 

§ 92. The District Conference shall meet once or 
twice each year as it may determine. The District 
Superintendent shall designate the time and place 
for the first meeting after the adoption of this plan 
by the District; but the District Conference shall at 
each meeting determine the place for its next meet- 
ing, the time to be fixed by the District Superintend- 
ent. 

§ 93.-.If a Bishop be present at the District Con- 
ference, he shall preside. In the absence of a Bishop 
the District Superintendent shall preside. If neither 

82 


District CONFERENCES | 95 


be present, the District Conference shall choose its 
own President by ballot, without debate, from among 
the Traveling Elders. 

§ 94. A record of the proceedings of each District 
Conference shall be kept by a Secretary chosen for 
the purpose, and a copy of said record shall be sent 
to the ensuing Annual Conference. 

{ 95. The regular business of the District Confer- 
ence shall be: 

§ 1. To take the general oversight of all the tem- 
poral and spiritual affairs of the District, subject te 
the provisions of the Discipline. 

§ 2. To take cognizance of all the Local Preachers 
and Exhorters in the District, as provided in {§ 203- 
211, and to arrange a Plan of Appointments for each 
until the next District Conference. 

§ 3. To inquire whether all the collections for the 
benevolent institutions of the Church, as recognized 
by the Discipline, are properly attended to in all the 
Pastoral Charges, and to adopt suitable measures for 
promoting their success. 

§ 4. To inquire into the-condition of the Sunday 
Schools in the District, and to adopt suitable 
measures for insuring their. success. 

§ 5. To inquire into the Condition of the Epworth 
League Chapters in the District, and to adopt suitable 
measures for insuring their success. 

§ 6. To inquire into the condition of the Methodist 
Brotherhoods in the District, and to adopt suitable 
measures for insuring their success. 

§ 7. To inquire into the condition of the Ladies’ 
Aid Societies in the District, and to adopt suitable 
measures for insuring their success. . 

§ 8. To inquire respecting opportunities for Mis- 

F 83 


q{ 96 District CoNFERENCES 


sionary and Church Extension enterpri§es within the 
District, and to take measures for the occupation of 
any neglected portion of its territory by Mission 
Sunday Schools and by appointments for Public 
Worship. 

§ 9. To provide for appropriate religious and liter- 
ary exercises during the session, for the mutual 
benefit of those in attendance. 


II. Order of Business 
§ 96. The order of business for the District Con- 
ference shall be: : : 
§ 1. To inquire what members of the District Con- 
ference are present. 
§ 2. To appoint Committees on the ‘ r 
1. Examination of candidates for License to 
Preach. 
2. Examination of Local Preachers in each of 
the four years of the Course of Study. 
3. Examination of candidates for Reception on 
Trial in the Annual Conference. 
4. Examination of candidates for Orders. 
5. Home Mission work. 
6. Appointments of Local Preachers and Ex- 
horters. . 
7. Apportionment to each Charge of the 
amounts to be raised for benevolent causes. 
8. Program of religious and literary exercises 
for the next meeting. 
9. Miscellaneous matters. 
§ 3. To receive Reports: 
1. From the District Superintendent, as to the 
condition of the work -under his charee, 
84 


District CONFERENCES © 96 


and his own work as District Superintend- 
ent. 

From each Pastor, as to the religious condi- 
tion of his Charge, his pastoral labors, the 
benevolent collections and the circulation 
of our Church periodicals and books. 

From each Local Preacher, according to the 
form prescribed in § 207. 


. From each Exhorter, including a statement 


of the Prayer Meetings he has held, and 
other work done, especially in destitute 
places and among the sick and the poor. 
G 211. 


. From each District Steward, as to the tem- 


poral affairs of the Charge he represents. 


. From each Sunday School Superintendent, 


as to the condition of the Sunday Schools 
of the Charge he represents. 


7. From each President of an Epworth League 


10. 


11. 


Chapter, as to the condition of the Chap- 
ters of the Charge he represents. 

From each President of the Methodist 
Brotherhood, as to the condition of the 
Chapters of the Charge he represents. 


. From each President of a Ladies’ Aid So- 


ciety, as to the condition of the Societies 
of the Charge she represents. 

From each Class Leader, as to the condi- 
tion of the Classes of the Charge he repre- 
sents. 

From each Committee. 


§ 4. To inquire concerning Local Preachers: 
1. Are there any Charges or Complaints? 


2. 


Who shall have their Licenses renewed? 
85 


q 97 District CoNFERENCES 


3. Who shall be Licensed to Preach? 
. Who shall be recommended for Ordination? 
5. Who shall be recommended for Recognition 
of Orders? 
6. Who shall be recommended for Reception 
on Trial in the Annual Conference? 
. What work is assigned to each Local 
Preacher? 
§ 5.-To inquire concerning Exhorters: 
1. Who shall have their Licenses renewed? 
2. What work is assigned to each Exhorter? 
§ 6. To fix the seat of the next District Conference. 
§ 7. To transact other appropriate business. 
§ 8. The order of business may be varied, and the 
business interspersed with such literary and religious 
exercises as the Conference may direct. 


i 


-1 


III. Discontinuance 

§ 977. The provisions for District Conferences shall 
be of force and binding only in those Districts in 
which the Quarterly Conferences of a majority of 
the Circuits and Stations shall have approved the 
same by asking the District Superintendent to con- 
vene a District, Conference, as herein provided. A 
District Conference may be discontinued by a vote 
of a majority of the members present at any regular 
session, notice thereof having been given at a previous 
session, and with the concurrence of a majority of the 
Quarterly Conferences in the District. In those 
Districts in which District Conferences shall be held 
the powers given to the DiStrict Conferences shall 
not be exercised by the Quarterly Conferences. In 
all other cases the powers of the Quarterly Confer- 
ences shall remain as hereinafter provided. 

86 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 4 100 


CHAPTER VII 
QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


I. Organization and Duties 


J 98. The Quarterly Conference shall be composed 
of all the Traveling Ministers, Local Preachers, Ex- 
horters, Stewards and Class Leaders, together with 
the Trustees of church and parsonage property, the 
first Superintendents of the Sunday Schools, the 
Presidents of the Epworth League Chapters, the 
Superintendents of the Junior Leagues, the Presidents 
of the Chapters of the Methodist Brotherhood, the 
Presidents of the Ladies’ Aid Societies and Dea- 
econesses employed within the Charge; provided, that 
said Class Leaders, Trustees, Superintendents, Presi- 
dents, and Deaconesses are members of our Church 
in the Charge, and approved by the Quarterly Con- 
ference for membership therein. {§ 100. 

§ 29, § 1. The District Superintendent shall pre- 
side in the Quarterly Conference; or, he may ap- 
point a Traveling Elder to preside; but in the absence 

_of the District Superintendent, and of the Traveling 
Elder so appointed, the Pastor shail preside. 

§ 2. The Quarterly Conference shall appoint a Sec- 
retary, who shall take minutes of the proceedings 
thereof, and transmit them to the Recording Steward. 

§ 100. The regular business of the Quarterly Con- 
ference shall be: 

§ 1. To hear complaints, and to receive and try 
charges as directed in 9 249-255. 

87 


{| 100 QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


§ 2. To take cognizance of all Local Preachers and 
Exhorters in the Circuit or Station, as provided in 
{{ 203-205. 

§ 3. To receive the annual report of the Trustees; 
to elect Trustees where the laws of the State permit; 
and, at its discretion, to approve for membership in 
the Quarterly Conference Trustees who are members 
of the Church within the Charge, but who were 
elected otherwise than by the Quarterly Conference. 
q{ 319-325. 

§ 4. To elect Stewards for the Charge, and to elect 
one of these as District Stewards, and one as Record- 
ing Steward. {{ 291-296. 

§ 5. To have oversight of all the Sunday Schools 
within the bounds of the Circuit or Station, and to 
inquire into the condition of each; to confirm or re- 
ject Sunday School Superintendents nominated by 
the Sunday School Board; at its discretion, to ap- 
prove for membership in the Quarterly Conference 
Superintendents who are members of the Church 
within the Charge; and to remove any Superintend- 
ent who may prove unworthy or inefficient. 4 420, 
421. 

§ 6. To have general oversight of the Epworth 
League Chapters and other organizations of young 
people; to confirm or reject Presidents of the Ep- 
worth League elected by the Chapters, and Junior 
League Superintendents nominated by the Pastor; 
at its discretion, to approve for membership in the 
Quarterly Conference Presidents and Junior League 
Superintendents who are members of the Church 
within the Charge; and to remove any President or 
Junior League Superintendent who may prove un- 
worthy and inefficient. ¥ 447. 

88 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES ~§ 100 


§ 7. To have general oversight of the Methodist 
Brotherhoods, and other organizations of similar 
purpose; to confirm or reject Presidents elected by 
them; at its discretion, to approve for membership 
in the Quarterly Conference Presidents who are mem- 
bers of the Church within the Charge; and to remove 
any President who may prove unworthy or inefficient. 
gq 449. 

§ 8. To have general oversight of Ladies’ Aid So- 
cieties and other organizations of similar designa- 
tion and purpose; to confirm or reject Presidents 
elected by these Societies; at its discretion, to ap- 
prove for membership in the Quarterly Conference 
Presidents who are members of the Church within 
the Charge; and to remove any President who may 
prove unworthy or inefficient. J 343. 

§ 9. To meet carefully all the obligations laid by 
the Discipline upon the Quarterly Conference in ref- 
erence to the support of the Ministry and of our 
benevolent causes. 

§ 10. To appoint at the fourth Quarterly Confer- 
ence Committees for the ensuing Conference year on 
(1) Foreign Missions. { 386. (2) On Home Missions 
and Chureh Extension. ¥ 400. (3) On Sunday 
Schools. § 421. (4) On Tracts. § 369. (5) On Tem- 
perance. { 444, § 6. (6) On Education. § 413. (7) 
On Freedmen’s Aid. § 432, § 2. (8) On Hospitals. 
(9) On Church Records. § 102. (10) On Auditing 
Accounts. § 101. (11) On Parsonages and Furniture. 
9 342. (12) On Church Music. 7 72, § 4. (13) On 
Hstimating Pastors’ Salaries. § 299. (14) On Es- 
timating the amount necessary for Conference Claim- 
ants. J] 300, 315. 


89 


gq 101 QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


II. Order of Business 


{ 101. The Order of Business in the Quarterly Con- 
ference, after the Roll of Members has been called 
and a Secretary appointed, shall be to inquire as 
follows: 

Notx.—Questions, or items under questions, marked thus [-1-]are to 
be considered at the first Quarterly Conference; those marked [-1, 2, 3-] 
at the first, second, and third Quarterly Conferences; those marked 
[-4-]at the fourth Quarterly Conference; all other questions and items 
at each Quarterly Conference. 

§ 1. What Trustees are approved as members of the 
Quarterly Conference? § 100, § 3. 

§ 2. What Class Leaders are approved as members 
of the Quarterly Conference? § 98. 

§ 3. Who are confirmed— 

1. As Sunday School Superintendents? { 100, 
§ 5. 

2. As Presidents of Epworth Leagues? ¥ 100, § 6. 

8. As Superintendents of Junior Leagues? 


J 100, § 6. 

4. As Presidents of Methodist Brotherhoods? 
J 100, § 7. 

5. As Presidents of Ladies’ Aid Societies? 
7 100, § 8. 


§ 4. Who are approved as members of the Quar- 
terly Conference? 
1. As Superintendents of Sunday Schools. 
PeLOUM Sab: 
2. As Presidents of Epworth Leagues. J 100, 
§ 6. 
8. As Superintendents of Junior Leagues. 
9 100, § 6. 
4. As Presidents of Methodist Brotherhoods. 
7 100, § 7. 
90 


5. 


6. 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES {101 


As Presidents of Ladies’ Aid Societies. 
4 100, § 8. 

As Deaconesses employed within the Charge? 
7 2095 § sds: 


§ 5. Are there any formulated Complaints? 

§ 6. [-4-] Who is appointed Trier of Appeals? 
{ 289, § 1. 

§ 7. [-1-] What is the complete record for member- 
ship during the past year? 


ils 


15. 


16. 


a7G 


Members on the Roll and reported to last 
Conference. 


. Members Received after Recommendation. 
. Members Received by Certificate. : 
. Members Received from Other Denomina- 


tions. 


. Whole number received during year. 

. Total. 

. Members Dismissed by Certificate. 

. Members Deceased. 

. Members Removed without Letter. 

. Members Withdrawn. 

. Members Excluded. 

. Total to be deducted. 

. Net Membership. 

. Have acknowledgments been received from 


all Charges to which Certificates have been 
issued? 

Have all Certificates received been acknowl- 
edged to the Charges which issued them? 

Have Charges to which members have gone 
without Letter been notified? 

Have all known to have moved into this 
Charge with or without Letter been 
visited? 

91 


{ 101 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


§ 8. [-I1-] What is the complete Record of Minis- 
terial Support for the past year? 


1. 


ot oo bo 


Paid to Pastor. 
Paid to Assistant. 


. Paid to Conference Claimants. 


Paid to District Superintendent. 
. Paid to Episcopal Fund. 


§ 9. aed there any Reports? 


A 
2. From Local Preachers. § 207. 

3 

4. From Sunday School Superintendents. { 420, 


10. 
ile 
12. 
13. 


From Pastor. § 173, § 30. 
From Exhorters. { 211. 


§ 5. 


. From Presidents of Epworth League Chap- 


ters. { 446. 


. From Superintendents of Junior Leagues. 


From Presidents of Methodist Brotherhoods. 
q 449. 


. [-4-] From Presidents of Ladies’ Aid So- 


cieties. J 343, § 2. 


. From Deaconesses employed within the 


Charge? § 219, § 13. 
From Class Leaders. § 59. 
[-4-] From Trustees. § 325. 
[-4-] From the Official Board. § 103. 
From Committees. § 100, § 10. 


§ 10. [-1-] What amounts have been estimated for, 
and apportioned to, this Charge this year for the sup- 
port of the Ministry? 


1. 


CS a 


For Pastor. 
For Assistant. 
For Conference Claimants. 
For District Superintendent. 
For Episcopal Fund. 

92 


“ 


QuARTERLY CONFERENCES { 101 


_ 6. For Rent. 
7. For Traveling and Moving Expenses. 

§ 11. What is the Financial Plan adopted by the 
Stewards? {{ 297-299. 

§ 12. Have the directions of the Discipline for rais- 
jing supplies for the support of the Ministry been 
carried out? Jf 103, 297-299. 

§ 13. Have the directions of the Discipline for the 
support of Conference Claimants been carried out, 
and has the pro rata division been made? Jf 300. 

§ 14. What amounts have*been received this quarter 
for the support of the Ministry, and how have they 
been applied? 

Received: 

1. For Pastors. 

2. For Conference Claimants. 

3. For District Superintendent. 

4. For Episcopal Fund. 

5. For Rent. 

6. For Traveling and Moving Expenses. 

Applied: i 

1. To Pastors. 

2. To Conference Claimants. 

3. To District Superintendent. 

4. To Episcopal Fund. 

5. To Rent. 

6. To Traveling and Moving Expenses. 

§ 15. [-l-] What amounts have been apportioned 
to this Charge this year for benevolent causes? 

1. For Board of Foreign Missions. 
2. For Board of Home Missions and Church 
Extension. 
3. For Board of Education. 
4. For Board of Sunday Schools. 
93 


§ 101 


. 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


5. For Board of Conference Claimants. 


Connectional Fund. 
Permanent Fund. 


6. For Freedmen’s Aid Society. 
7. For Other Purposes. 
§ 16. [-4-] What amounts have been asked and re- 
ceived for benevolent causes this year? 


1. 


9. 
10. 


For Board of Foreign Missions: a. From 
Church. b. From Sunday Schools. c. From 
Special Gifts. 


. For Board of Home Missions and Church 


Extension: a. From Church. b. From Sun- 
day Schools: c. From Special Gifts. 


. For Board of Education: a. Public Educa- 


tional Collection, 0. Children’s Fund. 


. For Board of Sunday Schools: a. From 


Church. 6. From Sunday Schools. 


. For Board of Conference Claimants: 


Connectional Fund. 
Permanent Fund. 


. For American Bible Society. 
. For Woman’s Foreign Missionary Society. 


For Woman’s Home Missionary Society: 

a. Cash. b. Supplies. 

For Other Purposes. 

For General Expenses of Epworth League. 


§ 17. a. Are the Sunday Schools organized into 
Missionary Societies? §§ 397, § 5; 411, § 3. 6b. Are 
they organized into Temperance Societies? § 444, § 7. 
c. Are they furnished with the publications author- 
ized by our Church? 

§ 18. Have the Rules respecting the Instruction of 
Children been observed? {§{ 52, 432, 434, § 7. 


94 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCES @ 101 


§ 19. Who are licensed to preach, or recommended 
to the District Conference for License to preach? 
T1203, 204. 

§ 20. [-4-] Was the Character of each Local Preach- 
er, Exhorter, and Deaconess examined? {ff 205, 211, 
219, § 1. 

§ 21. a. What Local Preachers and Exhorters are 
recommended to the District Conference for renewal 
of License? J 203. 

b. [-4-] What Local Preachers and Exhorters have 
had their licenses renewed? {Jf 204, 211. 

§ 22. [-4-] What Local Preachers are recommended 
for Orders? § 204, § 3. 

§ 23. [-4-] What Local Preachers are recommended 
for the Recognition of Orders? {ff 204, § 3; 156, § 1. 

§ 24. [-4-] What Local Preachers are recommended 
for Reception on Trial in the Annual Conference? 
J 204, § 3. 

§ 25. [-1, 2, 3-] Is any change desired in the Board 
of Stewards? J 100, § 4. 

§ 26. [-4-] Who shall be the Stewards for the en- 
suing Conference year? § 291. q 

§ 27. [-4-] Who shall be the Recording Steward? 
9 291. 

§ 28. [-4-] Who shall be the District Steward? 
q 291. 

§ 29. [-4-] Who are the Trustees of Church and 
Parsonage property. Jf 319-323. 

§ 30. [-4-] What Committees are appointed for the 
ensuing Conference year? § 100, § 10. 

§ 31. [-4-] Have the General Rules been read this 
year? § 173, § 4. 

§ 32. [-4-] Has the advice concerning Systematic 
Giving been observed? { 70. 

95 


| 102 QUARTERLY CONFERENCES 


§ 33. [-4-] Have the questions prescribed in { 413, 
§ 2, been asked and answered? 

§ 34. [-4-] Has the Pastor made a Visiting List, or 
Plan of his Charge, as required by the Discipline? 
T.L73, § 32. 

§ 35. Are the Church Records properly kept? { 102. 

§ 36. [-4-] Have the Records of the Official] Board 
been received and approved? § 103. 

§ 37. Is the Church and Parsonage property in- 
sured? 7 179, § 9. 

§ 38. [-1-] Is the report of the Auditing Committee 
now ready? {¥ 102. 

§ 39. Have the inquiries ordered in § 179, §§ 11, 
12, been duly made? ; 

§ 40. Who are the Custodians of the Deeds and 
other legal papers affecting the Church property? 

§ 41. Where shall the next Quarterly. Conference be 
held? 

§ 42. Is there any other Business? 


III. Auditing and Records 

J 102, § 1. It shall be the duty of the Committee 
on Auditing Accounts to audit the books of Church 
Treasurers, Recording Stewards and Sunday School 
Treasurers within the Quarterly Conference, and re- 
port the same at the first Quarterly Conference. 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of the Committee on 
Church Records to see that the Records of Member- 
ship, of the Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting, of the 
Official Board, of the Sunday School Board, of the 
Board of Trustees, and of the Quarterly Conference 
are properly kept; and when any of these books are 
filled up, or are no longer in use, they shall be de- 
posited with the Recording Steward for preservation. 

96 


OrrFiciat Boarp € 103 


CHAPTER VIII 


OFFICIAL BOARD 


§ 103. The Quarterly Conference of any Charge 
may organize and continue during its pleasure an 
Official Board, to be composed of all the members of 
the Quarterly Conference. In the case of circuits the 
Quarterly Conference may organize, and continue 
during its pleasure, Official Boards for the several 
appointments of the Charge, such Official Boards to 
be composed of the members of the Quarterly Con- 
ference attached to the respective appointments. The 
Official Board may hold its meetings at such times 
as it may determine, and shall be presided over by 
the Pastor, or, in his absence, by a chairman elected 
by the meeting. When so organized the Official 
Board may discharge such duties as the Quarterly 
Conference may from time to time direct, including 
those of the Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting. The 
Board may direct that the Stewards and Trustees 
shall annually submit to it the amount needed for 
support and for the current expenses of the Church, 
which combined amounts it shall apportion among 
the members of the Church, and as far as practicable 
among the attendants of the congregation, in such 
manner as shall seem to the Official Board to be wise. 
Should such action for a combined financial system 
be taken, the Board shall elect a Treasurer for the 
common fund, and such other officers and committees 
as it may desire, in order to carry out the plan. 
When such action is taken it shall make void such 

97 


4 104 Leaprers anp Srewarps’ Meerine 


provisions of the Discipline, under support of Minis- 
ters as relate to the financial duties of the stewards. 
§§ 294, 297-300. The Board shall keep a record of 
its proceedings, and send the same to the fourth 
Quarterly Conference for approval. 


CHAPTER IX 


LEADERS AND STEWARDS’ MEETING 


§ 104. The Pastor shall, as often as practicable, 
hold a meeting of all the Leaders and Stewards of 
the Charge, to be denominated the Leaders and Stew- 
ards’ Meeting, in order to inquire, 1. Are there any 
sick? 2. Are there any requiring temporal relief? 
3. Are there any who walk disorderly and will not 
be reproved? 4. Are there any who willfully neglect 
the means of grace? 4. Are any changes to be made 
in the classes? 6. Are there any persons to be recom- 
mended for admission into the Church? 7. Are there 
any to be recommended for License to exhort or 
preach? 8. What amount has been received for the 
support of the Pastor or Pastors? 9. Is there any 
miscellaneous business? 


98 


PART IV 
THE MINISTRY 


page Ioo 


I. QUALIFICATIONS AND WORK 
II. MINISTERS AND ANNUAL CONFERENCES 
III. DEACONS 
IV. ELDERS 
V. PASTORS 
VI. SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS 
VII. SUPERANNUATED MINISTERS 
VIII. DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENTS 
TX. MISSIONARY BISHOPS 
X, BISHOPS 
XI, SUPERANNUATED BISHOPS 


QuALIFICATIONS AND Work ¥ 106 


CHAPTER I 
QUALIFICATIONS AND WORK 


I. Caff to Preach 


{4 105. In order that we may try those persons 
who profess to be moved by the Holy Ghost to preach, 
let the following questions be asked, namely: 

§ 1. Do they know God as a pardoning God? Have 
they the love of God abiding in them? Do they de- 
sire nothing but God? Are they holy in all manner 
of conversation? 

§ 2. Have they gifts, as well as grace, for the work? 
Have they, in some tolerable degree, a clear, sound 
understanding; a right judgment in the things of 
God; a just conception of salvation by faith? Has 
God given them any degree of utterance? Do they 
speak justly, readily, clearly? : 

§ 3. Have any been truly convinced of sin and con- 
verted to God, and are believers edified, by their 
preaching? : orl 

§ 4. As long as these marks concur in anyone, we 
believe he is called of God to preach. These we re- 
ceive as sufficient proof that he is moved by the Holy 
Ghost. 


II. Rules for Preacher’s Conduct 


J 106. Rule 1. Be diligent. Never be unemployed. 
Never be triflingly employed. Never trifle away 
101 


q 107 QuaLiricatTions anp Work 


time; neither spend any more time at any place than 
is strictly necessary. 

§ 107. Rule 2. Be serious. Let your motto be, 
“Holiness to the Lord.” Avoid all lightness, jesting, 
and foolish talking. 

f{ 108. Rule 3. Converse sparingly and conduct 
yourself prudently with women (1 Tim. 5. 2). 

J 109. Rule 4. Believe evil of no one without good 
evidence; unless you see it done take heed how you 
credit it. Put the best construction on everything. 
You know the judge is always supposed to be on the 
prisoner’s side. 

f 110. Rule 5. Speak evil of no one, because your 
word, especially, would eat as doth a canker. Keep 
your thoughts within your own breast till you come 
to the person concerned. 

§ 111. Rule 6. Tell everyone under your care 
what you think wrong in his conduct and temper, and ; 
that lovingly and plainly, as soon as may be; else it 
will fester in your heart. Make all haste to cast the 
fire out of your bosom. 

§ 112. Rule 7. Avoid all affectation. A Preacher of 
the Gospel is the servant of all. 

§ 113. Rule 8. Be ashamed of nothing but sin. 

§ 114.Rule 9. Be punctual. Do everything ex- 
actly at the time. And do not mend our rules, 
but keep them; not for wrath, but for conscience’ 
sake. 

§ 115. Rule 10. You have nothing to do but to save 
souls; therefore spend and be spent in this work; and 
go always not only to those that want you, but to 
those that want you most. 

Observe! it is not your business only to piabh ie) 
many times, dnd to take care of this or that Society, 

102 


QUALIFICATIONS AND WorK 4 117 


‘but to save aS many as you can; to bring as many 
sinners as you can to repentance, and with all your 
_ power to build them up in that holiness without 
which they cannot see the Lord. And remember! a 
Methodist Preacher is to mind every point, great and 
small, in the Methodist Discipline! Therefore you 
will need to exercise all the sense and grace you 
have. 

qf 116. Rule 11. Act in all things not according to 
your own will, but as a son in the Gospel. As such, 
it is your duty to employ your time in the manner in 
which we direct: in preaching, and visiting from 
house to house; in reading, meditation, and prayer. 
Above all, if you labor with us in the Lord’s vine- 
yard, it is needful you should do that part of the 
work which we advise, at those times and places 
which we judge most for His glory. 

{ 117. Smaller advices which might be of use to 
us are perhaps these: 1. Be sure never to disappoint 
@ congregation. 2. Begin at the time appointed. 
3. Let your whole deportment be serious, weighty, 
and solemn. 4. Always suit your subjeet to your 
audience. 5. Choose the plainest text you can. 
6. Take care not to ramble, but keep to your text, 
. and make out what you take in hand. 7. Take care 
of anything awkward or affected, either in your 
gesture, phrase, or pronunciation. 8. Do not usually 
pray extempore above eight or ten minutes (at most) 
without intermission. 9. Frequently read and en- 
large upon a portion of Scripture; and let young 
Preachers often exhort without taking a text. 
10. Always avail yourself of the great festivals by 
preaghing on the occasion. 

103 


q 118 QUALIFICATIONS AND WoRK 


III. Spiritual Qualifications 


§ 118. The duty of a Preacher is: 1. To preach. | 
2. To meet the Societies and Classes. 3. To visit the 
sick. 

{ 119. A Preacher shall be qualified for his charge 
by walking closely with God, and having his work 
greatly at heart, and by understanding and loving 
discipline, ours in particular. 

{ 120. We do not sufficiently watch over each 
other. Should we not frequently ask each other, Do 
‘you walk closely with God? Have you now fellow- 
ship with the Father and the Son? At what hour do 
you rise? Do you punctually observe the morning 
and evening hours of retirement? Do you spend the 
day in the manner which the Conference advises? Do 
you converse seriously, usefully, and closely? To be 
more particular: Do you use all the means of grace 
yourself, and enforce the use of them on all other 
persons? 

' § 121. The means of grace are either Instituted 
or Prudential. 

§ 122. The INSTITUTED are: 

§ 1. Prayer: private, family, and public; consist- 
ing of deprecation, petition, intercession and thanks- 
giving. Do you use each of these? Do you forecast 
daily, wherever you are, to secure time for private 
devotion? Do you practice it everywhere? Do you 
ask everywhere, Have you family prayer? Do you 
ask individuals, Do you use private prayer every 
morning and evening in particular? 

§ 2. Searching the Scriptures: 1. Reading: con- 
stantly, some part of every day; regularly, all the 
Bible in order; carefully, with notes; seriously, with 

104 


QUALIFICATIONS AND Work q 124 


prayer before and after; fruitfully, immediately prac- 
ticing what you learn there. 2. Meditating: at set 
times; by rule. 8. Hearing: at every opportunity; 
with prayer before, at, after. Have you a Bible 
always about you? 

§ 3. The Lord’s Supper: Do you use this at every 
opportunity? With solemn prayer before? With 
earnest and deliberate self-devotion? 

§ 4. Fasting: Do you use as much abstinence and 

fasting every week as your health, strength, and 
labor will permit? 
_§ 5. Christian Conference: Are you convinced how 
important and how difficult it is to order your con- 
versation aright? Is it always in grace? Seasoned 
with salt? Meet to minister grace to the hearers? 
Do you not converse too long at a time? Is not an 
hour commonly enough? Would it not be well always 
to have a determined end in view? And to pray be- 
fore and after it? 

{ 123. PRUDENTIAL Means we may use either as 
Christians, as Methodists, or as Preachers. 

§ 1. As Christians: What particular rules have you 
in order to grow in grace? What arts of holy living? 

§ 2. As Methodists: Do you ever miss your Class? 

§ 3. As Preachers: Have you thoroughly consid- 
ered your duty? And do you make a conscience of 
executing every part of it? Do you meet every 
Society and their Leaders? 

§ 124. These means may be used without fruit. 
But there are some means which cannot, namely: 
watching, denying ourselves, taking up our cross, ex- 
ercise of the presence of God. ; 

§ 1. Do you steadily watch against the world? 
Yourself? Your besetting sin? 

105 


25 QUALIFICATIONS AND WoRK 


§ 2. Do you deny yourself every useless pleasure of 
sense? imagination? honor? Are you temperate in 
all things? For instance, 1. Do you use only that 
kind and that degree of food which is best both for 
body and soul? Do you see the necessity of this? Do 
you eat no more at each meal than is necessary? Are 
you not heavy or drowsy after dinner? 2. Do you use 
only that kind and that degree of drink which is best 
both for your body and soul? Do you choose and use 
water for your common drink, and only take wine 
medicinally or sacramentally? 

§ 3. Wherein do you take up your cross daily?- Do 
you cheerfully bear your cross, however grievous to 
nature, as a gift of God, and labor to profit thereby? 

§ 4. Do you endeavor to set God always before 
you? To see his eye continually fixed upon you? 

§ 125. Never can you use these means but a bless- 
ing will ensue. And the more you use them the more 
you will grow in grace. 


IV. Profitable Use of Time 

126. As a general method of employing our time 
we advise you, 1. As often as possible to rise at four. 
2. From four to five in the morning and from five to 
six in the evening to meditate, pray, and read the 
Scriptures with notes, and the closely practical parts 
of what Mr. Wesley has published. 3. From six in 
the morning till twelve, wherever it is practicable, let 
the time be spent in appropriate reading, study, and 
private devotion. 

{ 127. Other reasons may concur, but the chief 
reason that the people under our care are not better 
is because we are not more knowing and more holy. 

106 


QUALIFICATIONS AND Work { 130 


§ 128. And we are not more knowing because we . 
are idle. We forget our first rule: “Be diligent. 
* Never be unemployed. Never be triflingly employed. 
Neither spend any more time at any place than is 
strictly mecessary.” We fear there is altogether a 
fault in this matter, and that few of us are clear. 
Which of us spend as many hours a day in God’s work 
as we did formerly in man’s work? We talk—talk— 
or read what comes next to hand. We must, abso- 
lutely must, cure this evil, or betray the cause of God. 
But how? 1.Read the most useful books, and that 
regularly and constantly. 2. Steadily spend all the 
morning in this employment, or at least five hours in 
the four and twenty. “But I have no taste for read- 
ing.” Contract a taste for it by use, or return to 
your former employment. “But I have no books.” Be 
diligent to spread the books, and you will have the 
use of them. 


V. Necessity of Union Among Ourselves 

§ 129. Let us be deeply sensible (from what we 
have known) of the evil of a division in principle, 
spirit, or practice, and the dreadiul consequences to 
ourselves and others. If we are united, what can 
stand before us? If we divide, we shall destroy 
ourselves, the work of God, and the souls of our 
people. ; 

§ 130. In order to a closer union Pith each other; 
1. Let us be deeply convinced of the absolute neces- 
sity of it. 2. Pray earnestly for, and speak freely to, 
each other. 3. When we meet, let us never part with- 
out prayer. 4. Take great care not to despise each 
other’s gifts. 5. Never speak lightly of each other. 

107 


2 


q 181 Quatirications anD Work 


.6. Let us defend each other’s character in everything 
so far as is consistent with truth. 7. Labor in honor 
each to prefer the other before himself. We recom- 
mend a serious perusal of The Causes, Hvils, and 
Cures of Heart and Church Divisions. 


VI. Deportment at Conference 

§ 131. It is desired that all things be considered 
on these occasions as in the immediate presence of 
God; that every person speak freely whatever is in 
his heart. 

{J 132. In order, therefore, that we may best im- 
prove our time at the Conferences, 1. While we are 
conversing let us have an especial care to set God 
always before us. 2. In the intermediate hours let 
us redeem all the time we can for private exercises. 
8. Therein let us give ourselves to prayer for one an- 
other, and for a blessing on our labor. 


VIL. Where and How to Preach 

qf 133. It is by no means advisable for us to preach 
in as many places as we can without forming any 
Societies. We have made the trial in various places, 
and that for a considerable time. But all that seed 
has fallen by the wayside. There is scarcely any 
fruit remaining. ¥ 

§ 134. We should endeavor to preach most, 1. 
Where there is the greatest number of quiet and will- 
ing hearers; 2. Where there is most fruit. 

§ 135. We ought diligently to observe in what 
places God is pleased at any time to pour out his 

108 


QUALIFICATIONS AND WoRK G 138 


Spirit more abundantly, and at that time to send 
more laborers than usual into that part of the 
harvest. 

§ 136. The best general method of preaching is, 
1. To convince; 2. To offer Christ; 3. To invite; 
4. To build up. -And to do this in some measure in 
every sermon. 

§ 137. The most effectual way of preaching Christ 
is to preach him in all his offices; and to declare his 
law, aS well as his Gospel, both to believers and unbe- 
lievers. Let us strongly and closely insist upon in- 
ward and outward holiness in all its branches. 


VIL, Pastoral Fidelity 

§ 138. We can further assist those under our care 
by instructing them at their own houses. What un- 
speakable need is there of this! The world says, 
“The Methodists are no better than other people.” 
This is not true in the general; but, 

§ 1. Personal religion, both toward God and man, 
is too superficial among us. We can only touch on a 
few particulars. How little faith is there among us! 
How little communion with God! How litile living in 
heayen, walking in eternity, deadness to every crea- 
ture! How much love of the world! Desire of pleas- 
ure, of ease, of getting money! How little brotherly 
love! What continual judging one another! What 
gossiping, evil-speaking, talebearing! What want of 
moral honesty! To instance only one particular: 
Who does as he would be done by in buying and 
selling? 

§ 2. Family religion is wanting in many branches. 
And what avails public preaching alone; though we 

; 109 


a” 


* 139 Quatirications anp Work 


could preach like angels? We must, yea, every Trav- 
eling Preacher must, instruct the people from house 
to house. ‘Till this be done, and that in good earnest, 
Methodists will be no better. 

§ 3. Our religion is not sufficiently deep, universal, 
uniform; but superficial, partial, uneven. It will be 
so till we spend half as much time in this visiting as 
we now do in talking uselessly. Can we find a better 
method of doing this than Mr. Baxter’s? If not, let 
us adopt it without delay. His whole tract, entitled 
Gildas Salvianus; or, The Reformed Pastor, is well 
worth a careful perusal. Speaking of this visiting 
from house to house he says (p. 273), “We shall find 
many hindrances, both in ourselves and the people.” 
1. In ourselves there is much dullness and laziness, 
so that there will be much ado to get us to be faithful 
in the work. 2. We have a base, man-pleasing tem- 
per, so that we let people perish rather than lose 
their love; we let them go quietly to hell lest we 
should offend them. 3. Some of us also have a foolish 
bashfulness. We know not how to begin, and blush 
to contradict the devil. 4. But the greatest hindrance 
is weakness of faith. Our whole motion is weak, be- 
cause the spring of it is weak. 5. Lastly, we are un- 
skillful in the work. How few know how to deal 
with men, so as to get within them, and suit all our 
discourse to their several conditions and tempers; to 
choose the fittest subjects and follow them with a 
holy mixture of seriousness, terror, love, and meek- 
ness! . 

J 139. But undoubtedly this private application is 
implied in those solemn words of the Apostle: “I 
charge thee before God and the Lord Jesus Christ, 
who shall judge the quick and the dead at his appear- 

110 


QUALIFICATIONS AND Work q 142 


ing, to preach the word; be instant in season, out of 
season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long-suffer- 
ing.” 

‘¢ 140. O brethren, if we could but set this work on 
foot in all our Societies, and prosecute it zealously, 
what glory would redound to God! If the common 
lukewarmness were banished, and every shop, and 
every house, busied in speaking of the words and 
works of God, surely God would dwell in our habita- 
tions, and make us his delight! 

§ 141. And this is absolutely necessary to the wel- 
fare of our. people, some of whom neither repent nor 
believe to this day. Look around, and see how many 
of them are still in apparent danger of damnation. 
And how can you walk and talk, and be merry with 
such people, when you know their case? When you 
look them in the face, you should break forth into 
tears, as the prophet did when he looked upon Hazael, 
and then set upon them with the most vehement ex- 
hortations. O, for God’s sake, and the sake of poor 
souls, bestir yourselves, and spare no pains that may 
conduce to their salvation! What cause have we to 
mourn before the Lord that we have so long neglected 
this good work! If we had but engaged in it sooner, 
how many more might have been brought to Christ! 
And how much holier and happier might our Socie- 
ties have been before now! And why might we not 
have done it sooner? There were many hindrances: 
and so there always will be. But the greatest hin- 
drance is in ourselves, in our littleness of faith and 
love. 

{ 142. But it is objected: 

§ 1. “This will take up so much time that we shall 
not have leisure to follow our studies.” We answer, 

1i1- . 


{ 143 Quauirications anp Work 


1. Gaining knowledge is a good thing, but saving 
souls is a better. 2. By this very thing you will gain 
the most excellent knowledge, that of God and eter- 
nity. 3. You will have time for gaining other knowl- 
edge, too, only sleep no more than you need, “and 
never be idle, nor triflingly employed.” But, 4. If 
you can do but one, let your studies alone. We ought 
to throw by all the libraries in the world, rather than 
be guilty of the loss of one soul. 

§ 2. “The people will not submit to it.” If some 
will not, others will, and the success with them will 
repay all your labor. O let us herein follow the ex- 
ample of St. Paul! 1. For our general business, 
Serving the Lord with all humility of mind: 2. Our 
special work, Take heed to yourselves and to all the 
flock: 8. Our doctrine, Repentance toward God, and 
faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ: 4. The place, I 
have taught you publicly, and from house to house: 
5. The object and manner of teaching, J ceased not to 
warn everyone night and day, with tears: 6. His in- 
nocence and self-denial herein, I have coveted no 
man’s silver or gold: 7. His patience, Neither count 
I my life dear unto myself. And among all other 
motives let these be ever before our eyes: (1) The 
Church of God, which he hath purchased with his 
own blood: (2) Grievous wolwes shall enter in; yed, 
of yourselves shall men arise, speaking perverse 
things. 

{ 1438. Write this upon your hearts, and it will do 
you more good than twenty years’ study. Then you 
will have no time to spare: you will have work 
enough. Then likewise no Preacher will stay with 
us who is as salt that has lost its savor. For to such 
this employment would be mere drudgery. And in 

112 


QUALIFICATIONS AND WorE GF 146 


order to do it, you will have need of all the knowl- 
edge you can procure, and grace you can attain. 

§ 144. The sum is, Go into every house in course, 
and teach everyone therein, young and old, to be 
Christians inwardly and outwardly: make every par- 
ticular plain to their understandings: fix it in their 
minds: write it on their hearts. In order to this, 
there must be precept upon precept, line upon line. 
What patience, what love, what knowledge is requi- 
site for this!) We must needs do this, were it only to 
avoid idleness. Do we not loiter away many hours 
in every week? Each try himself; no idleness is con- 
sistent with a growth in grace. Nay, without exact- 
ness in redeeming time you cannot retain the grace 

you receive in justification. 

; § 145. Why are we not more holy? why do we not 
live in eternity? walk with God all the day long? why 
are we not all devoted to God, breathing the whole 
spirit of missionaries? Chiefiy because we are enthu- 
siasts; looking for the end without using the means. 
To touch only upon two or three instances: Who of 
us rise at four, or even at five, when we do not 
preach? Do we know the obligation and benefit of 
fasting or abstinence? How often do we practice it? 
The neglect of this alone is sufficient to account for 
our feebleness and faintness of spirit. We are con- 
tinually grieving the Holy Spirit of God by the habit- 
ual neglect of a plain duty. Let us amend from this 
hour. 

§ 146. In order to guard against Sabbath-break- 
ing, evil-speaking, unprofitable conversation, light- 
mess, expensiveness or gayety of apparel, and con- 
tracting debts without due care to discharge them, 
1. Let us preach expressly on each of these heads, 

8 113 


§ 147 Ministers anp ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


2. Read in every Society the Sermon on Evil-speak- 
ing. 3. Let the Leaders closely examine and exhort 
every person to put away the accursed thing. 4, Let 
the Preachers warn every Society that none who is 
guilty herein can remain with us. 5. HExtirpate out 
of our Church buying or selling goods which have 
not paid the duty laid upon them by government. 
Let none remain with us who will not totally abstain 
from this evil in every kind and degree. Hxtirpate 
bribery—receiving anything, directly or indirectly— 
for voting at any election. Show no respect to per- 
sons herein, but expel all that touch the accursed 
thing. And strongly advise our people to discounte- 
nance all treats given by candidates before or at elec- 
tions, and not to be partakers, in any respect, of such 

iniquitous practices. , 


CHAPTER II 
MINISTERS AND ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


I. Reception on Trial 


{ 14'7. A Preacher is to be received on Trial by an 
Annual or Mission Conference, 

{ 148, § 1. But he must (1) present a recom- 
mendation from the District Conference, or, where 
no District Conference exists, from the Quarterly 
Conference, of which he is a member, duly signed by 
the President and Secretary thereof; (2) give to the 
Annual or Mission Conference satisfactory evidence 

114 7 


Ministers AND ANNUAL CONFERENCES § 151 


of his knowledge of the studies prescrfbed for candi- 
dates for Reception on Trial, and (3) have previously 
deposited with the Committee on Conference Rela- 
tions, written answers to the following questions, 
namely: 

1. Are you in debt so as to embarrass you in the 
work of the Ministry? 

2. Will you wholly abstain from the use of tobacco? 


Notz.—Like answers shall also be required of Ministers proposing to 
come to us from other Churches. 


§ 2. Observe! Taking on Trial is entirely different 
from admitting a Preacher into Full Membership. 
One on Trial may be either admitted or rejected with- 
out doing him any wrong; otherwise it would be no 
trial at all. 

§ 149. While he is on Trial the Annual Confer- 
ence alone has jurisdiction over the question of his 
authority to preach, and his continuance on Trial 
shall be equivalent to the renewal of his License to 
preach. If he shall be discontinued, he shall be 2 
member of the Quarterly Conference of the Charge 
where he resides at the time; and, if he is not a 
Deacon or Elder, his License shall expire unless re- 
newed within one year. { 205, § 4. 

§ 150. When an unordained Preacher is received 
on Trial in an Annual Conference, and is regularly 
appointed to a Charge by the Bishop presiding in 
said Conference, he shall be authorized, as long as 
the above conditions exist, to solemnize Marriage 
according to the laws of the State in which he lives. 

§ 151. At each Annual Conference those who are 
received on Trial or are admitted into Full Member- 
ship shall be asked whether they are willing to devote 
themselves to the missionary work, and a list of the 

115 


@ 152 Ministers AnD ANNUAL CONFERENCES 


names of all those who are willing to do so shall be 
taken and reported to the Corresponding Secretaries 
of the Board of Foreign Missions; and all such shall 
be considered as ready and willing to be employed as 
Missionaries whenever called for by any of the 
Bishops. 


II, Admission into Full Membership 

§ 152. A Preacher on Trial who has been em- 
ployed in the regular itinerant work on Circuits or 
Stations, or as instructor in one of our institutions 
of learning, for two successive years from the time 
he was received on Trial, may be admitted into Full 
Membership in the Annual Conference after he has 
given satisfactory evidence of his knowledge of the 
first two years of the Conference Course of Study, 
and after the examination before the Conference pre- 
scribed in § 153; provided, this shall not be so con- 
strued as to prevent the reception into Full Member- 
ship of one who, while a student in some one of our 
_ literary schools or theological seminaries, has been 
for the proper length of time regularly employed as 
Pastor in a Circuit or Station under the appointment 
of the District Superintendent. 
. § 153. In admitting a Preacher at the Conference 
into Full Membership, after solemn fasting and 
prayer, he shall be asked, before the Conference, the 
following questions, with any others which may be 
thought necessary, namely: 

1. Have you faith in Christ? 

2. Are you going on to perfection? 

3. Do you expect to be made perfect in love in this 
life? 

4, Are you earnestly striving after it? 

116 


Ministers AND ANNUAL CoNFERENCES ¥ 154 


5. Are you resolved to devote yourself wholly to 
God and his work? 

6. Do you know the General Rules of our Church? 

7. Will you keep them? 

8. Have you studied the Doctrines of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church? 

9. After full examination do you believe that our 
Docirines are in harmony with the Holy Scriptures? 

10. Will you preach and maintain them? 

11, Have you studied our form of Church Discipline 
and Polity? 

12. Do you approve our Church Government and 
Polity? 

13. Will you support and maintain them? 

14.. Have you considered the Rules for a Preacher, 
especially those relating to Diligence, to Punctuality 
and to Doing the Work to which you are assigned? 

15. Will you keep them for conscience’ sake? 

16. Will you diligently imstruct the children in 
every place? 

17. Will you. visit from house to house? 

18. Will you recommend fasting or abstinence, both 
by precept and example? 

19. Are you determined to employ all your time in 
the work of God? 

NoveEe.—The candidate for Admission into Full Membership must again 
deposit with the Secretary of the Conference, or with the Committee on 
Conference Relations, written answers to the questions set forth in { 148, 

{ 154. A Missionary employed in a Mission may 
be admitted into Full Membership, if recommended 
by the Superintendent of the Mission where he la- 
bors, without being present at his Annual Conference 
for examination; but he shall in all cases answer the 
questions in § 153, in the presence of the Annual 

117 


G 155 Ministers anp Annuat ConFERENCES 


Meeting of the Mission when practicable; otherwise 
in the presence of the Superintendent. 

J 155. A Minister who has been located at his 
own request may be readmitted by an Annual Con- 
ference, at its discretion, upon his Certificate of 
Location. 


III. Ministers from Other Churches 

J 156. Ministers duly accredited as in good stand- 
ing in other Evangelical Churches until their with- 
drawal or dismissal therefrom, and haying been 
blameless in life and doctrine thereafter, may be re- 
ceived into our ministry in the following manner: 

§ 1. The Quarterly Conference may receive them 
as Local Preachers not entitled to administer the 
Sacraments. 

§ 2. Upon the recommendation of the District Con- 
ference (or of the Quarterly Conference where no 
District Conference exists) the Annual Conference 
may at any time thereafter recognize the Orders of 
those thus received; may at any time within two 
years thereafter, upon like recommendation, receive 
them into the Conference, either on Trial or in Full 
Membership; and may, at its discretion, require them 
to pursue, in whole or in part, the Conference Course 
of Study. In case a Minister comes from a Church 
having but a single Order in its ministry, the Con- 
' ference may receive him either as a Deacon or as 
an Elder. a 

§ 8. But Ministers of the above description may 
apply directly to the Annual Conferencé, which 
may receive their Credentials from another Church, 
and, finding them of unquestionable validity and 
sufficiency, may exercise in behalf-of said Minis- 

118 


Ministers anp ANNUAL CONFERENCES Q 157 


ters all the powers conferred in the preceding 
section. : 

§ 4. In all these cases the candidates for Admission 
into Full Membership must satisfactorily answer the 
questions set forth in § 153; and candidates who 
come to us from other than Methodist Churches must, 
before the recognition of their Orders, take upon 
them our Ordination Vows, and give satisfactory evi- 
dence of their agreement with us in Doctrine and 
Discipline. 

§ 5. The Annual Conference may also admit to 
equal grade Preachers who are on Trial in the minis- 
try of another Methodist Church, using, however, 
special care that before they are admitted to Full 
Membership their examination be entirely satisfac- 
tory. 

§ 157. Wherever the Orders of a Minister are rec- 
ognized according to the foregoing provisions he 
shall be furnished with a Certificate, signed by the 
Bishop, in the following words, namely: 

“This is to Certify that the ...... Annual Confer- 
ence, having examined the Credentials of the Rev. 
he orale ce as......(an Elder or a Deacon) of the...... 
Church, and having received other testimonials of his 
Grace, Gifts, and Usefulness, and being satisfied 
therewith, has this day accepted and recognized him 
in due form as ...... (an Elder or a Deacon) in the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, entitled to exercise un- 
der its authority all the functions pertaining to that 
office, so long as his life and doctrine become the 
Gospel of Christ. 

“Given under my hand and seal at ...... , this 
& spy hs day of ......, in the year of our Lord ...... 

Roe Stes a Presidente” 
119 


4 158 Ministers anp AnnvuAL CoNFERENCES 


§ 158. When the Orders of a Minister of another 
Church shall have been duly recognized, his Creden- 
tials from said Church shall be returned to him with 
this inscription written plainly across the face of 
them: ; 

“Accredited by the ...... Annual Conference of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church, this ... day of ..., 
19.., as the basis of new Credentials. 

* wanehaeee , President. 
s/essarkiaie ee , secretary.” 


IV. Ministers in Official Positions 


§ 159. Traveling Preachers who are elected to 
official positions by the General Conference shall be 
Members of such Annual Conference as they may, 
with the approbation of the Bishops, select. 


V. Termination of Conference Membership 
1. By Location 

J 160. An Annual Conference may grant to any 
Member who is in good standing therein a Location, 
certified by the President of the Conference. Such 
Minister shall thereupon hold his membership as a 
Local Elder or Deacon in the Quarterly Conference 
where he resides. § 205, §4. 

4 161. Whenever a Member of an Annual Confer- 
ence applies for a Location, it shall be asked, Is he in- 
debted to the Book Concern? and if it be ascertained 
that he is, the Conference shall require him to secure 
said debt, if they judge it necessary or proper, be- 
fore they grant him a Location. 

120 


MInisTERS AND ANNUAL CoNFERENCES F 164 


2. By Surrender of Ministerial Office 


§ 162. Any Member of an Annual Conference in 
good standing, who may desire to surrender his Min- 
isterial Office and withdraw from the Conference, may 
be allowed to do so by the Conference at its.session; 
in which case his Credentials shall be filed with the 
papers of the Annual Conference of which he was 
a Member, and his membership in the Church shall 
be recorded in the Society where he resided at the 
time of such surrender. : 


3. By Withdrawal 

{ 163, § 1. When a Minister in good standing with- 
draws to join the Ministry of another Church, his 
Credentials should be surrendered to the Conference, 
and, if he shall desire it, may be returned to him 
with the following inscription written plainly across 
the face of them, namely: 

Py). SBR Bee ec has this day been honorably dis- 
missed by the ...... Annual Conference from the 
ministry of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

PROC lo avis cis'sp « 

ESR Fa ste ee o> « , President. 
ng SP ree , secretary.” 

§ 2. When in the interval of the Annual Conference 
a Member thereof shall deposit with a Bishop or with 
his District Superintendent a letter of withdrawal 
from our Ministry, or his Credentials, or both, the 
same shall be presented to the Annual Conference 
at its next session for its action thereon. 


4. By Refusal to do Work Assigned 


§ 164. No Member of an Annual Conference who 
declines or ceases to do the work to which he was 
7 ii 


| 165 DEACcONS 


duly appointed, except in case of sickness, serious 
disability, or other unavoidable circumstance, shall 
on any account exercise the peculiar functions of his 
Office, whether Deacon or Elder, or even be allowed 
to preach among us; nevertheless, the final determi- 
nation in every such case is with the Annual Con- 
ference. { 239. 


CHAPTER III 
DEACONS 


4 165. A Deacon is constituted by the election of 
the Annual Conference and the laying on of the 
hands of a Bishop. 

{4 166. A Deacon has authority to preach; to con- 
duct Divine Worship; to solemnize Matrimony; to 
administer Baptism; and to assist the Elder in 
administering the Lord’s Supper. 

{ 16'7. Preachers of the following classes are eli- 
gible to the Office of Deacon: F 

§ 1. Those who (1) have been Local Preachers for 
four consecutive years; (2) shall present a recom- 
mendation for Deacons’ Orders from the District 
Conference or from the Quarterly Conference where 
no District Conference exists, duly attested by the 
President and Secretary thereof, and (3) shall have 
completed, satisfactorily to the Annual Conference, 
the studies prescribed for Local Preachers who are 
candidates for Deacons’ Orders. 


NotTE.—Preachers on Trial in an Annual Conference are for purposes 
of ordination, as for amenability, considered as Local Preachers, 


§ 2. Those who (1) have been Local Preachers for 
two full years; and (2) also at and during the same 
- 122 


ELprErs {170 


time regular students in one of our theological semi- 
naries; (3) shall have been received on Trial, and 
(4) shall have completed, satisfactorily to the An- 
nual Conference, the first two years of the Conference 
Course of Study. 

§ 3. Those who (1) have been on Trial in an An- 
nual Conference for two years, and (2) shall have 
completed satisfactorily to the Annual Conference 
the first two years of the Conference Course of 
Study. 

§ 4. Those Preachers on Trial who shall be ap- 
pointed by a Bishop to a foreign Mission, or to a 
remote field in any Conference, or to a Church in a 
foreign country outside of a Mission or Conference, 
or to a Chaplaincy in the Army or Navy, in a Prison, 
or a Reformatory, Sanitary, or Charitable Institu- 
tion; provided, that the Bishop and a majority of the 
District Superintendents recommend such election. 


CHAPTER IV 


ELDERS 


{ 168. An Elder is constituted by the election of 
the Annual Conference, and by the laying on of the 
hands of a Bishop and of some of the Elders who are 
present. 

{ 169. An Elder has authority to preach; to con- 
duct Divine Worship; to solemnize Matrimony, and 
to administer the Sacraments of Baptism and the 
Lord’s Supper. 

§ 1770. Preachers of the following classes are eli- 
gible to the Office of Elder: 

123 


171 ELDERS 


§ 1. Those who (1) have been for four consecutive 
years Local Deacons; (2) shall present a recom- 
mendation for Elders’ Orders from the District Con- 
ference or from the Quarterly Conference where no 
District Conference exists, duly attested by the 
President and Secretary thereof, and (3) shall have 
completed satisfactorily to the Annual Conference the 
Studies prescribed for Local Deacons who are candi- 
dates for Elders’ Orders. 

NOTE 1,—Preachers on Trial in an Annual Conference are for purposes 
of ordination, as for amenability, considered as Local Preachers. 


NOTE 2.—The Election of such Preachers to Elders’ Orders prop- 
erly precedes their Admission to Full Membership. 


§ 2. Those who (1) have been in Full Membership 
in the Annual Conference for two successive years, 
and (2) also Deacons during the same time, and 
(3) shall have completed, satisfactorily to the Con- 
ference, the Conference Course of Study. 

§ 3. Those who (1) have been received on Trial, 
and elected to the office of Deacon under the pro- 
visions of § 167, § 2; (2) have completed, satis- 
factorily to the Conference, the Conference Course 
of Study, and (3) have been admitted into Full Mem- 
bership. 

§ 4. Those who (1) are members of or have been 
received on Trial in an Annual Conference, and (2) 
have been appointed to a Chaplaincy in the Army, 
or Navy, or to a foreign Mission, or to the Pastorate 
of a Church in a foreign country outside of a Mission 
or Conference, or to a Mission among foreign people 
within an English-speaking Conference. 

{ 171. The Annual Conferences in India are au- 
thorized, with the concurrence of the Bishop presid- 
ing, to elect to the Office of Deacon or Elder Local 

124 


Pastors: q 173 


Preachers who have been engaged in the regular 
work for two years, or four years, respectively. 

{ 172. When a Preacher shall have passed his ex- 
amination, and been admitted into Full Membership, 
and been elected to the Office of Deacon, ‘but fails of 
his Ordination through the absence of the Bishop, his 
eligibility to the Office of Elder shall count from the 
time of his election to the Office of Deacon. 


CHAPTER V 


PASTORS (Preachers in Charge) 


{ 173. The duties of the Pastor of a Station or 
Circuit are: 

§ 1. To have the oversight of the other Preachers 
in his Pastoral Charge. 

§ 2. To appoint all the Leaders; to change them 
when he deems it necessary, and to examine each of 
them, with all possible exactness, at least once a 
quarter, concerning his method of leading a Class. 

§ 3. To receive persons on probation, to instruct 
them in the doctrines, rules, and regulations of the 
Church, to receive persons into Full Membership 
when properly recommended, to receive and dismiss 
members by Certificate, and to administer the Dis- 
cipline within his Church. 

§ 4. To read and explain the General Rules at least 
once a year in every Congregation. 

§ 5. To enforce vigorously but calmly the rules of 
the Church. 

§ 6. To appoint Prayer Meetings wherever advis- 
able in his Charge. . 

125 


q173 Pastors 


§ 7. To arrange the appointments, wherever prac- 
ticable, so as to give the Local Preachers regular and 
systematic employment on the Sabbath. 

§ 8. To license such persons as he may deem 
proper to officiate as Exhorters in the Church, accord- 
ing to the provisions of the Discipline. § 210. 

§ 9. To hold Watch-night Meetings yearly, and 
Love Feasts quarterly; suffering no Love Feast to 
last above an hour and a half; to hold Quarterly 
Meetings in the absence of the District Superintend- 
ent, and of the Traveling Elder appointed by him 
as his substitute. 

§ 10. To take care that every Society be supplied 
with our Church literature. 

§ 11. To form Classes: of the larger children, 
youth, and adults for instruction in the Word of God; 
and to attend to all the duties prescribed for the 
training of children. {§{ 52, 422. 

§ 12. To catechise the children publicly in the Sun- 
day School, and at special meetings appointed for 
that purpose, and also privately; to report to each 
Quarterly Conference the extent to which he has 
done this work. ; 

§ 13. To organize, if possible, and to maintain, if 
practicable, Chapters of the Epworth League. 

§ 14. To organize, if possible, and to maintain, ‘f 
practicable, Chapters of the Methodist Brother- 
hood. : 

§ 15. To organize, if possible, and to maintain, if 
practicable, Ladies’ Aid Societies. 

§ 16. To examine the accounts of the Stewards. 

§ 17. To see that the Stewards provide, whenever 
practicable, unfermented wine for use in the Sacra- 
ment of the Lord’s Supper. ; 

126 


Pastors {| 173 


§ 18. To teach systematic giving in accordance 
_ with Special Advice VII. 

§ 19. To appoint a person to receive the quarterly 
collection in the Classes. 

§ 20. To see that public collections be made quar- 
terly, if need be. 6. 

§ 21. To call the Committee on Temperance to- 
gether at least once in three months for the purpose 
of considering the best means to be employed for pro- 
moting the cause of Temperance in the community. 

§ 22. To recommend everywhere decency and 
cleanliness. : 

§ 23. To attend-to all the duties enjoined upon 
Pastors in reference to Foreign Missions, Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension, Education, Sunday 
Schools, Freedmen’s Aid, Conference Claimants, and 
the distribution of Tracts; forming societies and 
taking collections to aid these objects in Such manner 
as the Discipline shall from time to time direct. 

§ 24. To take a collection or subscription, if the 
Annual Conference shall not give other directions on 
the subject, the proceeds of which shall be.at. the dis- 
posal of the Pastor for the distribution of Tracts. 

§ 25. To take an annual collection in behalf of the 
American Bible Society. 

§ 26. To take a collection during each of the three 
Conference years preceding the session of the General 
Conference to aid in paying the expenses of the 
General Conference, of Judicial Conferences, of 
Fraternal Delegates, and of such General Conference 
Commissions as do not relate to the publishing in- 
terests. : 

§ 27. To take an annual collection in behalf of the 
Board of Sunday Schools, and to see that the collec- 

127 


q 173 Pastors 


tion ordered by § 419, § 4, be taken annually in each 
Sunday School. 

§ 28. To register carefully Marriages and Baptisms. 

§ 29. To give an account of his Charge every quar- 
ter to his District Superintendent. 

§ 30. To make a written report at each Quarterly 
Conference in the order, and covering all the items, 
set forth in the following form: 


The Preacher in charge of ........ presents the 
pe 
Ue ae QUARTERLY REPORT 
OF 2S Charge to tHe€ wa..smce Quarterly Confer- 
ENCE NEA Abr, see re Nene EO ee 


I. Sunday Schools and Religious: Instruction 


. Number of Sunday Schools... 2.200.020. 2. tt et 
. State-of “the Schools #222)... “ene oat eee 
‘Average’ Attendance, . Vo. 255.2) Rae eee ee 
. Number of Sermons preached by the Pastor to 

the ‘Children. 32 . APRS eee erat 
5. Number of times the Pastor has catechised the 

Children ? 54.2.0 27 20 SA ee ee 
6. Number of Classes of Children formed for re- 
ligious' instruction?) Jet Se Fe Pa ee ee 


m Wp eH 


II. Changes in Membership 


[NotTr.—Enter under each item the names of the persons and places 
concerned.] 


1. Persons desiring to Unite with the Church. 
2. Persons Received into Membership, 
3. Persons Received into Membership by Certifi- 


cate. 
4. Persons Received from Other Hvangelical 
Churches. 


128 


Pastors q 173 


5. Persons Dismissed by Certificate and to what 
Charge. 

6. Certificates Acknowledged to the @harses issuing 
the same. 

7. Certificates Issued to other Charges acknowl- 
edged by the same, 

8. Deceased. 

9. Removed Without Letter. 

10. Where new address is known has Pastor been 
Notified? 

11. Withdrawn. 

12. Excluded. 


III. Pastoral Labor 


1. Number of Pastoral Visits.................06. 
WAOtherMutems: {oh AISA, Ae) a er 


IV. Benevolent Collections this Quarter 
. Board of Foreign Missions.................... 
. Board of Home Missions and Church Extension. . 
PMEOanG. OL MOUCALOMN.. csc sce e soe cee eis ts ee eee 
. Board of Sunday Schools.:...0.. 2... 0.00... 
. Board of Conference Claimants: 

WONMECHIONAl HUNG scat se. cee ws ce ce te es hci 

Permanent HUNndss sce sc sce t esc cen ace ne ee 
6. Freedmen’s Aid Society................2 eee eens 
7. American Bible Society............ Set chit Paige 
8. Other ObjectS....... 12. eee eee eee eee 


Ol m oc pe 


V. Subscribers for Periodicals 
[(NotTE.—To be reported only at Fourth Quarterly Conference.] 
ES SORE Ea Christian Advocate ............-+... 
Pm NetHOdISt, REVICWias cs sieve. 0icisrelelsicldecies «ioe one ces 
8. Sunday School Journal...................-000% 
129 


q 174 Pastors 


4. Sunday School Advocate................05. waite 

5s) The Classmate. ..... ...« «ss alsisralelniclslstaneannneeatele 

6; Bpworth “Herald 2%. bvchol eee ase eee se 

7. Other ‘Periodicals. ...:...... S202 Geieeeeeee ae af 
2 SIGS. GES Preacher in Charge. 


§ 31. To make an exact report to the Annual Con- 
ference of all the items embraced in the Statistics of 
the Conference, and to deliver to the Conference 
Treasurer all moneys raised for benevolent causes, 
or satisfactory vouchers for the same (ff 85, §§ 2, 
3); and to report in open Conference whether he 
has presented the claims of our benevolent causes 
according to the requirements of the Discipline. 

§ 32. To make at the close of eachsConference year 
a Visiting List of the Members in Towns and Cities, 
by streets and numbers, and to leave it to his suc- 
cessor, together with a particular account of his 
Charge and a list of subscribers for our Periodicals. 

§ 174. No Pastor shall engage an Evangelist other 
than one of those appointed by the Bishop of his own 
Conference, without first obtaining the written con- 
sent of his District Superintendent. 

J 1'75. No preaching place shall be discontinued 
in the intervals between the sessions of the Annual 
Conference without the consent and advice of the 
Quarterly Conference and of the District Superintend- 
ent; and when thus discontinued the names of the 
members shall be transferred to such contiguous 
Classes as the members may select. 


130 


7 


SuPERNUMERARY MINISTERS @ 176 


CHAPTER VI 
SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS 


§ 176. A Supernumerary Minister is one who, be- 
cause of impaired health, or other equally sufficient 
reason, is temporarily unable to perform full work. 
This relation shall not be granted for more than five 
years in succession. He may receive an appoint- 
ment, or be left without one, according to the judg- 
ment of the Annual Conference of which he is a 
Member; and he shall be subject to all the limitations 
of the Discipline in respect to reappointment and 
continuance in the same Charge that apply to Effect- 
ive Ministers. In case he has no Pastoral Charge 
he shall have a seat in the Quarterly Conference, and 
all the privileges of membership, in the place where 
he resides. He shall report to the fourth Quarterly 
Conference and to the Pastor all Marriages solem- 
nized and all Baptisms administered. In case he re- 
sides beyond the bounds of his Conference, he shall 
forward annually a Certificate similar to that re- 
quired of a Superannuated Minister, and in case of 
failure so to do the Conference may locate him with- 
out his consent. He shall have no claim on the Con- 
ference funds except-by vote of the Conference. 


131 


77 SuPERANNUATED MINISTERS 


CHAPTER VII 


SUPERANNUATED MINISTERS 


4 177. Every Superannuated Minister, who is not 
employed as Pastor of a Charge, shall have a seat in 
the Quarterly Conference, and all the privileges of 
membership in the Church where he resides. He 
shall report to the fourth Quarterly Conference and 
to the Pastor all Marriages solemnized and all Bap- 
tisms administered. If he resides without the bounds 
of the Conference of which he is a Member, he shall 
annually forward to his Conference a certificate of 
his Christian and Ministerial conduct, together with 
an account of the number and circumstances of his 
family, signed by the District Superintendent of the 
District or the Pastor of the Charge within whose 
bounds he resides; without which the Conference 
shall not be required to allow his claim, and may, 
-after due notice and due form and record of trial, 
locate him without his consent. 


[For Conference Claimants, see 17 300, 309-318, 423.] 


132 


District SUPERINTENDENTS q{ 179 


CHAPTER VIII 


DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENTS 


§ 178. District Superintendents are to be chosen 
and appointed by the Bishops. {J 194, § 3, 2. 

§ 179. The duties of a District Superintendent are: 

§ 1. To travel throughout his District. 

§ 2. In the absence of a Bishop to take charge of 
all the Traveling Ministers, Local Preachers, and 
Exhorters in his District, as the Discipline directs. 

§ 3. To change the appointments of Preachers in his 
District, if necessary, during the interval between the 
sessions of the Conference in the absence of a Bishop. 

§ 4. To preside in the District Conference in the 
absence of a Bishop. J 93. 

§ 5. To be present as far as practicable at all the 
Quarterly Meetings, and at-each to call together the 
Quarterly Conference to transact the business as- 
signed to it by the Discipline; provided, however, 
that he may either combine the second and third 
Quarterly Conferences or may omit them, as may 
seem best after consultation with the Pastor. 

§ 6. To issue Licenses and to renew them, in ac- 
cordance with the action of the District or Quarterly 
Conferences. { 204, § 1. 

§ 7. To oversee the spiritual and temporal business 
of the Church in his District. 

§ 8. To see that all Charters, Deeds, and other con- 
veyances of Church property in his District conform 
strictly to the laws, usages, and forms of the State 
or Territory within which such property is situated, 
and also to the Discipline. 

133 


q 179 Districr SUPERINTENDENTS 


§ 9. To see that all Church property is well in- 
sured. 

§ 10. To promote by all proper means the interests 
of Foreign Missions ({| 384-386), Home Missions and 
Church Extension ({ 400), Education ({ 413), Sun- 
day Schools (§ 421), Conference Claimants’ Connec- 
tional Funds ({/f 309-318), Freedmen’s Aid Society 
({ 482), Epworth Leagues (§ 447), Methodist 
Brotherhoods ({ 449, § 8), Temperance ({ 444, § 6), 
and Ladies’ Aid Societies (§ 343); to observe the 
rules of the Church as to these and other benevolent 
causes, and to secure conformity thereto by both 
Pastors and Quarterly Conferences; and to report in 
open Conference whether the provisions of the Disci- 
pline for the support of the various beneyolences of 
the Church have been carried out in his District. 

§ 11. To inquire carefully in every Charge whether 
the apportionment for the Episcopal Fund has been 
paid in accordance with the provision of the Disci- 
pline. J 304. 

§ 12. To inguire carefully in every Charge whether 
the apportionments for the expenses of the General 
Conference and other general expenses of the Church 
have been paid. { 356. 

§ 13. To report to the Annual Conference the con- 
dition and statistics of the literary and theological 
institutions located in his District, and under the 
care of our Church; and to ask at the last Quarterly 
Conference of each Charge the questions set forth in 
94138, § 2. ; 

§ 14. To carefully inquire at each Quarterly Con- 
ference whether the rules respecting the instruction 
of children, including instruction in Temperance, 
have been faithfully observed. {ff 413, 444, § 7. 

134 


Disrricr SuPERINTENDENTS q 181 


§ 15. To take care that every part of cur Discipline 
be enforced in his District. 

§ 16. To decide all Questions of Law involved in 
proceedings pending in a District or Quarterly Con- 
ference, subject to an appeal to the President of the 
next Annual Conference. But in all cases the applica- 
tion of law shall be with the Conference. { 241, § 2. 

§ 17. To attend the Bishop when present in his 
District, and to give him by letter, when absent, all 
necessary information of the state of his District. 

§ 18. To furnish the Member of the General Mis- 
sionary Committee of his General Conference Dis- 
trict, prior to the annual meeting of that Committee, 
a written statement of the condition of the Missions 
under his care and of their pecuniary needs. 

§ 19. To direct the attention of candidates for the 
Ministry to the advantages of a thorough training in 
the literary and theological schools of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, and also to direct those who are 
admitted on Trial to the Course of Study prescribed 
by the Bishops. 

§ 20. To explain to Preachers on Trial, as well as 
to those who are to be proposed for Trial, that the 
Annual Conference may refuse to admit them to Full 
Membership without doing them any wrong. 

qf 180. If any Pastor absent himself from his 
Charge the District Superintendent shall, as far as 
possible, fill his place with another Preacher, who 
shall be paid for his labors out of the allowance of 
the absent Pastor, and in proportion thereto. 

§ 181. A District Superintendent shall not employ 
a Preacher who has been rejected by the previous 
Annual Conference, unless the Conference give him 
authority. 

135 


{ 182 Missionary BisHops 


CHAPTER IX 


MISSIONARY BISHOPS 


§ 182, § 1. A Missionary Bishop is a Bishop 
elected for a specified Foreign Mission field, with 
full Episcopal powers, but with Episcopal jurisdic- 
tion limited to the Foreign Mission field for which he 
was elected. 

§ 2. When two or more Missionary Bishops are 
located in the same-Foreign Mission field they shall 
be coordinate with one another. 

{ 183. A Missionary Bishop is not, in the mean- 
ing of the Discipline, a General Superintendent. 

{ 184. A Missionary Bishop is not subordinate to 
the General Superintendents, but is codrdinate with 
them in authority in the field to which he is ap- 
pointed. In the practical application of this coor- 
dinate authority, when the General Superintendents 
are making their assignments to the Conferences, any 
Missionary Bishop who may be in the United States 
shall sit with them when his field is under considera- 
tion; and arrangements shall be made so that once in 
every quadrennium, and not oftener unless a Serious 
emergency arises, every Mission over which a Mis- 
sionary Bishop has jurisdiction shall be administered 
conjointly by a General Superintendent and the 
Missionary Bishop. In case of a difference of judg- 
ment the existing status shall continue, unless over- 
ruled by the General Superintendents, who shall have 
power to decide finally. 

4 185. The names of the Missionary Bishops shall 
be printed below the names of the Bishops under 
% 136 


Missionary BisHops 4 191 


the title of “Missionary Bishops” in the Hymnal and 
Book of Discipline. 

{ 186. A Missionary Bishop is amenable for his 
conduct to the General Conference, as is a General 
Superintendent. 

{ 187. The election of a Missionary Bishop car- 
Ties with it his assignment to a specified Foreign Mis- 
sion field, and such Bishop cannot be made a General 
Superintendent except by a distinct election to that 
office. 

{.188. A Missionary Bishop shall receive his sup- 
port from the Board of Foreign Missions. 

§ 189. A Missionary Bishop shall be ex officio a 
member of the General Missionary Committee, and 
shall, in his field, codperate with the Board of Foreign 
Missions of the Church in the same way in which a 
General Superintendent codperates in a Foreign 
Mission field over which he has Episcopal charge. 

§ 190. When a Missionary Bishop, by death or 
other cause, ceases to perform Episcopal duty for the 
foreign field to which he was assigned by the General 
Conference, the General Superintendents shall at 
once take supervision of said field. 

§ 191. The transfer of a Preacher from a field 
within the jurisdiction of a Missionary Bishop to a 
Conference under the Episcopal supervision of a Gen- 
eral Superintendent, or from a Conference under the 
Episcopal Supervision of a General Superintendent to 
a field within the jurisdiction of a Missionary Bishop, 
shall require mutual agreement between the two 
Bishops; and a similar agreement shall be required 
between the two Bishops having charge when the pro- 
posed transfer is between two Foreign fields over 
which there are Missionary Bishops. 

137 


@ 192 Bisuors 


CHAPTER X 
BISHOPS 


{| 192. A Bishop is to be constituted by the elec- 
tion of the General Conference and the laying on of 
the hands of three Bishops, or at least of one Bishop 
and two Elders. 

{ 193. If by’ death, or otherwise, there be no 
Bishop remaining in our Church, the: General Confer- 
ence shall elect a Bishop, and the Elders, or any three 
of them, who shall be appointed by the General Con- 
ference for that purpose, Shall consecrate him ac- 
cording to the Ritual. 


II. Duties 

J 194. The duties of a Bishop are: ; 

§ 1. To preside in the Annual Conferences, - 

§ 2. To form the Districts according to his judg- 
ment. 

§ 3. To fix the appointments of the Preachers un- 
der the following provisions and limitations: 

1. He shall appoint the Preachers to the Pastoral 
Charges annually. 

2. He shall not allow a District Superintendent to 
preside in the same District more than six consecu- 
tive years, nor more than six years in any consecutive 
twelve. Nevertheless, if in any case the term of six 

138 


Bisnors © 194 


years shall expire in the imterval between the ses- 
sions of the Annual Conference he may continue 
him until the next session, provided the time sha!l 
not be more than six months. But District Superin- 
tendenits in either Missions or Mission Conferences 
in foreign lands may be appointed to the same Dis- 
trict for more than six consecutive years. 

3. He may make the following appointments 
annually: 

(1) The Corresponding Secretaries and Assist- 
ant Secretaries of our Connectional Be- 
nevolent Societies and Boards. 

(2) The Publishing Agents at New York and 
Cincinnati. 

(3) The Editors and Assistant Editors at New 
York, Syracuse, Pittsburg, Cincinnati, Chi- 
cago, Kansas City, San Francisco, Portland, 
and New Orleans, and the Editor of Zion’s 
Herald. 

(4) Chaplains to Prisons, to Reformatory, 
Sanitary, or Charitable Institutions, and in 
the Army and Navy. 

(5) Preachers for the special benefit of Sea- 
men. 

(6) Ministers in the service of the American 
Bible Society, or of any State Bible So- 
ciety auxiliary thereto; or of the Sunday 
School League of America. 

(7) The Presidents, Principals, and Teachers 
of institutions of learning which are under 
our care. 

(8) The Secretaries and Superintendents of 
City Missions. 

139 


4 194 


BisHors 


4. He may, if requested by an Annual Conference, 


appoint— 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 


(6) 
(7) 


(8) 


An Agent to travel throughout such Con- 
ference for the purpose of distributing 
Tracts. 

An Agent or Agents to promote the cause 
of Temperance. 

Instructors in Institutions of Learning 
not under our care. 

An Agent or Agents for the benefit of our 
Institutions of Learning. 

An Agent for the German Publishing 
Fund. 

Agents for other benevolent institutions. 
Editors of unofficial Papers or Magazines 
published in the interest of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church; provided, that in no 
such case shall the Church incur any 
financial responsibility. 

One or more Members of an Annual Con- 
ference to do evangelistic work on Charges 


_ within that Conference, if invited by their 


Pastors and in codperation with them; or 
in neglected territory within any District, 
when requested by, atid in codperation 
with, the District Superintendent of such 
District; provided, the Conference shall de- 
termine by vote how many of its members 


. may be thus appointed; and provided, fur- 


ther, that the said Annual Conference shall 
by vote of two thirds of its members pres- 
ent and voting request such appointment. 


§ 4. To fix within their own Conferences the Quar- 
terly Conference membership of all Ministers ap- 


140 


BisHOpPs | 196 


pointed under sub-sections 3 and 4 of § 3 above (ex- 
cept those who are Pastors of Churches), and also 
of those Ministers who are left without appointment 
to attend some one of our schools. § 196. 

§ 5. To change, in the interval between the ses- 
sions of the Annual Conference, the appointments of 
the Preachers as necessity may require and as the 
Discipline directs. 

§ 6. To travel through the Connection at large. 

§ 7. To oversee the spiritual and temporal busi- 
ness of our Church. 

§ 8. To preside, when present, in the District Con- 
ference. 

§ 9. To Consecrate Bishops, and Ordain Elders and 
Deacons. 

§ 10. To decide all Questions of Law involved in 
proceedings pending in an Annual Conference, sub- 
ject to appeal to the General Conference. But in all 
cases the application of law shall be with the Con- 
ference. 


III. Powers 

f 195. The Bishops shall prescribe the studies 
upon which those applying for License to Preach, for 
Orders as Local Preachers, and for Reception on Trial 
shall respectively be examined; also a Course of Study 
for Local Preachers, extending through four years; 
and a Conference Course of Study, extending through 
four years, to be pursued by those who have been 
received on Trial in an Annual Conference. 

{ 196. A Bishop may leave without appointment 
a Preacher on Trial or a Member of an Annual Con- 
ference who desires to attend any of our literary or 
theological seminaries, whenever he shall be request- 

141 


§ 197 BisHops 


ed so to do by the Annual Conference and it shall 
seem to him expedient; provided, however, that 
the time thus spent in school shall not count on that 
required for Trial in the Annual Conference, except 
when at least two full years have been spent in 
regular work under appointment by a District Super- 
intendent who certifies, together with the Quarterly 
Conference, to the efficiency of his work. A preacher 
thus left without appointment may be employed as 
a supply in another Conference by a District Superin- 
tendent without transfer. 

§ 197. Bishops are relieved from the duty of in- 
vestigating and reporting upon charges of misteach- 
ing in our theological schools; but when charges of 
that nature are made to or laid before them, they 
may, without action thereon, refer the same to the 
Annual Conference of which the accused is a member 
for such proceeding as such Conference may deem 
appropriate in the premises. If, however, the Pro- 
fessor is a layman, the charges shall be sent to the 
Pastor of the church of which he is a member and 
he shall be brought to trial according to the provi- 
sions of { 262 of the Discipline. But in case the 
complaints affect the manner of teaching, or the per- 
sonal fitness of the Professor for his office, and not his 
doctrinal soundness, the Bishops shall, after due con- 
sideration of the same, advise the governing board 
of the school in which he is a teacher of their judg- 
ment in the case. 

§{ 198. A Bishop may, when he judges it necessary, 
unite two or more Pastoral Charges for Quarterly 
Conference purposes, without affecting their separate 
financial interests or pastoral relations. 

{ 199. If a Bishop cease from traveling at large 

142 


SUPERANNUATED Bisuoprs { 202 


among the people without the consent of the General 
Conference he shall not thereafter exercise, in any 
degree, the Hpiscopal Office in our Church. 

.J 200. In case there be no Bishop to travel at large 
through the Districts and exercise the Episcopal 
Office, on account of death or otherwise, the Districts 
shall be regulated in every respect by the Annual 
Conferences and the District Superintendents in the 
interval of the sessions of the General Conference, 
ordination excepted. 


CHAPTER XI 


SUPERANNUATED BISHOPS 


§ 201. A Superannuated General Superintendent is 
relieved from the obligation to travel through the 
Connection at large, and may choose the place of his 
residence. He shall not be assigned to the Presi- 
dency of Annual Conferences nor make. appoint- 
ments; but, if requested by a Bishop presiding, he 
may take the chair temporarily in a General or An- 
nua! Conference; and, at the request of the Bishop 
presiding in the Annual Conference, he may ordain 
candidates previously elected to orders. 

§ 202. A Superannuated Bishop shall be an advis- 
ory member of the Board of Bishops; and his name 
shall be printed with the signatures of Bishops in 
the introduction to the Discipline, the Hymnal, and 
the Journal of the General Conference. He shall also 
be a member of the different Boards and General 
Committees of which Bishops are ex officio members, 
and may also preside over the General Conference 
Standing Committee on Boundaries, 

143 


librsase: ede to ydbancedait tate 


¥ 


a ‘ete gh onbe Sexe sreslneity 


aS Pos har jiwkedy ipoort ealig 
rh mare ee lover Of (Odsteh ones 
hs 4 


aqoaigk | apt gsto1a<3 
SP pete Pod? osbwiodis 
a ao 
“ PHA! ed vedo Toba anitice: DSi 


Cus “} Venn: Py epe) ert ttti~-9 
ORS: j SI wer) it CSN ee gs 
yooe 191 192 if at) 
. 5 ’ 
‘. ye Ta “Ty 
’ ory ” 
1 be; aT Th, 


feat e2O0H2 is GaTAUMP 


6 19r> Pete 


‘ 


pe: 


Preheat ree adbiliada cekarenialeal 

E . ; 7 ¥ 

| sitha shi hid yequiiata tevbesoth 

ang ett Tot apetaogie ‘ahh Ge 
oy 


Peis Ieounytie oad otaioath edt 
oat Phila of rao! Lerasto fe 
Twi HAs AD LE tater iB hy 
SB etear obvi ee peeled 
: sie straD ieee SOP WTO ce 
ve) Meee ent Latbarnio tir leas 
Rie : veh Pa 


PART V 


LOCAL PREACHERS, EXHORTERS, 
DEACONESSES 


. 
‘ 
. 
/ 
é 
4 


Locat PReacuERS Gq 204 


CHAPTER I 


LOCAL PREACHERS 


§{ 203. Wherever a District Conference exists, the 
powers hereinafter conferred on Quarterly Confer- 
ences in relation to Local Preachers and Exhorters 
shall be exercised only by the District Conference; 
but it shall not license any person to preach, nor re- 
new the License of any person to preach or exhort, 
nor recommend any Local Preacher to the Annual 
Conference for Orders or for Recognition of Orders 
or for Reception on Trial, without the previous rec- 
ommendation of the Quarterly Conference, or of the 
Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting of the Charge of 
which such person or Preacher is a member. 

{ 204. The Quarterly Conference, where no Dis- 
trict Conference exists, shall have authority— 

§ 1. To license proper persons to preach; provided, 
they shall have been previously recommended by the 
Society of which they are members, or by the Leaders 
and Stewards’ Meeting; shall have passed a satisfac- 
tory examination in the studies prescribed for candi- 
dates for License to Preach; shall have been exam- 
ined in the presence of the Conference on the subject 
of Doctrine and Discipline, and shall also have sat- 
isfactorily answered the question, “Will you wholly 
abstain from the use of tobacco?” And no member of 
the Church shall be at liberty to preach without such 
a License. 

§ 2. To examine Local Preachers in the Course of 
Study prescribed for them; to inquire into the gifts, 

147 


{| 205 Locat PREACHERS 


labors, and usefulness of each by name, and to renew 
their licenses annually when in the judgment of the 
Conference their gifts, grace, and usefulness, and 
their faithfulness and proficiency in study, warrant . 
such renewal. In the case of Local Preachers who 
are candidates for the traveling ministry, examina- 
tions may be suspended while they are pursuing reg- 
ular courses of study in our theological seminaries or 
universities or colleges approved by the University 
Senate. 

§ 3. To recommend to the Annual Conference Local 
Preachers who are suitable candidates for Deacons’ 
or Elders’ Orders (ff 167, § 1; 170, § 1), for Recogni- 
tion of Orders ({ 156, § 2), or for Reception on Trial 
(J 148, § 1); such candidates having been previously 
examined in the presence of the Quarterly Conference 
on the subject of Doctrine and Discipline. 

§ 4. To try, suspend, deprive of Ministerial Office 
and Credentials, expel, or acquit any Loca] Preacher 
of the Circuit or Station against whom Charges shall 
have been preferred. {| 249-255. 


Notr.—For the Licensing, Amenability, and Appeal of Local Preach- 
ers in Missions in the United States and Territories, see 1 282, §2. 


§ 205, § 1. Every Local Preacher, ordained or un- 
ordained, not having a Pastoral Charge, shall be a~ 
member of, and amenable to, the Quarterly Confer- 
ence where he resides. And when he shall change 
his residence he shall procure from the Pastor of the 
Charge from which he removes, or from the District 
Superintendent, a Certificate of his Official Standing 
and of Dismissal, and shall present it to the Pastor 
of the Charge to which he removes. If he neglects 
to do this, he shall not be recognized nor use his 
office as a Local Preacher in the Charge to which 

148 


Locan PREACHERS { 207 


he has removed; and he shall continue to be amen- 
able to the Quarterly Conference of the Charge from 
which he has removed, which may, if the neglect 
be long continued, after due notice try him for 
persistent disobedience to the order of the Church, 
and upon conviction thereof deprive him of Minis- 
terial Office and Credentials. 

§ 2. If a Local Preacher be appointed to a Pastoral 
Charge, he shall procure from the Pastor of the 
Charge from which he removes, or from the District 
Superintendent, a Certificate of his Official Standing 
and of Dismissal, and shall present it to the Quar- 
terly Conference of the Charge to which he has 
been appointed, at its next session, and his Church 
and his Quarterly Conference membership shall be in 
that Charge. 

§ 3. An unordained Local Preacher, while serving 
as a regularly appointed Pastor of a Charge, shall be 
authorized, when the laws of the State permit, to 
solemnize matrimony. 

§ 4. Whenever a Preacher is located or discon- 
tinued by an Annual Conference, he shall thereupon 
hold his Quarterly Conference membership where he 
resides at the time of location or discontinuance. 

{ 206. The District Superintendents and the Pas- 
tors are required to arrange the appointments, 
wherever it is practicable, so as to give the Local 
Preachers regular and systematic employment on the 
Sabbath. 

§ 207. Every Local Preacher shall be enrolled in a 
Class, and meet with it. He shall make to the Dis- 
trict or Quarterly Conference a report of his labors, 
as follows: 1. Number of Sermons preached. 2. 
Number of Prayer Meetings attended. 3. Number of 

149 


@ 208 ExHORTERS 


Class Meetings attended. 4. Number of Sunday 
Schools attended. 5. Number of Funerals conducted. 
6. Miscellaneous Items. He shall also report (1) the 
Number of Marriages solemnized, with the names of 
the persons married; and (2) the Number of Bap- 
tisms administered, with the names and ages of the 
persons baptized, that due entry may be made by the 
Pastor in the Church Records. 

§ 208. Whenever a Local Preacher fills the place 
of a Pastor, with the approbation of the District 
Superintendent, he shall be paid for his time a sum 
proportioned to the allowance of the Pastor, which 
sum shall be paid by the Charge at the next Quar- 
terly Meeting, if the Pastor whose place he filled was 
either sick or necessarily absent; and in other cases, 
out of the allowance of the Pastor. 

§ 209. If a Local Preacher be distressed in his 
temporal circumstances on account of his service in 
the Charge, he may apply to the Quarterly Confer- 
ence, which may give him such relief as is judged 
proper, after the allowance of the Pastors and their 
families and all other regular allowances are paid. 


CHAPTER II 


EXHORTERS 


§ 210. An Exhorter shall be constituted by the 
recommendation of the Class of which he is a mem- 
ber, or of the Leaders and Stewards’ Meeting of the 
Charge, and a License signed by the Pastor. 

§ 211. The duties of an Exhorter are, to hold 

Meetings for Prayer and Exhortation wherever op- 
150 


DEACONESSES q 212 


portunity is afforded, subject to the direction of the 
Pastor; to attend all the sessions of the District and 
Quarterly Conferences, and to present a written re- 
port to the same. He shall be subject to an annual 
examination of character in the Quarterly Confer- 
ence, and a renewal of License, to be signed by the 
President thereof. 


CHAPTER III 
DEACONESSES 


I. Deaconesses 


- § 212, § 1. A Deaconess is a woman who has been 
led by the spirit and the providence of God to forego 
all other pursuits in life that she may devote herself 
wholly to the Christlike service of doing good; and 
having received this divine call, has been tested and 
trained during a probation of at least two years; and, 
' after such preparation, has been approved by the 
Church and solemnly set apart to this vocation in 
the Church. 

§ 2. No vow of perpetual service is required of the 
Deaconess. She renders a free-will service, and, so 
long as she is in good standing as a Deaconess, is 
entitled to a suitable support. Her relation as 
Deaconess being yoluntary, she may withdraw from 
it at any time, but she skall give reasonable notice of 
her intention. 

§ 3. The single aim and controlling purpose of the 

151 


q \218 DEACONESSES 


Deaconess is to minister, as Jesus did, to the wants 
of a suffering, sorrowing, and sin-laden world. Her 
work is to visit the sick, pray with the dying, com- 
fort the sorrowing, seek the wandering, save the sin- 
ning, relieve the poor, care for the orphan, and to 
take up other Christlike service. 

§ 4. The work of the Deaconess is a part of the 
work which the Church does in the Master’s name, 
and Deaconess Homes and other authorized Deacon- 
ess Institutions are the agencies of the Church for 
the promotion of that part of its work which is done 
by the Deaconess. 


II. Episcopal Supervision 
{ 213. The Board of Bishops shall have general 
oversight of the deaconess work of the Church. The 
General Deaconess Board shall annually report to the 
Board of Bishops such information as they may 
require. 


III. General Deaconess Board 

4 214. There shall be a General Deaconess Board, 
composed of eleven members, two of whom shall 
be General Superintendents designated by the Board 
of Bishops, and nine other members as follows: 
Three at large and two representatives from each 
of the three forms of deaconess administration, 
all to be nominated by the Board of Bishops and 
elected quadrennially by the General , Conference. 
The persons so elected shall remain in Office until 
their successors are elected. The Board of Bishops 
shall have authority to fill any vacaney which may 

152 


DEACONESSES q 216 


occur during the quadrennium, but they shall observe 
the classification above named. The annual meeting 
of this Board shall be held at such time and place 
as may be determined by the Board, due notice havy- 
ing been given. Six members shall constitute a 
quorum. 

{ 215, § 1. In foreign fields under the supervision 
of General Superintendents there may be a Board com- 
posed of the Superintendent in charge and four other 
members to be nominated by the Board of Bishops 
and elected quadrennially by the General Conference. 

§ 2. In a mission field, which is under the super- 
vision of Missionary Bishops, there may be a Board, 
composed of the Missionary Bishops of that field and 
four other members, two at large and two from the 
Woman’s Foreign Missionary Society; to be nomi- 
nated by the said Missionary Bishops and to be 
elected quadrennially by the General Conference. 

§ 3. These Boards are authorized to exercise within 
their respective fields the functions of the General 
Deaconess Board as provided herein. Vacancies shall 
be filled by the Bishop having jurisdiction over the 
field where the vacancy occurs. 

§ 216. The Annual Conference shall have power 
to authorize the establishment of any Deaconess 
Home, or other institutions in which Deaconesses are 
maintained or employed, provided that during the 
interim between Conference sessions, any such work 
may be undertaken with the consent of the Confer- 
ence Deaconess Board and the General Deaconess 
Board.. The Annual Conference shall satisfy itself 
that there is evident need of the proposed institution 
in the locality designated; that it would not be likely 
to affect unfavorably any existing institution; that 

153 


{217 DEACONESSES 


there is good prospect for its adequate support, and 
that its property, of whatever form, is not financially 
embarrassed. 

§ 217, § 1. To increase the interest of our preachers 
and people in the deaconess work, it is recommended 
that the General Deaconess Board publish in our 
Church papers each year a report or statement in 
behalf of this cause and a reference to the Relief 
Funds. This Board may also authorize conventions 
and other general meetings for the promotion of 
deaconess work. 

§ 2. All questions of difference arising between 
institutions or societies in the administration of 
deaconess work shall be presented in writing to the 
General Deaconess Board, at the earliest date practi- 
cable. The final determination shall be with the 
Board. 

§ 3. The Deaconess being entitled to a suitable sup- 
port, the General Deaconess Board shall fix the maxi- 
mum allowance, and the support shall be as uniform 
as practicable throughout the Church. 

§ 4. The General Deaconess Board shall have gen- 
eral supervision of all deaconess work throughout 
the Church, and shall approve general rules for the 
government of Deaconess Homes, and other deaconess 
institutions, and also for the government of all Bea- 
conesses, however maintained or employed. 

§ 5. The General Deaconess Board shall adopt a 
distinctive garb to be worn by all Deaconesses 
throughout the Church for their designation and 
for the protection of themselves and the office. It 
also shall adopt a distinctive garb to be worn by can- 
didates during their probation. This Board shall 
secure legal protection of this garb as the distinctive 

154 


DEACONESSES @ 218 


dress for Deaconesses of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. 

§ 6. Each form of deaconess administration shall 
be free to employ secretaries in the interest of deacon- 
_ess work, and determine their duties. 

§ 7. The German Central Deaconess Board may 
appoint a Superintendent of the German Methodist 
Deaconess Work in America, provided that such, ap- 
pointment shall he made without expense or financial 
responsibility to the General Conference, and shall 
in no wise conflict with the provisions .of this 
chapter. 


IV. Conference Deaconess Board 

q 218, § 1. In each Annual Conference a Confer- 
ence Deaconess Board of nine members, of whom at 
least three shall be women, shall be appointed by 
the Conference, the members to serve for three years; 
the election to be so arranged that three members 
shall be chosen each year. i 

§ 2. The Conference Deaconess Board is authorized 
to license Deaconesses; to transfer Deaconesses on 
the recommendation of the local Board of a deacon- 
ess institution, or of the governing body of any one 
of the three forms of deaconess administration. It 
shall encourage and promote the establishment and 
support of deaconess institutions, as it deems wise 
within the limits of the Conference. It shall see 
that all Charters, Deeds, and other Conveyances of 
the property of deaconess institutions conform strict- 
ly to the Discipline, and to the laws, usages, and 
forms of the State or Territory within which such 
property is situated; that all property is well insured, 

155 


@ 219 DEACONESSES 


and that all disciplinary regulations for such prop- 
erty are observed. 

§ 3. This Board may exercise appellate authority 
in questions arising between institutions, or individ- 
uals and institutions within its jurisdiction. Its 
decisions shall stand unless reversed by the General 
Deaconess Board. 

§ 4. The Local Board of Management of deaconess 
institutions shall report to the Conference Deaconess 
Board the number of Deaconesses connected with 
each institution, and how employed, the amount of 
money received and expended, and such other in- 
formation as may be desired. Said Local Board shall 
have authority to assign the Deaconesses under its 
control to their respective fields of labor, subject to 
the approval of the Conference Board. 

§ 5. The Conference Deaconess Board shall report 
to the Annual Conference at its session all informa- 
tion furnished by Local Boards of Management, and 
such other, information as may be requested by the 
Annual Conference. It shall also annually report 
the same information to the General Deaconess 
Board. It shall secure the public presemtation of this 
cause during the session of its Annual Conference. 


V. Regulations for Deaconesses 
J 219, § 1. The Deaconess License may be given 
only to a candidate who is unmarried and over 
twenty-three years of age, provided that she be rec- 
ommended by the Quarterly Conference of the 
Church of which she is a member; that she present 
a certificate of good health from a reputable physi- 
156 


DEACONESSES | 219 


cian; and when coming from a Deaconess Home, or 
other recognized deaconess institution, that she pre- 
sent a recommendation from the superintendent or 
manager of the same. She must have given two 
years of continuous probationary service; but two 
years of satisfactory study in a training school, or 
two years of service in a hospital, or two years divid- 
ed between the training school and the hospital, 
may be counted as an equivalent of these years of 
probationary service. She must have passed an ex- 
amination satisfactory to the Conference Board, as to 
religious qualifications, and in the course of study 
prescribed for Deaconesses by the Bishops. 

§ 2. The Conference Board may license women thus 
qualified and recommended, and when so licensed they 
are entitled to consecration as Deaconesses accord- 
ing to the Order of Service prescribed by the Disci- 
pline. The consecration shall take place at the ses- 
sion of the Annual Conference whenever practicable; 
in other cases, at such place and time as the Confer- 
ence Board shall determine. 

§ 3. No person shall be recognized or employed as 
a Deaconess of the Methodist Episcopal Church who 
fails to comply with the Disciplinary requirements. 
Each Deaconess shall wear the prescribed distinctive 
garb. The wearing of this distinctive deaconess 
garb by a member of our Church, who is not en- 
_ titled to wear it, shall be regarded as a violation of 
our Order and Discipline. 

§ 4. The annual renewal of the License of a Deacon- 
ess by the Conference Board, on the recommendation 
of the Quarterly Conference of the Church with which 
she is connected, is necessary to her recognition and 
employment as a Deaconess. 

157 


{ 219 DEACONESSES 


§ 5. The annual approval of a Deaconess by the 
Annual Conference within whose bounds she holds 
her Deaconess membership, shall be necessary for 
her continuance in this vocation; and such approval 
may not be given without a recommendation from her 
Conference Board after the renewal of her License. 

§ 6. A Deaconess who has resigned, or has been 
discontinued, shall return her License and Certifi- 
cate of Consecration to the Conference Board having 
jurisdiction in her case, and shall refrain from wear- 
ing the distinctive deaconess garb. 

§ 7. Any Deaconess who has faithfully performed 
her duties, and who, for reasons satisfactory to the 
Board of Deaconess Administration with which she 
is connected, wishes to retire from the service, shall 
receive from that Board a certificate of honorable 
discharge. A Deaconess receiving such discharge, 
on her formal request, may be allowed to retain her 
License. and Certificate of Consecration; but the date 
of her discharge must be inscribed on each by the 
president of the Conference Board. Any Deaconess 
having been honorably discharged may be restored 
to the service and receive a License at the discretion 
of the Conference Board from which she received 
her discharge, without reéxamination in the course 
of study or undergoing a new probation, but she shall 
present a recommendation from a Quarterly Confer- 


ence and a new certificate of health. When a Deacon-. 


ess who has been discharged is thus restored, the 
President of the Conference Board shall inscribe the 
date of such restoration on her Certificate of Conse- 
eration. 
§ 8. Each Deaconess shall be enrolled as a member 
in a deaconess institution, or mother-house, or in the 
158 


~ 


DEACONESSES | 219 


list of Deaconesses of one of the three forms of 
deaconess administration, and shall be subordinate 
to and directed by the Superintendent in charge or 
other officer invested with this authority, except when 
absent on detached service. While engaged in such 
detached service the Deaconess shall bear a certifi- 
cate of good standing from the institution or ad- 
ministration with which she is enrolled. The mem- 
bership of a Deaconess may be changed from one 
Home to another within the bounds of a Conference 
by the mutual agreement of the Local Boards of Man- 
agement of the Home concerned. The change, when’ 
made, shall be duly noted on their records and 
promptly reported to and recorded by the Conference 
Board. 

§ 9. A Deaconess, when detailed for service in a 
particular Church, or in connection with a particular 
institution, shall, during such detached service, be 
under the direction of the Pastor of the Church or 
officers of the institution in which she is engaged. A 
Deaconess engaged in other detached service outside 
of an organized Charge or in institutions not related 
to the Conference Board, shall be under the direction 
of the form of deaconess administration to which she 
belongs. 

§ 10. A Deaconess may be transferred from one 
Conference to another by and with the consent of the 
two Conference Boards concerned when such transfer 
has been arranged for by the administrative bodies 
concerned; and the change of a Deaconess from one 
Conference to another to meet a pressing emergency 
may be recorded as a transfer when approved by the 
Conference Boards concerned. 

§ 11. When a Deaconess is to be transferred she 

159 


| 219 DEACONESSES 


shall receive a Certificate of Transfer issued and 
recorded by authority of her Conference Board, and 
she shall present the same, as soon as practicable, to 
the Conference Board to whose jurisdiction she is 
transferred. 

§ 12. A young woman, graduate from our advanced 
schools, or having an educational training satisfac- 
tory to the form of deaconess administration to which 
she belongs, who is not free to enter the deaconess 
work for a lifelong service, but earnestly desires to 
engage in it as a duty for not less than three years, 
including. the period of suitable training, may be 
received into any deaconess institution on the ap- 
proval of the governing body of the deaconess admin- 
istration with which she is connected. Before issuing 
approval to any applicant she must have a recom- 
mendation from the Quarterly Conference of the 
Church of which she is a member;~and she shall 
furnish evidence of satisfactory educational attain- 
ments, and make clear that she seeks the position 
from her conviction of duty to engage in this service 
for Christ’s sake. 'Those who are accepted shall be 
subject to the rules of the deaconess administration 
with which they are associated, and wear the proba- 
tioner’s garb. Anyone, to continue in this relation, ~ 
must have the annual recommendation of the Quar- 
terly Conference and the annual approval of ie Con- 
ference Board. 

§ 13. A Deaconess employed by the Chureh of which 
she is a member shall be a member of the Quarterly 
Conference of such Church, when approved for mem- 
bership therein, and shall report to said Quarterly 
Conference. 


160 


DEACONESSES F 220 . 


- VI. Retired Deaconess and Her Support 


§ 220, § 1. A Deaconess who is no longer able to 
continue her work on account of age, loss of health, 
or other disability, may be retired from active service 
and placed in the list of retired Deaconesses, by 
action of the governing body of the deaconess admin- 
istration with which she is connected, based on 
information given by the Superintendent and Local 
Board of Management of the deaconess institution of 
which she is a member. 

§ 2. Should any deaconess administration and the 
Local Board unite in the judgment that a retired 
Deaconess would be able to render some other need- 
ful service, and should concur in counseling her to 
engage in such service, the Deaconess shall be guided 
by this counsel, but her rights as a Deaconess shall 
not be impaired by such service. 

§ 3. Each retired Deaconess who entered the work 
under forty years of age, so long as she is approved 
by the deaconess administration with which she is 
connected, shall be entitled to receive from the Relief 
Fund of said administration such an allowance as 
may be determined by the General Deaconess Board. 

§ 4. In order to provide an adequate support for 
retired Deaconesses, two administrative bodies are 
already accumulating a Permanent Deaconess Fund. 
This action is approved, and it is recommended that 
further measures be taken to provide for all Deacon- 
esses. 

§ 5. Hach deaconess institution shall pay into the 
Permanent Deaconess Fund of the deaconess admin- 
istration with which it is connected, $10 per annum 
for each licensed deaconess, and $5 per annum for 

161 


/ 


q 221 DEACONESSES 


each probationer or unlicensed worker. Each station 
served by a Deaconess shall pay $15 per year for each 
licensed deaconess, and $10 per year for each proba- 
tioner or unlicensed deaconess. 


VII. Deaconess Institutions 


§ 221, § 1. No institution for the prosecution or 
maintenance of any form of deaconess work shall 
be recognized as a Deaconess Institution of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church until it has been au- 
thorized by the Annual Conference and approved by 
the General Deaconess Board. Every such Deaconess 
Institution shall conform to the regulations of this 
chapter. 

§ 2. All property for Homes and other Deaconess 
Institutions shall be held in trust for the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, and this may be by the Woman’s 
Foreign Missionary Society, the Woman’s Home Mis- 
sionary Society, the German Central Deaconess 
Board, or by a Board of Trustees elected by the local 
society with which the institution is connected. 

§ 3. The provisions of this paragraph shall not dis- 
turb the tenure of existing Homes or Institutions 
operated for deaconess work, nor exclude any so- 
cieties or associations which were engaged in dea- 
coness work in May, 1900; but any of these are author- 
ized to employ Deaconesses, and to establish and 
operate Homes and Institutions for the deaconess 
work of the Methodist Episcopal Church, according to 
the provisions of this chapter. « 

§ 4. Each Institution and each society which main- 
tains or employs Deaconesses, or holds property for 

162 


DEACONESSES G 229 


deaconess uses, within the bounds of an Annual Con- 
ference, shall report regularly to its Conference 
Board at least one month before the meeting of the 
Conference, according to such form as the General 
Deaconess Board shall adopt for use throughout the 
Church, and shall furnish such other information 
as its Conference Board may request. 


VIII. Exception 


§ 222. The foregoing provisions shall relate to 
all Annual Conferences, Mission Conferences, and 
Missions. But in those parts of Europe where the 
deaconess work exists as a legal corporation, with an 
inspector appointed by the Annual Conference, any 
of the foregoing provisions not compatible with the 
provisions of such legal corporation shall be inop- 
erative. 


163 


‘ee faced, prey chewed 
‘a ; bia 04 6th, Bre 4 aR Hay 
an pide Liha ANA 
Rol lear er eh phe ky oun oh, a 

aif) ndeke arordts 30 ohm f 


{ } £ oe a 
hort darters? ri seutio. 


S 
ot 
2 } 4 f ‘ory ' , ” 
‘ PCED A CO aun, frome wy 
i ai 
; 
é J 
bad 
Fi 
4 
4 in 
A“ 
: ; 
NW ; 
vi 
eA 
; ri 
4 
taht ; Dyarone 
i 
4 
~ 
\ c abe 
“+ ¥ , 


PART VI 
JUDICIAL ADMINISTRATION 


I. TRIAL OF BISHOP 
II. TRIAL OF MISSIONARY BISHOP 
III. TRIAL OF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE 
IV. TRIAL OF PREACHER 
V. TRIAL OF LOCAL PREACHER 
VI. TRIAL OF MEMBER 
VII. JUDICIAL CONFERENCE 
VIII. APPEAL OF BISHOP 
Ix, APPEAL OF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE 
X. RESTORATION OF CREDENTIALS 
XI. APPEAL OF LOCAL PREACHER 
XII. APPEAL OF MEMBER—COURT OF APPEALS 


Triat oF BisHor q 226 


CHAPTER I 


TRIAL OF BISHOP 


§ 223. A Bishop is answerable for his conduct to 
the General Conference, which shall have power to 
order the manner of his trial. 

§{ 224. When a Bishop is accused of immoral con- 
duct, the District Superintendent within whose Dis- 
trict said immorality is alleged to have been com- 
mitted shall call to his aid four Traveling Elders, 
which five Ministers shall carefully inquire into the 
ease; and if, in their judgment, there is reasonable 
ground for such accusation, they, or a majority of 
them, shall prepare and sign the proper charge in 
the case, and shall send a copy thereof, so signed, to 
the accused, and shall give notice thereof to one of 
the Bishops. Said Bishop, so notified, shall convene a 
Judicial Conference, to be composed of the Triers 
of Appeals, appointed as hereinafter provided, of five 
neighboring Conferences. Said Judicial Conference 
shall have full power to try the accused Bishop, and 
to suspend him from the functions of his Office, de- 
pose him from the Ministry, or expel him from the 
Church, as they may deem his offense requires. One 
of the Bishops shall preside at his trial. 

§ 225. The accused shall have the right of per- 
emptory challenge, yet not so as to reduce the num- 
ber of the Judicial Conference below twenty-one. 

§ 226. The President of such Judicial Conference 
shall, at the commencement of the trial, appoint a 
Secretary, who shall make a correct record of the 

167 


| 227 Tria or BisHop 


proceedings, and of all the evidence in the case, 
which, when read and approved, shall be signed by 
the President and Secretary. 

§ 227. In case of imprudent conduct, the District 
Superintendent within whose District the alleged 
offense occurred shall take with him two Traveling 
Elders, and shall admonish the Bishop so offending. 
In case of a second offense, one of the Bishops, to- 
gether with three Traveling Elders, shall call upon 
him, and reprehend and admonish him. If he still 
persist in his imprudence, he shall then be tried in 
the manner ordered in {{ 224-226. 

f 228. When it is alleged that an immorality or 
imprudence has been committed without the bounds 
of any District, the District Superintendent within 
the bounds of whose District the Bishop resides shall 
proceed as hereinbefore specified. 

J 222. When a Bishop disseminates, publicly or 
privately, doctrines which are contrary to our 
Articles of Religion or estabiished standards of doc- 
trine, the same process shall be observed as is pre- 
seribed in J] 224-226. 

§ 230. Complaint against the administration of a 
Bishop may be forwarded to the General Conference, 
and entertained there; provided, that in its judgment 
he has had due notice that such complaint would be 
made. 


CHAPTER II 


TRIAL OF MISSIONARY BISHOP 
; § 231. If charges of immoral conduct are made 
against a Missionary Bishop during the interval be- 
168 


Triat or MEMBER OF CONFERENCE 4 232 


tween the sessions of the General Conference, the 
Board of Foreign Missions shall appoint e:even of 
their number, being Ministers, to investigate the 
case. A General Superintendent shall preside over 
the Committee of Investigation and shall cause a 
correct record of the charges, specifications, proceed- 
ings, vote, and judgment in the investigation to be 
kept and transmitted to the next General Conference. 
If the Committee of Investigation find the charges 
sustained, they may suspend the accused Missionary 
Bishop until the meeting of the next General Con- 
ference. 


CHAPTER III 
TRIAL OF MEMBER OF CONSERENCE 


I. Preliminary Investigation 


qf 232, § 1. When a Member of an Annual Confer- 
ence is under report of being guilty of some crime 
expressly forbidden in the Word of God, sufficient to 
exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and 
glory: 

In the interval between the sessions of the An- 
nual Conference the District Superintendent shall 
call not less than five nor more than nine Members 
of the Conference to investigate the case, and, if pos- 
sible, bring the accused and accuser face to face. 
He shall preside throughout the proceedings, and 
shall certify and declare the judgment of the Com- 
mittee; and he shall cause a correct record of the 
charges, specifications, proceedings, evidence, and 

169 


q 232 Triat or MemBer or CONFERENCE 


judgment in the investigation to be kept and trans- 
mitted to the Annual Conference. 

§ 2. But if the accused be a District Superintend- 
ent, three of the senior Ministers of his District shall 
inquire into the character of the report, and, if they 
deem an investigation necessary, they shall call in 
the District Superintendent of any adjoining District 
of the Conference, who shall appoint a Committee 
of not less than five nor more than nine Elders of the 
Annual Conference of which the accused is a Member, 
to investigate the case; and he shall also preside at 
the investigation. 

§ 3. If in either of the above cases of investigation 
the accused, after due notice given him, shall refuse 
or neglect to appear before the Committee, the in- 
vestigation shall proceed in his absence. If in either 
case the charge be sustained, the accused shall be sus- 
pended by the Committee from all Ministerial sery- 
ices and Church privileges until the ensuing Annual 
Conference; at which his case shall be fully consid- 
ered and determined upon the evidence contained in 
the record of the investigation, and such other evi- 
dence as may be admitted. 

§ 4. A Supernumerary or Superannuated Minister 
residing without the bounds of his own Conference 
shall be subject, under the authority of the District 
Superintendent of the District within which he re- 
sides, to the investigation prescribed in § 1 of this 
paragraph. 

§ 5. A Conference Evangelist who commits an of- 
fense without the bounds of his own Conference, shall 
be subject to the same investigation as above, under 
the authority of the District Superintendent, within 
whose District the offense is alleged to have occurred. 

170 


Terat or MemBer oF ConFERENCE 4 235 


§ 233, § 1. In all cases the papers, including the 
record of the investigation, charges, evidence, and 
findings, shall be transmitted to the ensuing session 
of the Annual Conference of which the accused is a 
Member; on which papers, and such other evidence 
as may be admitted, the case shall be determined. 

§ 2. If, in any of tHe foregoing cases of investiga- 
tion, counsel has not been provided for the Church 
or for the accused, the District Superintendent shall 
have power to appoint counsel for both, or for either. 

§ 3. In both the investigation and the trial of a 
Minister, witnesses from without shall not be re- 
jected, and the testimony of an absent witness May be 
taken before the Preacher in Charge where such wit- 
ness resides, or before a Preacher appointed by the 
District Superintendent of the District within which 
such witness resides; provided, in every case suf- 
ficient notice has been given to the adverse party of 
the time and place of taking such testimony. 

§ 4. An Annual Conference may entertain and try 
charges against its Members though no investigation 
upon them has been held, or though an investigation 
has not resulted in suspension, due notice having 
been given to the accused. 


Il. Charges 

§ 234. In cases of improper temper, words, or ac- 
tions, the Minister so offending shall be admonished 
by his senior in office. Should a s.cond transgression 
take place, one, two, or three Ministers are to be 
taken as witnesses. If he continue to offend, let the 
District Superintendent proceed as in § 232, § 1. 

{| 235. When a Member of an Annual Conference 

171 


q 236 Triat or MemBper or CONFERENCE 


fails in business, or contracts debts which he is not 
able to pay, the District Superintendent shall appoint 
three judicious Members of the Church to inspect the 
accounts, contracts, and circumstances of the sup- 
posed delinquent; and if, in their opinion, he has be- 
haved dishonestly, or contracted debts without the 
probability of paying, let thé case be disposed of 
according to § 232, § L. 

4 236. Any Traveling or Local Preacher who shall 
hold religious service within the bounds of any Mis- 
sion, Circuit, or Station, when requested by the 
Preacher in Charge not to hold such services, shall 
be deemed guilty of imprudent conduct, and after the 
admonitions ordered in {{ 232, 252, if he do not re- 
frain from such conduct, shall be liable to charges 
and investigation or trial under the provisions of the 
Discipline relating to these respective classes of 
Preachers. A Local Preacher offending against this 
provision may be tried in the Charge where the 
offense was committed. 

§ 237. When a Member of an Annual Conference 
disseminates, publicly or privately, doctrines which 
are contrary to our Articles of Religion or established 
standards of doctrine, let the same process be ob- 
served as is directed in § 232, § 1. But if, after the 
charge is sustained, the Minister so offending does 
solemnly engage to the Committee of investigation 
not to disseminate such erroneous doctrines in public 
or private, the Committee may waive suspension, 
that the case may be laid before the next Annual 
Conference, which shall determine the matter. And 
in all cases where a Member is so expelled or deposed 
he shall not be relicensed to preach until he shall 
have satisfied the Conference from which he was ex- 

172 


Triat oF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE J 240 


pelled or deposed, and shall have promised in writ- 
ing to wholly desist from disseminating such doc- 
trines privately or publicly. 

§ 238. Whenever specific complaints are made in 
writing and signed by five responsible persons, mem- 
bers or Ministers of the Methodist Episcopal Church, 
charging a Professor in one of our theological schools 
with violating his pledge to the Bishops of loyalty 
to our doctrine and polity, said charges shall be 
lodged with the District Superintendent of the 
Annual Conference to which the accused belongs, who 
shall carefully consider the same; and if in his 
opinion they are of sufficient gravity to require an 
investigation, he shall immediately proceed accord- 
ing to the provisions of the Discipline in § 232. 

§ 239. When a Member of an Annual Conference, 
in the interval between the sessions of his Confer- 
ence, declines of ceases to do the work to which he 
was duly appointed, except for the reasons indicated 
in § 164, let the District Superintendent proceed as 
* directed in § 232, § 1. If the District Superintend- 
ent fail to do this, he shall account therefor to the 
next Annual Conference. 

§ 240. When it is alleged of a Member of an 
Annual Conference that he is so unacceptable or in- 
efficient as to be no longer useful in his work, or that 
without reason of impaired health of himself or family 
disqualifying him for pastoral work, he goes into secu- 
lar business, his case shall be referred to a Commit- 
tee of five or more Members of his Conference for in- 
quiry; and if said Committee shall find the allegation 
sustained, and shall so recommend, the Conference 
may request him to locate. If he shall refuse, and 
the conditions complained of shall continue, the Con- 

173 


{ 241 Triat or MemBer or CONFERENCE 


ference may, at its next session, after formal trial 
and conviction, locate him without his consent. But 
he shall have the right of appeal to a Judicial Con- 
ference, which may restore him, 


III. Maladministration 

{ 241. In cases of alleged maladministration— 

§ 1. A Minister shall be answerable to his Confer- 
ence on the charge of corrupt, negligent, or partisan 
administration, but not for errors in judgment. 

§ 2. Errors or defects in Judicial Proceedings shall 
be duly considered when presented on appeal. But 
Errors of Law or Administration connected with in- 
vestigations under { 232, and Errors of Law made by 
a District Superintendent in cases of appeal are to be 
corrected by the President of the next Annual Con- 
ference on appeal in open session; and the Conference 
may also order just and suitable remedies for the 
injury resulting from such errors, . 

§ 3. Errors of Administration not connected with . 
Judicial Proceedings may be presented in writing to 
the Annual Conference, for its judgment thereon; and 
the Conference may also order just and suitable 
remedies when the rights of Ministers or members 
of the Church have been injuriously affected by such 
errors. 


IV. Trial 
§ 242. The Annual Conference may, at its discre- 
tion, try an accused Member in either of the three 
following methods: ie 
§ 1. The entire trial, including the examination of 
witnesses, may be by the Conference in full session. 
174 


Triat oF Member OF CONFERENCE § 243 


§ 2. Or, the Bishop may appoint an Elder as a Com- 
missioner to take the evidence in the case, in whole 
or in part; and said Commissioner shail cause a 
correct record of the proceedings before him, and 
of the evidence*signed by the witnesses respectively, 
to be laid before the Conference; upon which evidence, 
and such other as may be admitted, the case shall 
be determined. 

§ 3. Or, the Conference may appoint from its Mem- 
bers a Select Number of not less than nine nor more 
than fifteen, to try the accused, who shall have the 
right to challenge for cause; which Select Number, 
in the presence of a Bishop, or of a Chairman whom 
the President of the Conference shall have ap- 
pointed, and one or more of the Secretaries of the 
Conference, shall have full power to consider and 
determine the case according to the rules which gov- 
ern Annual Conferences in such proceedings; and 
they shall make a faithful report in writing of all 
their proceedings, duly subscribed by the President 
‘and Secretary of the Select Number, to the Secretary 
of the Conference, and deliver up to him therewith 
the bill of charges, the evidence taken, and the de 
cision rendered, with all other documents brought 
into the trial. 

§ 4. But the Annual Conference may, when a case 
cannot be tried during the session for want of testi- 
mony, refer it to one of the District Superintendents, 
who shall proceed as directed in § 232, and the Con- 
ference shall determine whether the case seems to be 
of such gravity aS to require that the Minister be left 
without appointment until the investigation shall be 
held. 

| 243. When a Minister is tried on a charge of im- 

175 


§ 244 Triat or MemBer or CONFERENCE 


morality, and the Conference or the Select Number 
shall find that. this charge is not sustained by the evi- 
dence, but that the Minister has been proven guilty 
of “high imprudence and unministerial conduct,” it 
may declare this fact, and subject th® offender to re- 
proof, suspension, or deprivation of Ministerial Office 
and Credentials. 

| 244. In no case, either of an investigation or a 
trial of a Member of an Annual Conference, shall any 
person act asS,Counsel who is not a Member of an 
Annual Conference. : 

{| 245. In case any Member of an Annual Confer- 
ence be deposed from the Ministry without being ex- 
pelled from the Church, he shall have his member- 
ship in the Church where he resided at the time of 
his deposition. 

§ 246. After a Minister shall have been regularly 
tried and expelled he shall have no Privileges of 
Society or Sacraments in our Church, without con- 
trition, reformation, and confession, satisfactory to 
the Conference from which he was expelled. 

§ 247. When a Traveling Preacher is accused of 
immorality and desires to withdraw from the Church, 
the Annual Conference may permit him to withdraw; 
in which case the record shall be, “Withdrawn under 
Complaints.” If formal charges of immorality have 
been presented, he may be permitted to withdraw; in 
which case the record shall be, “Withdrawn under 
Charges:” and if thus withdrawn under “Com- 
plaints,” or under “Charges,” the relation to the 
Church of the Preacher thus withdrawn shall be the 
same as if he had been expelled. 


176 » 


TRIAL oF PREACHER ON TRIAL | 249 


CHAPTER IV 


TRIAL OF PREACHER ON TRIAL 


4 248. A Preacher on Trial in an Annual Confer- 
ence is, in reference to Amenability and Appeal, con- 
sidered as a Local Preacher; but in his case the Dis- 
trict Superintendent shall perform the duties which 
are prescribed to the Preacher in Charge in the case 
of an accused Local Preacher. is 


CHAPTER V 


TRIAL OF LOCAL PREACHER 


§ 249. When a Local Preacher, ordained or unor- 
dained, is reported to be guilty of some crime ex- 
pressly forbidden in the Word of God, sufficient to 
exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and 
glory, the Preacher in Charge shall call a Committee 
of Investigation, consisting of three or more Local 
Preachers, before which it shall be the duty of the 
accused to appear, and by which, if the charge is sus- 
tained, he shall be suspended from .all Ministerial 
services and Church privileges until the next District 
or Quarterly Conference. If the accused refuse or 
neglect to appear before said Committee, the investi- 
gation may proceed in his absence. The Preacher 
in Charge shall cause exact minutes of the charges, 
testimony, and proceedings in the investigation, to- 
gether with the decision of the Committee, to be laid 


12 VW 


| 250 Triat oF Loca, PREACHER 


before the District or Quarterly Conference, where it 
shall be the duty of the accused to appear for trial. 

§ 250. Should the District or Quarterly Confer- 
ence order a trial, its President shall appoint a Sec- 
retary, who shall make a correct record of the 
proceedings and evidence in the case, and if the ac- 
cused be found guilty, the Conference shall affix a 
penalty to the offense, according to J 204, § 4. 

§ 251. Should the District Conference having 
jurisdiction in the case of an accused Local Preacher 
judge it expedient to try him by a Select Number, it 
may appoint not less than nine nor more than fifteen 
of its members for the purpose, the accused having 
the right to challenge for cause; which Select Num- 
ber, in the presence of a Bishop, or an Elder whom 
the President of the District Conference may appoint, 
and with a Secretary appointed by the District Con- 
ference, shall have full power to consider and deter- 
mine the case according to the rules which govern 
District Conferences in such cases; and the Secretary 
shall make a faithful report in writing of all the pro- 
ceedings and evidence to the Secretary of the Dis- 


trict Conference, and shall deliver up to him all the ~ 


papers in the case. 
. § 252, § 1. In case of improper tempers, words, 
or actions, the Local Preacher so offending shall be 
admonished by the Preacher in Charge. Should a 
second transgression take place, one, two, or three 
members of the Church are to be taken as witnesses. 
If he continue to offend, he shall be tried at the next 
District or Quarterly Conference, and, if found guilty 
and impenitent, he shall be expelled from the 
Church. 

§ 2. If a Local Preacher be found, on due trial by 

178 


TrisAt or Locat PREACHER 4 255 


the District or Quarterly Conference, neglectful of his 
duties as a Local Preacher or unacceptable in his 
ministry, it may deprive him of his ministerial office. 


NotE.—A Local Preacher holding religious services within a Charge 
against the will of its Pastor, shall be proceeded against according to { 236. 


§ 253. When a Local Preacher disseminates, pub- 
licly or privately, doctrines which are contrary to 
our Articles of Religion or established standards of 
doctrine, let the same process be observed as is 
directed in §§ 249, 250. 

§ 254. When a Local Preacher fails in business, 
or contracts debts which he is not able to pay, let the 
Preacher in Charge appoint three judicious Members 
of the Church to inspect the accounts, contracts, and 
circumstances of the supposed delinquent; and if, in 
their opinion, he has behaved dishonestly, or con- 
tracted debts without the probability of paying, let 
the case be disposed of according to §{ 249, 250. 

§ 255. When, in the judgment of the District 
Superintendent, a fair and impartial trial cannot be 
had in the Quarterly Conference where the accused 
holds his membership, the District Superintendent 
may refer the case for trial to some other Quarterly 
Conference, within the bounds of his District. 


179 


| 256 Tru. or MEMBER 


CHAPTER VI 
TRIAL OF MEMBER 


I. Immoral Conduct 


| 256. A member of the Church accused of im- 
morality shall be brought to trial before a Committee. 
of not less than five members of the Church. They 
shall be chosen by the Preacher in Charge, and, if 
he judge it to be necessary, he may select them from 
any part of ‘the District. The parties may chal- 
lenge for cause. The Preacher in Charge shall pre- 
side in the trial, and shall cause a correct record of 
the proceedings and evidence to be made. 

257. If the accused person be found guilty by 
the decision of a majority of the Committee, and the 
crime be such as is expressly forbidden in the Word 
of God, sufficient to exclude a person from the king- 
dom of grace and glory, let the Preacher in Charge 
expel him. : 

{ 258. But if, in view of mitigating circumstances 
and of humble and penitent confession, the Commit- 
tee find that a lower penalty is proper, it may at its 
discretion either impose censure on the offender, or ~ 
suspend him from all Church privileges for a definite 
time. 

§ 259. If the accused person, after sufficient notice 
has been given him, shall refuse or neglect to appear 
before the Committee, he may be tried in his absence, 
and, if found guilty, shall be expelled. 

; 180 


TRIAL oF MEMBER @ 261 


II. Imprudent and Unchristian Conduct 

{ 260. In cases of neglect of duties of any kind; 
imprudent conduct; indulging sinful tempers or 
words; the buying, selling, or using intoxicating 
liquors as a beverage, signing petitions in favor 
of granting license for the sale of intoxicating 
liquors, becoming bondsmen for persons engaged in 
such traffic, or renting property as a place in or on 
which to manufacture or sell intoxicating liquors; 
dancing; playing at games of chance; attending 
theaters, horse races, circuses, dancing parties, or 
patronizing dancing schools, or taking such other 
amusements as are obviously of misleading or ques- 
tionable moral tendency; or disobedience to the order 
and Discipline of the Church—on the first offense, 
let private reproof be given by the Pastor or Leader, 
and if there be an acknowledgment of the fault and 
proper humiliation, the person may be borne with. 
On the second offense the Pastor or Leader may take 
with him one or two discreet members of the Church. 
On the third offense let him be brought to trial, and 
if found guilty and there be no sign of real humilia- 
tion, he shall be expelled. 


III. Neglect of Means of Grace 

J 261, § 1. When a member of our Church habitu- 
ally neglects the means of grace, such as the Public 
Worship of God, the Supper of the Lord, family and 
private Prayer, searching the Scriptures, Class Meet- 
ings and Prayer Meetings— 

§ 2. Let the Preacher in Charge, whenever it is 
practicable, visit him and explain to him the conse- 
quence if he continue to neglect. 

181 


q 262 Tria or MemBer 


§ 3. If he do not amend, let the Preacher in Charge 
bring his case before a Committee of not less than 
five, before which he shall be cited to appear. And 
if he be found guilty of willful neglect by the de 
cision of a majority of the members before whom the 
case is brought, let him be excluded. 


IV. Causing Dissension 

§ 262. If a member of our Church shall be accused 
of endeavoring to sow dissension in any of our So- 
cieties, by inveighing against either Doctrines or 
Discipline, the person so offending shall first be re- 
proved by the Preacher in Charge; and if he persist 
in such pernicious practice, he shall be brought to 
trial, and, if found guilty, shall be expelled. 


V. Disagreement in Business—Arbitration 

4 263. On any disagreement between two or more 
members of our Church concerning business trans- 
actions, which cannot be settled by the parties, the 
Preacher in Charge shall inquire into the circum- 
stances of the case, and shall recommend to the par- 
ties a reference to arbitration; two arbiters to be 
chosen by one party, and two by the other party, 
which four arbiters shall choose a fifth; the five ar- 
biters being members of our Church. The Preacher in 
Charge shall preside, and the Disciplinary forms of 
trial shall be observed. 

{ 264. If either party refuse to abide by the judg- 
ment of the arbiters, he shall be brought to trial, and 

182 


TriaL oF MEMBER q 268 


if he fail to show sufficient cause for such refusal, he 
shall be expelled. 

q 265. If any member of our Church shall refuse, 
in case of debt or other dispute, to refer the matter 
to arbitration when recommended so to do by the 
Preacher in Charge, or shall enter into a lawsuit 
with another member before these measures are’ 
taken, he shall be brought to trial, and if he fail to 
show that the case is of such a nature as to require 
and justify a process at law, he shall be expelled. 

{ 266. If, in the case of debt or dispute, one of the 
parties is a Minister, the duties laid on the Preacher 
in Charge in the foregoing paragraph’ shall be per- 
formed by the District Superintendent of the Min- 
ister concerned. If both are Ministers, the District 
Superintendent of either may act in the case. 


VI. Insolvency 

{ 267. Preachers in Charge are required to exe- 
cute all our Rules fully and strenuously against all 
frauds, and particularly against dishonest insol- 
vencies, suffering no one to remain in our Church on 
any account who is found guilty of any fraud. 

§ 268. To prevent scandal, when any member of 
the Church fails in business, or contracts debts which 
he is not able to pay, let two or three judicious mem- 
bers of the Church inspect the accounts, contracts, 
and circumstances of the supposed delinquent; and 
if they judge that he has behaved dishonestly, or 
borrowed money without a probability of paying, let 
him be brought to trial, and, if found guilty, expelled. 


183 


q{ 269 Triat or MemBer 


VII. General Directions Concerning Trials 


J 269. In all cases of trial of members let all wit- 
nesses for the Church be duly notified by the 
Preacher in Charge. The order concerning absent 
witnesses and witnesses from without shall be the 
same as that observed in the trial of Ministers. The 
accused shall have the right to call to his assistance 
as counsel any member or Minister in good and regu- 
lar standing in the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

J 2'70. In all cases requiring the accused member 
to be expelled the Preacher in Charge shall pronounce 
the sentence of expulsion. 

4 2'71. An expelled person shall have no privileges 
of Society or of the Sacraments in our ‘Church with- 
“out confession, contrition, and satisfactory reforma- 
tion. 

q 272. In all cases of trial and appeal it is im- 
proper for the Presiding Officer to deliver a charge to 
the Committee explaining the evidence and setting 
forth the merits of the case. 


¥ 
CHAPTER VII ~ 


JUDICIAL CONFERENCE 


§ 2'73. The several Annual Conferences shall, at 
each session, select five Elders, men of experience 
and sound judgment in the affairs of the Church, who 
shall be known as Triers of Appeals. 

J 274. When notice of Appeal is given to the 
President of an Annual Conference, he shal] pro- 
ceed, with due regard to the wishes and rights of 

184 


JUDICIAL CONFERENCE { 276 


the Appellant, to designate three Conferences con- 
veniently near to that from which the Appeal is 
taken, whose Triers of Appeals shall constitute a 
Judicial Conference, and to fix the time and place 
of its session. He shall also give notice thereof to all 
concerned. When said Judicial Conference shall have 
assembled it shall be competent to try Appeals which 
may be presented to it from any Conference con- 
veniently near, due notice having been given to all 
concerned. : 

J 275. The Appellant shall have the right of per- 
emptory challenge, yet so that the Triers of Appeals 
present, and ready to proceed with the hearing, shall 
not fall below eleven, which number shall be required 
for a quorum. 

4 2'76. A Bishop shall preside in the Judicial Con- 
ference, and shall decide all Questions of Law arising 
in its proceedings, subject to an appeal to the Gen- 
eral Conference. The Conference shall appoint a 
Secretary, who shall keep a faithful record of all the 
proceedings, and shall, at the close of the trial, trans- 
mit the records made and the papers submitted in 
the case, or certified copies thereof, to the Secretary 
of the preceding General Conference, to be fifed for 
review at the next General Conference. { 284. And 
in all cases the findings of the Judicial Conference 
shall be reported by its Secretary to the Secretary of 
the Annual Conference whose membership is affected 
thereby, and the same shall be published in the 
Minutes of said Conference. 


185 


q 277 ’ APPEAL oF BisHop 


CHAPTER VIII 


APPEAL OF BISHOP 


{ 277. A Bishop shall have the right of Appeal to 
the ensuing General Conference, if he signify his in-. 
tention to appeal within three months of the time 
when he is informed of his conviction. And in case 
of an Appeal, the record of the trial and all the docu- 
ments relating to the case, including the charges and 
specifications, shall be transmitted to the ensuing 
General Conference, which record and documents 
only shall be used in evidence in the trial of the Ap- 
peal. The General Conference may, at its discretion, 
hear the Appeal by a Judicial Committee of its own 
number. 


CHAPTER IX 


APPEAL OF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE 


J 2'78. In all cases of trial and eonviction of Mem- 
bers of the Annual Conferences, ati Appeal shall be 
allowed to a Judicial Conference, constituted as 
hereinbefore provided, if the condemned person sig- 
nify his intention to appeal within three months of 
the time when he is informed of his conviction. 

{ 2'79. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the 
Annual Conference carefully to preserve the min- 
utes of the trial, whether before a Select Number or 
before the Conference, and all the documents re- 
lating to the case, together with the charge or 
charges, and the specification or specifications; which 
minutes and documents only, in case of an Appeal 

186 


APPEAL OF MEMBER OF CONFERENCE { 281 


from the decision of an Annual Conference, shall be 
presented to the Judicial Conference as evidence in 
the case. 

{ 280. In all cases where an Appeal is made, and 
admitted by the Judicial Conference, after the 
charges, findings, and evidence have been read, the 
Appellant shall. state, either personally or by his 
representative, the grounds of his Appeal, showing 
the reason why he appeals, and he shall be allowed 
to make his Appeal without interruption. After 
which the Representatives of the Annual Conference 
from whose decision the Appeal is made shall be per- 
mitted to respond in presence of the Appellart, who 
shall have the privilege of replying to such Repre- 
sentatives, which reply shall close the pleadings on 
both sides. This done, the parties shall withdraw, 
and the Judicial Conference shall decide the case. 
It may reverse, in whole or in part, the findings of 
the Annual Conference, or it may remand the case 
for a new trial. It may determine what penalty, not 
higher than that affixed by the Annual Conference, 
shall be imposed. If it neither reverse, in whole or 
in part, the judgment of the Annual Conference, nor 
remand the case for a new trial, the judgment of the 
Annual Conference shall stand. But it shall not re- 
verse the judgment, nor remand the case for a new 
trial on account of errors plainly not affecting the 
result. Counsel on both sides shall be Members of 
an Annual Conference. 

{ 281. Appeals from an Annual Conference in the 
United States not easily accessible, may, at the discre- 
tion of the President thereof, be heard by a Judicial 
Conference selected from among the more accessible 
Conferences. Appeals from an Annual or Mission 

187 


{ 282 AppraL or MemBer or CONFERENCE 


Conference not in the United States may be heard at 
the discretion of the Bishop in permanent charge 
thereof, due reference being had to the rights and 
interests of all concerned, either by a Judicial Con- 
ference called by said Bishop from neighboring for- 
eign Conferences, or by a Judicial Conference called 
by him to meet at or near New York, or by the Gen- 
eral Conference through a special Judicial Commit- 
tee appointed for the purpose. 

J 282. When the case of any Minister who has 
been suspended or expelled is remanded for a new 
trial he shall be suspended from all Ministerial serv- 
ice until the next ensuing session of the Annual 
Conference. 

{ 283. Should a Member of an Annual Conference 
be accused of crime in the interval of the Conference 
session and be suspended by a Committee, and be sub- 
sequently found guilty by his Conference and ex- 
pelled, his claims upon the Funds of the Conference 
shall cease from the time of his suspension. Should 
a Member of an Annual Conference be suspended and 
afterward be restored, he shall have no claim on the 
congregation nor upon the Funds of the Confexqnee 
during the period of such suspension. 

J 284. The General Conference shall carefully re- 
view the decisions of Questions of Law contained in 
the records and documents transmitted to it from 
the Judicial Conferences, and in case of serious error 
therein shall take such action as justice may require. 
The papers submitted shall be returned by the Sec- 
retary of the Committee on Judiciary in the next 
General Conference to the Chairman of the Delega- 
tion of the Annual Conference of which the accused 
is a Member. 

188 


RESTORATION OF CREDENTIALS 4 286 


CHAPTER X 


RESTORATION OF CREDENTIALS 


§ 285. When any Member of an Annual Confer- 
ence is deprived of his Credentials, by expulsion or 
otherwise, they shall be filed with the papers of his 
Conference; and should he, at any future time, give 
satisfactory evidence to the said Conference of his 
amendment, and procure a certificate of the Quarter- 
ly Conference of the Charge where he resides, or of 
an Annual Conference which_may have received him 
on Trial, recommending to the Annual Conference of 
which he was formerly a Member the restoration of 
his Credentials, the said Conference may restore 
them. 

§ 286. When a Local Elder or Deacon shall be ex- 
pelled, the District Superintendent shall require of 
him the Credentials of his ordination, to be filed 
with the papers of the Annual Conference within the 
limits of which the expulsion has taken place. And 
should he, at any future time, produce to the Annual 
Conference a certificate of his restoration, signed by 
the President and countersigned by the Secretary of 
the Quarterly Conference, his Credentials may be re- 
stored to him. 


189 


{ 287 ArpraL or Locat PREACHER © 


CHAPTER XI 


APPEAL OF LOCAL PREACHER 


{ 287. In case of condemnation, a Local Preacher 
shall be allowed to appeal to the next Annual Confer- 
ence, provided that he signify to the District or 
Quarterly Conference his determination to appeal; in 
which case the President of the District or Quarterly 
Conference shall lay the minutes of the trial before 
the. said Annual Conference, at which the Local 
Preacher, so appealing, may appear; and the said 
Annual Conference, as in the case of accused Mem- 
bers thereof, by a Select Number or in full session, 
shall judge and finally determine the case from the 
minutes of the said trial so laid before it. 


CHAPTER XII 


APPEAL OF MEMBER—COURT OF APPEALS 


{ 288. Any member of the Church against whom 
judgment is rendered’ by the Committee of Trial, as 
authorized in {J 256-272, may appeal from such judg- 
ment to the Court of Appeals, as hereinafter con- 
stituted, by giving notice in writing of his intention 
to appeal, which notice must be presented to the 
Preacher in Charge and to the District Superintend- 
ent within thirty days after said judgment is rendered. 

{ 289, § 1. The several charges composing a District 
Superintendent’s District shall at the fourth Quar- 

190 


APPEAL OF MEMBER { 289 


terly Conference of each year select from among the 
members of the Church on the Charge one person 
of experience and sound judgment in the affairs of 
the Church, who shall be known as a Trier of Ap- 
peals of Members. 

§ 2. When due notice of Appeal is given to the 
District Superintendent of any District, he shall 
proceed, with due regard to the wishes and rights of 
the Appellant, to convene the Court of Appeals, which 
shall be constituted of such of the Triers of Appeals 
on his District as he shall summon, the number so 
summoned by him to be not more than fifteen nor 
less than ten, and the Trier of Appeals belonging to 
the Charge to which the accused member belongs 
shall not be one of the number so summoned. The 
District Superintendent shall give not less than ten 
nor more than thirty days’ notice of the time and 
place at which the Court of Appeals will assemble, 
and such notice shall be given to all concerned. 

§ 8. When said Court of Appeals shall have as- 
sembled it shall be competent to try Appeals which 
may be presented to it from any Charge on the Dis- 
trict, due notice having been given to all concerned. 
The Appellant shall have the right of peremptory 
challenge; provided, that the Triers of Appeals present 
and ready to proceed with the hearing shall not fall 
below seven, which shall constitute a quorum. The 
District Superintendent of his District shall preside 
in the Court and shall decide all Questions of Law 
arising in its proceedings, subject to am appeal to the 
President of the next Annual Conference. 

§ 4. The Appellant shall have the right to have his 
ease decided upon the record of the proceedings and 
evidence submitted to the Committee of Trial which 

191 


{ 289 APPEAL OF MEMBER 


heard the case below; or he may, if he shall so elect, 
have the case tried de novo in the Court of Appeals; 
in which event he shall at the time he appeals file 
with the notice of Appeal a written statement that 
he elects to have his case tried de novo. The Preach- 
er in Charge, within five days after he has received 
notice of Appeal, as above provided, shall, unless the 
notice states that the Appellant intends to have the 
case tried de novo, file with the District Superintend- 
ent of the District a complete record of all the pro- 
ceedings before the Committee of Trial, including 
any papers submitted and evidence taken, all of which 
must be certified by him to be correct. The judg- 
ment rendered by the Court of Appeals shall be final, 
subject only to an appeal on Questions of Law as 
herein provided. 

§ 5. When it is decided by either party to take an 
Appeal from a ruling on a Question of Law made by 
the District Superintendent the party taking the Ap- 
peal must file notice of Appeal with the Secretary 
of the Annual Conference within the boundaries 
of which the Church to which he belongs is located; 
and such notice of Appeal must be filed with the 
Secretary of such Annual Conference and with the 
District Superintendent at least five days before the 
first meeting of the Conference after the decision 
appealed from was made; and the Secretary shall 
lay the matter before the President of the Annual 
Conference, when it convenes, who shall within 
fifteen days render his decision in writing and file 
the same with the Secretary of the Conference, who 
shall send a certified copy thereof to the Appellant. 

§ 6. An Appeal may be taken from the decision of 
the President of the Conference to the next General 

192 


Court or APPEALS | 290 


Conference by filing notice of Appeal with the Secre- 
tary. of the Annual Conference within sixty days 
after notice of the decision has been given. The 
notice of Appeal must state the grounds upon which 
the ruling is objected to. The Secretary of the 
Annual Conference shall thereupon transmit to the 
Secretary of the preceding General Conference a cer- 
tified copy of the ruling, the notice of the Appeal, 
together with the record of the proceedings in the 
Court of Appeal, including the charges, evidence, and 
findings, to be filed for review at the next General 
Conference. 

J 290, § 1. The Court shall keep a faithful record 
of all the proceedings, and shall, at the close of the 
trial, turn over all the records made and the papers 
submitted in the case, including the evidence, to 
the District Superintendent who shall be the custo- 
dian of the same, subject to the following provisions: 

§ 2. If an Appeal is taken on rulings of law, he 
shall transmit the records, papers, and evidence to 
the Secretary of the Annual Conference within ten 
days after he has received notice of the Appeal. If 
no Appeal is taken, the District Superintendent shall 
deposit the records, papers, and evidence in the case 
with the Recording Steward of the Charge where 
the case arises. 

§ 3. If an Appeal is taken to the General Confer- 
ence the Secretary of the General Conference shall 
transmit a certified copy of the decision of the Gen- 
eral Conference, together with all records, papers, 
and the evidence received by him, to the Secretary 
of the Annual Conference, who shall announce to 
his Conference the decision reached, which shall be 
entered on the Journal of the Conference; and the 

193 


q 290 APPEAL OF MEMBER 


records, papers, and evidence shall be transmitted by 
said Secretary to the District Superintendent and 
shall be disposed of by him in the manner above pro- 
vided. If no Appeal to the General Conference is 

' taken, the Secretary of the Annual Conference shall, 
after a decision has been rendered by the President 

of the Annual Conference, transmit the records, papers, 

and evidence to the District Superintendent, who shall 
dispose of the same as above provided. 


194 


PART VII 
TEMPORAL ECONOMY 


I. SUPPORT OF MINISTERS 
II. CHURCH PROPERTY 
III. LADIES’ AID SOCIETIES 


Support oF MINIsTERS G 294 


CHAPTER I 
SUPPORT OF MINISTERS 


I. Stewar ds 


§ 291. There shall be not less than three nor more 
than twenty-one Stewards in each Circuit or Station. 
After each annual election one of the Stewards shall 
be appointed by the Quarterly Conference a Record- 
ing Steward, and one a District Steward. But when 
two or more Charges shall be united the Stewards 
shall hold office until the Quarterly Conference shall 
elect a new Board. 

§ 292. Let the Stewards be persons of solid piety 
who are members of the Church in the Charge, who 
both know and love Methodist Doctrine and Disci- 
pline, and are of good natural and acquired abilities 
to transact the temporal business of the Church. 

§ 293. The Pastor shall have the right to nomi- 
nate the Stewards, but the Quarterly Conference shall 
confirm or reject such nomination. The Stewards 
elected at the Fourtk Quarterly Conference shall en- 
ter upon the discharge of their duties on the adjourn- 
ment of the next Annual Conference, and shall hold 
office for one year, or until their successors are 
elected. 

§ 294. The duties of Stewards are: To take an 
exact account of all the money or other resources re- 
ceived for the support of the Ministers in the Charge, 

197 


GT 295 Support or MrinisTERs 


and to apply the same as the Discipline directs; to 
make an accurate return of every expenditure of 
money, whether for the Ministers or the poor mem- 
bers of the Church;~-to seek the needy and distressed 
in order to relieve and comfort them; to inform the 
Ministers of any sick or disorderly persons; to tell 
the Ministers what they think wrong in them; to 
attend the Quarterly Meetings, the’ Official Board 
Meetings, and the Leaders and Stewards’ Meetings of 
the Charge; to give advice, if asked, in planning the 
Circuit; to attend committees for the application of 
money to Churches; to give counsel in matters of 
arbitration; to provide the elements for the Lord’s 
Supper; to write circular letters to the Societies in 
the Circuit, exhorting them to greater liberality, if 
need be, and urging systematic giving in accordance 
with Special Advice VII, and also to let them know, 
when occasion requires, the state of the temporal 
concerns of the Charge. 

{ 295. The duties of the District Stewards are: 
To attend the Annual District Stewards’ Meeting 
when called by the District Superintendent, and to 
perform the duties specified in § 306. 

§ 296. Stewards are accountable for the faithful 
performance of their duties to the Quarterly Confer- 
ence of the Charge, which shall have power to dis- 
miss or change them at pleasure. 


II. Stewards and Support of Ministers 
{ 297. The more effectually to raise the amount 
necessary to meet the estimates made for the support 
of Ministers, let the Stewards at the beginning of the 
year estimate the amount needed monthly. Then 
198 


Support oF MINISTERS G 299 


let them ascertain from each member of the Church, 
and, as far as practicable, from each attendant of 
the Congregation, what each will give as his monthly 
contribution. 

§ 298. Let these sums be entered by the Record- 
ing Steward in a book which he shall keep as Treas- 
urer of the Board of Stewards. If the total amount 
of these sums does not equal the amount needed 
monthly, then let the Stewards apportion the defi- 
cien¢y among all such as are willing to assume such 
deficiency, setting down to each person, with his con- 
sent, the additional amount which they think he 
ought to pay. 

{ 299. Let the Stewards then adopt and carry out 
a Financial Plan by which everyone, except such as 
prefer to make weekly contributions through their 
Class Leaders, shall have the opportunity of regularly 
contributing each month, or oftener, not grudgingly 
or of necessity, the sum which has been pledged by 
him. Let these contributions be paid over regularly 
to the Recording Steward or Class Leader, and be 
brought by him to the Leaders and Stewards’ Meet- 
ing, Official Board, or Quarterly Conference, as the 
case may be; and let the Stewards report to the first 
Quarterly Conference of each year the details of the 
Financial Plan. Also, let them report to each subse- 
quent Quarterly Conference whether the Plan, to- 
gether with the further directions contained in this 
chapter, has been faithfully carried out. The Re 
cording Steward shall keep an individual account of 
all these pledges and contributions, and shall pay 
over the money collected, under the direction of the 
Stewards, to the Ministers authorized to receive 
them. 

199 


{ 300 Support or BisHops 


{| 300. The Stewards of each Pastoral Charge shall 
provide for raising the amount apportioned to it by 
the Annual Conference for the support of Conference 
Claimants, either by a public collection, or in such 
other ways as they may deem best. The amount ap- 
portioned shall be a claim for Ministerial Support, 
in common with that of the Pastor, the District 
Superintendent and the Episcopal Fund, and the 
moneys raised for this support shall be applied pro 
rata to these several claims on the basis of the au- 
thorized apportionment of each. 


III. Support of Bishops 

§ 301. The General Conference shal] determine 
which of the Bishops are Effective and which are 
Superannuated. : 

§ 302, § 1. It shall be the duty of the Book Com- 
mittee to make an estimate of the amount necessary 
to furnish a competent support for each Effective 
Bishop, considering the number and condition of his 
family. 

§ 2. The Book Committee shall estimate and ap- 
portion the aggregate sums required, and shall, 
through the District Superintendents, insist that each 
Annual Conference pay into the Episcopal Fund the 
amount apportioned, and that the wise and equitable 
plan of prorating as provided in § 304 shall not be 
disregarded in the interest of Pastors’ and District 
Superintendents’ salaries, against the disciplinary 
rights of the Episcopal apportionment. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Book Committee, in 
fixing the allowance to Superannuated Bishops and 
to the widows of Bishops, to inquire carefully into 

200 


Support or BisHors { 305 


the financial condition of each of them, and to fix 
the allowance in each case at such a sum aS may be 
required for their comfortable support; provided, 
that the amount so fixed for a Superannuated Bishdép 
shall not exceed one half the amount allowed for his 
support during the last year in which he was classed 
‘as Effective. 

{ 303. The Bishops are authorized to draw on the 
Treasurer of the Episcopal Fund for the amount 
allowed to them, and for their traveling expenses, 
including expenses of visitations to foreign fields. 

§ 304. The Book Committee shall divide the ag- 
gregate sum required to be raised for these purposes 
among the Annual Conferences, on the basis of the 
total amount raised in the respective Annual Confer- 
ences for Ministerial support, exclusive of Missionary 
appropriations, and the Annual Conferences shall ap- 
portion the same to the several Districts, and the Dis- 
trict Stewards to the several Charges. The amount 
apportioned to each Pastoral Charge for the support 
of the Bishops shall be a pro rata claim with that 
of the Pastors, Conference Claimants, and District 
Superintendenis; and no Pastor, Conference Claim- 
ant, or District Superintendent shall be entitled to his 
allowance except to the extent to which the claims 
of the Bishops are also met by the Charge or District 
with which such Pastor, Conference Claimant, and 
District Superintendent are connected. It shall be 
the duty of the Annual Conferences to see that the 
amounts apportioned to the different Pastoral Charges 
for the support of the Bishops are raised and for- 
warded quarterly, when practicable, to the Treasurer 
of the Episcopal Fund. 

f 305. The Treasurer shall charge the sums paid 

201 


{ 306 Supprorr or District SUPERINTENDENTS 


to the Bishops and to the widows and children of 
deceased Bishops, to the Episcopal Fund; and all 
collections received from the different Charges for 
the support of the Bishops shall be credited to said 
Fund. The Treasurer shall report annually to the 
Annual Conferences the amount received from the 
several Annual Conferences on account of said Fund, 
and also the expenditures made; and he shall also 
make to each General Conference a full and detailed 
exhibit of such receipts and expenditures for the 
preceding four years. 


IV. Support of District Superintendents 

{ 306. There shall be held annually, in every Dis- 
trict, a meeting of the District Stewards (J 291, 295), 
whose duty it shall be, with the advice of the District 
Superintendent, who shall preside in such meeting, to 
make an estimate of the amount necessary to furnish 
a comfortable support for the District Superintend- 
ent; and to apportion the same, including House 
Rent and Traveling Expenses, and also the claim of 
the Conference Claimants and Bishops apportioned 
to the District by the Annual Conference, among the 
different Charges in the District, according to their 
several ability; and in all cases the District Superin- 
tendent shall share with the Pastors in his District 
in proportion to what they have respectively re- 
ceived. But if there be a surplus of money raised 
for the support of the Pastors in one or more of the 
Charges in his District, the District Superintendent 
shall receive such surplus, provided he do not re- 
ceive more than his allowance. The minutes of the 
District Stewards’ meeting shall be kept by a Secretary 

202 


Support oF Pastors q{ 308 


chosen for the purpose, who shall also record the same 
-in a book of which the District Superintendent shall 
be the custodian. : 


V. Support of Pastors 

§ 307, § 1. It shall be the duty of the Quarterly 
Conference of each Charge at the session immediately 
preceding the Annual Conference to appoint an Esti- 
mating Committee, consisting of three or more mem- 
bers of the Church, who shall, after conferring with 
the Minister or Ministers stationed among them, 
make an estimate of the amount necessary to furnish 
to each a comfortable support, taking into considera- 
tion the number and condition of his family; which 
estimate shall be subject to the action of the Quar- 
terly Conference, and to which shall be added the 
amount apportioned for the support of the Conference 
Claimants, the Bishops, and the District Superintend- 
ent; and the Stewards shall provide for raising the 
sum thus required in accordance with {{ 297-300. 

§ 2. The Traveling and! Moving Expenses of the 
Ministers shall not be included in the estimate, but 
shall be paid by the Stewards as a separate item. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of each Annual Confer- 
ence, whenever practicable, to organize Conference 
Sustentation Fund Societies to supplement inade- 
quate ministerial support in Charges so financially 
feeble that they are unable: to furnish sufficient 
support. 

§ 308. Should the people among whom a Member 
of an Annual Conference has labored fail to pay him 
his allowance, he may present a claim for the same 
to the Conference, and the Conference may authorize 

203 


a 


{ 309 Support oF CoNFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


the Board of Stewards to pay part or all of said claim 
out of the funds at its disposal for such purposes, . 
and shall include in its report the name of the Charge 
with the amount paid. In no case, however, shall 
the Church or the Conference be held accountable 
for any final deficiency. 


VI. Support of Conference Claimants 
1. CLam 


J 309, § 1. An Inherent Claim. The claim to a 
comfortable support inheres in the Gospel Ministry 
and rightfully inures to the benefit of the Preacher 
in the Methodist Episcopal Church, when he is ad- 
mitted to membership in the Annual Conference. 
Such Preacher may voluntarily relinquish this claim, 
but it can neither be justly questioned during his 
active service, nor invalidated by his being superan- 
nuated; and at his death it rightfully passes to the 
dependent members of his family. 

§ 2. Superannuated Preachers, the widows of de- 
ceased preachers, and their children under sixteen 
years of age, are Conference Claimants; and, when 
recognized by an Annual Conference, become the 
beneficiaries of the Funds hereinafter provided. No 
such Claimant shall be deprived of his claim except 
by action of the Annual Conference, taken after op- 
portunity to be heard has been given. 


2. FuNDS 


J 310, § 1. The Several Funds. For the support 
of Conference Claimants the following Funds are es- 
tablished: 

204 


SuProrT oF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS ¥ 311 


The Connectional Fund for Conference Claimants. 

The Annual Conference Annuity Fund for Confer- 
ence Claimants. 

The Annual Conference Special Fund for Confer- 
ence Claimants. z 

§ 2. These several Funds, derived from public col- 
lections, private gifts, bequests, and other sources, 
shall be administered as hereinafter provided. 

§ 3. That the Church may effectually meet the 
sacred obligation to provide a comfortable support 
for Conference Claimants, the rules andwregulations 
herein provided for obtaining and administering 
the Funds established for this purpose shall be ob- 
served by all our Pastors, District Superintendents, 
and Bishops, and by all Pastoral Charges, Quarterly, 
District, and Annual Conferences. 


3. ANNIVERSARIES AND APPORTIONMENTS 


f 311, § 1. Conference Anniversary. Each Annu- 
al Conference shall hold one service during its ses- 
sion, to be known as the Conference Claimants’ 
Anniversary, for the promotion of the interests of 
Conference Claimants. 

§ 2. The Annual and Lay Electoral Conferences 
are recommended to hold a joint session quadren- 
nially in the interests of Conference Claimants, and, 
jointly, to adopt such measures as shall successfully 
. promote during the quadrennium the active codpera- 
tion of Preachers and people in the liberal support of 
this cause. 

§ 3. The Annual Conference is authorized to estab- 
lish and maintain a Permanent Fund under such 
plans, rules, and regulations as it may determine, 
the income from which shall be applied for the sup- 

205 


{ 312 Support or ConFERENCE CLAIMANTS “~ 


port of Conference Claimants. It is recommended 
that each Annual Conference provide for an incor- 
porated Board to administer such Permanent Fund. 

§ 312. The Apportionment. 'The Conference 
Board of Stewards, in determining what shall be 
apportioned to the several Pastoral Charges in the 
Conference, shall first estimate the total amount re- 
quired for the support of all its Conference Claim- 
ants. From this amount they shall subtract the in- 
come received during the previous year from the 
Chartered Fund, Book Concern, and from all other 
sources for this purpose, not including the receipts 
from the Pastoral Charges for annual: distribution; 
to this remainder shall be added five per cent for the 
Connectional Fund, as fixed by the General Confer- 
ence, and this final sum when approved by the 
Annual Conference, shall be equitably apportioned 
among the several Pastoral Charges in such manner 
as the Conference may determine. : 

[For duties of Stewards on the several Charges, see J 300.) 

§ 313. Conference Claimants’ Day. Each Congre- 
gation shall annually observe one Sunday as Confer- 
ence Claimants’ Day, on which the Pastor shall pre- 
sent the obligation of the Church to provide a com- 
fortable support for Conference Claimants, and, un- 
less otherwise provided by the Stewards, the people 
shall be asked to contribute on that day at least 
the amount apportioned for this purpose. [The Board - 
of Conference Claimants has chosen the second Sun- 
day before May 30 as such “VETERANS’ SUNDAY.” ] 

{ 314. The sum received from the Congregation 
for Conference Claimants shall be paid by the Pas- 
tor to the: Treasurer designated by the Annual Con- 
ference to receive the same, who shall, receipt to him 

£ 206 


Support oF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS J 315 


therefor. The said Treasurer shall forward to the 
Treasurer of the Board of Conference Claimants of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church the five per cent fixed 
by the General Conference for the Connectional 
Fund; also a certified copy of the report of the Con- 
ference Board of Stewards as adopted by the Con- 
ference, together with other data named in {§ 427, 
§ 2, for the guidance of the Board of Conference 
Claimants in making the distribution of the Connec- 
tional Fund. 


4, ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS 


4 315, § 1. Administration of Funds. The Quar- 
terly Conference of each Pastoral Charge to which 
Charge a Conference Claimant is related shall 
require its Committee for Estimating the Preacher’s 
Salary, also to estimate the: amount necessary to 
provide for such Conference Claimant a comfortable 
support—giving full information in all cases of 
special need. After this estimate has been considered 
and approved by the Quarterly Conference, it shall 
be certified by the President. and Secretary of the 
Quarterly Conference and sent to the Secretary of the 
Annual Conference with which the Claimant is. re- 
lated, for the information of the Board of Stewards. 

§ 2. Each Annual Conference shall elect a Board 
of Stewards, which may consist of both Preachers 
and Laymen, and may be arranged in classes so that 
one third of the members shall be elected each year. 

1. The estimates received from the Quarterly Con- 
ferences for the support of Conference Claimants, 
together with the name of each Claimant, shall be 
annually referred to the Conference Board of 
Stewards. - 

207 


{ 316 Suprorr or CoNFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


2. This Board shall ascertain what Claimants are 
in special need (that is, whose needs require more 
than can be paid them from the Claimants’ Annuity 
Fund) and, using as a general basis the estimates 
received from the Quarterly Conferences and other 
available information, the Stewards shall make an 
equitable allowance to the Conference Claimants 
severally. 

3. Upon the recommendation of the Annual Con- 
ference, this Board may consider and act upon any 
claim which the Quarterly Confaraae3 may have over- 
looked. 

4. Each Annual Conference shall determine for 
itself whether its Board of Stewards shall make a 
preliminary report; whether this shall be read in 
open Conference; and whether the action of the Board 
of Stewards shall be final. . 

5. When the allowances made to the Conference 
Claimants by this Board are approved they shall be 
paid pro rata from the moneys available for this 
purpose. 

6. Any Annual Conference shall have authority 
to recognize the widow and minor children of a for- 
mer Member as Claimants by agreement with the 
Conference of which he was a Member at the time 
of his death. 

{ 316, § 1. Annual Conference Annuity Fund. The 
Annual Conference Annuity Fund for Conference 

Claimants shall be distributed on the basis of Service, 
"and consists of: 

1. The dividends from the Book Concern and from 
the Chartered Fund. 

2. Such part of the annual receipts from Congre- 
gations as each Annual Conference may determine. 

208 


Support OF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS YF 317 


8. The income from any permanent Fund created 
by the Annual Conference for this purpose, such as 
endowments, bequests, or gifts of money for perma- 
nent investments or grants of property held in trust 
for this Fund. 

4. Such gifts and bequests as are made to this Fund 
for immediate distribution. 

§ 2. The allowances from the Annuity Fund shall 
be made to the Conference Claimants according to 
the following regulations: : 

1. The allowance of the Superannuated Preacher 
who has been in the effective relation thirty-five 
years shall not be less than one half of the average 
of the annual support paid to the Effective Members 
of his Annual Conference, house rent excluded. 

2. The allowance of any Superannuated Preacher, 
determined by this standard will not be less than one 
seventieth (1-70) of the average salary of the Effec- 
tive Members of his Conference multiplied by the 
mumber of years of his effective relation. 

3. The allowance of a widow shall be determined 
by the number of years during which she was the 
wife of a Preacher in the effective relation, and shall 
be one half of the allowance of a Superannuated 
Preacher for this term of ‘years. 

4. The term of a father’s effective relation shall 
determine the claim of his child, and the allowance 
shall be one fifth of that of a Superannuated Preacher 
for this term. 

{| 317. Annual Conference Special Fund. The An- 
nual Conference Special Fund for Conference Claim- 
ants shall be distributed on the basis of special need 
as provided in § 315, and consists of: 

1. Such part of the annual receipts from the Con- 

14 209 


q 318 CuurcH Property 


gregations as each Annual Conference may deter- 
mine. 

2. The dividend from the Connectional Fund. 

3. The income from such gifts and bequests as 
are made to this Fund for permanent investment. 

4. Such gifts and bequests as are made to this 
Fund for immediate distribution. 


[For Board of Conference Claimants and the Connectional Funds for 
Conference Claimants, see {1 423-427.] 


§ 318. Whenever any Claimant on the Funds of a 
Conference shall be in debt to the Book Concern, the 
Conference of which he is a Member shall have power 
to appropriate the amount of the claim allowed to 
him, or any part thereof, to the payment of said 
debt. 


CHAPTER II 
CHURCH PROPERTY 


I. Trustees—Appointment and Duties 


§ 319. Each Board of Trustees of our Church 
property shall consist of not less than three nor more 
than nine persons, each of whom shall be not less" 
than twenty-one years of age, and two thirds of whom 
shall be members of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

§ 320. In all cases where the law of the State or 
Territory fixes the mode of election, the qualifications 
of voters and of Trustees, or any other matters per- 
taining to the election, let its requirements be care- 
fully observed. 

{ 321. In all other cases the Trustees may be 

210 


CuurcH PROPERTY q 325 


elected by ballot by members of the Church not less 
than twenty-one years of age, at a meeting called for 
that purpose at a date near to and not later than the 
fourth Quarterly Conference. Ten or more members 
of the required age must unite in a written request 
for such meeting, and shall present it to the Pastor, 
or, if there be no Pastor, to the District Superintend- 
ent, who shall thereupon fix the date and place of 
the election, and notice thereof shall be publicly 
given from the pulpit for two Sundays prior to the 
date fixed. 

{ 322. But in Churches which do not come under 
the provisions of { 320, and where no such written 
request shall be made by the members, the Trustees 
shall be elected annually by the fourth Quarterly 
Conference of the Charge. In case of failure to elect 
at the proper time a subsequent Quarterly Conference 
may elect. All the Trustees shall hold their office 
until their successors are elected. 

{ 323. All the foregoing provisions shall apply 
both to the creation of new Boards and to the filling 
of vacancies, whether for houses of worship or dwell- 
ings for the Preachers. 

4 324. Charters obtained for our Church property 
shall conform in the manner of creating and filling 
Boards of Trustees to the provisions of this chapter. 

325. The Board or Boards of Trustees in any 
Charge shall hold all Church property, using so 
much of the proceeds as may be needful to pay debts 
or to make repairs, and shall be amenable to the 
Quarterly Conference, to which they shall make an 
annual report at the fourth Quarterly Conference, 
embracing the following items: 1. Number of 
Churches and Parsonages. 2. Their probable value. 

211 


4 326 Cuurcu Prorerry 


3. Title by which held. 4. Income. 5. Expenditures. 
6. Debts, and how contracted. 7. Insurance. 8. 
Amount raised during the year for building or im- 
proving Churches or Parsonages. <h 

| 326. In no case shall the Trustees of Church or 
Parsonage property mortgage or encumber the real 
estate for the current expenses of the Church. 


II. Conveyance of Church Property 

f 327. Before any real estate is purchased for 
either Church, Parsonage, or other purpose, let the 
Society, in all States and Territories where the stat- 
utes will permit, first incorporate. Let the articles 
of incorporation provide that the Society shall be 
subject to the provisions of the Discipline, and the 
usage and ministerial appointments of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church in the United States of America, as 
from time to time authorized and declared by the 
General Conference of said Church, and the An- 
nual Conference within whose bounds such cor- 
poration ‘is situated, and that the secular affairs of 
such corporation shall be managed and controlled by 
a Board of Trustees elected and organized according 
to the provisions of said Discipline. Let such articles 
further provide that such corporation shall have 
power to acquire, hold, sell, and convey property, 
both real and personal. When this is done, let all 
property acquired be deeded directly to the Society 
in its corporate name. 

{ 328. In States where Church property is re- | 
quired to be held by Trustees, let all deeds under 
which the Church acquires property, whether de- 
signed for Church or Parsonage purposes, be made 

212 


CuurcH Proprerry @{ 331 


to the Trustees, naming them, and their successors 
in office, followed by these words: “In trust for the 
use and benefit of the Ministry and Membership of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church in the United States 
of America, subject to the Discipline, Usage, and 
Ministerial appointments of said Church, as from 
time to time authorized and declared; and if sold, the 
proceeds shall be disposed of and used in accordance 
with the provisions of said Discipline.” 

§ 329. In all other parts of such conveyances, as 
well as in their attestation, acknowledgment, and 
placing them upon the record, let a careful con- 
formity be had to the laws, usages, and forms of the - 
particular State or Territory in which the property 
may be situated, so as to secure the ownership of the 
premises in fee simple. 

§ 330. In future we will admit no Charter, Deed, 
or Conveyance for any house of worship to be used 
by us, unless it be provided in such Charter, Deed, or 
Conveyance that the Trustees of said house shall at 
all times permit such Ministers belonging to the 
Methodist Episcopal Church as shall from time to 
time be duly authorized by the General Conference of 
our Church, or by the Annual Conferences, to preach 
and expound therein God’s holy Word, to execute the 
Discipline of the Church, and to administer the Sac- 
raments therein, according to the true meaning and 
purport of our Deed of Settlement. 


IIL. Building Churches 
§ 331. Let all our Churches be plain and decent, 
and with free seats wherever practicable; and not 
more expensive than is absolutely unavoidable. 
213 


{| 332 Cuurcu PRopERTy 


{ 332. In order more effectually to prevent our 
people from contracting debts which they are not 
able to discharge, it shall be the duty of the Quar- 
terly Conference of every Charge where it is contem- 
plated to build a house or houses of worship to se- 
cure the ground or lot on which such house or 
houses are to be built, according to our Deed of Set- 
tlement, which Deed must be legally executed; and 
said Quarterly Conference shall also appoint a ju- 
dicious Committee of at least three members of our 
Church, who shall form an estimate of the amount 
necessary to build; and three fourths of the money, 
- according to such estimate, shall be secured or sub- 
scribed before any such building shall be commenced. 

J 333. In all cases where debts for building 
houses of worship have been, or may be, incurred 
contrary to or in disregard of the above recom- 
mendation, our members and friends are requested 
to discountenance such a course by declining to give 
pecuniary aid to any agents who shall travel beyond 
their own Circuits or Districts for the collection of 
funds for the discharge of such debts; except in such 
peculiar cases aS may be approved by an Annual 
Conference, or in case of such agents as maybe ap- . 
pointed by their authority. 


IV. Safe of Church Property 


{ 334. If the Trustees of Church property, or any 
of them, have advanced any sum or sums of money, 
or are responsible for any sum or sums of money on 
account of the said property, and they, the said 
Trustees, are obliged to pay the said sums of money, 

214 


CuurcH Property 335 


they, or a majority of them, shall be authorized to 
raise the said sum or sums of money by a morigage 
on the said premises; or by selling the said premises 
after notice given to the Pastor or Minister of the 
Congregation attending divine service on the said 
premises, if the money due be not paid to the 
said Trustees, or their successors, within one year 
after such notice is given. If such sale take place, the 
said Trustees, or their successors, after paying the 
debt and other expenses which are due from the 
money arising from such sale, shall pay the -balance, 
if not needed and applied for the purchase or im- 
provement of other property for the use of the 
Church, to the Annual Conference within whose 
bounds such property is located; and in case of the 
reorganization of the said Society, and the erection 
of a new Church building within five years after such 
transfer of funds, then the said Annual Conference 
shall repay to said new corporation the moneys 
which it has received from the Church or Society as 
above mentioned. 

{ 335. Whenever it shall become necessary for 
the payment of debts, or with a view to reinvest- 
ment, to make a sale of Church property that may 
have been conveyed to Trustees or a Church corpora- 
tion for either of the foregoing purposes, said Trus- 
tees or their successors may, upon application to the 
Quarterly Conference, obtain an order for the sale— 
a majority of all the Members of such Quarterly Con- 
ference concurring, and the Pastor and the District. 
Superintendent of the District consenting—with such 
limitations and restrictions as said Quarterly Con- 
ference may judge necessary; and said Trustees, so 
authorized, may sell and convey such property; 

215 


q 336 Cuurcu Property 


Provided, that in States or countries where the 
civil or statute law -provides any manner of aliena- 
tion, conveyance, and control of real estate incon- 
sistent with the foregoing, such sale, alienation, or 
control may be effected pursuant to the provisions 
of the laws of such State or country; and 

Provided, that in all cases the proceeds of the sale, 
after the payment of debts, if any, if not applied to 
the purchase or improvement of other property for 
the same uses, and deeded to the corporation in the 
same manner, shall be held by such corporation sub- 
ject to the order of the Annual Conference within 
whose bounds such property is located, or of the 
Trustees of the Conference Fund; and 

Provided, that nothing contained in this or the last 
preceding paragraph shall prevent the establishment 
and maintenance of an endowment fund for the use 
and benefit of an existing Church Society or Societies, 
and said fund shall not be subject to the order of 
the Annual Conference, or the Trustees of the Con- 
ference Fund, except as provided in § 336. 

§ 336. In all cases where Church property is 
abandoned, or no longer used for the purpose 
originally designed, it shall be the duty of the Trus- 
tees, if any remain, to sell such property and pay 
over the proceeds to the Annual Conference within 
whose bounds it is located; and where no such law- 
ful Trustees remain, it shall be the duty of said 
Annual Conference to secure the custody of such 
Church property by such means as the laws of the 
State may afford, subject to be returned in the same 
manner and upon the same contingencies as named 
in J 335. t 

{ 337. Houses of worship and Parsonages may be 

216 


~  CuurcH PROPERTY q 342 


‘removed from one place to another on the same con- 
ditions on which they may be sold. 


V. Building and Renting Parsonages 

{ 338. It is recommended by the General Confer- 
ence that our Ministers advise our friends in general 
to purchase a lot of ground in each Charge, to build 
a Parsonage thereon, and to furnish it with at least 
heavy furniture. 

§ 339. The General Conference recommends to 
each Charge, in case it is not able to comply with the 
above request, to rent a house for its married Pastor 
and his family, and that the Annual Conference as- 
sist to make up the rents of such houses as far as 
they can, when the Charges cannot do it. 

§ 340. Wherever there are two or more Societies 
on a Pastoral Charge a separate Board of Trustees, 
consisting of not less than three nor more than nine 
persons, shall be elected by the Societies on said 
Charge, to be the custodians of the Parsonage prop- 
erty on such Charge. Such Trustees shall have ,the 
qualifications required by § 319 of the Discipline for 
Trustees of Church property, and shall become bodies 
corporate wherever practicable under the laws of the 
States and Territories within whose bounds such 
Parsonage property is located. 

§ 341. The Stewards in each Charge shall be a 
standing Committee, where no Trustees are consti- 
tuted for that purpose, to provide houses for the 
families of our married Ministers, or to assist the 
Ministers to obtain houses for themselves, when they 
are appointed to labor among them. : 

| 342. It shall be the duty of the District Superin- 

217 


q 348 Laprzes’ A1p Societies 


tendents and Ministers to use their influence to carry 
the above rules, respecting building and renting 
houses for the accommodations of Ministers and their 
families, into effect. In order to this each Quarterly 
Conference shall appoint a Committee, unless other 
measures have been adopted, which, with the advice 
and aid of the Ministers and District Superintendents, 
shall devise such means as may seem fit to raise 
moneys for that purpose. And it is recommended to 
the Annual Conferences to make a special inquiry of 
their Members respecting this part of their duty. 


CHAPTER III 


LADIES’ AID SOCIETIES 


§ 3438, § 1. For the promotion of the social and 
financial interests of the Churches, Ladies’ Aid So- 
cieties, or Societies of similar designation and pur- 
pose, may be organized in the local Charge, which 
Societies shall be under the control of the Quarterly 
Conference. 

§ 2. The President of a Ladies’ Aid Society shall 
be elected by the Society and confirmed by the Quar- 
terly Conference. If a member of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, she shall then become a Member 
of the Quarterly Conference if approved by it for 
membership therein. It shall be her duty to present 
to the fourth Quarterly Conference a report of her 
Society, together with such other information as the 
Conference may require and she may be able to give. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of District Superin- 
tendents when holding District or Quarterly Confer- 

218 


Lapigs’ Arp Societies q 343 


ences to inquire into the condition of the Ladies’ Aid 
Societies, and to ascertain whether they are conduct- 
ing their affairs in harmony with the purpose and 
Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

§ 4. It shall be the duty of Pastors to organize 
and maintain, if practicable, Ladies’ Aid Societies. 


219 


Bray eahua odF ei 
tothe sa GOR tcf a 
Were wenrent Gael ILWeE oy 

oh tote 


a wor Go 


PART VIII 


INSTITUTIONS, BOARDS, AND 
SOCIETIES 


I. BOOK CONCERN 
II. BOARD OF FOREIGN MISSIONS 
III. WOMAN’S FOREIGN MISSIONARY SOCIETY 
IV. BOARD OF HOME MISSIONS AND CHURCH 
EXTENSION 
V. WOMAN’S HOME MISSIONARY SOCIETY 
VI. CITY EVANGELIZATION — 
VII. BOARD OF EDUCATION 
VIII. BOARD OF SUNDAY SCHOOLS 
IX. BOARD OF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 
X. FREEDMEN’S AID SOCIETY 
XI. DENOMINATIONAL FUNDS 
XII. CHURCH TEMPERANCE SOCIETY 
XII. EPWORTH LEAGUE 
XIV. METHODIST BROTHERHOOD 


Boox ConcERN | 346 


CHAPTER I 
BOOK CONCERN 


[N. B—The General Conference of 1908 directed the unification of 
the two Publishing Houses of the Book Concern under one Charter and 
Management during the quadrennium. See Journal, page 556.] 


I. Publishing Houses 


{ 344. The principal Publishing Houses of the 
Book Concern shall be in the cities of New York and 
Cincinnati; but there shall be Depositories of our 
publications at such other places as the General Con- 
ference may from time to time determine. 

{ 345. The General Conference shall quadren- 
nially elect two Agents for the Publishing House 
in New York and two Agenis for the Publishing House 
in Cincinnati; which Agents shall have authority, 
under the supervision of the Book Committee, to 
regulate the publications and other business of the 
Book Concern, except that which belongs to the 
Editorial Departments, in such manner as the inter- 
ests of the Church may require. 

§ 346. It shall be the duty of the Agents of both 
Publishing Houses to publish such books, tracts, 
periodicals, etc., as are ordered by the General Con- 
ference or by the Book Committee; the tracts to be 
supplied to the different societies and departments 
of the Church at the actual cost of publication. 
They shall nominate an Editor, who, when elected 
by the Book Committee, shall have editorial supervi- 

223 


q 347 Boox Concern 


sion of all manuscripts and all other intended publi- 
cations bought or otherwise procured, which shall 
bear the imprint of the Methodist Book Concern or 
its Publishing Agents. He shall also be Editor of 
Tracts. 

{ 34'7. The Agents at Cincinnati shall supervise 
and manage the business in the West in codperation 
with the Agents at New York. Hither House shall 
have authority to publish any book or tract pre- 
viously issued by the other House, when in the judg- 
ment of the Agents or the Book Committee the in- 
terests of the Church require such republication, and 
the plates for the same or for any new work about to 
be published by either shall upon order be supplied 
by the other at cost. Printed sheets shall be sup- 
plied by either House to the other at master’s rates, 
and bound books of the General Catalogue at not 
less than fifty per cent discount from the retail 
price. P 

§ 348. Each House shall pay such proportion of 
the appropriations made by the General Conference 
or of the dividends authorized by the Book Commit- 
tee as the General Conference or the Book Committee 
may from time to time direct. 

{ 349. The Publishing Agents shall keep a sep- 
arate account with each department of the business. 
and with each periodical published under their super- 
vision; and they shall set forth in their reports to the 
Annual and General Conferences the amount of 
sales, receipts, and expenditures for books,  peri- 
odicals, by the Depositories under their control, to- 
gether with a statement of the profits or losses on 
the same. They shall furnish to the Local Commit- 
tee, hereinafter designated, at each of its monthly 

224 


Book ConcEeRN 4 352 


meetings, a full and satisfactory statement of the : 
transactions of the preceding month; and, if the Lo- 
cal Committee shall so require, present for examina- 
tion youchers for all payments during the period 
specified. And they shall afford said Committee 
every possible means and facility for a full and in- 
telligent understanding of the business. 

{ 350. The Agents both at New York and Cincin- 
nati shall annually take an account of stock, includ- 
ing in their inventory all the assets of whatever na- 
ture of the respective Publishing Houses at their 
estimated cash value, except real estate, which shall 
be appraised by the Local Committees respectively 
at the beginning of each quadrennium, which valua- 
tion shall not be changed during the quadrennium 
except by the purchase or sale, improvement or de- 
struction, of property. Said account shall also con- 
tain a full and detailed statement of all liabilities, 
profits, and losses. The Agents shall hand over to 
their successors in office such statement of assets and 
liabilities as shall be approved and certified by the 
Book Committee. 

{ 351. The Publishing Agents and Editors are re- 
quired to give their undivided attention to the duties 
of their respective positions, and to require of their 
employees the faithful performance of the work as- 
signed to them. 

{ 352. Every Annual Conference shall appoint a 
Committee, which, in the absence of an Agent, shall 
attend to the collection of the accounts forwarded 
from the Book Concern, and make accurate return 
for the same. Every District Superintendent and 
Pastor shall do all in his power to collect debts due 
the Book Concern. If any Minister or member of our 

225 


q 353 Boox Concern 


Church indebted to the Book Concern shall refuse or 
neglect to make payment, or to come to a just settle- 
ment, he shall be dealt with in the same manner as 
in other cases of debt or disputed accounts. ; 

{ 353. The profits arising from the Book Concern, 
after a sufficient capital to carry on the business is 
retained, shall be regularly applied to the relief of 
Effective, Supernumerary, and Superannuated Min- 
isters, their wives, widows, and children. The Pub- 
lishing Agents shall every year forward to each 
Annual Conference a statement of the dividend to 
which it is entitled, together with a draft for the 
same. 

f 354. Any Member of an Annual Conference 
who may publish any work or book of his own shall 
be responsible to the Conference for any obnoxious 
matter or doctrine contained therein. 


II. Book Committee 


{ 355, § 1. The General Conference of A. D. 1900 
shall elect a Book Committee consisting of one mem- 
ber from each of the General Conference Districts 
into which the Annual Conferences are distributed, 
those elected from the odd numbered Districts to be 
elected for a term of eight years, and those from 
the even Districts for a term of four years; and 
thereafter there shall be elected by each General 
Conference, for a term of eight years, one member 
for each District, to take the place of the member 
from the District whose term is then expiring, or 
to fill vacancies, and five members from New York 
or its vicinity, to be known as the Local Committee 

226 


Boox Concern @ 355— 


in New York; and five members from Cincinnati or 
vicinity, to be known as the Local Committee in 
Cincinnati. The Book Committee shall during the 
interval of the General Conference have power to 
fill vacancies occurring in its own body. 

In all cases the person appointed to such vacancy 
shall be from the same Conference to which the re- 
tiring member belonged, or within the bounds of 
the Conference in which he resided. 

§ 2. The Committee shall have general supervision 
of the publishing interests of the Church, examine 
earefully into their condition, and make report of 
the same to the Annual Conferences and to the Gen- 
eral Conference. It shall also be its duty to fix the 
salaries of the Bishops, Publishing Agents, and all 
official Editors not otherwise provided for, and, upon 
the recommendation of the Agents, to elect a Book 
Editor, and to determine the amount to be allowed 
for correspondence for the several official periodicals. 

§ 3. It shall have full power to discontinue any 
Depository or periodicals when the interests of the 
Church or Book Concern demand it; said action 
shall, however, not be taken except by a two-thirds 
vote of the Committee, due notice of such contem- 
plated action having been given the Agents. The 
Committee shall have the power to order expenses 
curtailed in any department of either Publishing 
House when it deems it necessary for the welfare of 
the same; and when such action as above specified 
shall have been taken, the Agents shall proceed at 
once to carry out the instructions of the Committee. 
The Committee shall also attend to all matters re- 
ferred to it by the Agents or Editors for its action 
or counsel. The Agents of either Publishing House 

227 


{ 356 Boox Concern 


are authorized, by and with the advice and consent 
of the Local Committee, to sell any real estate be- 
longing to the same when it may be deemed best for 
the interests of the Church and Book Concern. 

{| 356, § 1. At the beginning of each quadrennium 
the Book Committee shall estimate the amount of 
money necessary to meet the expenses of the next 
General Conference, of the Judiciary Conferences, 
and of such Commissions as do not relate to the pub- 
lishing interests of the Church, and send the appor- 


““tionments to the several Annual Conferences. The 


entire amount shall be divided by each of these 
Annual Conferences into three equal portions, and 
one third of thé full amount shall be raised in each 
of the three Conference years preceding the session 
of the General Conference, in order that expenses oc- 
curring within the quadrennium may be promptly 
met. 4 

§ 2. Any part of the apportionment unpaid at the 
close of the Annual Conference session preceding the 
General Conference shall be reapportioned and raised 
within the coming Conference year. Should there 
remain any deficiency at the close of the first Annual 
Conference session succeeding the General Confer- 
ence, it shall be added to the first of the three years’ 
apportionments of the quadrennium and shall be 
collected with it. 

§ 3. All sums collected shall be paid by the Pas- 
tors to the Conference Treasurer at each Annual Con- 
ference session, unless otherwise ordered by the Book 
Committee, and said Treasurer shall immediately 
forward the same to the .Treasurer of the General 
Conference. 

{ 357. The Local Committees at New York and 

228 


a» ez 


Book ConcEeRN @ 358 


Cincinnati, acting jointly, shall have power to sus- 
pend an Agent or Editor for cause to them sufficient; 
and a time shall be fixed at as early a day as prac- 
ticable for the investigation of the official conduct of 
said Agent or Editor, due notice of which shall be 
given by the Chairman of the Book Committee to the 
Bishops, who shall select one of their number to be 
present and preside at the investigation, which shal! 
be before the fifteen members from the Districts in- 
to which the Annual Conferences are distributed, two 
thirds of whom may remove said Agent or Editor 
from office during the interval of the General Confer- 
ence. And in case a vacancy occurs in any of the 
Agencies or Editorial Departments authorized by the 
General Conference, it shall be the duty of the Book 
Committee, two at least of the General Superintend- 
ents being present and a majority of those present 
concurring, to provide as soon as practicable for 
such vacancy until the session of the next General 
Conference. 

{| 358. The Book Committee shall be governed by 
the following regulations: 

§ 1. Immediately after its appointment the mem- 
bers shall divide themselves into two sections, the 
one to consist of the members from the Eastern Dis- 
tricts together with the Local Committee in New York, 
to be called the Eastern Section; the other to con- 
sist of the members from the Western Districts and 
the Local Committee in Cincinnati, to be called the 
Western Secticn. 

§ 2. To the Eastern Section shall pertain the super- 
vision of the Publishing House in New York. The 
five members chosen from New York and vicinity 
as a Local Committee shall meet monthly at the Book 
4 229 


q 359 Book ConceRN 


Room in New York, to examine into the transactions 
of the month preceding. They shall keep a correct 
record of their proceedings, to be submitted to the 
Eastern Section of the Book Committee at its annual 
meeting, to be held at the place of and on the day 
previous to the meeting of the Book Committee. 

§ 3. The Western Section of the Book Committee 
and the Local Committee at Cincinnati shall perform 
the same duties for the Publishing House in Cincin- 
nati, and be under the same regulations as are herein 
specified for the government of the Eastern Section. 

{ 359. The-annual meeting of the Book Committee 
shall be held on the second Wednesday of February, 
aod each Section shall have meetings at such time 
as it may elect. 


III. Editors and Periodicals 


{ 360. There shall be elected quadrennially by the 
General Conference an Editor for each of the follow- 
ing periodicals: The Methodist Review, The Chris- 
tian Advocate, The Pittsburg Christian Advocate, 
The Southwestern Christian Advocate, The Western 
Christian Advocate, The Northwestern Christian Ad- 
vocate, The Central Christian Advocate, The Epworth 
Herald, Der Chrisiliche Apologete, The Pacific Chris- 
tian Advocate, Haus und Herd, The California Chris- 
tian Advocate, and Methodist Advocate-Journal, and 
also an Editor of Sunday School literature. The 
Editor of Haus und Herd shall also be Editor of 
German Sunday School books, periodicals, and tracts. 

{ 361. The Annual Conferences are affectionately 
and earnestly requested not to establish or encourage 
the founding of any more Conference or local Church 

230 


Book ConcEeRN { 364 


papers; and where such papers exist to discontinue 
the same, when it can be done consistently with 
existing obligations. 


IV. Special Publishing Committees 


{ 362. The California Christian Advocate shall be 
published at San Francisco, California, by a Commis- 
sion appointed by the Book Committee. 

§ 363. There shall be a Publishing Committee for 
The Pitisburg Christian Advocate, consisting of three 
members from the Pittsburg Conference, two from 
the Erie Conference, two from the East Ohio Confer- 
ence, and two from the West Virginia Conference, all 
to be chosen by the General Conference. The Com- 
mittee shall fix the salary of the Editor, keep an 
account of the receipts and expenditures for the pa- 
per, and shall report annually its financial condition 
to the patronizing Conferences. A copy of said re- 
port shall also be sent to the Agents at New York, 
and any balance remaining after defraying current — 
expenses shall be subject to the order of said Agents. 


V. Depositories 

§ 364. There shall be Depositories of our books at 
Pittsburg, Pennsylvania; at Boston, Massachusetts; 
and at Detroit, Michigan. They shall be furnished 
by the Agents at New York with full supplies of the 
books of our General Catalogue, Sunday School Books 
and tracts, to be sold for the Concern at the same 
terms as at New York; provided, that there shall not 
be more than fifteen thousand dollars’ worth at Pitts- 

231 


/ 
{ 365 Boox ConcEeRN 


burg, nor more than ten thousand dollars’ worth at 
Boston. There shall also be a Depository at Chicago, 
Illinois; at Kansas City, Missouri; and at San Fran- 
cisco, California, to be supplied by the Agents at 
Cincinnati. 

§ 365. The expenses incident to the transporta- 
tion, management, and sale of our books at these 
Depositories having been met. out of the sales, the 
net proceeds shall be forwarded to the Agents. 

§ 366. Full statements shall be made to the 
Agents, at dates fixed by them, of the amount of sales 
and expenses; distinguishing cash sales from those 
on credit. Annual statements shall also be made 
of the amount of stock. 

§ 367. No books shall hereafter be sold on com- 
mission, either from New York, Cincinnati, or any 
Depository or establishment under direction of the 
Book Concern. : 


VI. Circulation of Religious Tracts 


J 368. It is recommended to our people every- 
where to form Tract Societies for the distribution of 
tracts and religious literature. 

{ 369. It shall be the duty of each District Super- 
intendent to bring the subject of tract distribution 
before the fourth Quarterly Conference in each 
Charge within his District; and said Conference shall 
appoint a Committee, of which the Pastor shall be 
Chairman, whose duty it shall be to devise and 
execute plans for local tract distribution. 


232 


Forricn Missions q 371 


. CHAPTER II 
BOARD OF FOREIGN MISSIONS 


I. Incorporation 


§ 370. There shall be a Board of Foreign Mis- 
sions, duly incorporated according to law, and hay- 
ing its office in New York City, said Board of Foreign 
Missions being subject to such rules and reguiations 
as the General Conference from time to time may 
prescribe. 


Note.—For Charter, By-Laws, etc., see Annual Report of Board of 
Foreign Missions. 


Il. Constitution 


§ 371. Articre I. Name and Object. The name 
ef this organization shall be the Board of Foreign 
Missions of the Methodist Episcopal Church. lis ob- 
jects are religious and philanthropic, designed to dif- 
fuse more generally the blessings of Christianity, by 
the promotion and support of Christian Missions 
and educational institutions in foreign countries, and 
also in other places subject to the sovereignty of the 
United States which are not on the continent of 
North America or the islands adjacent thereto, as 
may be committed to the care of said organization 
by the General Conference of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church, under such rules and regulations as said 
General Conference may from time to time prescribe. 

233 


372 Forrien Missions 


{ 372. ArticLEII. Life Members, Honorary Mem- 
bers, and Patrons. All members of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, contributing to the funds of the 
Board of Foreign Missions, shall be nominally mem- 
bers of said Board. Any person contributing $20 at 
one time shall be a Life Member. Any person giving 
°$200 at one time shall be an Honorary Life Member. 
Any person giving $500 at one time shall be an Honor- 
ary Manager for life, and any person giving $1,000 at 
one time shall be a Patron for life; and such Manager 
or Patron shall be entitled to a seat and the right of 
speaking, but not of voting, in the meetings of the 
Board of Managers. 

7 373, § 1. Arricte III. General Committee of 
Foreign Missions. There shall be a General Commit- 
tee of Foreign Missions, composed of the General Su- 
perintendents, the Missionary Bishops, the Correspond- 
ing Secretary, the First Assistant Corresponding 
Secretary, the Recording Secretary, the Treasurer, 
the Assistant Treasurer, two representatives, one lay 
and one ministerial, from each General Conference 
District, and as many representatives from the Board 
of Managers as there are General Conference Dis- 
tricts. 

§ 2. The representatives of the Board of Managers 
shall be elected by the Board from its own members, 
and shall include as nearly as may be an equal num- 
ber of Ministers and Laymen. 

§ 8. The representatives of the Generali Conference 
Districts shall be elected by the General Conference, 
on the nominations of the delegates within said Dis- 
tricts, respectively, for a term of four years. 

§ 4. The Board of Bishops shall fill any vacancy 
that may occur among members appointed by the 

234 


Foreign Missions q 374 


General Conference, so that each General Conference 
District may be fully represented at each annual 
meeting. 

q 374, § 1. The General Committee for Foreign 
Missions shall meet annually at such place in the 
United States as the General Committee, from year 
to year, may determine, and at such time in the month 
of November as shall be determined by the Cor- 
responding Secretaries and Treasurers, of which 
due notice shall be given to each member; and the 
Bishops shall preside over the deliberations of the 
General Committee. But the annual meeting of the 
said Committee shall not be held in the same General 
Conference District more frequently than once in 
four years. ~ 

§ 2. Said General Committee of Foreign Missions 
shall determine what fields shall be occupied as 
Foreign Missions and the amount necessary for the 
support of each, and shall make appropriations for 
the same, including an Emergency Fund of fifty 
thousand dollars ($50,000); provided, the General 
Committee of Foreign Missions shall not appropriate 
for a given year, including the emergency appropria- 
tion of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), more than 
the total income for the year immediately preceding. 
In the intervals between the meetings of the General 
Committee of Foreign Missions, the Board of Man- 
agers may provide, from the Emergency Fund, for 
any unforeseen emergency that may arise in any of 
our Foreign Missions. 

§ 3. The General Committee of Foreign Missions 
shall be amenable to the General Conference, to which 
it shall make a full report of its doings. Any ex- 
pense incurred in the discharge of its duties shall be 

235 


{| 375 Forrien Missions 


paid from the treasury of the Board of Foreign 
Missions. 

9 375, § 1. Artictr IV. Board of Managers. 
The management and disposition of the affairs and 
property of the Board of Foreign Missions and the 
administration of the appropriations and all other 
funds shall be vested in a Board of Managers, con- 
sisting of the General Superintendents and the Mis- 
sionary Bishops, who shall be ex officio members of 
said Board, thirty-two Laymen, and _ thirty-two 
Traveling Ministers of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church, elected by the General Conference, accord- 
ing to the requirements of the existing Charter of 
said Board of Foreign Missions. Vacancies in the 
Board shall be filled as the Charter provides; and the 
absence, without reasonable excuse, of any member 
from six consecutive meetings of the Board shall 
create a vacancy. The Board shall also have au- 
thority to make By-laws, not inconsistent with this 
Constitution or the Charter, to print books, periodi- 
cals, and tracts for Foreign Missions; to elect a Presi- 
dent, Vice-Presidents, and a Recording Secretary, 
also such additional Assistant Secretaries as may be 
necessary; to fill vacancies that may occur among 
the officers elective of its own body; and shall present 
a statement of its transactions and funds to the 
Church in its annual report, and shall also lay before 
the General Conference a report of its transactions 
for the preceding four years, and the state of its 
funds. 

§ 2. The Board of Foreign Missions shall have 
power to suspend a Corresponding Secretary, Treas- 
urer, Assistant Treasurer, or any elected member of 
the Board of Managers, for cause to them sufficient; 

236 


Foreign Misstons q 376 


and a time and place shall be fixed by the Board of 
Managers, at as early 2 day as practicable, for the 
investigation of the official conduct of the person 
against whom complaint has been made. Due notice 
shall be given by the Board to the Bishops, who shall 
select one of their number to preside at the investiga- 
tion, which shall be before a Committee of twelve 
persons, six Ministers and six Laymen, none of whom 
shall be members of the Board of Managers. Said 
Committee shall be appointed by the Bishop selected 
to preside at the investigation. Two thirds of said - 
Committee shall have power of removal from Office, 
in the interval of General Conference, of the official 
against whom complaint has been made. 

§ 3. In case a vacancy shall occur in the office of 
Corresponding Secretary, First Assistant Correspond- 
ing Secretary, Treasurer, or Assistant Treasurer, the 
Bishops shall have power to fill the vacancy; and, 
until they do so, the Board of Managers shall provide 
for the duties of the office. 

§ 4. Thirteen members present at any meeting of 
the Board of Managers shall be a quorum. 

§ 5. The Board shall have authority to solicit and 
receive funds for the publication and distribution of 
tracts. 

{ 376, § 1. ArtictE V. Corresponding Secretaries. 
There shall be one Corresponding Secretary, who 
shall be the executive officer of the Board of Foreign 
Missions, and a First Assistant Corresponding Secre- 
tary, both of whom shall be elected by the General 
Conference quadrennially. 

§ 2. They shall be subject to the direction of the 
Board of Managers and their salaries, which shall 
be fixed by the Board of Managers, shall be paid out 

237 


q 377 Forricn Missions 


of the treasury. They shall be employed exclusively 
in conducting the correspondence of the- Board, in 
furnishing the Church with missionary intelligence, 
in supervising the foreign Missionary work of the 
Church, and by correspondence, traveling, and other- 
wise in promoting the general interests of the cause. 

q 377. Arvicte VI. Election of Officers. The 
officers to be elected by the Board shall be chosen and 
hold their office for the term of one year, or until 
their successors shall be elected; or, if a vacancy 
occurs during the year by death, resignation, or other- 
wise, it may be filled at any regular meeting of the 
Board. The first election of each quadrennium shall 
be held at the regular meeting of the Board next suc- 
ceeding the General Conference. 

q 378. Axticte VII. Presiding Officer. At all 
meetings of the Board, the President, or, in his ab- 
sence, one of the Vice-Presidents, and in the absence 
of the President and all of the Vice-Presidents, a 
member appointed by the meeting for the purpose 
shall preside. The minutes of each meeting shall be 
signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which the 
same are read and approved, and by the Recording 
Secretary. 

q 379. ArricitE VIII. Special Gifts. Credit shall 
be given for special gifts from any Charge when said 
Charge, including the Sunday School, shall have 
raised its full apportionment for the Board of Foreign 
Missions, and such special donation shall be received 
by the Board for the specified purpose. Special dona- 
tions shall be applied in full to the purposes 
designated by the donors, but shall be included in 
estimating the cost of collection and administration. 

Nevertheless, whenever a Charge or an individual 

238 


Forrign Misstons q 382 


or group of individuals in any Charge shall support 
entirely one of our Missionaries in the foreign field, 
who is a regularly appointed Missionary of the So- 
ciety, and assigned to the Charge, the entire amount 
may be credited, irrespective of apportionments, 

§ 380. Arricte IX. Support of Superannuated 
and other Missionaries. The Board may provide for 
the support of Superannuated Missionaries, widows 
and orphans of Missionaries, who may not be provid- 
ed for by their Annual Conferences respectively; 
provided, they shall not receive more than is usually 
allowed Superannuated Ministers, their widows and 
orphans, in home Conferences. 

No one shall be acknowledged as a Missionary or 
receive support as such from the funds of the Board 
of Foreign Missions who has not been approved by 
the Board of Managers, and been assigned to some 
definite field, except as above provided. Ministerial 
Missionaries shall be constituted by the joint action 
of a General Superintendent and the Board. Lay 
Missionaries shall be appointed by the Board of 
Managers. 

§ 381. ArticreE X. Amendments. This Constitu- 
tion shall be subject to amendment or alteration only 
by the General Conference. 


Ill, Administration of Foreign Missions 
§ 382, § 1. When a Mission is established in a 
foreign country, outside of an Annual Conference, the 
Bishop having Episcopal supervision of the same may 
appoint a member of the Mission as Superintendent, 
who may also be a District Superintendent. It shall 
be the duty of the Superintendent, in the absence of 
239 


q 383 Foreign Missions 


a Bishop, to preside in the Annual Meeting of the 
Mission and to arrange the work and take general 
supervision of the entire Mission. He shall also, 
from time to time, represent the state of the Mission 
and its needs to the Bishop having charge and to the 
Corresponding Secretaries. 

§ 2. The Bishop having Episcopal supervision of 
a Mission shall annually designate a time at which 
all the members of the Mission and also the native 
preachers employed as supplies or helpers in the 
Mission shall come together for the purpose of hold- 
ing an Annual Meeting, said meeting possessing, in 
all ecclesiastical matters, the duties and powers of a 
District Conference; and also transacting such other 
business aS may be assigned by the Board or grow 
out of the local interests of the work. In the absence 
of a Bishop or the Superintendent the Annual Meet- 
ing shall choose its presiding officer in the manner 
provided for District Conferences. 

§ 3. When a Mission in a foreign country is organ- 
ized into a Mission Conference or an Annual Confer- 
ence the administration of the Board of Foreign Mis- 
sions shall not thereby be disturbed but shall be con- 
tinued as in other foreign missions. 


IV. Annual Conference Board 

J 383, § 1. It shall be the duty of each Annual 
Conference to organize within its bounds an Annual 
Conference Board of Foreign Missions. This Annual 
Conference Board shall consist of the District Super- 
intendents, District Missionary Secretaries, and Dis- 
trict Epworth League Presidents, ex officio, and one 
Sunday, School Superintendent, and one lay member 
, 3 5 pp b40_ 

aay see : 

~— A > 


"YY 


Foreign Missions { 384 


from each District, to be elected by the Annual Con- 
ference on the nomination of the District Superin- 
tendents. The Annual Conference shall elect the 
officers of the said Board from among the members 
of the Board on the nomination of the District Super- 
jntendents. 

§ 2. The said Board shall present an annual re- 
port to the Annual Conference through its President; 
and shall have charge of the anniversary of the 
Board of Foreign Missions at the Annual Conference 
session, to which an entire evening shall be given. 

§ 3. There shall be at least one meeting of the 
Annual Conference Board of Foreign Missions each 
year for the consideration and furtherance of the 
interests of Foreign Missions within the bounds of 
the Conference, at which meeting a Secretary or 
other representative of the Board of Foreign Mis- 
sions shall be present if possible, and the said Board 
shall provide for the presentation of the cause of 
Foreign Missions within the bounds of the Confer- 
ence and may arrange for conventions. 


4 


a 


V. District Board 
§ 384, § 1. There shall be in each District Super- 
intendent’s District a District Board of Foreign Mis- 
sions composed of the members from the District on 
the Annual Conference Board of Foreign Missions. 
The District Superintendent shall be the President 
of said District Board and the District Missionary 
Secretary shall be its Secretary. Meetings of the 
said District Board shall be held at the call of the 
President; provided that at least one meeting shall 
be os each year. 
16. 241 


G 385 Forrien Missions 


§ 2. The said District Board shall aid the Pastors 
in the presentation of the cause of Foreign Missions 
within the District, and may arrange for conven- 
tions. 


VI. District Missionary Secretaries 


J 385. The presiding Bishop shall appoint, on the 
nomination of the District Superintendent, a Mem- 
ber of the Annual Conference as Missionary Secretary 
for each District Superintendent’s District, who shall 
serve without salary, and whose duty it shall be to 
assist the District Superintendent in carrying on the 
plans in the interests of Foreign Missions on the 
District; and who, by correspondence and otherwise, 
shall aid in the securing and distribution of mission- 
ary literature in every Charge; codperate with the 
missionary office in New York city in the distinctive 
work of the Young People’s Department, and keep 
said office informed as to foreign missionary condi- 
tions on the District. 


VII. Duties of District Superintendents 


q 386, § 1. It shall be the duty of the District 
Superintendent to see that the provisions of the Dis- 
cipline concerning Foreign Missions are faithfully 
executed in his District, and in order thereto he shall 
inquire at each session of the several Quarterly Con- 
ferences, what has been done toward raising funds 
for the support of Foreign Missions during the pre- 
ceding quarter, and particularly what has been Gans 
in the Sunday Schools for this cause, 

242 


Forrren Missions *{ 387 


§ 2. It shall be the duty of the District Superin- 
tendent to see that a Committee on Foreign Missions 
is appointed at the fourth Quarterly Conference of 
each Pastoral Charge, of five or more persons, includ- 
ing one Sunday School Superintendent and one Ep- 
worth League President, of which Committee the 
Pastor shall be Chairman. Its duty shall be to aid 
the Pastor in disseminating missionary information, 
planning for the Annual Foreign Missionary Day, 
and securing a thorough canvass of the members of 
the Churches and Congregations in the interest of 
Foreign Missions. 


VIII. Duties of Pastors and Churches 


4 387, § 1. The support of Foreign Missions is 
committed to Pastors, Congregations, Sunday Schools, 
and Epworth Leagues. 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of the Pastor, aided by 
the Committee on Foreign Missions, to provide for 
the diffusion of missionary information among the 
members of his Church, Congregation, Sunday School, 
and Epworth League. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Pastor, aided by the 
Committee on Foreign Missions, to institute a 
monthly missionary prayer meeting or missionary 
address in his Charge, for the purposes of imploring 
the divine blessing upon Missions throughout the 
world, and for the diffusion of missionary intelligence 
among the people. 

§ 4. The Pastor, aided by the Official Board and 
the Committee on Foreign Missions, shall provide 
for a thorough foreign missionary canvass and an 
Annual Missionary Day, when the Pastor, or some 

. 243 


{ 387 Forrien Missions 


one invited by him, shall present the cause of 
Foreign Missions, when contributions shall be taken 
for our foreign work exclusively. If so desired, the 
contributions may be paid weekly or monthly, and 
the Board of Foreign Missions shall supply envelopes 
for the same. 

§ 5. It shall be the duty of the Pastor to see that 
each Sunday School on his Charge is organized into 
a Missionary Society, and that at least one Sunday 
in each month is observed in the interest of Missions 
and a collection taken, which shall be divided equally 
between the Board of Foreign Missions and the 
Board of Home Missions and Church Extension; and 
all contributions of the Sunday School shail be re- 
ported in a separate column in the Annual and Gen- 
eral Minutes. It shall be the duty of the Sunday 
School Missionary Society to provide, with the con- 
sent of the Sunday Schooi Board, for brief missionary 
exercises on the day that is set apart for the monthly 
missionary collection to be taken, to cause Suitable 
literature to be distributed in the Sunday Schools, 
and to arrange for occasional missionary concerts. 
The Sunday School Missionary Society shall include 
both Foreign Missions, and Home Missions and 
Church Extension, and the contributions shall be 
equally divided between the two Boards. 

§ 6. It shall be the duty of the Pastor to organize 
Mission Study Classes on his Charge where prac: 
ticable. 


4 244 “ 


, 


Woman’s Foreren Missionary Society § 388 


CHAPTER III 


WOMAN’S FOREIGN MISSIONARY SOCIETY 


§ 388. For the more successful prosecution of the 
Missionary work of the Church among women in 
foreign lands, there shall be an organization known 
as the Woman’s Foreign Missionary Society of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, to be governed and 
regulated by its Constitution, which may be altered 
or amended by the General Conference as the neces- 
sities of the work may require. 

\ § 1. This Society shall work in harmony with, and 
under the supervision of, the authorities of the Board 
of Foreign Missions of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. The appointment, recall, and remuneration 
of Missionaries, and the designation of their fields 
of labor, shall be subject to the approval of the Board 


* of Managers of the Board of Foreign Missions of the 


Methodist Episcopal Church; and annual appropria- 
tions to Mission fields shall be submitted for revision 
and approval to the General Missionary Committee 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

§ 2. All Missionaries sent out by this Society shall 
labor under the direction of the particular Confer- 
ences or Missions of the Church in which they may 
be severally employed. They shall be annually ap- 
pointed by the President of the Conference or Mis- 
sion, and shall be subject to the same rules of re- 
moval that govern the other Missionaries. 

§ 3. All the work of the Woman’s Foreign Mission- 
ary Society in foreign lands shall be under the direc- 

245 


€{ 389 Woman’s Fornien Missionary Socrery 


tion of the Conferences or Missions and their Com- 
mittees in exactly the same manner as the work of 
the Board of Foreign Missions of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, the Superintendent or District 
Superintendent having the same relation to the work 
and the person in charge of it that he would have 
were it a work in the charge of any Member of the 
Conference or Mission. 

J 389, § 1. The funds of the Society shall not be 
raised by collections or subscriptions taken during 
any of our regular Church services, nor in any Sunday 
School, but shall be raised by such methods as the 
Constitution of the Society shall provide, none of 
which shall interfere with the contributions of our 
people and Sunday Schools for the treasury of the 
Board of Foreign Missions of the Methodist Eipisco- 
pal Church; and the amount so collected shall be 
reported by the Pastor to the Annual Conference, 
and be entered in a column among the Benevolent 
Collections in the Annual and General Minutes. 

§ 2. The provisions of § 1 of this paragraph shall - 
not be so interpreted as to prevent the Women from 
taking collections in meetings convened in the inter- 
ests of their Societies; nor from securing member- 
ships and life memberships in audiences where their 
work is represented; nor from holding festivals or 
arranging lectures in the interests of their work. 


246 


sae 


Home Missions anp Cuurcu Extension © 391 


CHAPTER IV 


BOARD OF HOME MISSIONS AND CHURCH 
EXTENSION 


I. Incorporation 


{ 390. For the prosecution of Missionary and 
Church Extension work in the United States, Terri- 
tories, and insular possessions, there shall be a Board 
of Home Missions and Church Extension, duly in- 
eorporated according to law, and having its office 
in the city of Philadelphia, said Board being subject 
to such rules and regulations as the General Confer- 
ence may from time to time prescribe. 


Note.—For Charter, Constitution, By-Laws, etc., see Annual Report 
and other publications of the Board of Home Missions and Church 
Extension. 


II. General Committee of Home Missions and Church 
Extension 

© 391, § 1. There shall be a General Committee 
of Home Missions and Church Extension consisting 
of (1) the Bishops, one of whom, as they may deter- 
mine from time to time, shall be chairman; (2) 
the Corresponding Secretary and such Assistant Cor- 
responding Secretaries qs the General Conference 
may elect, the President, the Treasurer, and Record- 
ing Secretary of the Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension; the Recording Secretary being er 

247 


4 392 Home Missions anp Cuurcn ExtrEnsion 


officio Secretary of the General Committee of Home 
Missions and Church Extension; (3) .two repre- 
sentatives from each General Conference District— 
one Minister and one Layman—elected by the General 
Conference on the nomination of the delegates of 
the Districts, respectively; who shall be the same 
persons elected to serve on the General Committee 
of Foreign Missions; (4) as many representatives 
elected by the Board as there are General Conference 
Districts; not more than five of whom shall be from 
any one Annual Conference, and shall include, as 
nearly as may be, an equal number of Ministers and 
Laymen; (5) the members elected by the National 
City Evangelization Union. { 404, § 2. 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of this General Committee 
to meet annually in such place and on such day in 
the month of November as shall be appointed by 
the Corresponding Secretary. 

§ 392, § 1. The General Committee of Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension shall determine: (1) 
What amount each Annual Conference, Mission 
Conference, and Mission shall be asked to raise 
by collections for Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension during the ensuing Annual Conference 
year; (2) what amount .shali be appropriated for 
Home Missions and what amount shall be authorized 
for Church Extension within each Annual Confer- 
ence, Mission Conference, and Mission during the 
same period; (3) what amount shall be set apart 
for the Contingent Fund for Home Mission purposes 


The General Conference of 1908 shall elect representatives from the 
odd numbered districts for a term of four years, and those from the even 
numbered districts fora term of eight years, and each General Confer- 
ence thereafter shall elect in like manner one class for eight years. ” 


} 248 


»\ 
# 
ans 


‘N 


{ 


Home Misstons anp Cuurcu EXTENSION 4 392 


and what amount shall be set apart as an Emergency 
Fund in the Church Extension Department, and (4) 
what amount shall be set apart for office expenses, 
salaries, traveling expenses, publications, and other 
items. 

§ 2. The General Committee of Home Missions and 
Church Extension shall also have authority to coun- 
sel and direct the Board in the legal administration 
of the trusts committed to its care. It shall have 
authority to revise the list of the members of the 
Board, and for inattention to the duties of the office, 
or other cause, to declare the seat of any member 
vacant, and to fill any existing vacancy in the 
Board. ' 

§ 3. If a vacancy should occur in the General Com- 
mittee of Home Missions and Church Extension by 
death, resignation, removal from the District of his 
Conference or Church membership, or otherwise, of a 
District representative, the Bishop having charge of 
the Annual Conference in which the vacancy occurs 
shall fill it by the appointment of a successor from 
the Annual Conference to which such representative 
belonged; or if a Layman, within the bounds of which 
he resided, such appointee to hold office until the end 
of the quadrennium. 

§ 4. Expenses incurred by the General Committee 
of Home Missions and Church Extension in discharge 
of its duties shall be paid by the Treasurer of the 
Board. 

’ § 5. The General Committee of Home Missions and 

Church Extension may appropriate an amount each 

year aS an Emergency Fund for Church Extension 

purposes, and the Board of Home Missions and 

Church Extension may grant emergency applications 
249 


{ 393 Homer Missions anp Cuurcu EXTENSION 


without the action of the Annual Conference Board; 
but wherever practicable, without disaster or serious 
loss, the recommendation of this Board shall be re- 
quired. The General Committee of Home Missions 
and Church Extension may set apart a sum to be 
used as a Contingent Fund for Home Mission pur- 
poses. This fund shall be used only in the case of 
unforeseen and unexpected need, and the Board may 
grant aid from the Contingent Fund on the applica- 
_ tion of the Pastor, indorsed by the Executive Com- 
mittee of the Conference Board of Home Missions 
and Church Extension, with the approval of the Dis- 
trict Superintendent. 


III. Board of Home Missions and Church Extension 

§ 393, § 1. The Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension shall consist of thirty-two Minis- 
ters and thirty-five Laymen, to be appointed by the 
General Conference. The Corresponding Secretary 
and the two Assistant Corresponding Secretaries 
shall be ez officio members, to be included within 
these numbers. The Board shall have such powers 
and prerogatives as may be needful to the successful 
prosecution of its work; and shall be subject to the 
control of the General Conference. 

§ 2. The term of service of the members of the 
Board shall begin on the second Wednesday in June 
following their appointment, and continue during 
the ensuing four years, or until their successors shall 
be duly chosen and have entered upon their duties, 
unless otherwise ordered by the General Conference. 
If a vacancy shall occur by death, resignation, or 
otherwise during the interval between the sessions 


250 
= 


Home Missions anp Cuurcu Exrension 4 394 


of the General Committee of Home Missions and 
Church Extension, the Board shall have power to 
fill the vacancy, until the next meeting of said Gen- 
eral Committee. 

§ 3. The officers of the Board shall be a President, 
five Vice-Presidents, one Corresponding Secretary, 
who shall be the executive officer of the Board, and 
two Assistant Corresponding Secretaries, who shall 
rank in the order of their election, together with 
a Recording Secretary, a Treasurer, and Assist- 
ant Treasurer, all of whom shall be elected by the 
Board at the first regular meeting in November of 
each year, except as hereinafter provided. 

§ 4. The Corresponding Secretary and the two As- 
sistant Corresponding Secretaries shall be elected 
by the General Conference. They shall, under the 
provisions of the Discipline and the directions of 
the General Committee of Home Missions and 
Church Extension and of the Board, conduct its cor- 
respondence, and shall, in all their official conduct, 
be subject to the authority and control of the Board, 
by whom their salaries shall be fixed and paid. 
They shall be exclusively employed in conducting 
the affairs of the Board, and in promoting its general 
interest by traveling or otherwise. Should a vacancy 
occur by death, resignation or otherwise, the Board 
shall have power to provide for the duties of the office 
until the Bishops shall fill the vacancy. The Board 
shall have power to elect field agents. 

4 394,§1. The Board shall hold its meetings in 
the city of Philadelphia. It shall have power to 
make By-laws for the regulation of its own proceed- 
ings not in conflict with the Charter, the Discipline, 
or the directions of the General Committee of Home 

251 


€ 394 Home Missions anp Cuuron Exrension 


Missions and Church Extension, to provide for and 
administer a Loan Fund; to establish and administer 
Annuity Funds, either in connection with, or sep- 
arate from, the Loan Fund as it may deem wise; to 
take and hold in trust for the Methodist Episcopal 
Church any real or personal property; to dispose of 
the same for the use and benefit of the Church; and 
generally to do all and singular the matters and 
things which shall be necessary and lawful in the 
execution of its trust; provided, however, that all 
amounts received on the Loan Fund shall be used 
only for loans on adequate security; and provided, 
further, that the aggregate amount of interest and 
annuities payable shall never be allowed to exceed 
the aggregate amount of interest receivable; and 
provided, also, that an equitable proportion of the ex- 
penses of administration of the business of the Board 
shall be charged to and defrayed out of the inter- 
est received on the loans made by the Board from 
the Loan Fund and the Annuity Funds respectively. 

§ 2. The Board also shall have authority to pro- 
vide and recommend a uniform plan for the organiza- 
tion of local Boards of Home Missions and Church 
Extension in cities, to be known as the City Board 
of Home Missions and Church Extension, under 
such local administration as may be deemed advis- 
able; but in no case shall such local organizations 
interfere with the general work of the Board. 

§ 3. The Board shall also have authority to aid, 
either by donation or by loan, or both, in the erec- 
tion of parsonages. 

§ 4. At all meetings of the Board fifteen members 
shall constitute a quorum. The minutes of each 
meeting shall be signed by the secretary thereof. 

252 


Home Missions anp CuurcH Extension § 395 


§ 5. The Board shall publish quarterly, or oftener, 
full information concerning its work; and shall sub- 
mit to the General Conference a report of its pro- 
ceedings for the preceding four years, and of the 
state of its funds. 

§ 6. The Board shall have authority to solicit and 
receive funds for the publication and distribution of 
tracts. 


IV. City Evangelization 

{ 395, § 1. The more effectively to promote the 
work of City Evangelization, the Board of Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension shall be authorized to 
organize a Bureau of Cities, to be directed and admin- 
istered by the Board in harmony with its other depart- 
ments, and with the provisions of § 404. Should 
this Bureau be established, the Board shall pro- 
vide for representation in its managing Committee 
of not less than three members of the National City 
Evangelization Union, to be chosen by that organiza- 
tion. In the cities where local Societies for City 
Evangelization have been duly organized, according 
to the provisions of the Discipline, and are in active - 
operation, all appropriations for Missionary work 
shall be made to and administered by such Societies, 
the appropriations for Church Extension being pro- 
vided for otherwise, as stated in this chapter; pro- 
‘vided, however, that in the case of the German, 
Swedish, and Norwegian Conferences, the General 
Committee of Home Missions and Church Extension 
shall be authorized to designate exceptions to this 
rule. 

§ 2. All organizations for City Evangelization shall 
report annually to the General Committee of Home 

253 


€ 396 Home Missions anp Cuurcu ExrTEnsion 


Missions and Church Extension their requests for 
appropriations, indicating the special purpose for 
which grants are to be used. They shall also report 
each year to what work the moneys have been applied 
and shall give in detail a statement which may in- 
clude (1) number of Churches or Sunday Schools 
organized; (2) number of buildings erected; (3) 
number of Ministers or Missionaries supported in 
part or in whole and the amount paid to them; (4) 
membership; (5) the amount invested during the 
year in real estate and in buildings; (6) the ex- 
penses of administration; (7) the total amount 
raised and expended by the local Society for the 
support of current work and for permanent improve- 
ments; the summaries of such statements to be pub- 
lished in connection with the report of the General 
Committee of Home Missions and Church HExtension 
as a special report, and quadrennially reported to 
the General Conference. These facts may also, if 
desired, be furnished to the Board of Home Missions 
and Church Extension for its information and use. 
The aim of the Board of Home Missions and Church 
Extension shall be to encourage with resources and 
influence the well-established local organizations for 
City Evangelization, and to promote similar organiza- 
tions so far as practicable in all the cities of the 
United States. 


V. Annual Conference Board 


{ 396,§1. Each Annual Conference shall, on the 
nomination of the presiding Bishop, elect a Confer- 
ence Board of Home Missions and Church Extension, 
composed of equal numbers of Ministers and Lay- 

254 


Home Missions anp Courcu Extension § 396 
a 


men, so located that a quorum thereof may con- 
veniently assemble. The Conference Board shall elect 
a President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer. 
These officers, together with three additional mem- 
bers to be elected by the Conference Board, shall con- 
stitute an Executive Committee. The Executive Com- 
mittee shall have power to recommend emergency 
or contingent applications. The District Superintend- 
ents shall be ex officio members of the Conference 
Board, but so as not to prevent an equality in the 
number of Ministers and Laymen. The Secretary 
of the Annual Conference shall notify the Correspond- 
ing Secretary of the Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension of the name and post Office ad- 
dress of each Member of the Annual Conference 
Board within thirty days after the adjournment of 
the Conference. 

§ 2. The Annual Conference Board shall hold its 
regular annual meeting on the second day of the 
session of the Annual Conference, at an hour to be 
named by the President of such Board, and shall 
make a report to the Annual Conference during its 
session, giving a full account of its transactions 
during the preceding year. Other meetings may be 
called at any time by the President or three members. 

§ 3. The District Superintendents of each Annual 
Conference shall be a Committee to distribute all 
Home Mission funds at the disposal of the Annual 
Conference, subject to the approval of the presiding 
Bishop and the Annual Conference. 

§ 4. The Corresponding Secretary at Philadelphia 
shall send drafts for missionary appropriations to 
the Secretary of the Annual Conference Board, pay- 
able to the Treasurer who shail disburse it. The 

255 


§ 397 Home Missions anp Cuurcn Exrension 
s 


Annual Conference Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension) shall keep an accurate account of 
all its receipts and disbursements for the year and 
report annually to the Annual Conference and also 
to the Board in Philadelphia, and shall transmit with 
such reports vouchers for all sums disbursed by him. 

§ 5. The Annual Conference Board shall be auxil- 
iary to the Board at Philadelphia, and shall, under 
its direction, have charge of all the interests and 
work of Home Missions and Church Extension within 
the Conference. The Conference Board shall appor- 
tion for collection to the several Districts and Pas- 
toral Charges the amount asked of the Conference, 
with due regard to their circumstances and ability, 
and notify each Pastor and Quarterly Conference 
early in the year of the amount of their apportion- 
ment. 

§ 6. The Annual Conference Board shall exercise 
all possible diligence in protecting the interests of 
the Board of Home Missions and Church Extension, 
giving conscientious advice concerning the making 
of loans and using all diligence to aid in the collec- 
tion of loans. The Treasurer of the Conference Board 
shall, as early as practicable, remit all funds com- 
ing into. his hands to the Board in Philadelphia. 


VI. Boards in Mission Conferences and Missions 


{ 39'7. In Mission Conferences and Missions there 
shall be a Board of Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension appointed by the Bishop and approved by 
the Mission Conference or Mission, consisting of 
the Superintendent and two other Ministers and 
two Laymen. These shall have the same powers 

256 


Home Missions AnD CuurcH Extension {| 398 
; 


and duties within the bounds of the Mission Confer- 
ence or Mission that the Annual Conference Board 
has within the bounds of an Annual Conference. 


VII. Administration of Missions 

7 398, § 1. It shall be the duty of the Superin- 
tendent, in the absence of the Bishop, to preside at 
the Annual Meeting of a Mission, to arrange the 
work, and take general supervision of the entire 
Mission, and to represent the state of the Mission 
and its needs to the Bishop having charge, and to 
the Corresponding Secretary. 

§ 2. The Bishop having Episcopal supervision of a 
Mission shall designate a time at which all the mem- 
bers of the Mission shall come together for the pur- 
pose of holding an Annual Meeting; said meeting 
possessing, in all ecclesiastical matters, the func- 
tions and privileges of a District Conference; and 
also transacting such other business as may be as- 
signed by the Board or grow out of the local interests 
of the work. In the absence of a Bishop or Superin- 
tendent the Annual Meeting shall choose its presiding 
officer in the manner provided for District Confer- 
ences in such cases. 

§ 3. In Missions in the United States, Territories, 
and insular possessions the power to license and to 
try Local Preachers and to renew the Licenses of 
Local Preachers and Exhorters shall remain with 
the respective Quarterly Conferences; and Local 
_Preachers tried and convicted shall have their right 
of appeal to the Annual Meeting of the Mission, save 
that two or more Quarterly Conferences may be 
united for the purpose of licensing preachers. 

257 


@ 399 Home Missions anp Cuurcu ExTEnsion 


§ 4. The Ministerial members of the General Com- 
mittee of Home Missions and Church Extension shall 
constitute a Judicial Conference to hear appeals of 
Local Preachers convicted at an Annual Meeting, 
said Judicial Conference to be presided Over by a 
Bishop. 

§ 5. Wherever Methodist Episcopal Churches are 
organized in territory outside of an Annual] Confer- 
ence, or of any regular Mission of our Church, such 
work may be attached to such Annual Conference as 
the said Churches may elect with the concurrence 
of the Bishop having charge of said Conference, and 
may be constituted a District Superintendent’s Dis- 
trict. 


VIII. Annual Conferences and Home Missions and 
Church Extension 

§ 399. It shall be the duty of each Annual Con- 
ference to examine strictly into the state of the 
Missions within its bounds, and to allow none to 
remain on the list of its Missions which, in the 
judgment of the Conference, are capable of self- 
support. It shall report through its Secretary, 
annually, to the Corresponding Secretary of the 
Board of Home Missions and Church Extension at 
Philadelphia the name of each District and Charge, 
within its bounds, sustained in whole or in part by 
said Conference as a Mission, together with the 
amount of missionary money appropriated to such 
for the year, and also the number of years that each 
Mission has received assistance from the Missionary 
Treasury, and whether consecutively or otherwise, 
and such other information as may be required by 
the Board of Home Missions and Church Extension. 

258 


Home Missions anp CuurcH Extension ¥Y 400 


Each Annual Conference shall arrange, in such 
way as it may deem best, for an anniversary of the 
Board of Home Missions and Church Extension, to 
be held during the session of the Conference. 


IX. Duties of District Superintendents 

§ 400. It shall be the duty of each District Super- 
intendent to bring the subject of Home Missions and 
Church Extension before the Quarterly Conference 
of each Charge within his District at the last Quar- 
terly Conference in each year; and said Quarterly 
Conference shall appoint a Committee, to be called 
the Committee on Home Missions and Church Hxten- 
sion, whose duty it shall be to aid the Pastor in carry- 
ing into effect the provisions of the Discipline and 
plans of the Board for the support of this cause, and 
in securing at least the amount asked of the Circuit 
or Station; and the District Superintendent shall in- 
quire in each Quarterly Conference of each year what 
has been done for this cause, and whether the amount 
asked has been received; and if not, he shall urgently 
request that such measures be taken as will secure 
the amount before the close of the year. He shall 
see that the provisions of this section are faithfully 
executed in his District. He shall inquire at each 
session of the Quarterly Conference whether the 
Sunday Schools have been organized into Missionary 
Societies, and if the cause of Home Missions and 
Church Extension has been properly represented in 
each school. He shall also urge that the cause of 
Home Missions and Church Extension shall be pre- 
sented to the Congregations and people separately 
from every other collection. 

259 


4 401 Home Missions anp Cuurcu Extension 


X. Duties of Pastors 

§ 401, § 1. The support of Home Missions and 
Church Extension is committed to the Churches, 
Congregations, and Societies as such. It shall be 
the duty of the Pastor, aided by the Committee on 
Home Missions and Church Extension, to provide 
for the diffusion of information concerning the work 
of the Board of Home Missions and Church Exten- 
sion. He shall preach, or cause to be preached, a 
sermon on this subject in each Congregation every 
year. He shall secure a separate presentation of 
the cause of Home Missions and Church Extension, 
and a collection separate from every other cause for 
the Board of Home Missions and Church Extension, 
and solicit, aided by the Committee on Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension, a contribution from each 
member of the Church and Congregation, endeavor- 
ing to secure at least the amount asked as above 
provided; and he shall, at the Annual Conference, 
report the amount received. He shall also invite 
special contributions in aid of the Annuity Funds 
and Loan Fund of the Board. Each Pastor is exhort- 
ed to utilize the services of the Committee appointed 
by the Quarterly Conference. 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of the Pastor, aided by 
the Committee on Home Missions and Church Exten- 
sion, to institute a bimonthly missionary prayer meet- 
ing or lecture in each Society, Church, Congregation, 
or Sunday School wherever practicable, for the pur- 
pose of imploring the divine blessing on Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension, and for the diffusion 
of missionary intelligence. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Pastor to see that 
each Sunday School on his Charge is organized into 

260 


Home Missions anp Cuurcu Extension F 402 


a Missionary Society, and that at least one Sunday of 
each month is observed in the interest of Missions 
and a collection taken, which shall be divided equally 
between the Board of Foreign Missions and the 
Board of Home Missions and Church Extension; 
and all contributions of the Sunday Schools shall be 
reported in a separate column in the Annual and 
General Minutes. It shall be the duty of the Sunday 
School Missionary Society to provide, with the con- 
sent of the Sunday School. Board, for brief mission- 
ary exercises in the Sunday, School on the day that 
the monthly missionary collection is taken, to cause 
suitable literature to be distributed in the Sunday 
School, and to arrange for occasional missionary 
concerts. The Sunday School Missionary Society 
shall include Home and Foreign Missions and the 
contributions shall be divided equally between the 
two Boards. 


XI. Applications for Church Extension Aid 


{ 402, § 1. All applications for Church Extension 
aid shall be made in accordance with blank form, to 
be furnished by the Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension. Every such application shall be 
forwarded to the Conference Board, and the Confer- 
ence Board shall forward the same, with proper 
recommendations, to the Corresponding Secretary, 
who shall submit all applications to the Board of 
Home Missions and Church HExtension at a regular 
or special meeting. And the Board shall not consider 
any application without the recommendation of the 
Conference Board, except as hereinbefore provided. 

§ 2. Nothing in the chapter defining the Conference 

261 


{ 403 Woman’s Home Missionary Sociery 


organization of the work of the Board of Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension shall supersede or affect 
the administration of the Missionary work and ap- 
propriations in cities as provided for in the chapter 
on City Evangelization. 


CHAPTER V 
WOMAN’S HOME Se a SOCIETY 


§ 403. There shall ne an organization Known as 
the Woman’s Home Missionary Society of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church, which Society shall have 
authority to collect and disburse money, employ Mis- 
sionaries, and do work among the neglected popula- 
tions in the home field under the same Disciplinary 
rules and regulations as those which apply to the 
Woman’s Foreign Missionary Society, except the re- 
quirements contained in { 388, §§ 2, 3. P 


CHAPTER VI 
CITY EVANGELIZATION 


I. National City Evangelization Union 


q§ 404, § 1. For the promotion and coérdination 
of the work of evangelization there shall be an or- 
ganization known as the National City Hvangeliza- 
tion Union. It shall be composed of representatives 

262 


Ciry EVANGELIZATION © 404 


from all the local organizations or Unions, by what- 
ever name known, in the cities of the United States, 
working for City Evangelization and City Church 
Bxtension under the auspices of the Methodist Epis- 
copal Church. . 

§ 2. The object of the National City Evangelization 
Union is to promote the efficiency of the local Unions, 
te bring them into helpful and fraternal relations, 
to encourage the formation of similar Unions in all 
the cities, or in communities contiguous to each 
other where the Methodist Episcopal Church has 
three or more Charges, and, in general, to keep be- 
fore the Church its responsibility for the evangeliza- 
tion of the cities. It shail work in codperation with 
the Board of Home Missions and Church Extension, 
and shall be entitled to elect not less than three of 
its members to represent it in the General Commit- 
tee of Home Missions and Church Extension. Should 
a Bureau of Cities be organized by that Society, it 
shall elect not less than three of its members to 
represent it on that Bureau. 

§ 3. The Board of Managers shall consist of the 
officers of the Society and of thirty other members, 
Laymen and Ministers, who shall be elected at such 
times as the Constitution of the National Union 
shall provide. The Bishops, the executive officers of 
each local Union, the executive officers of the Board 
of Home Missions and Church Extension, and three 
members chosen by that Board shall be eg Officio 
members of the Board. It shall be the duty of the 
Corresponding Secretary elected by the National City 
Evangelization Union to conduct the correspondence 
of the Union, and in general to promote the interests 
of City Evangelization throughout the Church by 

263 


q 405 Ciry EVANGELIZATION 


the circulation of literature, the visitation of cities 
and Annual Conferences, and by such codperation 
with the local Unions and the Board of Home Mis- 
sions and Church Extension as may be found practi- 
cable. ; 

§ 4. The National Union shall present to each 
General Conference a report, for the quadrennium 
next preceding, of its general condition and work, 
and of the status, financial and otherwise, of all the 
federated Unions. 


IL. Local Unions 

§ 405, § 1. To promote City Evangelization and 
City Church Extension in the United States it is 
recommended that, in every city or in communities 
contiguous to each other, where the Methodist Epis- 
copal Church has three or more Charges, a local 
Union be organized with such name and board of 
management as it shall determine; provided, that 
every Pastor in the territory covered by the So- 
ciety’s Constitution or Charter, and every District 
Superintendent having jurisdiction therein, and the 
resident Bishop, if there be one, shall be recognized 
aS members of the Board, and that each Quarterly 
Conference shall be entitled to at least one repre- 
sentative in said Board. 

§ 2. The local Union may properly include, among 
other objects, in the scope of its work the organizing 
of Churches and Sunday Schools, the erection of 
buildings, the aid of weak Churches, the transforma- 
tion of downtown Churches into new centers with 
modern methods of service, Missions to foreign popu- 
lations, the maintenance of kindergarten and indus- 

264 


City EvANGELIZATION q 405 


trial schools, the promotion of evangelistic, social, 
and settlemert work, the support of rescue Missions 
and of institutions for the relief of the destitute and 
the recovery of the outcast. A local Union may also 
combine with its plans for evangelization methods 
for promoting the connectional social life of the local 
Churches. 

§ 3. There shall be recognized three classes of 
cities: 

1. To the first class belong those in which there is 
a local Society organized under the general form 
required in § 405, effectively at work and administer- 
ing funds raised locally as well as those appropriated 
by the General Committee of Home Missions and 
Church Extension. 

2. To the second class belong those in which, either 
from lack of local interest or from inadequate organ- 
ization, the local Society is but partially developed. 

3. To the third class belong those in which, though 
the conditions in § 1 are fulfilled and the need of 
organization is apparent, no local Society has been 
formed. 

The National City Evangelization Union shall have 
authority to determine this classification. 

§ 4. To the organizations in cities of the first class 
appropriations shall be made by the General Commit- 
tee of Home Missions and Church Extension, to be 
administered as provided for in § 405, and to these 
societies the relation of the Board of Home Missions 
and Church Extension shall be simply advisory. 

In the case of Societies in cities of the second class, 
the administration shall be determined by the Gen- 
eral Committee of Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension and the relation of the Board of Home Mis- 

265 


q{ 406 Ciry EvANGELIZATION 


sions and Church Extension may be directive, the 
aim of the Board being in the cities of the second 
class to develop the local Societies so that to them, 
when duly organized and in operation, may be com- 
mitted the Missionary work of the city, such organiza- 
tions, as rapidly as possible, placing the cities among 
those of the first class. 

In the cities of the third class, the Board of Home 
Missions and Church Extension shall directly or 
through its Bureau of Cities,.should such a depart- 
ment be formed, actively undertake Mission work in 
connection with local forces, associating such forces 
whenever feasible into a local organization ‘and hav- 
ing in view the efficiency of the work, the raising 
of the city as early as practicable to the first class. 

§ 5. The local Unions shall have authority each 
in the territory covered by its Constitution or Char- 
ter to collect and disburse money for the objects 
contemplated in its organization. 


III. Duties of District Superintendents, Pastors, etc. 

9 406, § 1. It shall be the duty of a District 
Superintendent whose District covers in whole, or 
in part, a city or contiguous communities where there 
are three or more Charges, to codperate with the 
Board of Home Missions and Church Extension in 
securing the organization of a local Union as herein 
provided, and he shall exercise special supervision 
over it until other provision be made for its superin- 
tendence; he shall include in his annual report to 
the Annual Conference a statement of the needs and 
conditions of the local Unions on his District. 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of each Pastor stationed 

266 


EpucaTion {| 407 


within the territory included in the Charter or Con- 
stitution of any local Union duly organized according 
to the Discipline once each year to present the 
cause of City Evangelization to his Congregation, to 
take up a collection for the local Society, and to re- 
port the amount to the Annual Conference. 

§ 3. The Annual Conferences are directed to take 
such friendly cognizance of the local Unions within 
their bounds as may promote their efficiency and 
facilitate their work and also to provide for the pub- 
lication of their tabulated reports in the Conference 
Minutes. 

§ 4. The General Committee of Home Missions 
and Church Extension shall codperate with the Na- 
tional City Evangelization Union in its plans for 
agitation and education and shall promote, as far as 
possible, the work of the local Societies in the several 
cities. 


CHAPTER VII 
BOARD OF EDUCATION 


I. Incorporation and Officers 


§ 407, § 1. For the promotion of the educational 
work of the Church there shall be a Board known 
as the Board of Education of the Methodist Episco- 
pal Church. The Board of Education of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church, as now duly incorporated 
according to the laws of the State of New York, shall 
be recognized as said Board of Education until 
changed by the General Conference. And the said 

267 


q{ 408 EpucaTIon 


Board shall manage its affairs and property in such 
manner as shall not be inconsistent with its Charter 
or the rules and regulations of said General Confer- 
ence. 

§ 2. The Board of Education shall consist of thirty- 
six members, one half to be Laymen, and at least 
three to be Bishops, with at least one member resi- 
dent in each General Conference District. These 
members shall be elected by the General Conference 
and shall hold office for twelve years; one third of 
the Board shall be elected at each General Conference, 
provided that upon the first election, one third of the 
members shall be elected for four years, one third 
for eight years, and one third for twelve years. 

§ 408. The Corresponding Secretary. shall be 
elected by the General Conference. He shall, under 
the provisions of the Discipline and the direction of 
the Board, conduct the correspondence, and shall in 
all his official conduct be subject to the authority 
and control of the Board, by whom his salary shall 
be fixed and paid. His time shall be employed in 
conducting the affairs of the Board and, under its 
direction, in promoting its general interests by trav- 
eling or otherwise. 

Any vacancy in this office, caused by death, resig- 
nation, or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board, 
until the Bishops, or a majority of them, shall fill 
the vacancy. 


II. Powers 
q 409, § 1. No institution of learning shall be rec- 
ognized by the Board of Education as under the aus- 
pices of the Methodist Episcopal Church, be inserted 
in its classified list of such imstitutions, or receive 
268 


EpucaTIon | 410 


aid from its connectional educational funds, unless it 
first have the approval of the Annual Conference 
within whose bounds it is located, and of the Con- 
ferences associated in its management, and unless 
also (if it is of collegiate grade, and established after 
July, 1896) it shall have secured the approval of the 
Board of Education before its establishment. 

§ 2. In the case of any institution hereafter estab- 
lished contrary to the provisions in § 1 of this para- 
graph, the Board of Education, on formal complaint 
made to it by any Annual Conference interested, shall 
fix a time and place for hearing the authorities of the 
said institution, and other institutions affected there- 
by, and shail advise such adjustment of the relation 
between them as shall seem wise and proper under 
the circumstances. 

§ 3. The Board of Education shall recognize as 
auxiliaries such Hiducational Societies as now exist, 
or may hereafter be created, provided such Societies 
prosecute their work in harmony with the principles 
and methods of the Board of Education. 

{ 410, § 1. The Board of Education shall receive, 
invest, and disburse the fund known as the “Sunday 
School Children’s Fund” and such other funds as are 
now in its hands or may be specially committed to it 
for educational purposes. f 414. 

§ 2. The Board of Education shall administer the 
Children’s Fund to assist worthy young people, mem- 
bers of the Methodist Episcopal Church, in obtaining 
a more advanced education. The aid shall be granted 
only in the form of loans, but the Board shall have 
the authority to cancel said loans, in part or in whole, 
for protracted ill health, or for five years’ actual 
missionary service. 

269 


@ 411 EpucaATION 


Ili, Educational Institutions 


4 411, § 1. The educational institutions under the 
patronage of the Methodist Episcopal Church shall 
be classified as follows: 

1. Primary Schools. 
Secondary Schools, 
. Colleges. 
Universities. 
Schools of Theology. 

§ 2. In mission fields and other localities where in- 
adequate provision has been made for elementary 
instruction, primary schools may be established. 

§ 3. Wherever the conditions are favorable, each 
Conference may have under its direct supervision one 
or more secondary schools known as academies, sem- 
inaries, or collegiate institutes. 

§ 4. Conferences shall not approve the multiplica- 
tion of colleges or universities beyond the needs of 
the people or their ability to equip and sustain them. 

§ 5. Theological schools, whose professors are nom- 
inated or confirmed by the Bishops, exist for the bene- 
fit of the whole Church. It is the duty of the Bishops, 
District Superintendents, and Pastors to direct the 
attention of our young people to our literary institu- 
tions, and of the candidates for our Ministry, having 
proper qualifications, to our theological seminaries. 

§ 6. The Board of Education shall publish in its 
annual reports a list of all the educational institu- 
tions under the patronage of the Methodist Episco- 
pal Church, classifying the same according to the 
provisions contained in § 1 of this paragraph. 


gue go bs 


270 


EDUCATION q 412 


IV. University Senate 


§ 412, § 1. There shail bexa University Senate of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church, quadrennially ap- 
pointed by the Bishops under the authority of the 
General Conference. It shall be composed of persons 
actively engaged in the work of education, one from 
each General Conference District and one at large. 
It is not required that the Conference relation of a 
ministeriai member be held in the General Confer- 
ence District which he represents, provided his resi- 
denee and educational work are within such District. 
If, in consequence of the retirement of a member 
from educational work, or from any other cause, a 
vacancy occur in the body during the quadrennium, 
it shall be the duty of the Bishops at their next semi- 
annual meeting to fill said vacancy. 

§ 2. The Senate shall determine and at least quad- 
rennially revise the minimum equivalents of aca- 
demic work to be required for promotion to the 
Baccalaureate degrees in the educational institutions 
of our Church. The curricula thus determined shall 
provide for the historical and literary study of the 
Bible in the vernacular. In general, the Senate shall 
have authority to protect the educational standards 
of our Church. 

§ 3. At the written request of the President and 
Corresponding Secretary of the Board of Education, 
ox at the written request of any three of its own 
members, the Senate shall investigate the scholastic 
requirements and methods of any designated institu- 
tion claiming to be under the patronage of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church, and shall report to the Board 
of Education its decision as to whether the require- 

271 


q 418 Epucation 


ments and methods of said institution are such as to 
justify its official recognition by the authorities of 
the Church. Such decision shall thereafter govern 
the action of the Board of Education. 

§ 4. The Senate shall at least quadrennially report 
to the Board: of Education its requirements and de- 
cisions, and on the basis of these the Board of Educa- 
tion shall in its official lists and in its administration 
classify the educational institutions of the Church, 
whatever their legal or self-chosen name may be. 


V. Duties of District Superintendents 

§ 413, § 1. It shall be the duty of each District 
Superintendent to bring the subject of education be- 
fore the fourth Quarterly Conference of each Charge 
within his District, and said Conference shall appoint 
a Committee on Education, consisting of not less than 
three nor more than seven persons, of which Commit- 
tee the Pastor shall be chairman, This Committee 
shall aid the Pastor in canvassing the Charge for the 
purpose of stimulating interest in the higher educa- 
tion of our youth, by distributing the catalogues and 
circulars of the secondary schools, colleges, universi- 
ties and theological institutions of the Church, and 
seeking to secure the attendance of our young people 
at these institutions, 

§ 2. The District Superintendent at the fourth 
Quarterly Conference of each Charge shall inquire: =” 

1. Has the Sermon on Education been preached 
during the year, when, and by whom? 

2. Has the canvass for education been made, and 
the collection for education been taken? Has Chil- 
dren’s Day been observed, and have its collections 

272 


EpucaTION 4 415 


been taken as required by the Discipline? How much 
was contributed for each of these purposes? 

3. What students in the Charge are attending any 
of the secondary schools, colleges, universities, or 
theological schools of the Church? 


VI. Duties of Pastors 


§ 414, § 1. It shall be the duty of every Pastor to 
take one public collection annually in each Society in 
aid of the work of education. The money so received 
shall be paid over to such auxiliary of the Board of 
Education, or institution of learning, as the Annual 
Conference may direct, or, in the absence of Annual 
Conference direction, to the treasury of the Board of 
Education, and this shall be reported to the Annual 
Conference under the head of ‘Public Educational 
Collection.” 

§ 2. It shall be the duty of every Pastor to cause 
every Sunday School under his charge to observe the 
second Sunday in June, or such other Sunday as may 
be more conyenient, as Children’s Day, and upon said 
day, as part of the service, he shall take a collection 
to be devoted to the Sunday School Children’s Fund. 
The Pastor shall forward the collection aforesaid di- 
rectly to the Secretary of the Board of Education, 
and report the same to his Annual Conference under 
the head of “Children’s Fund.” 

415. The Treasurer of each Annual Conference 
at the close of each Conference session shall report to 
the Board of Education the amount of all moneys 
raised for educational purposes and the objects to 
which they have been applied. 

18 273 


q{ 416 Sunpay ScuHoors 


CHAPTER, VIII 
BOARD OF SUNDAY SCHOOLS 


I. Incorporation 


4 416, § 1. For the moral and religious instruc- 
tion of our children, and for the promotion of Bible 
knowledge among all our people, there shall be a 
Board of Sunday Schools, duly incorporated according 
to the laws of the State of Illinois, and having its 
headquarters in the city of Chicago. The said Board 
shall have general oversight of all the Sunday School 
interests of the Methodist Episcopal Church, and 
shall be subject to such rules and regulations as the 
General Conference may from time to time prescribe. 

§ 2. The work of the Board of Sunday Schools 
shall be to found Sunday Schools in needy neighbor- 
hoods; to contribute to the support of those Sunday 
Schools which, without assistance, cannot continue; 
to educate the Church in all phases of Sunday School 
work, constantly endeavoring to raise ideals and to 
improve methods; to give impulse and direction in 
general to the study of the Bible in the Church. All 
the work of the Board of Sunday Schools shall be 
done under a Board of Managers to be elected by 
the General Conference, upon nomination by the 
Board of Bishops, to consist of twenty-seven mem- 
bers, three of whom shall be effective Bishops 
and twenty-four other members, Lay and Clerical, 

274 


Sunpay ScHoors {417 


expert in Sunday School work, with at least one 


member resident in each General Conference Dis- 
trict. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Managers 
to revise annually the list of Managers, and in case 
of inattention by any Manager to the duties of the 
office, it shall declare his seat vacant. 


Il. Corresponding Secretary 

§ 417, § 1. The Corresponding Secretary shall be 
elected by the General Conference and shall be the 
chief executive officer of the Board of Sunday Schools. 
Under the provisions of the Discipline and the au- 
thority, direction, and control of the Board, he shall 
conduct the correspondence and business, and shall 
be an advisory member thereof. His time shall be 
employed in conducting the affairs and in promoting 
the general interests of the Board by traveling or 
otherwise. He shall be the Superintendent of the 
Department of Sunday School instruction. The 
Editor of Sunday School Literature shall also be an 
advisory member of this Board. The Board of Man- 
agers of the Board of Sunday Schools, having each 
ear made an estimate of the sum of money needed 
for the educational, benevolent, and Missionary work 
of the Board, the Corresponding Secretary shall 
notify District Superintendents and Pastors of the 
proportion needed from the respective Charges. 

§ 2. The Board of Managers shall have power to 
suspend the Corresponding Secretary or Treasurer 
for a cause to them sufficient, and a time shall be 
fixed by the Board at as early a date as practicable 
for the investigation of the official conduct of said 

275 


G 418 Sunpay ScHoors 


Secretary or Treasurer, due notice of which shall be 
given by them to the Bishops, who shall select one of 
their number to be present and preside at the in- 
vestigation. 

§ 3. Any vacancy in this office caused by death, 
resignation, or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board 
until the Bishops, or a majority of them, shall fill the 
vacancy. . 

{ 418. The General Conference shall elect each 
quadrennium an Editor of Sunday School Literature. 
He shall also, in consultation with the Publishing 
Agents, the Board of Managers, and the Correspond- 
ing Secretary, have charge of the Department of 
Sunday School Requisites, including books of instruc- 
tion for Sunday Schools. The Editor of German Sun- 
day School publications in Cincinnati shall be the 
German Assistant Secretary of the Board of Sunday 
Schools, without additional salary. 


III. Local Sunday School Board 

7 419, § 1. Every Sunday School of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church shall be under the supervision of a 
Local Sunday School Board, and shall be auxiliary to 
the Board of Sunday Schools of the Methodist Epi-- 
copal Church. 

§ 2. The Local Sunday School Board shall consist 
of the Pastor, who shall be ex officio chairman, the 
Sunday School Committee appointed by the Quarterly 
Conference, the Superintendent, the Assistant Super- 
intendents, heads of departments, the duly elected 
Secretaries, Treasurer, and Librarians, the Teachers 
of the School, the Assistant Teachers who are nom- 
inated and elected in the same way as the Teachers, 

276 


SunpAy ScHooLs | 420 


sind the President of the Sunday School Missionary 
Society. In case of the withdrawal of Officers or 
‘Neachers from the School, they shall cease to be mem- 
bers of the Board. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Local Sunday School 
Board, whenever practicable, to organize the Schools 
into Temperance Societies, under such rules and 
regulations as the Board may prescribe, the duty of 
which Societies shall be to see that temperance in- 
struction is imparted to the School, and to secure, so 
far as possible, the pledging of its members to total 
abstinence. 

§ 4. It shall be the duty of the Superintendent, to- 
gether with the Local Sunday School Board, to take 
a collection in the School at least once a year for 
the Board of Sunday Schools. 


IV. Officers and Teachers 

q 420, § 1. The Superintendent shall be nomi- 
nated annually by the Local Sunday School Board, 
and confirmed by the Quarterly Conference at its 
session after such nomination, and in case of a 
yacaney the Pastor shall superintend or secure the 
superintending of the School until such time as a 
Superintendent nominated by the Local Sunday 
School Board shall be confirmed by the Quarterly ~ 
Conference. 

§ 2: The other Officers of the School shall be 
elected by the Local Sunday School Board. 

§ 3. The Teachers of the School shall be nominated 
by the Superintendent, after having received the 
concurrence of the Pastor, and shall be elected by 
the Local Sunday School Board. 

277 


@ 421 SunpAay ScHoors 


§ 4. The place of any Officer or Teacher habitually 
neglecting his or her duty, being inefficient, or guilty 
of improper conduct, may be declared vacant by a 
vote of two thirds of the Board present at any res- 
ular or special meeting. When a Teacher ceases to 
teach, membership in the Local Sunday School Board 
shall thereby be discontinued. 

§ 5. It shall be the duty of the Superintendent to 
report to each Quarterly Conference: 

1. Name of Sunday School. 

. Number of Officers and Teachers. 

. Number of Scholars in all grades. 
Average Attendance. 

Number of Scholars in Home Rosdtiinent! 
Number of Members on the Cradle Roll. 

. Number of Officers and Teachers members of the 
chen or Probationers. 

8. Number of Scholars (whether attendants, or 
members of Home Department) members of the 
Church or Probationers. 

9. Number of members of the Sunday School con- 
verted during the quarter. 

10. Current expenses for the quarter. 

11. Amount raised for Missions during the quarter. 

12. Amount raised for the Board of Sunday Schools 
during the quarter. 


} 


NO wR wh 


V. Duties of District Superintendents 

9 421, § 1. It shall be the duty of the District 
Superintendent to apportion to the Charges on his 
District such part of the total amount that may be 
assumed by the Annual Conference for the Board of 
Sunday Schools as properly belongs to his District. 
§ 2. It shall be the duty of the District Suwperin- 

278 


| 
| 


Sunpay ScHooLs q 429 


tendent to bring the subject of Sunday Schools before 
the fourth Quarterly Conference; and said Quarterly 
Conference shall appoint a Committee of members 
of our Church of not less than three nor more than 
nine for each Sunday School in the Charge, to be 
called the Committee on Sunday Schools, whose duty 
it shall. be to aid the Pastor and the Officers of 
the Sunday Schools in procuring suitable Teachers, in 
promoting in all proper ways the attendance of chil- 
dren and adults on our Sunday Schools and at our 
regular public worship, and in raising money to meet 
the expenses of the Sunday Schools of the Charge. 
Of this Committee the Pastor shall be chairman. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the District Superin- 
tendent to aid in all possible ways in developing the 
efficiency of existing Sunday Schools and especially 
in establishing and fostering new Schools, 


VI. Duties of Pastors 

| 422, § 1. It shall be the duty of the Pastor, 
aided by the Superintendent and the Committee on 
Sunday Schools, to decide as to what books and other 
publications shall be used in the Sunday Schools. - 

§ 2. It shall be the special duty of the Pastor, with 
the aid of the other Preachers and the Committee on 
Sunday Schools, to form Sunday Schools in all our 
Congregations where ten persons can be collected for 
that purpose, which Schools shall be auxiliary to the 
Board of Sunday Schools of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church; to engage the codperation of as many of our 
members as they can; to visit the Schools as often as 
practicable, to preach on the subject of Sunday 
Schools and the religious instruction of children in 

279 : 


q 422 Sunpay ScHoors 


each Congregation at least once in six months; to 
form classes, wherever they can, for the instruction 
of the larger children, youth, and adults in the Word 
of God; and where they cannot superintend them per- 
sonally, to see that suitable Teachers are provided 
for that purpose. 

§ 3. It shall be the duty of the Pastor to enforce 
faithfully upon parents and Sunday School Teachers 
the great importance of instructing children in the 
doctrines and duties of our holy religion; to see that 
our Catechisms be used as extensively as possible in 
our Sunday Schools and families; and to preach to 
the children, and catechise them publicly in the Sun- 
day Schools and at public meetings appointed for 
that purpose. 

§ 4, It shall be the duty of the Pastor in his pas- 
toral visits to pay special attention to the children; 
to speak to them personally and kindly according 
to their capacity on the subject of experimental and 
practical godliness; to pray earnestly for them; and 
diligently instruct and exhort all parents to dedicate 
their children to the Lord in Baptism as early as 
convenient. 

§ 5. Hach Pastor shall lay before the Quarterly 
Conference, to be entered on its Journal, the number 
and state of the Sunday Schools in his Charge, and 
the extent to which-he has preached to the children 
and catechised them, and shall make the required 
report on Sunday Schools to his Annual Conference. 

§ 6. It shall be the duty of every Pastor to cause 
each Church under his Charge to obserye the last 
Sunday in October, or such other Sunday as may be 
more convenient, as Sunday School Day, and upon 
said day as part of the service he shall take a collec- 

280 


CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS q 423 


tion to be devoted to the maintenance and advance- 
ment of our Sunday School work throughout the 
bounds of the Church. The Pastor shall forward the 
said collection directly to the Corresponding Secre- 
tary of the Board of Sunday Schools. 


CHAPTER IX 
BOARD OF CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


I. Authorization and Officers 


§ 423, § 1. There shall be a Board of Conference 
Claimants nominated by the Bishops and elected by 
the General Conference, consisting of one effective 
Bishop, seven Ministers and seven Laymen. No Con- 
ference shall have more than one representative on 
the Board. 

§ 2. The Board of Conference Claimants shall be 
duly and legally incorporated, according to the laws 
of the State of Illinois, with such powers and pre- 
rogatives as shall be needful for the accomplishing 
of the objects of the Board as herein stated. This 
Board is authorized to adopt such measures as in 
its judgment are necessary to build up and administer 
a permanent Connectional Fund which is hereby es- 
tablished, and to increase the revenues for the bene- 
fit of Conference Claimants; provided, however, that 
no part of the expense of administration shall be 
taken from the percentage forwarded by the Annual 
Conferences, but the expenses of such administra- 
tion shall be paid from such other funds, not other- 
wise designated, as may be in the hands of the Board 

281 


424 CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


of Conference Claimants. Seven members shall con- 
stitute a quorum. The office of the Board shall be 
in Chicago, Illinois. 

§ 3. The terms of service of the members of this 
Board shall be for four years, and continue until 
their successors are duly elected and ‘qualified. 
Vacancies occurring during the interval of the Gen- 
eral Conference shall be filled by the Board upon 
nomination by the Bishops. The Board shall convene 
upon the second Tuesday in July, following their 
election, and thereafter at such times as shall be fixed 
by the Board. The Board shall make a detailed re- 
port to the General Conference. 

[N. B.—The annual meeting of the Board of Conference Claimants is 


held on the Wednesday immediately following the second Monday in 
January.] 


II. Corresponding Secretary 


4 424. There shall be a Corresponding Secretary 
of like standing and duties as the Corresponding 
Secretaries of the other benevolent Boards, who shall 
be elected by the General Conference, and shall be 
the chief executive officer of the Board. Under the 
provisions of the Discipline and the authority, direc- 
tion, and control of the Board he shall conduct the 
correspondence and business, and shall be an advi- 
sory member thereof. His time shall be employed in 
conducting the affairs and promoting the general in- 
terests of the Board. 


III. Connectional Fund for Conference Claimants 


4 425, § 1. The Connectional Fund for Conference 
Claimants is established that the Preachers and the 
282 


CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS @ 426 


people of the stronger Annual Conferences may be 
united with those of the weaker Conferences in one 
connectional plz.n in order that, by this codperation, 
a more equitable and general support may be secured 
for Superannuzted Preachers and other Conference 
Claimants, especially for those in the more needy 
Conferences. 

§ 2. This Fund consists of: 

1. The five per cent of the annual collections for 
Conference Claimants forwarded from the Annuai 
Conferences. ‘j 312. 

2. The income of the Permanent Connectional 
Fund. 

3. The income from funds, endowmenis, bequests, 
and grants, or money for permanent investmenis, 
or property held in trust, for this Fund. 

4. The income from all bequests for the benefit 
of Conference Claimants, the custody or administra- 
tion of which is not otherwise designated. 

5. Such gifts and bequests as are made to this 
Fund for immediate distribution. 


IV. Administration of Connectional Fund 

§ 426, § 1. This Connectional Fund shall be ad- 
ministered by the Board of Conference Claimants 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church, incorporated by 
authority of the General Conference. 

§ 2. The Board of Conference Claimants as soon 
as possible after January 1 of each year shall ascer- 
tain the amount of the Claimants’ Connectional Fund 
at their disposal for distribution to the Annual Con- 
ferences. 

§ 3. The distribution of this Fund shall be made by 

283 ; 


q 427 CoNFERENCE CLAIMANTS 


the Board of Conference Claimants to the Annual 
Conferences severally and not to | the individual 
claimant. | 

§ 4. No Conference shall be eligible to receive con- 
nectional aid unless its share of the annual collec- 
tions shall have been paid into the Connectional 
Fund. \ 

§ 5. The Board of Conference Claimants, in de- 
termining the allowances for special relief, shall as- 
certain from the authorized reports rec\isived from the 
Annual Conferences in what Conferences the Con- 
ference Claimants are in need of special relief, and 
shall make the distribution to such Conferences ac- 
cording to the relative need as this |shall appear 
from these reports; but the allowances to such Con- 
ferences shall not exceed one half of the moneys sub- 
ject to distribution. 

§ 6. The remainder of the available funds shall 
then be distributed among the other Conferences. 
The Board of Conference Claimants shjall first as- 
certain from the reports of the Conferences the total 
amount of the deficits, if any, in the collections for 
Conference Claimants in such Conferences, and de- 
termine the proportion between the sum available for 
distribution to these Conferences and the total deficit 
in them; and each Conference shall then ipeaiae this 
per cent of its deficit. 


V. Annual Conference Report 
§ 427, § 1. The Treasurer of the Board of Confer- 
ence Claimants shall send to each Annual Conference 
a draft payable to the Treasurer designated to receive 
it, for the amount of the allowance thus made. He 
284 | 


| 


Comuren CE CLAIMANTS q 427 


shall also send a report for the preceding year in 


which shall be shown the sources, the amount, and 
the distribution 4 the income of this Fund; and, 
in addition theret«) for information, the average of 
the allowances paid, house rent excluded, for the sup- 
port of the Effective Members in each Annual Con- 
ference during the Nise ae year. 

§ 2. The Treasurer designated by the Annual Con- 
ference to receive the allowance from this amount, 
when remitting to| the Treasurer of the Board of 
Conference Claimants the five per cent designated 
for the Connectional Fund, shall forward therewith 
a certified copy of he Report of the Conference Board 
of Stewards as adopted by the Conference, in which 
shall be shown the allowance made to and the amount 
received by each Conference Claimant, together with 
the following additional data for the guidance. of 
the Board of Conference Claimants in making the 
distribution of the Connectional Fund: \ 

1. The total amount Estimated for Conference 
Claimants by the! Annual Conference Board of 
Stewards. 

2. The total amount Received for Conference Claim- 
ants from each of the several sources of income. 

3. The total amount of the Allowance made to the 
several Conference Claimants by the Board of 
Stewards. 

4. The total amount Paid to Conference Claimants. 

5. The Average of tthe Support paid to the Effective 
Members of the Anthual Conference (house rent ex- 
cluded). | 

6. A copy of “Statistics No. III.” 


} 
{For Claims and Apportionment of Conference Claimants, Adminis- 
tration of Conference Funds, etc., see 17 309-312.) 


285 


q{ 428 Freepmen’s Am 


CHAPTER X | 
FREEDMEN’S AID SOCIETY . 


I, General Object 


{| 428. The work of the Freeclmen’s Aid Society 
shall be the establishment and maintenance of insti- 
tutions for Christian education among the colored 
people in the Southern States aud elsewhere. The 
instruction in these institutions |shall include such 
literary, profeSsional, and biblical courses of study, 
and such industrial training as vil tend to develop 
the. highest Christian character. | These institutions 
shall be located with reference Hie an educational 
system/comprising collegiate centers and codperative 
preparatory academies, so that with the greatest 
economy the educational needs oi} the people may be 
most fully met. Contributions shall be taken through 
the Church for the maintenance and support of 
this work, and for this purpose) Lincoln’s birthday 
shall be observed wherever practicable. The schools 
shall be made self-supporting as rapidly as the finan- 
cial condition of the people will permit. Special 
efforts shall be made to secure) permanent endow- 
ments for the various institutions, and the control 
of any of said schools may be conveyed to a local 
Board of Trustees by the Board of Managers when- 
ever it is satisfied that the support will be ample 
and that the property will be perpetuated and main- 
tained. 


286 


FREEDMEN’S AID q 429 


Il. Board of Managers 


§ 429. There shall be a Board of Managers con- 
sisting of three Bishops, twelve Ministers, and twelve 
Laymen, to be elected quadrennially by the Gen- 
eral Conference, whose term of service shall begin 
on the second Wednesday in June following their 
election, and continue until their successors shall 
enter upon their duties. At the first election six 
Ministers and six Laymen shall be chosen for four 
years, the three Bishops, six Ministers, and six Lay- 
men for eight years, and thereafter all regular elec- 
tions shall be for eight years; but an interim vacancy 
shall be filled by the Bishops until the session of the 
ensuing General Conference, when it shall elect for 
the unexpired term. Said Board of Managers, being 
incorporated according to law, shall be subject to 
the control of the General Conference and the provi- 
sions of the Discipline, and shall have such powers 
and prerogatives as are needed to conduct the work 
of the Society, except such matters as are placed 
under the authority of the General Committee. 
Eleven members shall constitute a quorum for the 
transaction of all business, except the appropriation 
or disposition of funds not under the control of the 
General Committee and the purchase and sale of 
real estate, in which cases a majority of the members 
shall be a quorum and the concurring vote of eleven 
members shall be necessary to complete any such 
transaction. The Board shall make a quadrennial 
report to the General Conference, and shall publish 
quarterly, or oftener, full information concerning 
its work. 


287 


G 430 FREEDMEN’s AID 


III. Officers 

J 430, § 1. The Officers of the Board shall be a 
President, three or more Vice-Presidents, two co- 
ordinate Corresponding Secretaries, a Recording Sec- 
retary, a Treasurer, and an Assistant Treasurer, all 
of whom, except the Corresponding Secretary, shall 
be elected by the Board at its annual meeting each 
year, but a vacancy may be filled at any meeting. 

§ 2. The Corresponding Secretaries shall be elected 
by the General Conference, and as administrative 
Officers, shall be in all official acts subject to the au- 
thority and control of the Board of Managers and 
the direction of the General Committee. Their time 
shall be occupied under the direction of the Board in 
promoting the interests of the Society by conducting 
the correspondence and office work, traveling through 
the Church, giving general supervision to the insti- 
tutions of learning under the care of the Society, 
and other needful forms of service. In case of 
vacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise, the 
Board shall provide for the duties of the office until 
the Bishops shall fill the vacancy. The Board shall 
fix and pay the respective salaries of all its salaried 
Officers. 

§ 3: The senior Book Agent at Cincinnati shall be 
the Treasurer of this Society, and the Board of Man- 
agers may appoint such Assistant Treasurers as it 
deems wise. 


IV. General Committee 
§ 431. There shall be a General Committee of the 
Freedmen’s Aid Society, composed as follows: (1) 
The Bishops; (2) the Corresponding Secretaries, 
288 


FREEDMEN’s AID q 432 


Treasurer, and Recording Secretary of the Board 
of Managers, who shall be ez officio Secretary 
of the General Committee; (3) the two representa- 
tives of each General Conference District elected by 
the General Conference to the General Committee 
on Foreign Missions; (4) an equal number of repre- 
sentatives, to be selected by the Board of Managers 
from its own body. The General Committee shall 
meet annually in such place and on such day in No- 
vember as shall be fixed by the Corresponding Secre- 
tary: to receive and consider the annual report of 
the Board of Managers; to designate what institu- 
tions shall receive aid for the ensuing year, and, as 
far as practicable, the amount each school shall re- 
ceive; to determine the total amount to be expended 
in the support of the schools and for administrative 
purposes; to fix what amount shall be apportioned to 
each Annual Conference to be raised for the use of 
the Board, and to counsel and direct the Board in the 
general administration of its affairs. It shall have 
authority, for neglect of official duties, or for other 
cause, to declare vacant the seat of any member of 
the Board of Managers. If a vacancy shall occur 
in the General Committee by death, resignation, re- 
moval~from the District, or otherwise, the Bishops 
shall fill it. Expenses incurred by this Committee 
in the discharge of its duties shall be paid by the 
Treasurer of the Board. 


V. Duties of District Superintendents and Pastors 
f 432, § 1. Hach District Superintendent shall, as 
early in the Conference year as possible, inform each 
Pastor in his District of the amount to be raised in 
: 289 


G 433 FREEDMEN’s AID 


his Charge, and he shall also inquire at the third 
Quarterly Conference if the amount asked for has 
been raised, and if not raised, he shall urge that it 
be raised before the close of the Conference year. 

§ 2. At the last Quarterly Conference of each year, 
a committee of not less than three nor more than 
nine shall be appointed, of which the Pastor shall be 
the chairman, to be called the Committee on Freed- 
men’s Aid, whose duty it shall be to aid in carrying 
into effect the provisions of the Discipline and the 
plans of the Officers and managers of the Society 
for the support of this cause, so that at least the 
amount asked for each year in the Charge shall be 
secured. The committee shall also see that informa- 
tion concerning this work is diffused among the 
people, using as one means for this purpose the 
literature published by the Society. 

§ 433. The Pastor once a year shall present the 
claims of this work to his people, and ask contribu- 
tions for the support of the same, and the Committee 
on Freedmen’s Aid shall codperate in securing and 
collecting these contributions. The Pastor shall 
preach, or cause to be preached, a sermon on the 
occasion. He shall report to the Annual Conference 
the amount collected for this cause, and thecollec- 
tion shall be published in a column of the General 
Minutes, and also in the minutes of the Annual Con- 
ference. 


290 


CHARTERED FunpD q 434 


CHAPTER XI 
DENOMINATIONAL FUNDS 


I. Chartered Fund 


4 434. To make further provision for distressed 
Effective Ministers, for the families of Hffective Min- 
isters, for Superannuated and Worn-out Ministers, 
and for the widows and orphans of Ministers, there 
shall be a Chartered Fund, to be supported by the 
voluntary contributions of our friends; the principal 
stock of which shall be funded under the direction of 
Trustees chosen by the General Conference, and the 
interest applied under the direction of the General 
Conference, according to the following regulations, 
namely: 

§ 1. The District Superintendents and the Pastors 
shall be collectors and receivers of subscriptions, etc., 
for this Fund. 

§ 2. The money shall, if possible, be conveyed by 
bills of exchange, or otherwise, through the means of 
the post, to the General Publishing Agents, who shall 
pay it to the Trustees of the Fund. Otherwise it shall 
be brought to the ensuing Annual Conference. 

§ 38. The interest shall be divided into as many 
equal parts as there are Annual Conferences, and 
each Annual Conference shall have authority to draw 
one of these parts out of the Fund; and if one or 
more Conferences shall draw out of this Fund in any 

291 


{ 435 Trustrxs, Mernopist Episcopat Caurcu 


given year less than one of these parts, then in such 
case or cases the other Annual Conferences, held in 
the same year, shall have authority, if they judge it 
necessary, to draw out of the Fund such surplus of 
the interest as has not been applied by the former 
Conferences. The Bishops shall bring the neces- 
sary information of the state of the interest of the 
Fund, respecting the year in question, from Confer- 
ence to Conference. 

§ 4. All drafts on the Chartered Fund shall be 
made on the Treasurer of the said Fund, by order of 
the Annual Conference, signed by the President and 
countersigned by the Secretary of the said Conference. 

§ 5. The money subscribed for the Chartered Fund 
may be lodged, on proper securities, in the respective 
States in which it has been subscribed under the 
direction of deputies living in such States respec- 
tively; provided, such securities and such deputies be 
-proposed as shall be approved by the Trustees in 
Philadelphia, and the stock in which it is proposed 
to lodge the money be sufficiently productive to give 
satisfaction to the Trustees. 

{ 435. The Board of Trustees shall have power to 
fill any vacancy or vacancies that may occur by 
death, resignation, or otherwise, subject, however, 
to the approval of the first General Conference that 
may be held after such vacancy or vacancies shall 
have occurred. 


Il. Trustees, Methodist Episcopal Church 


4 436. There shall be an incorporated Board of 
Trustees of the Methodist Episcopal Church, lotated 
at Cincinnati, composed of twelve members, divided 

292 


Trustsxes, Metuopist Episcopan Caurcu ¥ 437 


into classes of three Ministers and three Laymen 
each. The term of office shall be eight years. Each 
General Conference shall elect. one class, and fill 
vacancies caused by death, resignation, cessation of 
membership in the Church, or otherwise. Vacancies 
occurring in the interval of the General Conference 
shall be filled for the remainder of the quadrennium 
by the Bishops. 

§ 437. This Board shall hold in trust, for the bene- 
fit of the Methodist Episcopal Church, any and all 
donations, bequests, grants, and funds in trust, etc., 
that may be given or conveyed to said Board, or to 
the Methodist Episcopal Church, as such, for any 
benevolent object; and to administer the said funds, 
and the proceeds of the same, in accordance with the 
directions of the donors, and the interests of the 
Church as contemplated by said donors, under the 
direction of the General Conference; provided, that 
any sums thus donated or bequeathed, but not 
specially designated for any benevolent object, shall 
be appropriated to the “Permanent Fund’; and pro- 
vided, also, that the Board shall not be required to 
accept any gift, bequest, or’trust to which may be 
attached conditions that appear to the Board to be 
unreasonable, or likely to produce embarrassment. 
Having accepted in good faith, under the conditions 
imposed, any gift or bequest in trust for any one or 
more of the benevolent societies or other institutions 
under the patronage or direction of the Church, the 
Board shall be responsible only for the careful and 
economical administration of the same, and shall not 
be held to account to the beneficiary or beneficiaries 
thereof either for the fund or for a continuous in- 
come therefrom or interest thereon, beyond what 

293 


q 438 Trustres, Mreruopist Episcopan Cuurcu 


may be secured through fidelity and diligence; and 
all necessary expenses arising from the care or 
administration of any trust shall be charged to 
the same. 

{| 438. When any such donation, bequest, grant, 
or trust is made to this Board, or to the Church, it 
shall be the duty of the Pastor within the bounds of 
whose Charge it is made to give an early notice there- 
of to the Board, which shall proceed without delay 
to take possession of the same, according to the pro- 
visions of its Charter. 

q 439. This corporation shall make a full report 
to each General Conference, in which shall be shown 
the funds and properties held in trust, and the re- 
ceipts and disbursements during the quadrennium, 
all to be duly attested by a pubiic Bcgoul bent em- 
ployed for the purpose. 

§ 440. There shall be a Fund known as “The Per- 
manent Fund,” to be held by the Trustees of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, the principal of which 
shall be intact forever, and which shall be invested 
by said Trustees on first-class securities, and at as 
favorable rates as can be legally secured. 

9441. It shall be the duty of all Ministers to 
obtain, as far as practicable, contributions to said 
Fund, by donations, bequests, and otherwise. 

{ 442. The interest accumulating from said Fund 
shall be subject to the order of the General Confer- 
ence for the following purposes: 1. To pay the ex- 
penses of the General Conference. 2. To pay the ex- 
penses of Delegations appointed by the General 
Conference to Corresponding Bodies. 3. To make up 
any deficiencies in the salaries of the Bishops. 4. To 
relieve the necessities of the Superannuated and 

294 


CuurcH TEMPERANCE Society 4 444 


~ Worn-out Ministers, and the widows and children of 
those who have died in the work. 


III. Auditing and Bonding 
q 443. All persons holding trust funds, either of 
an Annual or the General Conference, shall be bonded 
in a reliable company in a good and sufficient sum, 
as the Conference may direct, and said Conference 
shall pay the expense of said bonds. These accounts 
shall be audited at least once a year. 


CHAPTER XII 


CHURCH TEMPERANCE SOCIETY 


q 444, § 1. In order to make more effectual the 
efforts of the Church to create public sentiment and 
crystallize the same into successful opposition to the 
organized traffic in intoxicating liquors, the General 
Conference hereby authorizes the organization of 
“The Temperance Society of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church,” under the following Constitution: 


CONSTITUTION 


§ 2. ArtictE I. The object of this Society is to 
promote voluntary total abstinence from all intoxi- 
cants and narcotics by the members of the Church, 
Sunday School, and Epworth League, and the speedy 
enactment of statutory and constitutional laws pro- 
hibiting the traffic in alcoholic liquors. 

§ 8. Articre II. The management of the Society 
shall be vested in a Board of Managers, consisting 

295 


~ 4 444 Cnurcu TremMPERANCE Society 


of a Bishop, who shall be President, and fifteen per- 
sons residing in the territory in, near or convenient 
of access to Chicago, who shall be nominated by the 
Bishops and elected by the General Conference. 

The Board of Managers shall meet annually, and 
at such annual meetings may fill vacancies in the 
Board, caused by death, resignation or other reason. 

§ 4. Arricte III. The Officers of the Board shall be 
a President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer. 
The President shall be chosen out of its own num- 
ber by the Board of Bishops. The other Officers shall 
be elected by the Board of Managers at the first meet- 
ing thereof, which shall be held within two months 
after the adjournment of the General Conference, at 
which said Board shall have power to fill any 
vacancies in these offices other than that of President. 
The central office of the Society shall be located at 
Chicago, Illinois. The Board of Managers shall have 
power to enact such By-laws as it may deem neces- 
sary for its own government, and to employ such 
representatives of its work as it may deem neces- 
sary. 

§ 5. ArtictE IV. It shall be the duty of the Board 
of Managers to officially represent the Church in every 
wise movement for the promotion of voluntary per- 
sonal total abstinence, and to secure legal prohibi- 
tion of the liquor traffic; to publish, approve, and 
distribute literature on the liquor traffic, the use of 
narcotics and manufactured articles containing a 
large percentage of alcoholic spirits; to devise such 
plans and make such advices as shall enable the 
Church to most successfully oppose and overthrow 
this great foe of society, the legalized liquor traffic; 
to make such use of the money received into its 


296 
/ 


CuurcH TreMpPERANCE Society 4 444 


treasury as the work demands; to publish annually 
a report of its work, and make a quadrennial report 
/to the General Conference. 

§ 6. ArticLE V. Each Annual Conference shall 
form within its bounds a Conference Temperance 
Society, which shall elect its own officers and other- 
wise regulate its own administration. It shall elect 
a Temperance Committee in each District Superin- 
tendent’s District, consisting of the District Super- 
intendent and two others nominated by the District 
Superintendents and elected by the Conference. 

It shall be the duty of the District Committee to 
cooperate with other reliable temperance movements, 
and to give all possible aid to No-License campaigns. 
At each session of the Annual Conference a Confer- 
ence anniversary or mass meeting shall be held in 
the interest. of temperance and prohibition. 

§ 7. ArrictE VI. It is recommended that Pastors, 
with the aid of the Committee on Temperance, pre- 
sent once in the year to each Congregation the cause 
of temperance, and ask a public collection and contri- 
bution for the support of the same; which collections 
and contributions shall be paid over to the Treasurer of 
the Temperance Society and reported to the Annual 
Conference in the same manner that other collections 
are reported. It shall be the duty of the Pastor to 
see that each Sunday School is organized into a Tem- 
perance Society, that temperance instruction is im- 
parted, and that as far as possible the members of 
the School are pledged to total abstinence. It shall 
be the duty of the District Superintendent at the 
Fourth Quarterly Conference to inquire whether the 
needs and requirements of this Article have been 
observed. 

297 


@ 445 Erwortn Lreacur 


CHAPTER XIII 
EPWORTH LEAGUE 


I. Constitution 


9 445,§1. For the purposes of promoting intelli- 
gent and vital piety among the young people of our 
Churches and. Congregations, and of training them in 
works of mercy and help, there shall be an organiza- 
tion under the authority of the General Conference 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church and governed by 
the following Constitution: 


CONSTITUTION 


§ 2. Articte I. Name, The title of this organiza- 
tion shall be “The Epworth League of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church.” 

§ 3. Arricte II. Object. The object of the League 
is to promote intelligent and vital piety in the young ~ 
members and friends of the Church, to aid them in 
the attainment of purity of heart and constant growth 
in grace, and to train them in works of mercy and 
help. 

§ 4. Articte III. Organization. With a view of 
carrying out the objects of the League, the Chapters 
and such other Young People’s Epworth Societies as 

298 


Erworru LEaGuE 4 445° 


may be approved by the Quarterly Conferences shall 
be organized into District Superintendents’ District 
Leagues, and may also be formed into General Con- 
ference District Leagues. Other groupings may be 
arranged for the advantage of the work, such as An- 
nual Conference Leagues, State Leagues, City 
Leagues, etc. The Chapter shall be under the control 
of the Quarterly Conference and Pastor. Any Young 
People’s Society may become an affiliated Chapter of 
the Epworth League; provided, it adopt the aims of 
the League, that its President and Officers and gen- 
eral plans of work are approved by the Pastor and 
Official Board or Quarterly Conference, and that it is 
enrolled at the Central Office, 

§' 5. ArtTicLE IV. Government. The management 
of the Epworth League shall be vested in the Board 
of Control, which shall be appointed by the Board 
of Bishops, and shall consist of a Bishop, who shall 
be President of the Epworth League and of the Board 
of Control, and one member from each General Con- 
ference District. If the number of the General Con- 
ference Districts be odd, the Bishops shall appoint 
one member at large, in order that there may be an 
equal number of Laymen and Ministers. The Editor 
of the Hpworth Herald, the General Secretary 6f the 
Hpworth League, the German Assistant Secretary, 
and the Assistant Secretary for Colored Conferences 
shall be advisory members of the Board of Control. 
The Board of Control shall meet four times in each 
quadrennium. 

§ 6. ArricLtE V. Officers. The Officers of the League 
shall be a President, a Vice-President, a General Sec- 
retary, and a Treasurer. The President shall be 
chosen as hereinbefore provided. The Vice-President 

299 


| 445 Epworth LEAGUE 


shall be chosen by the Board of Control from its own 
body. The General Secretary shall be elected by the 
General Conference, and shall be the executive officer 
of the League. He shall have charge of the corre- 
spondence, and shall keep the records of the League, 
and perform such other duties as the Board of Con- 
trol may direct. The Editor of the Epworth Herald 
shall be elected by the General Conference, and shall 
perform such duties as relate to the editorial depart- 
ments of Epworth League publications. The Treas- 
urer shall be elected by the Board of Control. 

All these Officers shall be elected quadrennially, 
and shall hold office until their successors are chosen. 

Vacancies in any of the above-named positions, ex- 
cept the Presidency and the Editorship of the Hp- 
worth Herald, shall be filled by the Board of Control. 

§7. ArticLE VI. German Assistant Secretary. 
The Editor of Haus und Herd is constituted the Ger- 
man Assistant Secretary of the Epworth League. 

§ 8. ArrvicLtE VII. Assistant Secretary for Colored 
Conferences. There shall be an Assistant Secretary 
of the Epworth League for work within colored Con- 
ferences, to be elected quadrennially by the Board of 
Control, who shall perform such duties as the Board 
of Control may direct. 

§ 9. ArticLte VIII. Finances. The salary of the 
Editor of the Epworth Herald shall be fixed by the 
Book Committee and paid by the Book Concern. 
The salaries of the General Secretary and Assistant 
Secretary for work within colored Conferences shall 
be fixed by the Board of Control; and shall be paid, 
together with such administrative expenses as may 
be authorized by the Board of Control, and in such 
amount as the Board of Control may designate, from 

300 
Nin 


i Epworth LEAGvuE © © 447 


_ contributions by the Local Chapters, and the profits 
on Epworth League publications and supplies. © 

§ 10. Articre IX. Central Office. The Central 
Office of the Epworth League shall be in Chicago, 
Illinois. 

§ 11. Articte X. Local Constitution. The Consti- 
tution for Local Chapters shall be determined by the 
Board of Control; provided, however, that no enact- 
ment shall be made which shall in any manner con- 
flict with this General Constitution. 

§ 12. Articre XI. By-Laws. The Board of Con- 
trol shall have power to enact such By-Laws for its 
own government as will not conflict with this Con- 
stitution. 

§ 13. ArticteE XII. Amendments. This Constitu- 
tion shall be altered or amended only by the General 
Conference. 


. 


II. Duties of the President 


§ 446. The President of an Epworth League Chap- 
ter must be a member of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church, and shall be elected by the Chapter and con- 
firmed by the Quarterly Conference, of which body 
he shall then become a member if approved by it for 

._ membership therein. It shall be his duty to present 
to the Quarterly Conference a report of his Chapter, 
together with such other information as the Confer- 
ence may require and he may be able to give. 


Til. Duties of District Superintendents and Pastors 
§ 447. It shall be the duty of the District Superin- 
tendents when holding District or Quarterly Confer- 
301 


q 448 Meruopist BrorHERHOOoD 


ences to inquire into the condition of Epworth 
League Chapters and such other Young People’s So- 
cieties as may be under the control of the Quarterly 
and District Conferences, and to ascertain whether 
they are conducting their affairs in harmony with the 
purpose and Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. 

{ 448. It shall be the duty of Pastors to organize 
if possible, and to maintain, if practicable, Chapters 
of the Epworth League. 


CHAPTER XIV 
METHODIST BROTHERHOOD 
CONSTITUTION 


q 449, § 1. Articte I. Name. This organization 
shall be called the Methodist Brotherhood. 

§ 2. ArtictE II. Object. The aim of this organiza- 
tion is to effect the mutual improvement of its mem- 
bers by religious, social, literary, and physical cul- 
ture; to promote the spirit and practice of Christian 
brotherhood; to increase fraternal interest among 
men; to develop their activity in all that relates to 
social, civic, and industrial betterment, and to build 
up the Church by leading men into its communion 
and fellowship. 

§ 3. Articte III. Membership. All men’s organiza- 
tions of whatever name, existing in Methodist 
Churches, or that may hereafter exist, approved by 
the Quarterly Conference, are recognized as Chapters 
of the Methodist Brotherhood, and upon application 

302 


Metuopist BroTHERHOOD q 449 


for and adoption of the Constitution, shall be enrolled 
as active Chapters. Constitutions of Local Chapters 
shall be in accord with the general Constitution. 

§ 4. ArticteE IV. Officers. The Officers shall be a 
President, five Vice-Presidents, a Recording Secre- 
tary, a General Secretary, and a Treasurer. 

§ 5. Articte V. Managing Board. 1. The Mana- 
ging Board shall consist of three Bishops of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church, who shall be appointed bien- 
nially by the Board of Bishops; the General Officers 
of the Brotherhood; one member from each Gen- 
eral Conference District, and seven additional mem- 
bers at large, who shall be elected by the General 
Convention, as hereinafter provided; and such other 
members as may be elected by affiliating Methodist 
bodies; all of whom shall hold office for two years, 
or until their successors are chosen. Vacancies in 
the Managing Board shall be filled by the Board. 

2. Seven members shall constitute a quorum. 

3. Regular meetings of the Managing Board shall 
be held in May and November of each year. 

4. Any general Men’s Organization, in any Branch 
of Ecumenical Methodism which unites with the 
Methodist Brotherhood, shall have such representa- 
tion on the Managing Board as the members of said 
Board may approve. 

§ 6. ArtTicEE VI. General Convention. 1. The Gen- 
eral Convention shall be held biennially, or otherwise, 
at such time and place as the Managing Board shall 
direct. 

2. Each active Chapter shall be entitled to repre 
sentation in the General Convention by one accredited 
delegate, and by one additional accredited delegate 
for each fifty members in excess of the first fifty. 

303 


q 449 Meruopist BroruERHoop 


The General Officers, the Managing Board, and the 
Annual Conference Presidents and Secretaries shall 
also be delegates to the’ General Convention. 

§ 7. ArticLeE VII. Elections. The Officers shall be 
elected at the General Convention by ballot, and 
shall hold office for two years, or until their succes- 
sors are elected and have qualified. The Officers 
shall perform the duties usually devolving upon their — 
respective offices. Vacancy in office shall be filled 
by the Managing Board. 

§ 8. ArtictE VIII. Conference Organization. Del- 
egates from Local Chapters of the Methodist Brother- 
hood are empowered to organize Annual Conference 
and District Conventions, which shall elect their own 
Officers. 4 The Conference President and Secretary, 
with the District Vice-Presidents and District Superin- 
tendents, shall constitute an Hxecutive Committee 
for the Conference. . Until these organizations shall 
have been perfected, or in case of default, the Mana- 
ging Board shall appoint the Conference President 
and Secretary, and the Conference President shall 
appoint the District Vice-Presidents and Secretaries. 

§ 9. ArticLtE IX. Amendments. This Constitution 

may be amended at any regular General Convention 
by a two-thirds vote, provided that the proposed 
‘amendment shall have been previously submitted in 
writing, and referred to the Managing Board, who 
shall report the same te the Convention with its 
recommendation. 


304 


I. DETERMINING BOUNDARIES 
II. BOUNDARIES OF CONFERENCES 


III. BOUNDARIES OF CONFERENCES AND 
MISSIONS 


IV. ENABLING ACTS 


Dererminine BounDARIES @ 451 


CHAPTER I 


DETERMINING BOUNDARIES 


§{ 450. The General Conference shall appoint a 
Committee on Boundaries, consisting of two mem- 
bers, one Minister and one Layman, from each 
Annual Conference, to be nominated by the delega- 
tions severally, over which one of the Bishops shall 
preside, of which one of the General Conference 
Secretaries shall be the Secretary, and of which 
Committee thirty-five shall be a quorum. All matters 
pertaining to Conference lines shall be referred to 
this Committee; and when’the Committee shall have 
fixed the boundaries of all the Conferences, it shall 
submit its report to the General Conference, whieh 
shall immediately act upon the same as a whole 
without amendment and without debate; provided, 
however, that in accordance with the provisions of 
§ 89, § 5, a Central Mission Conference may fix the 
boundaries of the Annual Conferences within its 
bounds, the General Conference first having deter- 
mined the number of Annual Conferences that may 
be allowed in that field. 

§ 451. Any two or more Conferences which may 
be mutually interested in the readjustment of their 
common boundaries may at any time raise a Joint 
Commission, consisting of five members from each 
Conference directly interested, and the decision of 
such Joint Commission, in which it shall be neces- 
sary for a majority of the five members representing 
each of said Conferences to concur, when it shall be 

307 


@ 452 Determinine BounDARIES 


approved by the Bishop or Bishops who may preside 
at these Conferences at their sessions next ensuing, 
shall be final. But if the Commission so appointed 
shall fail to agree, or if the presiding Bishop shall not 
concur, then the case, with a statement of the facts, 
together with the records of the Commission, shall 
come to the General Conference for final adjudi- 
cation. 

4 452. No petition, resolution, or memorial involv- 
ing change of boundaries of Annual Conferences or 
Mission Conferences, or the division or absorption 
of Annual Conferences or Mission Conferences, or the 
organization of new Annual Conferences or Mission 
Conferences out of the territory already occupied by 
organized Conferences, shall be entertained by the 
Committee on Boundaries until notice shall have 
been given by the Annual Conference or Conferences, 
the Mission Conference or Missions desiring such 
change, or by a majority of the District Super- 
intendents and Mission Superintendents thereof, to 
all of the Annual Conferences and Mission Confer- 
ences affected thereby; provided, however, that upon 
a petition of a majority of the delegates representing 
the Annual Conference or Conferences to be affected 
thereby, the Committee on Boundaries may adjust 
the matters involved in said petition, subject to the 
approval of ail the Annual and Mission Conferences 
named in such petition at their annual session next 
succeeding the General Conference. 


308 


BounDARIES OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


CHAPTER II 
BOUNDARIES OF CONFERENCES 


I. United States and Territories 


{| 453, § 1. AtaBama CONFERENCE shall inciude the 
work among the white people in the State of Alabama 
and in that part of the State of Florida west of the 
Apalachicola River; and also the work among the 
white people within the territory of the Upper Mis- 
sissippi Conference. 

§ 2. ARKANSAS CONFERENCE shall include the work 
among\the white people in the State of Arkansas 
and in that part of the State of Oklahoma east of and 
adjacent to the Port Arthur & Gulf Railroad, along 
the west line of the State of Arkansas, 

§ 3. ATLANTA CONFERENCE shall include the colored 
work in that part of the State of Georgia not included 
in the Savanah Conference. 

§ 4. AusTIN CoNFERENCE shall include the white 
work in the State of Texas, except Hl Paso County 
and that portion north and east of a line beginning 
at Galveston, thence to Ennis, with the Gulf, Colorado 
& Santa Fé and the Houston & Texas Central Rail- 
ways as the boundary; all intermediate points to be 
in the Austin Conference: from Ennis to Red River, 
with the Texas Midland and Frisco Railways as the 
boundary, all intermediate points to be in the Gulf 
Conference. 

§ 5. BALTIMORE CONFERENCE shall include the Dis- 
trict of Columbia, the Western Shore of Maryland, 
except that part of Garrett County lying west of the 

309 


4 453 Bounparies oF CONFERENCES — 


dividing ridge of the Alleghany Mountains and 
Grantsville and Swanton; so much in the State of 
Pennsylvania as lies within the Hancock, Flintstone, 
Union Grove, and Hyndman Circuits; and that part 
of the State of Virginia embraced between the Wil- 
mington and West Virginia Conferences, excepting 
Bayard, Blaine, and Gormania. 

§ 6. BLUE RinGe CONFERENCE shall include the work 
among the white people in the State of North Caro- 
lina not included in the Atlantic Mission Conference, 
and also twelve counties of the State of South 
Carolina, as follows: Oconee, Pickens, Greenville, 
Spartanburg, York, Chester, Union, Anderson, Laur- 
ens, Abbeville, Newberry, and Fairfield. 

§ 7. CALIFORNIA CONFERENCE shall include that part 
of the State of California lying west of the summit 
of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and north of the 
northern boundary of the Southern California Con- 
ference. 

§ 8. CatirornriA GERMAN CONFERENCE shall include 
the German work within the State of California. 

§ 9. CenTRAL ALABAMA CONFERENCE Shall include 
the colored work in the State of Alabama and that 
part of Florida west of the Apalachicola River. 

§ 10. CentTRAL GERMAN CONFERENCE shall comprise 
the German work within the States of Ohio, West 
Virginia, Michigan, and Indiana except those appoint- 
ments which belong at present to the Chicago Ger- 
man Conference; also the German work in Western 
Pennsylvania, and in the Southern States not included 
in the Hast German, Saint Louis German, and 
Southern German Conferences, exclusive of Hmman- 
uel Church, Williams County, Ohio. 

§ 11. CentraL ILLINOIS CONFERENCE shall embrace 

310 


Bounparies or CoNFERENCES 453 


that part of the State of Illinois north of the Illinois 
Conference and south of the following lines, namely: 
Beginning on the Mississippi River at Albany; 
thence southeasterly to the northwest corner of 
Bureau County; thence east to the southwest corner 
of Lee County; thence south to the Chicago, Burling- 
ton & Quincy crossing of the Chicago, Rock Island 
& Pacific Railway; thence along said railway to 
Bureau Junction; thence to the Illinois River; 
thence up said river to the mouth of the Kankakee 
River, leaving Albany, Leon, and Ottawa in the Rock 
River Conference, and Bureau Junction in the Cen- 
tral Illinois Conference; thence up the Kankakee 
River to a point directly west of the north line of 
Kankakee County; thence east to the Indiana line. 

§ 12. CenTRAL Missourr CONFERENCE shall include 
the colored work in the States of Missouri, Iowa, and 
that part of the State of Illinois lying west of the 
following line: Beginning at the city of Cairo, and 
running north along the Illinois Central Railroad 
to the city of Mendota, and including all of the towns 
on said line of railroad; thence north to the Wiscon- 
sin State line, and thence west along said State line 
to the Mississippi River. 

§ 13. CenTRAL New York CONFERENCE Shall be 
bounded on the west by the west lines of the towns of 
Williamson, Marion and Palmyra, in Wayne County, 
and of the towns of Farmington and Canandaigua, 
in Ontario County, and of Yates and Schuyler Coun- 
ties, and of the towns of Hornby and Caton, in Steu- 
ben County; and in the State of Pennsylvania by the 
railroad running from Lawrenceville to Blossburg, in- 
cluding Mansfield and Blossburg Charges; on the 
south by Central Pennsylvania Conference; on the 

311 


{ 453 Bounparies oF CONFERENCES 


east by Wyoming and Northern New York Confer- 
ences; on the north by Northern New York Confer- 
ence and Lake Ontario. 

§ 14. CenrTRAL OnIo CONFERENCE shall be bounded 
on the north by the north line of the State of Ohio; 
on the east by the North Ohio Conference, exclud- 
ing Asbury Church, in Delaware; on the south by the 
Springfield branch of the Cleveland, Columbus, Cin- 
cinnati & Indianapolis Railroad to the west line 
of the Ohio Conference, yet so as to include Marys- 
ville; thence to the west line of the State of Ohio, 
by the north line of the Cincinnati Conference; and 
on the west by the west line of the State of Ohio, in- 
clusive of Emmanuel Church, Williams County, Ohio. 

§ 15. CENTRAL PENNSYLVANIA CONFERENCE shall be 
bounded as follows: On the south by the State line 
from the Susquehanna River to the west boundary of 
Bedford County, excepting so much of the State of 
Pennsylvania as is included in the Baltimore Confer- 
ence; on the west by the west line of Bedford, Blair 
and Clearfield Counties, including New Washington 
Circuit and excluding so much of Clearfield County 
as is embraced in the Erie Conference, and a line 
from the north of Clearfield County to Saint Marys; 
on the north by a line extending from Saint Marys 
eastward to Emporium, including Keating Summit 
Circuit; thence by the southern boundary of Potter 
and Tioga Counties, including Austin, Costello, Whar- 
ton Circuit, Cross Fork, Hammersley Fort Circuit, 
Hoytville, Blackwell, and Liberty Valley Circuits; 
thence through Sullivan County north of Laporte to 
the west line of Wyoming County; thence on the east 
by the present limits of the Wyoming Conference, be- 
ing the east line of Sullivan County, to the north 

312 


BowunpaRiEs OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


line of Columbia County; thence a line southeasterly 
through Luzerne County to the north line of the 
Philadelphia Conference, near White Haven; thence 
on the south by the northern line of Carbon, Schuyl- 
kill, and Dauphin Counties to the Susquehanna River, 
including Hickory Run, Weatherly, Beaver Meadows, 
and Ashland; and thence by the Susquehanna River 
to the place of beginning, including Harrisburg. 

§ 16. CENTRAL SWEDISH CONFERENCE shall include 
all of the Swedish work within the States of Illinois, 
Indiana, and Ohio, the city of Racine, in the State of 
Wisconsin, and also the Swedish work in the State 
of New York west of the Genesee River, and in the 
State of Pennsylvania west of the Susquehanna 
River. 

§ 17. CENTRAL TENNESSEE CONFERENCE shall include 
the work among the white people in all that part 
of the State of Tennessee west of and excluding the 
counties of Marion, Grundy, Van Buren, Cumberland, 
and Fentress. 

§ 18. Cuicaco GERMAN CONFERENCE shali include 
the German work in the State of Wisconsin, except 
those appointments along the Mississippi River, and 
in that part of the State of Illinois north of an east 
and west line passing along the north line of the city 
of Bloomington, excepting the territory now in the 
Saint Louis German Conference, and east of a north 
and south line passing through the city of Freeport; 
and in that part of the State of Indiana west of the 
line between the counties of Saint Joseph and Elk- 
hart, and north of the line between Stark and Pulaski 
Counties. It shall also include Danville, in the State 
of Illinois, and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. 

§ 19. CrncINNATI CONFERENCE shall be bounded on 

313 


{ 453 Bounparies oF CONFERENCES 


the north by a line commencing at Union City, on 
the Indiana State line, running thence along the Day- 
ton & Union Railroad to Greenville, Darke County, 
Ohio, including the railroad stations on the line of 
said railroad, and Greenville also; thence along the 
Panhandle Railroad to Milford Center, excluding 
Gettysburg, Bradford, Lockington, and Saint Paris 
Charges, and including the cities of Piqua and Ur- 
bana, and the Tremont City, Concord and Westville, 
and Kings Creek Charges; on the east by the Ohio 
Conference; on the south by the Ohio River; and on 
the west by the State of Indiana, but excluding Eliza- 
beth, Hamilton County, Ohio, which belongs to the 
Indiana Conference. 

§ 20. CoLorADO CONFERENCE shall inelude the State 
of Colorado and Chama in New Mexico. 

§ 21. CotumBr1a River CoNFERENCE shall include the 
counties of Wasco, Umatilla, Crook, Morrow, Gilliam, 
Sherman, and Wheeler in the State of Oregon; and 
all of the State of Washington east of the summit of 
the Cascade Mountains; and, im the State of Idaho, 
the counties of Shoshone, Kootenai, Latah, Nez Perces 
and all of Idaho County lying north of a line running 
parallel with the Salmon River ten miles south of 
said river. 

§ 22. Daxora CONFERENCE shall include that part of 
the State of South Dakota lying east of the meridian 
101 degrees west longitude. 

§ 23. DELAWARE CONFERENCE shall include the col- 
ored work in the States of Delaware, New Jersey, and 
New York, excepting Saint Mark’s Church, in the city 
of New York; all of the Eastern Shore of Virginia, 
and all of the States of Maryland and Pennsylvania 
not included in the Washington Conference, 

314 


BounpDaRises OF CONFERENCES {f 453 


§ 24. Drs Mornes CONFERENCE shall include that 
part of the State of Iowa west and south of the follow- 
ing lines: Beginning at the southeast corner of 
Wayne County; thence north to the south line of 
Marshall County, leaving Knoxville in the Iowa Con- 
ference and the Monroe Charge in the Des Moines 
Conference; thence west to the southeast corner of 
Story County; thence north to the northeast corner 
of Story County; thence west to the northwest corner 
of Crawford County; thence south to the north line 
of township eighty-three; thence west to the east 
line of Monona County; thence south and west on 
the line of Monona County to the Missouri River. 

§ 25. DeTroir CONFERENCE shall include that part 
of the State of Michigan in the Lower Peninsula east 
of the principal meridian as far north as the southern 
boundary of Roscommon County; thence west to 
the southwest corner of said county; thence north 
to the southern boundary of Charlevoix County; 
thence east to the southeast corner of Charlevoix 
County; thence north to the Straits of Mackinaw. It 
shall also include the Upper Peninsula. 

§ 26. Hast GERMAN CONFERENCE Shall embrace all 
the German work east of the Alleghany Mountains, 
_ including all the German work in the State of New 

York. 

§ 27. East MAINE CONFERENCE shall include that 
part of the State of Maine not included in the Maine 
Conference. 

§ 28. East OnIo CONFERENCE shall be bounded by 
a line beginning at the mouth of the Cuyahoga River, 
running easterly to the Pennsylvania State line; 
thence along said line to the Ohio River, including 
Orangeville Chureh; thence down said river to the 

315 


‘€ 453 Bovunparres oF CONFERENCES 


Muskingum River; thence up the Muskingum River 
to Dresden, excluding Marietta and Zanesville; thence 
northward along the Muskingum River and the Tus- 
carawas River to its intersection with the Ohio Canal 
near Zoar; thence along said canal to Lake Erie, ex- 
cluding Navarre and Clinton, and including Bolivar, 
Akron, Newcomerstown Charge, and all the city of 
Cleveland lying east of the Cuyahoga River. 

§ 29. East TENNESSEE CONFERENCE shall include the 
colored work in that part of the State of Tennessee 
which is not in the Tennessee Conference; in that 
part of the State of Virginia west of and including 
the counties of Carroll, Floyd, Montgomery, and 
Giles; and in the counties of Mercer, Wyoming, and 
McDowell, in the State of West Virginia. 

§ 30. EastERN SWEDISH CONFERENCE Shall include 
all the Swedish work in the six New England States, 
the States of New Jersey and Delaware, and the 
territory included in the New York, New York Hast, 
and Philadelphia Conferences. 

§ 31. Erte ConFERENCE shall be bounded on the 
north by Lake Erie, on the east by a line commencing 
at the mouth of Cattaraugus Creek; thence up said 
creek to Gowanda, leaving said town in the Genesee 
Conference; thence to the Allegheny River at the 
mouth of the Tunungwant Creek; thence up said 
creek southward, excluding the city of Bradford on 
said creek, to the ridge dividing between the waters 
of Clarion and Sinnemahoning Creeks; thence south- 
ward to Mahoning Creek; thence down said creek 
to the Allegheny River, excluding the Milton Society, 
but including Valier and the Horatio Society, in the 
Frostburg Circuit, the Perrysville Society, in the 
Ringgold Circuit, the Putneyville Society, in the Put- 

316 


BounDARIES OF CONFERENCES { 453 


neyville Circuit, and those portions of the boroughs 
of Punxsutawney and Clayville lying south and east 
of Mahoning Creek; thence across said river in a 
northwesterly direction to the southwest corner of 
Lawrence County, including Wampum; thence along 
the Ohio State line to the place of beginning, exclud- 
ing Orangeville Church. 

§ 32. FLormpA CONFERENCE shall include the colored 
work in the State of Florida except that part lying 
west of the Apalachicola River, and that part south of 
parallel twenty-nine. 

§ 33. GENESEE CONFERENCE shall include all that 
part of the State of New York lying west of the 
Central New York Conference except that part of 
Chautauqua and Cattaraugus Counties which is now 
included in the Hrie Conference. It shall also include 
Gowanda and Corning, in the State of New York, 
and so much of Tioga County, including Tioga 
Charge, in the State of Pennsylvania, as is not em- 
braced in the Central New York Conference; also so 
much of Potter County, in the State of Pennsylvania, 
as is not included in Central Pennsylvania Confer- 
ence; also including so much of McKean County, in 
the State of Pennsylvania, as is embraced in the 
Olean District, including the city of Bradford. 

§ 34. Groreta CONFERENCE shall include the work 
among the white people in the State of Georgia. 

§ 35. GuLF CONFERENCE shall include our white 
English, Italian, and French-speaking work in the 
State of Louisiana; also that portion of the State of 
‘Texas, beginning at Galveston, and thence to Ennis, 
with the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fé and the Hous- 
ton & Texas Central Railways as the western and 
southern boundary, all intermediate points to be in 

317 


@ 453 Bounpariges oF CoNFERENCES 


the Austin Conference; from Ennis to Red River 
with the Texas Midland and the Frisco Railways as 
the boundary, all intermediate points to be in the Gulf 
Conference; also the work among the white people 
within the territory of the Mississippi Conference. 

§ 36. Hotston CONFERENCE shall include the work 
among the white people in that part of the State of 
Tennessee not included in the Central Tennessee 
Conference, and including that part of the State of 
Virginia embraced between the West Virginia and 
North Carolina Conferences. 

§ 37. IDAHO CONFERENCE Shall include all the State 
of Idaho not embraced in the Columbia River Confer- 
ence, together with the following-named territory of 
the State of Oregon, namely: the counties of Baker, 
Malheur, Harney, Grant, Wallowa, and Union. 

§ 38. InLINoIs CoNFERENCE shall include that part 
of the State of Illinois not within the Southern IIli- 
nois Conference, south of the following line, namely: 
Beginning at Warsaw, on the Mississippi River; 
thence to Vermont; thence to the mouth of the Spoon 
River; thence up the Illinois River to the north- 
west corner of Mason County; thence to the junction 
of the Central and the Chicago & Alton Railroads; 
thence to the southwest corner of Iroquois County; 
thence east to the State of Indiana, leaving Bentley, 
Vermont, Manito, Mackinaw Circuit, and Normal in 
the Central Illinois Conference, and Warsaw and 
Bloomington in the Illinois Conference. 

§ 39. INDIANA CONFERENCE shall be bounded on the 
north and east by a line beginning where the National ° 
Road intersects the west line of the State of Indiana; 
thence along said road to Terre Haute; thence along 
the Vandalia Railroad to Belmont Street, West In- 

318 


BounDARIES OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


dianapolis, including Locust Street Charge in Green- 
eastle; thence north to Michigan Street; thence east 
to the Belt Railroad; thence north and east along 
said railroad to a point due west of Ninth Street; 
thence east to the Lafayette & Indianapolis Rail- 
road; thence north on said railroad to the Michigan 
Road; thence on said road to the north line of Marion 
County; thence east on said county line to the north- 
east corner of said county; thence south on the east 
line of said county to the National Road; thence east 
on said road to the State line; on the east by the 
State of Ohio, including Elizabeth, Hamilton County, 
Ohio; on the south by the Ohio River, and on the 
west by the State of Illinois. 

§ 40. Iowa CONFERENCE shall be bounded on the 
east by the Mississippi River; on the south by the 
Missouri State line; on the west and north by a line 
commencing at the southwest corner of Appanoose 
County; thence north to Marshall County, leaving 
Knoxville in the Iowa Conference and Monroe in the 
Des Moines Conference; thence on the south line of 
Marshall County due east to Iowa River; thence down 
said river to Iowa City; thence on the Chicago, 
Rock Island & Pacific Railroad to Davenport, leav- 
ing Davenport and Iowa City in the Upper Iowa Con- 
ference, and all intermediate towns in the Iowa Con- 
ference. 

§ 41. Kansas CONFERENCE shall include that portion 
of the State of Kansas lying east of the sixth princi- 
pal meridian and north of the south line of township 
sixteen, including the towns of Pomona and Quenemo, 
lying south of said line, but excluding Louisburg, 
Ottawa, and Baldwin, lying north of said line, and Sol- 
omon City Circuit, lying east of the sixth meridian. 

319 


{ 453 Bounparizs oF CONFERENCES 


§ 42. Kentucky CONFERENCE shall include the work 
among the whites in the State of Kentucky. 

§ 43. LExINGToN CONFERENCE shall include the col- 
ored work in the States of Kentucky, Ohio, Michigan, 
Indiana, and Illinois, excepting so much of the State 
of Illinois as is included in the Central Missouri 
Conference. 

§ 44, LincoLn CONFERENCE shall include all the work 
among the colored people in the States of Nebraska, 
Kansas, Oklahoma, and Colorado. 

§ 45. Lirrte Rock CONFERENCE shall include the 
colored work in the State of Arkansas. 

§ 46. Lours1aANa CONFERENCE Shall include the col- 
ored work in the State of Louisiana. 

§ 47. Maine CONFERENCE shall include that part of 
the State of Maine west of the Kennebec River, from 
its mouth to+the great bend below Skowhegan, and 
of a line running thence north to the State line; 
including Skowhegan and Augusta and that part of 
the town of Winslow north of Sebasticook River, and 
also that part of New Hampshire east of the White 
Hills and north of the waters of Ossipee Lake, and 
the towns of Gorham and Berlin. 

§ 48. MicHIGAN CONFERENCE shall include the State 
of Michigan in the Lower Peninsula west of the prin- 
cipal meridian as far north as the southern boundary 
of Roscommon County; thence west to the southwest 
corner of said county; thence north to the southern 
boundary of Charlevoix County; thence east to the 
southeast corner of said county; thence north to the 
Straits of Mackinaw, including Mackinaw City. 

§ 49. MINNESOTA CONFERENCE Shall include that part 
of the State of Minnesota lying south of the following 
line: Beginning at the eastern boundary of the State 

320 ; 


Bounparies oF ConFERENCES ¥ 453 


at the northeast corner of Washington County; 
thence running west to the northwest corner of said 
county; thence south to the northeast corner of 
Ramsay County; thence following the line of Ram- 
say County to where it strikes the east line of Hen- 
nepin County; thence following the east and south 
lines of Hennepin County to the point where the Hast- 
ings & Dakota Railroad crosses the line of said 
county; thence following the said Hastings & Da- 
kota Railroad to Granite Falls; thence west on a town 
line to the western boundary of the State; all towns 
on the Hastings & Dakota Railroad to be in the 
Northern Minnesota Conference. 

§ 50. MIssIssippr CONFERENCE Shall include all of 
the colored work in the State of Mississippi south 
of a line beginning at the northeast corner of Kem- 
per County, and running along the northern border 
of said county, and of the counties of Neshoba, Leake, 
Madison, Yazoo, Sharkey, and Issaquena to the Mis- 
sissippi River. 

§ 51. MtssourI CoNFERENCE shall include so much 
of the State of Missouri as lies north of the Mis- 
souri River. 

§ 52. MonTANA CONFERENCE Shall include all that 
part of the State of Montana not included in the 
North Montana Conference; also-.the National Park, 
and that part of North Dakota lying between the 
Missouri and Yellowstone Rivers. 

§ 53. NEBRASKA CONFERENCE shail include all that 
part of the State of Nebraska lying south of the 
Platte River and east of the west line of range twelve 
west of the sixth principal meridian. 

§ 54. New ENGLAND CoNFERENCE shall include all 
the State of Massachusetts east of the Green Moun- 

321 


{ 453 Bounparies or CONFERENCES 


tains not included in the New Hampshire and the 
New England Southern Conferences. 

§ 55. NEw ENGLAND SOUTHERN CONFERENCE shall in- 
clude that part of the State of Connecticut lying 
east of the Connecticut River, the State of Rhode 
Island, with the town of Blackstone, in Massachu- 
setts, and that part of the State of Massachusetts 
south of the towns of Wrentham, Walpole, Dedham, 
Milton and Quincy. 

§ 56. New HAMPSHIRE CONFERENCE shall include the 
State of New Hampshire, except that part within the 
Maine Conference; also that part of the State of 
Massachusetts northeast of the Merrimac River ex- 
cept that part of Lowell north of the Merrimac. 

§ 57. New JERSEY CONFERENCE shall include that 
part of the State of New Jersey lying south of the 
following line, namely: Commencing at Raritan 
Bay; thence up said bay and river to New Bruns- 
wick; thence along the turnpike road to Lambertville 
on the Delaware, including the city of New Bruns- 
wick and Lambertville Station. ; 

§ 58. NEw YorK CONFERENCE shall consist of the 
territory now in the New York, Poughkeepsie (in- 
cluding Gaylordsville), Newburgh, and Kingston 
Districts. 

§ 59. New York. Hast CoNrFERENCE shall include 
Long Island; those charges in Manhattan and Bronx 
east of South Ferry, Whitehall Street, Broadway, Park 
Row, Chatham Square, Bowery, Third Avenue to Pel- 
ham Avenue; west to Harlem Railroad track; north to 
Mount Vernon; thence including Mount Vernon, New 
Rochelle, Mamaroneck, Harrison, and all between 
them and Long Island Sound to the State of Connecti- 
cut; thence following the State line, including 

322 


BounpDARIEs OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


Pound Ridge but excluding Gaylordsville, to Sharon 
Township; east to the Housatonic River; north to 
Canaan Township; east to Winchester, excluding 
North Goshen; north to State line; east to the Con- 
necticut River, and following the river to the Sound. 

§ 60. NEWARK CONFERENCE Shall include that part 
of the State of New Jersey not included in the New 
Jersey Conference, with the Borough of Richmond, 
city of New York, in the State of New York, and such 
portions of Rockland, Orange, and Sullivan Counties, 
in the State of New York, as lie south and west of a 
line extending from Tompkins Cove, on the Hudson 
River, intersecting the New Jersey State line at a 
point south of Sloatsburg; thence along said State 
line to the Wallkill River; thence due north, inter- 
secting the Erie Railroad at a point west of Middle- 
town; thence in a northwesterly direction to a point 
where the Port Jervis & Monticello Railroad crosses 
the northern line of Forestburg Township, in Sulli- 
van County; thence southwest to a point on the 
Delaware River below Lackawaxen, in Pennsylvania; 
also such portions of Pike and Monroe Counties, in 
the State of Pennsylvania, as lie north of the Phila- 
delphia Conference and east of the Wyoming Con- 
ference, the same being now included in the Mata- 
moras, Milford, Dingmans, and Coolbaugh Charges. 

§ 61. NortH CaARroLINA CONFERENCE shall include the 
colored work in the State of North Carolina and in 
that part of the State of Virginia lying south of a 
line beginning at Cape Henry and running to Hamp- 
ton Roads; thence with Hampton Roads to the James 
River; thence with the southern hank of the James 
River to Chesterfield County; thence with the north- 
ern boundary of the following counties: Prince 

323 


@ 453 Bounparizs or CoNFERENCES 


George, Dinwiddie, Nottoway, Prince Edward, Char- 
lotte, and Halifax, to the northeast corner of Pittsyl- 
vania; thence in a southwesterly direction to the 
northeast corner of Henry; thence with the county 
lines of Pittsylvania, Franklin, and Bedford to the 
corner of Bedford and Roanoke; thence with the Blue 
Ridge Mountains to the North Carolina line. 

§ 62. NortH DAKkoTA CONFERENCE shall include the 
State of North Dakota. 

§ 63. NortH INDIANA CONFERENCE Shall be bounded 
on the north by the State of Michigan; on the east 
by the State of Ohio, including Union City; on the 
south by the National Road from the State line west 
to Marion County; thence north to the northeast 
corner of said county; thence west to the Michigan 
Road; on the west by said Michigan Road to South 
Bend; and thence by the Saint Joseph River to the 
Michigan State line, including Logansport and all the 
towns on the National Road east of Indianapolis. 

§ 64. NortH Montana CONFERENCE shall include 
that part of Montana herein described: Start at Bu- 
ford; thence up the Missouri River to the Mussel- 
shell; next to Copperopolis, including the same; 
thence along the main divide of the Belt Mountains 
to a point opposite Rock Creek; thence up said creek 
to Dearborn River, including Flathead County; 
thence along the Canadian line east to Dakota, and 
south to the point of departure. 

§ 65. NortH NEBRASKA CONFERENCE shall include all 
that part of the State of Nebraska lying north of the 
Platte River and east of the west line of range 
twelve west of the sixth principal meridian. 

§ 66. NortH OHIO CONFERENCE Shall be bounded on 
the north by the Ohio State line; on the east by the 

324 


BounpaRies OF CONFERENCES { 453 


Ohio Canal to its intersection with the Tuscarawas 
River, excluding that part of Akron west of the 
Ohio Canal; thence by that river and the Muskingum 
River to Dresden, excluding Newcomerstown Charge 
and including Utica, Homer, and Galena Circuits 
and excluding Stratford; on the west by the main 
road passing through Delaware and Marion to Up- 
’ per Sandusky, and by the Sandusky River to its 
mouth; thence due north to the State line, including 
the towns of Tiffin, Port Clinton, and Lakeside and 
excluding so much of the town of Delaware as lies 
west of Sandusky Street, yet including Asbury 
Church in the city of Delaware; also excluding the 
towns of Marion, Fremont, and Upper Sandusky. 

§ 67. NoRTHERN GERMAN CONFERENCE Shall include 
the German work in the States of Minnesota and 
North Dakota, and also appointments in the State of 
Wisconsin along the Mississippi River north of the 
city of La Crosse which are not inciuded in the 
Chicago German Conference. 

§ 68. NokgTHERN MINNESOTA CONFERENCE Shall in- 
clude all of the State of Minnesota not included in the 
Minnesota Conference. 

§ 69. NorRTHERN NEw YorK CONFERENCE Shall in- 
clude so much of the county of Franklin as is not 
within the Troy Conference, and the counties of 
Saint Lawrence, Jefferson, Lewis, Oneida, and Her- 
kimer, and all of Oswego County except Phcenix, and 
so much of the county of Madison as lies on and 
east of the New York, Ontario and Western Railroad, 
together with Cherry Valley, Springfield, and Rich- 
field Springs in Otsego County, Saint Johnsville in 
Montgomery County, and Lassellsville, Oppenheim, 
and Stratford in Fulton County. 

325 


@# 453  BounpariEs oF CONFERENCES 


§ 70. NoRTHERN SWEDISH CONFERENCE Shall inchude 
all of the Swedish work in Minnesota, Northern 
Michigan, Wisconsin, except Racine, North Dakota, 
and that part of Montana lying east of the Rocky 
Mountains. 

§ 71. NorTHWEST GERMAN CONFERENCE shall include 
the German work in the State of South Dakota; and 
in that part of the State of Iowa north of an east ¥ 
and west line passing along the south line of the city 
of Clinton; and in that part of the State of Illinois 
lying west of the Chicago German Conference; and 
all appointments in the State of Wisconsin south of 
and including the cities of La Crosse and Tomah 
which are not included in the Chicago German Con- 
ference. 

§ 72. NortHwEst INDIANA CONFERENCE shall be 
bounded on the north by Lake Michigan and the State 
line; on the east by the Saint Joseph River and the 
Michigan Road; on the south by the Indiana Confer- 
ence; and on the west by Illinois, including all the 
towns on the Michigan Road except Logansport, and 
all the towns on the southern boundary, excluding 
Locust Street Charge, in Greencastle. 

§ 73. NortHweEST IowA CONFERENCE Shall include 
that part of the State of Iowa west of the Upper lowa 
and north of the Des Moines Conferences. 

§ 74. NorTHWEST KANSAS CONFERENCE Shall be 
bounded on the west and north by the Kansas State 
line; on the east by the sixth principal meridian, but 
including the Solomon City Circuit; and on the south 
by the south line of township seventeen as far west 
as to the east line of Lane County; thence north to 
the north line of said Lane County; thence west to 
the State line. 

326 


Bounparies OF CONFERENCES 9 453 


§ 75. NorTHWEST NEBRASKA CONFERENCE Shall in- 
elude all that portion of the State of Nebraska lying 
west of the west line of range twelve west of the sixth 
principal meridian, and north of the sixth standard 
parallel north, including such portions of Sheridan, 
Boxbutte, and Sioux Counties as are south of such 
line. 

§ 76. NORWEGIAN AND DANISH CONFERENCE shall in- 
clude all the work among the Norwegians and Danes 
between the Alleghany and Rocky Mountains, 

§ 77. Ou10 CONFERENCE Shall be bounded as fol- 
lows: Commencing on the Muskingum River north 
of Dresden; thence down said river to the Ohio 
River, including Zanesville and Marietta; thence 
down the Ohio River to the mouth of Ohio Brush 
Creek; thence north to the southeast corner of 
Fayette County; thence northwest to the west line of 
Fayette County, not including Center Church; thence 
north on the west line of Fayette and Madison Coun- 
ties to the Springfield Branch of the Cleveland, Co- 
lumbus, Cincinnati & Indianapolis Railroad, leav- 
ing Vienna, Dunbarton, and Sinking Spring Circuits 
west of said line; thence east on the southern boun- 
daries of Central Ohio and North Ohio Conferences 
to the place of beginning, including Milford and Strat- 
ford, and Saint Paul’s Charge, Delaware, Ohio, 

§ 78. OKLAHOMA CONFERENCE Shall include that part 
of the State of Oklahoma lying west and north of a 
' line commencing at the northeast corner of Osage 
County; thence along the east and south line of said 
county and the south line of Pawnee County to the 
northeast corner of Payne County; thence due south 
to the north line of Seminole County; thence along 
the north and west line of Seminole County to the 

327 


€ 453 Bounparies or ConFERENCES 


Canadian River; thence west along said river to the 
Eastern Oklahoma Railroad; thence south along this 
line of railroad and the old line of the Santa Fé 
Railroad to the Texas line, excent the counties of 
Beaver, Texas, and Cimarron; the towns on the above- 
mentioned railroads to be in the Oklahoma Confer- 
ence. 

§ 79. OREGON CONFERENCE shall include all that part 
of the State of Oregon not included in the Columbia 
River and Idaho Conferences, and such portions of 
Siskiyou and Modoc Counties, in the State of Cali- 
fornia, as lie east of the west summit of the Sierra 
Nevada Mountains. 

§ 80. Pactric GERMAN CONFERENCE shall include the 
German work of the States of Oregon, Washington, 
Idaho, and Montana. 

§ 81. PHILADELPHIA CONFERENCE shall be bounded 
on the east by the Delaware River; on the south by 
the Pennsylvania State line; on the west by the Sus- 
quehanna River, excluding MHarrisburg, Curtin 
Heights and Epworth Charges; on the north by the 
north line of Dauphin, Schuylkill, Carbon, and Monroe 
Counties, excepting Ashland and Beaver Meadows 
Circuit. 

§ 82. PirrspurRG CONFERENCE shall be bounded on 
the north by the Erie Conference; on the east by 
the Central Pennsylvania Conference; on the south 
by the West Virginia Conference; on the west by the 
East Ohio Conference. 

§ 83. Pucet SouUND CONFERENCE shall include all that 
part of the State of Washington lying west of the 
summit of the Cascade Mountains. 

§ 84. Rock RIvER CONFERENCE shall include that 
part of the State of Illinois north of Central Illinois 

328 


k 


BounDARIES OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


Conference except East Dubuque. This Conference 
shall include the work among the Welsh people of 
the State of Illinois and Wisconsin. 

§ 85. Saint JoHNsS RIVER CONFERENCE Shall include 


¥ the work among the white people in the State of 


Florida, except that portion lying west of the 
Apalachicola River. 

§ 86. Sarmnt Louis CONFERENCE shall include that 
part of the State of Missouri lying south of the 
Missouri River. 

§ 87. Satyr LovuIs GERMAN CONFERENCE shall include 
the German work in that part of the State of Illinois 
south of the Chicago German Conference; and in the 
State of Iowa south of the Northwest German Con- 
ference; and all of the German work in the State of 
Missouri which is not within the West German 
Conference. 

§ 88. SAVANNAH CONFERENCE shall include the col- 
ored work in that part of the State of Georgia lying 
south of a line running east and west on a line of 
the northern boundaries of Richmond, McDuffie, War- 
ren, Hancock, Putnam, Jasper, and Butts Counties; 
that part of Spalding County embracing Liberty Hiil 
Circuit; all of Pike County except the church known 
as Free Liberty; that part of Meriwether County 
embracing Greenville; and that part of Troup County 
embracing La Grange Station and La Grange Cir- 
cuit. 

§ 89. Sourm CAROLINA CONFERENCE shal] include the 
colored work in the State of South Carolina. 

§ 90. SourH KANSAS CONFERENCE Shall include that 
part of the State of Kansas lying east of the west 
line of Chautauqua, Elk, Greenwood, and Chase 
Counties, and south of the line of township sixteen, 

329 


4 453 Bounparies or ConrERENCES 


including Louisburg, Ottawa, and Baldwin, lying 
north of that line, and excluding Pomona and Que- 
nemo, ‘lying south of that line. 

§ 91. SouTHERN CALIFORNIA CONFERENCE shall em- 
_ brace that portion of the State of California lying 
south of the line beginning at the summit of the 
Sierra Nevada Mountains; following the middle fork 
of the Merced River until it reaches the northern 
boundary of Merced County; thence west along said 
boundary to the northwest corner of Merced County; 
thence south to the northwest corner of Madera 
County; thence in a direct line to the mouth of the 
Carmel River, on Carmel Bay; also that portion of 
the State east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains and 
south of Inyo County except the Needles. 

§ 92. SouTHERN GERMAN CONFERENCE shall include 
the German work in the States of Texas ane Lou- 
isiana. 

§ 93. SouTHERN ILLINOIS CONFERENCE shall include 
all that part of the State of Illinois south of the fol- 
lowing line, namely: Beginning at a point on the 
Mississippi River at the northwest corner of Cal- 
houn County; thence east along the north line of said 
county to the Illinois River; thence down the IIli- 
nois River to Columbiana; thence east to the north- 
east corner of Jersey County, leaving Carrollton and 
Rockbridge in the Illinois Conference; thence in a 
southeasterly direction, leaving Chesterfield in the 
Illinois Conference and Litchfield in the Southern 
Illinois Conference; thence to Hillsboro, leaving 
Hillsboro in the Illinois Conference; thence to the 
northwest corner of Fayette County; thence along 
the north line of Fayette County and Effingham 
County to the west line of Cumberland County, leay- 

330 


BounDARIES OF CONFERENCES { 453 


ing Herrick and Holliday in the Southern Illinois Con- 
ference; thence south to the southwest corner of 
Cumberland County; thence east along the south 
line of Cumberland and Clark Counties to the Wa- 
bash River. 4 
' § 94. Sourmwrest KANSAS CONFERENCE shall include 
all that part of the State of Kansas not included in 
the Kansas, Northwest Kansas, and South Kansas 
Conferences, and also Beaver County in the State of 
Oklahoma. 

§ 95. TENNESSEE CONFERENCE shall include the col- 
ored work in that portion of the State of Tennessee 
west of and including the counties of Franklin, Cof- 
fee, Warren, White, Putnam, Overton, and Pickett, 
in said State. 

§ 96. TExAS CONFERENCE shall include the colored 
work in so much of the State of Texas as lies east of 
a line beginning at the Gulf of Mexico on the east 
line of Matagorda County, and running along said 
line and the east line of Wharton and Colorado 
Counties to the north point of Colorado County; 
thence north uniil it strikes the Central Railroad at 
Calvert; thence along the line of the railroad to the 
northern boundary of Texas, excluding Calvert and 
all the towns on the line of said road. 

§ 97. Troy CoNFERENCE shall include that portion 
of the State of New York embraced in the counties of 
Rensselaer, Washington, Clinton, Essex, Warren, 
Saratoga, Schenectady, Montgomery (except Saint 
Johnsville), Fulton (except the towns of Oppenheim 
and Stratford), Albany (except Coeymans, Coeymans 
Hollow, and South Bethlehem), Schoharie (except 
Blenheim, Charlottesville, Eminence, Gilboa, Living- 
stonville, and Summit); in Columbia County, the 

331 


4 453 Bounparizes or CoNFERENCES 


towns of Stuyvesant, Kinderhook, New Lebanon, and 
Chatham (except Chatham Village and East Chat- 
ham); in Franklin County, the towns of Standish, 
Saranac Lake, and the appointments connected with 
Bloomingdale Circuit; in Hamilton County, the 
towns of Benson, Hope, Wells, Indian Lake, Long 
Lake, and Blue Mountain Lake; and in Otsego 
County, Center Valley; also that portion of the State 
of Vermont embraced in the counties of Addison (ex- 
cept the towns of Granville and Hancock), Benning- 
ton (except the towns of Landgrove and Peru), Rut- 
land (except Mechanicsville and Cuttingsville, Mount 
Holly, East Wallingford, Summit, and Healdsville) ; 
and in Chittenden County, the towns of Charlotte, 
Hinesburg, Huntington, Williston, Shelburne, Bur- 
lington, and Winooski; also in the State of Massa- 
chusetts all that part of Berkshire County lying upon 
the line of the Boston and Albany Railroad, and north 
of said line. 

§ 98. Upper IowA,CONFERENCE shall be bounded as 
follows, namely: Beginning at the northeast corner 
of the State of Iowa; thence down the Mississippi 
River to Davenport, including East Dubuque, in the 
State of Illinois; thence west on the north line of the 
Iowa Conference to the southeast corner of Story 
County; thence north to the’State line, so as to in- 
clude Iowa Falls; thence east on said line to the 
place of beginning. 

§ 99. Upper Mississrppr CONFERENCE shall include 
the colored work in the State of Mississippi not 
included in the Mississippi Conference. 

§ 100. VERMONT CONFERENCE shall include the State 
of Vermont, except that section lying south of the 
Winooski River and west of the Green Mountain 

332 


Bounparies OF CONFERENCES 4 453 


divide; said boundary to leave Winooski Charge in 
the Troy Conference, and Mechanicsville and Cut- 
tingsville in the Vermont Conference. 

§ 101. WASHINGTON CONFERENCE Shall include the 
colored work in Western Maryland, the District of 
Columbia, the State of West Virginia, except the 
counties of Mercer, Wyoming, and McDowell; so 
much of the State of Pennsylvania as lies west of 
the Susquehanna River, including the towns on said 
river; and so much of the State of Virginia as is not 
included in the East Tennessee, Delaware, and North 
Carolina Conferences. 

§ 102. West GERMAN CONFERENCE Shall include the 
States of Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado, and Oklahoma, 
and so much of the State of Missouri as lies west 
of a line commencing at the southeast corner of the 
State of Kansas; thence direct to the southeast 
corner of Morgan County, Missouri; thence north to 
the northeast corner of Chariton County, Missouri; 
thence to the northeast corner of Worth County, 
Missouri. 

§ 103. Wrst NEBRASKA CONFERENCE Shall include all 
that part of the State of Nebraska lying west of the 
west line of range twelve west of the sixth principal 
meridian, and south of the sixth standard parallel 
north, except such portions of Sheridan, Boxbutte, 
and Sioux Counties as are south of said line. 

§ 104. Wrest TEXAS CONFERENCE shall embrace the 
colored work in that part of the State of Texas which 
js not included in the Texas Conference. 

§ 105. West VircIntA CONFERENCE shall be bound- 
ed as follows: Beginning at the southwest corner 
of Pennsylvania; thence along the west line of Penn- 
sylvania to the northeast corner of Ohio County, West 

333 


{ 453 Bovunparies oF CONFERENCES 


Virginia, so as to include Dallas Cireuit and Triadel- 
phia Circuit; thence by the most direct way to Short 
Creek, so as to include Short Creek and Liberty Cir- 
cuit; thence down Short Creek to the Ohio River; 
thence down said river to the mouth of the Big 
Sandy River; on the west by the State line; on the 
south by the Kentucky and Holston Conferences, 
including the counties of Highland, Augusta, Rock- 
bridge, Botetourt, Alleghany, and Craig in the State 
of Virginia; on the east, so as to include Bayard, 
Blaine, Gormania, Swanton, and Grantsville Charges, 
to the Pennsylvania State line; thence westward 
along said line to the place of beginning. 

§ 106. West WISCONSIN CONFERENCE shall include 
that part of the State of Wisconsin not embraced in 
the Wisconsin Conference. 

§ 107. WESTERN NOoRWEGIAN- DANISH CONFERENCE 
shall include the Norwegian and Danish work in 
the States of Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, 
and California. 

§ 108. WesTERN SWEDISH CONFERENCE shall include 
all of the Swedish work in the States of Iowa, Mis- 
souri, Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming, and 
South Dakota. 

§ 109. Wizmineton CoNFERENCE Shall include the 
State of Delaware, the Eastern Shore of Maryland, 
and all that part of the State of Virginia east of the 
Baltimore Conference. 

§ 110. Wisconsin CONFERENCE shall include all that 
part of the State of Wisconsin lying east and north of 
a line beginning at the southeast corner of Green 
County, on the south line of the State; thence north 
on the range line between ranges nine and ten east, 
to the north line of town twenty; then west on the said ~ 

334 


BouNDARIES OF CONFERENCES 4 454 


line to the east line of range three; thence north on 
said line to the Michigan State line, excluding Avon 
Church, McFarland, Goodman Church, Brooklyn, and 
the town of Pine Grove in Portage County. 

§ 111. Wyomine ConFERENCE shall include that por- 
tion of the southern part of the State of New York 
which is not included in the New York, New York 
East, Newark, Central New York, and Genesee Con- 
ferences; and that part of the State of Pennsylvania 
which is bounded on the west by Central New York 
Conference, including the territory east of the Sus- 
quehanna River, and on the south by the Central 
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Newark Conferences, 
including Narrowsburg, and on the east by the New- 
ark and New York Conferences. 


II, Foreign Countries 


q 454, § 1. Bencat CoNFERENCE shall include Ben- 
gal and Behar. 

§ 2. Bomspay CONFERENCE Shall include all of the 
Bombay Presidency north of the Belgaum District, 
and such parts of Central India as lie south of the 
twenty-fifth parallel of latitude and west of the Cen- 
tral Provinces Mission Conference. 

§ 3. CHILE CONFERENCE shall include the Republics 
of Chile and Bolivia. 

§ 4. HasterRN SouTH AMERICA CONFERENCE shall in- 
clude the Republics of Argentina, Uruguay, Para- 
guay, and Brazil. 

§ 5. Foocuow ConreRence shall include the Fokien 
Province in China excepting.so much as is included 
within the Hinghua Conference. 

335 


{ 454 Bounparizs or CONFERENCES 


§ 6. HINGHUA CONFERENCE Shall include the Hing- 
hua Prefecture and adjoining territory in which the 
Hinghua dialect is spoken; and the Ingchung Pre- 
fecture and adjoining territory in which the Amoy 
dialect is spoken. 

§ 7. ITaty CoNFERENCE shall include the Kingdom 
of Italy, and those parts of contiguous countries 
in which the Italian language is spoken. 

§ 8. KorEA CONFERENCE shall include all our work 
in the Kingdom of Korea. 

§ 9. LiperRIA CONFERENCE Shall include the western 
coast of Africa north of the equator. 

§ 10. Mataysta CONFERENCE shall include the 
Straits Settlements, the Malay Peninsula, French In- 
do-China, Borneo, Celebes, Java, Sumatra, and the 
adjacent islands (not including the Philippines) in- 
habited by the Malay race. 

§ 11. Mexico CONFERENCE shall iienide the Repub- 
lic of Mexico, except the States of Chihuahua and 
Sonora and the Territory of Lower California; it shall 
also include Central America. 

§ 12. NortH CHINA CONFERENCE Shall include that 
portion of the Chinese Empire including and north 
of the Provinces of Shantung and Honan. 

§ 18. NortH GERMANY CONFERENCE shall include all 
that part of Germany north of a line running from 
the northwest to the southeast, between the Provinces 
of the Rhine and Westphalia, and from the southern 
point of Westphalia to the northern point of Bavaria; 
thence by the north and northeast boundary of 
Bavaria, between Bavaria on the one side and the 
Turingen States and the Kingdom of Saxony on the 
other, so as to include the present districts of Ber- 
lin, Bremen, and Leipzig and the circuit of Cassel. 

336 


Bounparies oF CONFERENCES 9 454 


§ 14. NortH InpIA CONFERENCE shall include the 
United Provinces of Agra and Oude east of the 
Ganges. 

§ 15. NokgtTHWEsT INDIA CONFERENCE shall include 
that portion of the United Provinces of Agra and 
Oude which lies south and west of the Ganges; the 
Punjab, and such parts of Rajputana and Central 
India as lie north of the twenty-fifth parallel of lati- 
tude. 

§ 16. Norway CoNFERENCE shall include the King- 
dom of Norway. 

§ 17. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS CONFERENCE shall include 
the Philippine Archipelago and the Sulu Islands. 

§ 18. SoutH GERMANY CONFERENCE shall include all 
of the Empire of Germany not included in the North 
Germany Conference. 

§ 19. SourH Inpra CONFERENCE Shall include all 
that part of India lying south of the Bombay and 
Bengal Conferences and the Central Provinces Mission 
Conference. 

§ 20. SwepEN CONFERENCE shall include the King- 
dom of Sweden. 

§ 21. SwiTzERLAND CONFERENCE shall include the 
Republic of Switzerland and those portions of France 
in which the German language is spoken. 


a 337 


@ 455 BounpDARiIEs OF Missions 


CHAPTER III 


BOUNDARIES OF MISSION CONFERENCES AND 
MISSIONS 


I. United States and Territories 


J 455, § 1. AtasKa Mission shall include the Dis- 
trict of Alaska. 

§ 2. Arizona Mission shall include the Territory 
of Arizona, the Needles in the State of California, 
and the State of Sonora in the Republic of Mexico. 

§ 3. ATLANTIC MISSION CONFERENCE shall include 
the eastern portion of North Carolina commencing 
at Little River Inlet; thence following the South 
Carolina State line to the west boundary of Robin- 
son County; thence northward to the Virginia State 
line on the western boundary of the following coun- 
ties: Robeson, Cumberland, Harnett, Wake, Granville, 
and of the following counties in the State of Virginia: 
Mecklenburg, Brunswick, Greenesville, Southampton, 
Nansemond, Norfolk, and Princess Anne. 

§ 4. Brack Hiris Mission shall include Crook 
County, Wyoming, and all that part of the State of 
South Dakota west of the meridian 101 degrees west 
longitude; and, if ratified by the Dakota Conference 
and the Black Hills Mission, all that part of the State- 
of South Dakota west of the Missouri River. 

§ 5. CHINESE MIssiIon shall include all the Chinese 
work on the Pacific Coast, except in Oregon and 
Washington, 

338 


BounpDartzs oF Missions G 455 


§ 6. East OKLAHOMA Mission shall include all of 
Oklahoma lying south and east of the Oklahoma Con- 
ference. 

§ 7. Hawatt Mission shall include the Hawaiian 
Islands. 

§ 8. IrantrAN Mission shall include all the Italian 
work in the territory included between the Atlantic 
Ocean and a meridian drawn west of Indianapolis, 
Indiana. 

§ 9. NevapA Missrton shall include the State of 
Nevada and as much of the State of California as lies 
east of the west summit of the Sierra Nevada Moun- 
tains, except Siskiyou and Modoc Counties in the 
State of California. 

§ 10. New. Mexico EnerisH Mission shall include 
the Territory of New Mexico excepting Chama, the 
county of El Paso in the State of Texas, and the 
State of Chihuahua in the Republic of Mexico. 

§ 11. New Mexico SpanisH Mission CONFERENCE 
shall include the work among the Spanish-speaking 
people in the Territories of New Mexico and Arizona, 
the State of Colorado, El Paso, Texas, and the States 
of Chihuahua and Sonora in thé Republic of Mexico. 

§ 12. Pactric CHINESE Mission shall include all the 
Chinese work between the Mississippi River and the 
Pacific Ocean, excepting that this action shall not be- 
come operative as regards the Chinese work in Port- 
land until after the close of the Conferences involved, 
and upon concurrence of the Bishops resident in 
Portland and San Francisco. 

§ 13. Paciric JAPANESE MISSION shall include all the 
Japanese work west of the Mississippi River. 

§ 14. Paciric SweDISH MISssIoN CONFERENCE shall 
include the Swedish work in the States of California, 

339 


{| 456 BounpDarises oF Missions 


Oregon, Washington, Utah, Nevada, and Idaho, the 
Territory of Arizona, and that part of the State of 
Montana west of the Rocky Mountains. 

§ 15. Porro Rico Mission shall include Porto Rico 
and the adjacent islands belonging to its civil juris- 
diction, together with any work which may be estab- 
lished by our Church or come under its care in any 
of the islands known as the West Indies. 

§ 16. SourH Ftorma Misston shall include that 
part of the State of Florida lying south of parallel 
twenty-nine, including the established charges, name- 
ly: New Smyrna, Dayton, Ormond, and De Land 
Circuit. 

§ 17. UrTam Mrsston shall include the State of 
Utah. 

§ 18. Wyomrine Mission shall include the State of 
Wyoming except the National Park and Crook 
County. 


II. Foreign Countries 

qf 456. Arreica. § 1. East Central Africa Mission 
Conference shall include the work in East Africa 
south of the equator. 

§ 2. West Central Africa Mission Conference shall 
include the work in West Africa south of the equa- 
tor. 

BASTERN Asta. § 3. Central China Mission Confer- 
ence shall include Central China, with its central 
station at the city of Nanking, on the Yang-tse River. 

§ 4. West China Mission Conference shall include 
our work in the western part of the Chinese Empire 
and in Tibet. 

Europe. § 5. Bulgaria Mission Conference shall in- 
clude the Principality of Bulgaria north of the Bal- 

340 


Bounpariss oF Missions q 456 


kan Mountains, and other contiguous countries of the 
Balkan Peninsula lying north and west of said 
section. 

§ 6. Denmark Mission Conference shall include the 
Kingdom of Denmark, with its central station at the 
city of Copenhagen. 

§ 7. Finland and Saint Petersburg Mission Confer- 
ence shall include our work in the Russian Hmpire. 

INDIA AND MataysiA. § 8. Burma Mission Confer- 
ence shall include Burma. 

§ 9. Central Provinces—India Mission Conference 
shall include all the Central Provinces, and the 
Feudatory States under the supervision of the Cen- 
tral Provinces government, Berar, and such portion 
of Central India as lies north of the Central Provinces 
and south of the twenty-fifth parallel of north lati- 
tude, not embraced in the Bombay Conference; 
and that portion of the Nizam’s Dominions lying 
morth of the Godavery Valley Railway, from Jalna in 
the Aurungabad District, to the point where that 
railway crosses the Godayery River; further, such 
country as lies north of the Godavery River from 
this point eastward to a point twenty-five miles west 
of Sironcha. The boundary line shall thence fall 
slightly southeast to Neckonda Station on the N. 
G. S. Railway; thence along the said railway to 
' Yellandu; thence due east to Bhadrachalam; and 
thence up the Godavery River to the southernmost 
boundary of Sironcha District of the Central Prov- 
inces. 

Souta America. § 10. North Andes Mission Con- 
ference shall include all of South America not in- 
cluded in the Eastern South America and the Chile 
Conferences. 

341 


G 457 Enasiine Acts 


CHAPTER IV 


ENABLING ACTS 


§ 45'%. In force providing the number of Ministers 
shall not be diminished to less than twenty-five in any 
adjoining Conference. 


I. United States 

9 458, § 1. The dividing line between the Black 
Hills Mission and the Dakota Conference shall be the 
Missouri River, provided both the Conference and 
the Mission ratify this at their next annual sessions, 
the presiding Bishop consenting. 

§ 2. A joint commission from the Detroit and Michi- 
gan Conferences may, in accordance with the Disci- 
pline and with the approval of the presiding Bishops, 
so readjust their boundaries as to include Mackinaw 
City within the bounds of the Detroit Conference. 

§ 3. Erie Charge is restored to the Reck River 
Conference, subject to the approval of the Central 
Illinois and Rock River Conferences at their session 
succeeding the General Conference of 1908. 

§ 4. The Lexington Conference may, during the 
next quadrennium, by a vote of two thirds of the 
Members present and voting, with the approval of 
the presiding Bishop, divide into two Conferences, — 
with such* names and boundaries as they may 
adopt. 

§ 5. The Norwegian and Danish Conference may, 
during the next four years, by a vote of two thirds 

342 


~~ 


Enasiine Acts @ 458 


of the Members present and voting, with the approval 
of the presiding Bishop, divide into two Conferences, 
with such names and boundaries as they may adopt. 

§ 6. The boundary lines between the Oklahoma 
Conference and the Hast Oklahoma Mission shall re- 
main as they are until the next session of the Okla- 
homa Conference. If at that time a two-thirds vote 
of the Members present and voting favors the exten- 
sion of the boundaries of the Conference so as to 
embrace the Hast Oklahoma Mission, they shall then 
become one Conference. If this be not favored by 
the Oklahoma Conference, the East Oklahoma Mission 
is hereby granted an enabling act to organize a Con- 
ference, with its present boundary lines, with the 
consent of the presiding Bishop. 

§ 7. The Pacific Swedish Mission Conference may, 
during the next quadrennium, by a two-thirds vote 
of the Members present and voting, with the approval 
of the presiding Bishop, be organized into an Annual 
Conference. 

§ 8. A joint commission from the Puget Sound and 
Columbia River Conferences shall, in accordance with 
the Discipline, and with the approval of the Bishop 
or presiding Bishops, more clearly define the boun- 
dary between said Conferences, and include within 
the bounds of either Conference the County of Skama- 
nia, State of Washington. 

§ 9. The South Carolina Conference may, during 
the ensuing quadrennium, by a two-thirds vote of the 
“Members present and voting, with the approval of 
the presiding Bishop, divide into two Conferences, 
with such names and boundaries as they may adopt. 

§ 10. The Wyoming Mission may, during the next 
quadrennium, by a vote of two thirds of the Members 

} 343 


q 459 Enasuine Acts 


present and voting, with the approval of the presid- 
ing Bishop, be organized into a Mission Conference. 


II. Foreign Countries 


{ 459, § 1. The work in Austria-Hungary may, 
with approval of the presiding Bishop, during the 
next quadrennium, be organized into a Mission Con- 
ference, to be called by some distinctive name here- 
after to be chosen. 

§ 2. That portion of the Chile Annual Conference 
which is included in the Republic of Bolivia may, dur- 
ing the next quadrennium, by a vote of two thirds 
of the Members of the Chile Conference present and 
voting, with the approval of the presiding Bishop, 
be organized into a Mission Conference to be known 
as the Bolivia Mission Conference. 

§ 3. The Burma Mission Conference may, during 
the next quadrennium, by a vote of two thirds of the 
Members present and yoting, with the approval of 
the presiding Bishop; be organized into an Annual 
Conference. 

§ 4. The Central China Mission Conference may, 
during the next quadrennium, by a two-thirds vote 
of all the Members present and voting, with the ap- 
proval of the presiding Bishop, be organized into an 
Annual Conference. 

§ 5. The Central Provinces—India Mission Con- 
ference may, during the next quadrennium, by a two- 
thirds vote of the Members present and yoting, with ° 
the approval of the presiding Bishop, be organized 
into an Annual Conference. 

§ 6. The Denmark Mission Conference may, during 

344 


Enasiine Acts | 459 


the next quadrennium, by a two-thirds vote of the 
Members present and voting, with the approval of 
the presiding Bishop, be organized into an Annual 
Conference. : 

§ 7. The Conferences and Missions in Hurope are 
hereby authorized to organize a Central Conference 
of Europe, according to the provisions of { 89. 

§ 8.. The Finland and Saint Petersburg Mission 
Conference may, during the ensuing quadrennium, by 
the vote of two thirds of the Members present and 
yoting, with the approval of the presiding Bishop, be 
organized into an Annual Conference. 

§ 9. The Mission in France may, during the next 
four years, by a two-thirds vote of the Members pres- 
ent and voting, with the approval of the presiding 
Bishop, be organized into a Mission Conference, to 
be called by some distinctive name hereafter to be 
chosen. 

§ 10. The Ingchung and Duacheng Districts of the 
Hinghua Annual Conference may, during the ensu- 
ing quadrennium, by a two-thirds vote of the Hinghua 
Conference, and with the consent of the presiding 
Bishop, be organized into the Ingchung Mission 
Conference. 

§ 11. The work in Russia may, during the next 
quadrennium, be organized into a Mission Conference, 
to be called by some distinctive name hereafter to 
be chosen. 

§ 12. The West China Mission Conference may, 
during the next quadrennium, by a vote of two thirds 
of the Members present and voting, with the approval 
of the presiding Bishop, be organized. into an Annual 
Conference. 


ry 


345 


mss 


im a 
1 Of 


<* 


ie 


I. BAPTISM 
II. RECEPTION OF MEMBERS 
III. THE LORD’S SUPPER 
IV. MATRIMONY 
V. BURIAL OF THE DEAD 
VI. CONSECRATION AND ORDINATION 
VII. CORNER STONE AND DEDICATION 


Baptism { 460 


CHAPTER I 
BAPTISM 


(Let every adult person, and the parents of every child to be baptized. 
have the choice of either sprinkling, pouring, or immersion.] 

{We will on no account whatever make a charge for administering 
Baptism.) 


460. Order for the Administration of Baptism to 
Infants 


The Minister, coming to the Font, which is to be 
filled with pure Water, shall use the following: 
DEARLY BELOVED, forasmuch as all men are con- 

ceived and born in sin, and that our Saviour Christ 
saith, Except a man be born of water and of the 
Spirit he cannot enter into the kingdom of God; I 
beseech you to call upon God the Father, through our 
Lord Jesus Christ, that having, of his bounteous 
mercy, redeemed this child by the blood of his Son, 
he will grant that he, being baptized with water, may 
also be baptized with the Holy Ghost, be received 
into Christ’s holy Church, and become @ lively Mem- 
ber of the same. 


Then shall the Minister say: 
Let us pray. 


Almighty and Everlasting God, who of thy great 
mercy hast condescended to enter into covenant rela- 
349 


q 460 Baptism 


tions with man, wherein thou hast included children 
as partakers of its gracious benefits, declaring that 
of such is thy kingdom; and in thy ancient Church 
didst appoint divers baptisms, figuring thereby the 
renewing of the Holy Ghost; and by thy well-beloved 
Son Jesus Christ gavest commandment to thy holy 
Apostles to go into all the world and disciple all 
nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, 
and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: we beseech 
thee, that of thine infinite mercy thou wilt look upon 
this child: wash him and sanctify him; that he, being 
saved by thy grace, may be received into Christ’s 
holy Church, and being steadfast in faith, joyful 
through hope, and rooted in love, may so overcome 
the evils of this present world that finally he 
may attain to everlasting life, and reign with thee, 
world without end, through Jesus Christ our Lord. 
Amen. : 

O Merciful God, grant that all carnal affections 
may die in him, and that all things belonging to the 
Spirit may live and grow in him. Amen. 

Grant that he may have power and strength to 
have victory, and to triumph against the devil, the 
world, and the flesh. Amen. 

Grant that whosoever is dedicated to thee by our 
office and ministry may also be endued with heaven- 
ly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded through thy 
mercy, O blessed Lord God, who dost live and govern 
all things, world without end. Amen. 

Almighty, Everliving God, whose most dearly be- 
loved Son Jesus Christ, for the forgiveness of our 
sins, did shed out of his most precious side both 
water and blood, regard, we beseech thee, our suppli- 
cations. Sanctify this water for this Holy Sacra- 

350 


Baptism q 460 


ment; and grant that this child, now to be baptized, 
may receive the fullness of thy grace, and ever re- 
main in the number of thy faithful and elect chil- 
dren, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Then shall the Minister address the Parents or 
Guardians as followeth: 


Dearly Beloved, forasmuch as this child is now pre- 
sented by you for Christian Baptism, you must re- 
member that it is your part and duty to see that he 
be taught, as soon as he shall be able to learn, the 
nature and end of this Holy Sacrament. And that he 
may know these things the better, you shall call upon 
him to give reverent attendance uporf the appointed 
means of grace, such as the ministry of the word, 
and the public and private worship of God; and 
further, you shall provide that he shall read the Holy 
Scriptures, and learn the Lord’s Prayer, the Ten 
Commandments, the Apostles’ Creed, the Catechism, 
and all other things which a Christian ought to know 
and believe to his soul’s health, in order that he may 
be brought up to lead a virtuous and holy life, re- 
membering always that Baptism doth represent unto 
us thal inward purity which disposeth us to follow 
the example of our Saviour Christ; that as he died 
and rose again for us, so should we, who are baptized, 
die unto sin and rise again unto righteousness, con- 
tinually mortifying all corrupt affections, and daily 
proceeding in all virtue and godliness. 

Do you therefore solemnly engage to fulfill these 
duties, so far as in you lies, the Lord being your 
helper? 


Ans. We do. 
351 


@ 460 Barrism 


Then shail the People stand up, and the Minister 
shall say: 


Hear the words of the Gospel, written by Saint Mark. 
[Chap. 10. 13-16.] 


They brought young children to Christ, that he 
should touch them. And his disciples rebuked those 
that brought them. But when Jesus saw it, he was 
much displeased, and said unto them, Suffer the little 
children to come unto me, and forbid them not; for 
of such is the kingdom of God. Verily I say unto 
you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God 
as a little child, he shall not enter therein. And he 
took them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, 
and blessed them. 


Then the Minister shall take the Child into his hands, 
and say to the friends of the Child: 


Name this child. 


And then, naming it after them, he shall sprinkle or 
pour Water upon it, or, if desired, immerse it in 
Water, saying: 


N., I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of 
the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 


Then shall the Minister offer the following Prayer, 
the People kneeling: 


O God of infinite mercy, the Father of all the faith- 
ful seed, be pleased to grant unto this child an under- 
standing mind and a sanctified heart. May thy 
providence lead him through the dangers, tempta- 
tions, and ignorance of his youth, that he may never 

352 


Barrism € 460 


run into folly, nor into the evils of an unbridled ap- 
petite. We pray thee so to order the course of his 
life that, by good education, by holy examples, and 
by thy restraining and renewing grace, he may be 
led to serve thee faithfully all his days; so that, when 
he has glorified thee in his generation, and has 
served the Church on earth, he may be received into 
thine eternal kingdom, through Jesus Christ our 
Lord. Amen. 

Almighty and Most Merciful Father, let thy loving 
mercy and compassion descend upon these, thy serv- 
ant and handmaid, the parents [or guardians] of this 
child. Grant unto them, we beseech thee, thy Holy 
Spirit, that they may, like Abraham, command their 
household to keep the way of the Lord. Direct their 
actions, and sanctify their hearts, words, and pur- 
poses, that their whole family may be united to our 
Lord Jesus Christ in the bands of faith, obedience, 
and charity; and that they all, being in this life thy 
holy children by adoption and grace, may be ac- 
mitted into the Church of the firstborn in heaven, 
through the merits of thy dear Son, our Saviour and 
Redeemer. Amen. 


Then may the Minister offer extemporary Prayer. 
Then shall be said, all kneeling: 


Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy 
name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in 
earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily 
bread: and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive 
those who trespass against us: and lead us not into 
temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the 
kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. 
Amen. 

353 


q 461 Baptism 


3] 461. Order for the Administration of Baptism to such 
as are of Riper Years 


DraRLy BELOVED, forasmuch as all men are con- 
ceived and born in sin; and that which is born of the 
flesh is flesh, and they that are in the flesh cannot 
please God, but live in sin, committing many actual 
transgressions; and our Saviour Christ saith, Except 
a man be born of water and of the Spirit he cannot 
enter into the kingdom of God: I beseech you to call 
upon God the Father, through our Lord Jesus Christ, 
that of his bounteous goodness he will grant to these 
persons that which by nature they cannot have; that 
they, being baptized with water, may also be baptized 
with the Holy Ghost, and, being received into Christ’s 
holy Church, may continue lively Members of the 
same. 

Then shall the Minister say: 


Let us pray. 


Almighty and Immortal God, the aid of all that 
need, the helper of all that flee to thee for succor, the 
life of them that believe, and the resurrection of the 
dead: we call upon thee for these persons, that they, 
coming to thy Holy Baptism, may also be filled with 
thy Holy Spirit. Receive them, O Lord, as thou hast 
promised by thy well-beloved Son, saying, Ask, and 
ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and 
it shall be opened unto you: so give now unto us that 
ask; let us that seek, find; open the gate unto us that 
knock; that these persons may enjoy the everlasting 
benediction of thy heavenly washing, and may come 
to the eternal kingdom which thou hast promised, 
by Christ our Lord. Amen. , 

354 


Baptism q 461 


Then shall the People stand up, and the Minister 
shall say: 


Hear the words of the Gospel, written by Saint John. 
[Chap. 3. 1-8.] 

There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nico- 
demus, a ruler of the Jews: the same came to Jesus 
by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that 
thou art a teacher come from God; for no man can 
do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with 
him. Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, 
verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, 
he cannot see the kingdom of God. Nicodemus saith 
unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? 
Can he enter the second time into his mother’s womb, 
and be born? Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say 
unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the 
Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 
That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that 
which is born of the Spirit is spirit. Marvel not that 
I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. The wind 
bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound 
thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and 
whither it goeth: so is everyone that is born of the 
Spirit. 

Then the Minister shall speak to the Persons to be 
baptized on this wise: 


Well Beloved, who have come hither desiring to re- 
ceive Holy Baptism, you have heard how the Congre- 
gation hath prayed that our Lord Jesus Christ would 
vouchsafe to receive you, to bless you, and to give you 
the kingdom of heaven, and everlasting life. And 
our Lord Jesus Christ hath promised in his holy 
word to grant all those things that we have prayed 

355 


q 461 Baptism 


for: which promise he for his part will most surely 
keep and perform. 

Wherefore, after this promise made by Christ, you 
must also faithfully, for your part, promise in the 
presence of this whole Congregation, that you will 
renounce the devil and all his works, and constantly 
believe God’s Holy Word, and obediently keep his 
commandments. 


Then shall the Minister demand of each of the Per- 
sons to be baptized: 


Quest. Dost thou renounce the devil and all his 
works, the vain pomp and glory of the world, with 
all covetous desires of the same, and the carnal de- 
sires of the flesh, so that thou wilt not follow nor be 
led by them? 

Ans. I renounce them all, 

Quest. Dost thou believe in God the Father Al- 
mighty, Maker of ‘heaven and earth: 

And in Jesus Christ, his only begotten Son our 
Lord; and that he was conceived by the Holy Ghost, 
born of the Virgin Mary; that he suffered under 
Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, and buried; that 
he rose again the third day; that he ascended into 
heaven, and sitteth at the right hand of God the 
Father Almighty; and from thence shall come again 
at the end of the world, to judge the quick and the 
dead? 

And dost thou believe in the Holy Ghost; the holy 
catholic! Church, the communion of saints; the for- 
giveness of sins; the resurrection of the body; and 
everlasting life after death? 

Ams, All this I steadfastly believe. 


1 The one universal Church of Christ. 
356 


Baptism gq 461 


Quest. Wilt thou be baptized in this faith? 

Ans. Such is my desire. 

Quest. Wilt thou then obediently keep God’s holy 
will and commandments, and walk in the same all 
the days of thy life? 

, Ans. I will endeavor so to do, God being my helper. 


Then shall the Minister say: 


O Merciful God, grant that all carnal affections 
may die in these persons, and that all things belong- 
ing to the Spirit may live and grow in them. Amen. 

Grant that they may have power and strength to 
have victory, and triumph against the devil, the 
world, and the flesh. Amen. 

Grant that they, being here dedicated to thee by 
our office and ministry, may also be endued 
with heavenly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded 
through thy mercy, O blessed Lord God, who dost 
live, and govern all things, world without end. Amen. 

Almighty, Everliving God, whose most dearly be- 
loved Son Jesus Christ, for the forgiveness of our 
sins, did shed out of his most precious side both 
water and blood; and gave commandment to his dis- 
ciples that they should go teach all nations, and bap- 
tize them in the name of the Father, and of the Son. 
and of the Holy Ghost; regard, we beseech thee, our 
supplications; and grant that the persons now to be 
baptized may receive the fullness of thy grace, and 
ever remain in the number of thy faithful and elect 
children, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


B57 


| 462 ReEcrErtTion or MemBers 


Then shall the Minister ask the name of each Person 
to be baptized, and shall sprinkle or pour Water 
upon him (or, if he shall desire tt, shall immerse 
him in Water), saying: 

N., I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of 
the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 


Then shall be said the Lord’s Prayer, all kneeling: 

Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy 
name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in 
earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily 
bread: and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive 
those who trespass against us: and lead us not into 
temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the 
kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. 
Amen. 


Then may the Minister conclude with extemporary 
Prayer. 


CHAPTER II 
RECEPTION OF MEMBERS 


q 462. Form I 


Those who are to be received into the Church as pro- 
bationers shall be called forward by name, and the 
Minister, addressing the Congregation, shall say: 


DeEaRLY BELOVED BRETHREN, that none may be ad- 
mitted hastily into the Church, we receive persons 
who seek fellowship with us on profession of faith into 

358 


ReEcEPTION OF MEMBERS © 462 


a preparatory membership; in which proof may be 
made, both to themselves and to the Church, of the 
sincerity and depth of their convictions and of the 
strength of their purpose to lead a new life. 

The persons here present desire to be so admitted. 
You will hear their answers to the questions put to 
them, and if you make no objection they will be 
received. t 

It is needful, however, that you be reminded of 
your own responsibility, as having previously entered 
this holy fellowship and now representing the Church 
into which they seek admission. Remembering their 
inexperience, and how much they must learn in order 
to become good soldiers of Jesus Christ, see to it that 
they find in you holy examples of life and loving 
help in the true serving of their Lord and ours. I 
beseech you so to order your own lives that these 
new disciples may take no detriment from you, but 
that it may ever be to them a cause for thanksgiving 
to God that they were led into this fellowship. 


Then addressing the Persons seeking Admission, the 
Minister shall say: 


Dearly Beloved, you have, by the grace of God, 
made your decision to follow Christ and to serve him. 
Your confidence in so doing is not to be based on 
any notion of fitness or worthiness in yourselves, but 
solely on the merits of our Lord Jesus Christ, and on 
his death and intercession for us. 

_ That the Church may know your purpose, you will 
answer the questions I am now to ask you. 

Have you an earnest desire to be saved from your 
sins? 

Ans. IT have. 

359 


{ 463 ReEcEPTION OF MEMBERS 


Will you guard yourselves against all things con- 
trary to the teaching of God’s word, and endeavor 
to lead @ holy life, following the commandments of 
God? 

Ans. I will endeavor so to do. 

Are you purposed to give reverent attendance upon 
the appointed means of grace in the ministry of the 
.Word, and the private and public worship of God? 

Ans. I am so determined, with the help of God. 


No objection being offered, the Minister shalt an- 
nounce that the Candidates are admitted, and shall 
assign them to classes. 


Then shall the Minister offer extemporary Prayer. 


4 463. Form II 


On the day appointed, all that are to be received into 
the Church shall be called forward, and the Minis- 
ter, addressing the Congregation, shall say: 


DEARLY BELOVED BRETHREN, the Scriptures teach 
us that the Church is the household of God, the body 
of which Christ is the head; and that it is the design 
of the Gospel to bring together in one all who are in 
Christ. The fellowship of the Church is the com- 
munion that its Members enjoy one with another. 
The ends of this fellowship are the maintenance of 
sound doctrine and of the ordinances of Christian 
worship, and the exercise of that power of godly ad- 
monition and discipline which Christ has committed 
to his church for the promotion of holiness. 

It is the duty of all men to unite in this fellowship; 
for only those who are “planted in the house of the 

360 


ReEcEpPTion or MremBers G 468 


Lord shall flourish in the courts of our God.” Its 
more particular duties are, to promote peace and 
unity; to bear one another’s burdens; to prevent each 
other’s stumbling; to seek the intimacy of friendly 
society among themselves; to continue steadfast in 
the faith and worship of the Gospel; and to pray and 
sympathize with each other. Among its privileges 
are peculiar incitements to holiness from the hear- 
ing of God’s Word and the sharing in Christ’s ordi- 
nances; the being placed under the watchful care of 
Pastors; and the enjoyment of the blessings which 
are promised only to those who are of the Household 
of Faith. } 

Into this holy fellowship the persons before you, 
who have already received the Sacrament of Baptism, 
and have been properly recommended, come seeking 
admission. We now propose, in the fear of God, to 
question them as to their faith and purposes, that you 
may know that they are proper persons to be admit- 
ted into the Church. 


Then, addressing the Applicants for Admission, the 
Minister shall say: 

Dearly Beloved, you are come hither seeking the 
great privilege of union with the Church our Saviour 
has purchased with his own blood. We rejoice in the 
grace of God vouchsafed unto you in that he has 
called you to be his followers. You have heard how 
blessed are the privileges, and how solemn are the 
duties, of membership in Christ’s Church; and before 
you are fully admitted thereto, it is proper that you 
do here publicly renew your vows, confess your faith, 
and declare your purpose, by answering the following 
questions: 

361 


q 463 Reception or MrmpBrrs 


Do you here, in the presence of God and of this 
Congregation, renew the solemn promise contained 
in the Baptismal Covenant, ratifying and confirming 
the same, and acknowledging yourselves bound faith- 
fully to observe and keep that Covenant? 

Ans. I do. 

Have you saving faith in the Lord Jesus Christ? 

Ans. I trust I have. 

Do you believe in the Doctrines of the Holy Scrip- 
tures as set forth in the Articles of Religion of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church? 

Ans. I do. 

Will you cheerfully be governed by the Rules of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, hold sacred the Ordi- 
nances of God, and endeayor, as much as in you lies, 
to promote the welfare of your brethren and the ad- 
vancement of the Redeemer’s kingdom? 

Ans. I will. 

Will you contribute of your earthly substance, ac-, 
cording to your ability, to the support of the Gos- 
pel and the various benevolent enterprises of the 
Church. 

Ans. I will. 


Then the Minister, addressing the Church, shall say: 

Brethren, these persons having given satisfactory 
responses to our inquiries, have any of you reason to 
allege why they should not be received into mem- 
bership in the Church? 


No objections being alleged, the Minister shall say 
to the Candidates: 
We welcome you to the communion of the Church 


of God; and, in testimony of our Christian affection 
362 


ha 


Tur Lorp’s SupPrer @ 464 


and the cordiality with which we receive you, I here- 
by extend to you the right hand of fellowship: and 
may God grant that you may be a faithful and useful 
Member of the Church militant till you are called to 
the fellowship of the Church triumphant, which is 
“without fault before the throne of God.” 


Then shall the Minister offer extemporary Prayer. 


CHAPTER III 
THE LORD’S SUPPER 


[Whenever practicable, let none but the pure, unfermented juice of the 
grape be used in administering the Lord’s Supper.] 

{Let persons who have scruples concerning the receiving of the Sacra- 
ment of the Lord’s Supper kneeling be permitted to receive it either 
standing or sitting.] 

[No person shall be admitted to the Lord’s Supper among us who is 
guilty of any practice for which we would exclude a Member of our 
Church.) 


464. Order for the Administration of the Lord’s Supper 


The Elder shall say one or more of these Sentences, 
during the reading of which the Persons appointed 
for that purpose shall receive the Alms for the 
Poor: 


Let your light so shine before men, that they may 
see your good works, and glorify your Father which 


‘is in heaven. [Matt. 5. 16.] 


363 


q 464 Tue Lorp’s SupPEr 


Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, 
where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves 
break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves 
treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust 
doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through 
nor steal. [Matt. 6. 19, 20.] 

Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, 
do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the 
prophets. [Matt. 7. 12.] 

Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall 
enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth 
the will of my Father which is in heaven. [Matt. 
Goede] 

Zaccheus stood, and said unto the Lord: Behold, 
Lord, the half of my goods I give to the poor; and if 
I have taken anything from any man by false accusa- 
tion, I restore him fourfold. [Luke 19. 8.] 

He which soweth sparingly shall reap also spar- 
ingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap 
also bountifully. Every man according as he pur- 
poseth in his heart, so let him give; not grudgingly, 
or of necessity: for God loveth a cheerful giver. 
[2 Cor. 9. 6, 7.] 

As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good 
unto all men, especially unto them who are of the 
household of faith. [Gal. 6. 10.] 

Godliness with contentment is great gain; for we 
brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we 
can carry nothing out. [1 Tim. 6. 6, 7.] 

Charge them that are rich in this world, that they 
be not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, 
but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things 
to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good 
works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; 

364 


Tue Lorp’s SupPER { 464 


laying up in store for themselves a good foundation 
against the time to come, that they may lay hold on 
eternal life. [1 Tim. 6. 17-19.] 

God is not unrighteous to forget your work and 
labor of love, which ye have showed toward his name, 
in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do min- 
ister. [Heb. 6. 10.] 

To do good and to communicate forget not; for 
with such sacrifices God is well pleased. [Heb. 
13. 16.] 

Whoso hath this world’s good, and seeth his 
brother have need, and shutteth up his bowels of 
compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God 
in him? [1 John 3. 17.] 

He that hath pity upon the poor lendeth unto the 
Lord; and that which he hath given will he pay him 
again. [Prov. 19. 17.] 

Blessed is he that considereth the poor: the Lord 
will deliver him in time of trouble. [Psa. 41. 1.] 

Thou shalt open thine hand wide unto thy brother, 
to thy poor. [Deut. 15. 11.] 


After which the Elder shall give the aay, Invi- 
tation, the People standing: 


If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the 
Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and he is the pro- 
pitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also 
for the sins of the whole world. 

Wherefore ye that do truly and earnestly repent of 
your sins, and are in love and charity with your 
neighbors, and intend to lead a new life, following 
the commandments of God, and walking from hence- 
forth in his holy ways, draw near with faith, and 

365 


| 464 Tue Lorp’s SuPpPER 


take this Holy Sacrament to your comfort; and, de- 
voutly kneeling, make your humble confession to 
Almighty God. ‘ 


Then shall this general Confession be made by the 
Minister in the name of all those who are minded 
to receive the Holy Communion, both he and all 
the People devoutly kneeling, and saying: 


Almighty God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ 
Maker of all things, Judge of all men, we acknowledge 
and bewail our manifold sins and wickedness, which 
we from time to time most grievously have committed, 
by thought, word, and deed, against thy Divine Majesty, 
provoking most justly thy wrath and indignation against 
us. We do earnestly repent, and are heartily sorry for 
these our misdoings; the remembrance of them is 
grievous unto us. Have mercy upon us, have mercy 
upon us, most merciful Father; for thy Son, our Lord 
Jesus Christ’s sake, forgive us all that is past; and grant 
that we may ever hereafter serve and please thee in new- 
ness of life, to the honor and glory of thy name, through 
Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Then shall the Elder say: 


Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who of thy 
great mercy hast promised forgiveness of sins to all 
them that with hearty repentance and true faith turn 
unto thee, have mercy upon us; pardon and deliver 
us from all our sins; confirm and strengthen us in 
all goodness; and bring us to everlasting life through 
Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


366 


Tue Lorp’s SuPPER G 464 


The Collect 


Almighty God, unto whom all hearts are open, all 
desires known, and from whom no secrets are hid, 
cleanse the thoughts of our hearts by the inspiration 
of thy Holy Spirit, that we may perfectly love thee, 
and worthily magnify thy holy name, through Jesus 
Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Then shall the Elder say: 


We do not presume to come to this thy table, O 
merciful Lord, trusting in our own righteousness, but 
in thy manifold and great mercies. We are not 
worthy so much as to gather up the crumbs under 
thy table. But thou art the same Lord, whose prop- 
erty is always to have mercy. Grant us, therefore, 
gracious Lord, so to eat the fiesh of thy dear Son 
Jesus Christ, and to drink his blood, that we may 
live and grow thereby; and that, being washed 
through his most precious blood, we may evermore 
dwell in him, and he in us. Amen. 


Then the Elder shall offer the Prayer of Consecration, 
as followeth: 


Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who of thy 
tender mercy didst give thine only Son Jesus Christ 
to suffer death upon the cross for our redemption; 
who made there, by his oblation of himself once 
offered, a full, perfect, and sufficient sacrifice, obla- 
tion, and satisfaction for the sins of the whole 
world; and did institute, and in his*holy Gospel com- 
mand us to continue, a perpetual memory of his 

“precious death until his coming again: hear us, O 
merciful Father, we most humbly beseech thee, and 
367 


@ 464 Tur Lorp’s SupPER ; 


grant that we, receiving these thy creatures of bread 
and wine, according to thy Son our Saviour Jesus 
Christ’s holy institution, in remembrance of his death 
and passion, may be partakers of his most blessed 
body and blood; who, in the same (2) Here the 
night that he was betrayed, took der may take 
bread (*); and when he had given the plate of 
thanks, he broke it, and gave it to his bread in his 
disciples, saying, Take, eat; this is my “and. 

body which is given for you; do this in remembrance 
of me. 

Likewise after supper he took (7) (2) Here he 
the cup; and when he had given may take the 
thanks, he gave it to them, saying, °¥P 1” his 
Drink ye all of this; for this is my hand. 
blood of the New Testament, which is shed for you, 
and for many, for the remission of sins; do this, as 
oft as ye shall drink it, in remembrance of me. 
Amen. 


Then shall the Minister receive the Communion in 
both kinds, and proceed to deliver the same to the 
other Ministers, if any be present; after which he 
shall say: 


It is very meet, right, and our bounden duty that we 
should at all times and in all places give thanks unto 
thee, O Lord, holy Father, Almighty, Everlasting God. 

Therefore with angels and archangels, and with all 
the company of heaven, we laud and magnify thy 
glorious name, evermore praising thee, and saying, 
Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Hosts, heaven and 
earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, O Lord 
most high! Amen. 

368 


- 


Tue Lorp’s SuPPER "| 464 


The Minister shall then proceed to administer the 
Communion to the People in order, kneeling, into 
their uncovered hands; and when he delivereth 
the Bread, he shall say: 


The body of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was 
given for thee, preserve thy soul and body unto ever- 
lasting life. Take and eat this in remembrance that 
Christ died for thee; and feed on him in thy heart 
by faith, with thanksgiving. 


And the Minister that delivereth the Cup shall say: 


The blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was 
shed for thee, preserve thy soul and body unto ever- 
lasting life. Drink this in remembrance that Christ’s 
blood was shed for thee, and be thankful. 

{If the Consecrated bread or wine shall be all spent before all have 
communed, the Elder may Consecrate more by repeating the Prayer of 
Consecration.] 

(When all have communed, the Minister shall return to the Lord’s 
table and place upon it what remaineth of the Consecrated elements, 
covering the same with a fair linen cloth.] 

Then shall the Elder say the Lord’s Prayer; the Peo- 
ple kneeling, and repeating after him every petition: 
Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy name. 

Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is 
in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread: and for- 
give us our trespasses, as we forgive those who trespass 
against us: and lead us not into temptation, but deliver 
us from evil: for thine is the kingdom, and the power, 
and the glory, forever. Amen. 


After which shall be said as followeth: 

O Lord our heavenly Father, we thy humble serv- 
ants desire thy Fatherly goodness mercifully to ac- 
cept this our sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving; 

24 369 


“| 464 Tue Lorn’s SUPPER 


most humbly beseeching thee to grant, that, by the 
merits and death of thy Son Jesus Christ, and 
through faith in his blood, we and thy whole Church 
may obtain forgiveness of our sins, and all other ben- 
efits of his passion. And here we offer and present 
unto thee, O Lord, ourselves, our souls and bodies, to 
be a reasonable, holy, and lively sacrifice unto thee; 
humbly beseeching thee that all we who are par- 
takers of this Holy Communion may be filled with 
thy grace and heavenly benediction. And although 
we be unworthy, through our manifold sins, to offer 
unto thee any sacrifice, yet we beseech thee to accept 
this our bounden duty and service; not weighing our 
merits, but pardoning our offenses, through Jesus 
Christ our Lord; by whom, and with whom, in the 
unity of the Holy Ghost, all honor and glory be unto 
thee, O Father Almighty, world without end. Amen. 


Then shall be said or sung: 


Glory be to God on high, and on earth peace, good 
will toward men! We praise thee, we bless thee, we 
worship thee, we glorify thee, we give thanks to thee for 
thy great glory, O Lord God, heavenly King, God the 
Father Almighty ! 

O Lord, the only begotten Son Jesus Christ: O Lord 
God, Lamb of God, Son of the Father, that takest away 
the sins of the world, have mercy upon us. Thou that 
takest away the sins of the world, have mercy upon 
us. Thou that takest away the sins of the world, re- 
ceive our prayer. Thou that sittest at the right hand 
of God the Father, have mercy upon us. For thou only 
art holy; thou only art the Lord; thou only, O Christ, 
with the Holy Ghost, art most high in the glory of God 


the Father. Amen. 
370 


Matriwony | 465 


Then the Elder, if he see it expedient, may put up an 
extemporary Prayer; and ajterward shall let the 
People depart with this Blessing: 

The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, 
keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and 
love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord: 
and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the 

Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain 

with you always. Amen. 


N.B—If the Elder is straitened for time in the usual administration 
of the Holy Communion, he may omitany part of the service except the 
Invitation, the Confession, and the Prayer of Consecration; and in its 
administration to the Sick he may omit any part of the service except the 
Confession, the Prayer of Consecration, and the usual sentences in deliy- 
ering the Bread and Wine, closing with the Lord’s Prayer, extempore 
supplication, and the Benediction. 


CHAPTER IV 
MATRIMONY 


| 465. Form for the Solemnization of Matrimony 


[The parts in brackets throughout may be used or not at discretion.] 

At the day and time appointed for the Solemnization 
of Matrimony, the p2rsons to be married—having 
been qualified according to law—standing together, 
the Man on the right hand and the Woman on the 
lefi, the Minister shall say: 


DEARLY BELOVED, we are gathered together here in 
the sight of God, and in the presence of these wit- 
nesses, to join together this man and this woman in 
holy Matrimony; which is an honorable estate, insti- 
tuted of God in the time of man’s innocency, signify- 

371 


G 465 Matrimony 


ing unto us the mystical union that exists between 
Christ and his Church; which holy estate Christ 
adorned and beautified with his presence, and first 
miracle that he wrought, in Cana of Galilee, and is 
commended by Saint Paul to be honorable among all 
men; and therefore is not by any to be entered into 
unadvisedly, but reverently, discreetly, and in the 
fear of God. 

Into which holy estate these two persons present 
come now to be joined. Therefore if any can show 
just cause why they may not lawfully be joined to- 
gether, let him now speak, or else hereafter forever 
hold his peace. 


[And also speaking unto the persons that are to be . 
married, the Minister shall say: 

ft require and charge you both, that if either of you 
know any impediment why you may not be lawfully 
joined together in Matrimony, you do now confess it: 
for be ye well assured, that so many as are coupled 
together otherwise than God’s Word doth allow, are 
not joined together by God, neither is their Matri- 
mony lawful.] 


If no impediment be alleged, then shall the Minister 
say unto the Man: 


M., wilt thou have this woman to be thy wedded 
_ wife, to live together after God’s ordinance in the 
holy estate of Matrimony? Wilt thou love her, com- 
fort her, honor and keep her, in sickness and in 
health; and forsaking all other, keep thee only “=e 
her, so long as ye both shall live? 


The Man shall answer: 


I will. 
372 


Matrimony G 465 


Thea shall the Minister say unto the Woman: 

N., wilt thou have this man to be thy wedded hus- 
band, to live together after God’s ordinance in the 
holy estate of Matrimony? Wilt thou love, honor, 
and keep him, in sickness and in health; and for- 
saking all other, keep thee only unto him, so long as 
ye both shall live? 


The Woman shall answer: 
I will. 


[Then the Minister shall cause the Man with his 
right hand to take the Woman by her right hand, 
and to say after him as followeth: 


I, M., take thee N., to be my wedded wife, to have 
and to hold, from this day forward, for better, for 
worse, for richer, for poorer, in sickness and in 
health, to love and to cherish, till death us do part, 
according to God’s holy ordinance; and thereto I 
plight thee my faith. 


Then shall they loose their hands, and the Woman, 
with her right hand taking the Man by his right 
hand, shall likewise say after the Minister: 

I, V., take thee M., to be my wedded husband, to 
have and to hold, from this day forward, for better, 
for worse, for richer, for poorer, in sickness and in 
health, to love and to cherish, till death us do part, 
according to God’s holy ordinance; and thereto I 
plight thee my faith.] 


Then shall the Minister pray thus: 

O Eternal God, Creator and Preserver of all man- 
kind, Giver of all spiritual grace, the Author of ever- 
lasting life: send thy blessing upon these thy sery- 
4 373 


{| 465 Matrimony 


ants, this man and this woman, whom we bless in thy 
name; that as Isaac and Rebecca lived faithfully to- 
gether, so these persons may surely perform and keep 
the vow and covenant between them made, and may 
ever remain in perfect love and peace together, and 
live according to thy laws, through Jesus Christ our 
Lord. Amen. 


[If the parties desire it, the Man shall here hand a 
Ring to the Minister, who shall return it to him, 
and direct him to place it on the third finger of the 
Woman's left hand. And the Man shall say to the 
Woman, repeating after the Minister: 

With this ring I thee wed, and with my worldly 
goods I thee endow, in the name of the Father, and 
of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.] 


Then shall the Minister join their right hands to- 
gether, and say: 

Forasmuch as M. and N. have consented together 
in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the same before 
God and this company, and thereto have pledged 
their faith either to other, and have declared the 
same by joining of hands; I pronounce that they are 
husband and wife together, in the name of the Father, 
and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Those whom 
God hath joined together, let no man put asunder. 
Amen. 


And the Minister shall add this Blessing: 

God, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, 
bless, preserve, and keep you; the Lord mercifully 
with his favor look upon you, and so fill you with all 
spiritual benediction and grace that ye may so live 

374 ‘ 


Matrimony | 465 


together in this life that in the world to come ye may 
have life everlasting. Amen. 


Then shall the Minister offer the following Prayer: 


O God of Abraham, God of Isaac, God of Jacob, 
bless this man and this woman, and sow the seed of 
eternal life in their hearts, that whatsoever in thy 
holy word they shall profitably learn, they may in- 
deed fulfill the same. Look, O Lord, mercifully on 
them from heaven, and bless them: as thou didst 
send thy blessings upon Abraham and Sarah to their 
great comfort, so vouchsafe to send thy blessings 
upon this man and this woman, that they, obeying 
thy will, and always being in safety under thy pro- 
tection, may abide in thy love unto their lives’ end, 
through Jesus Christ our Lord. 

Almighty God, who at the beginning didst create 
our first parents, Adam and Eve, and didst sanctify 
and join them together in marriage, pour upon these 
persons the riches of thy grace, sanctify and bless 
them, that they may please thee both in body and 
soul, and live together in holy love unto their lives’ 
end. Amen. 


Here the Minister may use extemporary Prayer. 


Then the Minister shall repeat the Lord’s Prayer: 


Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy 
name. -Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in 
earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily 
bread: and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive 
those who trespass against us: and lead us not into 
temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the 
kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. 


Amen. 
375 


{ 466 Buriat oF THE Dean 


CHAPTER V 
BURIAL OF THE DEAD 


[We will on no account whatever make a ch arge for burying the dead.] 


466. Form for Burial of the Dead 


The Minister, going before the Corpse, shall say: 

I am the resurrection, and the life: he that be- 
lieveth in me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: 
and whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall never 
die. [John,11. 25, 26.] 

I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that he shall 
stand at the latter day upon the earth: and though 
after my skin worms destroy this body, yet in my 
flesh shall I see God: whom I shall see for myself, 
and mine eyes shall behold, and not another. [Job 
19. 25-27.] 

We brought nothing into this world, and it is cer- 
tain we can carry nothing out. The Lord gave, and 
the Lord hath taken away; blessed be the name of 
the Lord. [1 Tim. 6. 7; Job 1. 21.] 


In the House or Church may be read one or both of 
the following Psalms, or some other suitable por- 
tion of the Holy Scriptures: 


Psalm 39: 


I said, I will take heed to my ways, that I sin not 
with my tongue: I will keep my mouth with a bridle, 
376 


Buriat oF THE DEap G 466 


while the wicked is before me. I was dumb with 
silence, I held my peace, even from good; and my 
sorrow was,stirred. My heart was hot within me; 
while I was musing the fire burned: then spake I 
with my tongue, Lord, make me to know mine end, 
and the measure of my days, what it is; that I may 
know how frail I am. Behold, thou hast made my 
days as a handbreadth; and mine age is as nothing 
before thee: verily every man at his best state is al- 
together vanity. Surely every man walketh in a vain 
show: surely they are disquieted in vain: he heapeth 
up riches, and knoweth not who shall gather them. 
And now, Lord, what wait I for? my hope is in thee. 
Deliver me from all my transgressions: make me not 
the reproach of the foolish. I was dumb, I opened 
not my mouth; because thou didst it. Remove thy 
stroke away from me; I am consumed by the blow of 
thine hand. When thou with rebukes dost correct 
man for iniquity, thou makest his beauty to consume 
away like a moth: surely every man is vanity. Hear 
my prayer, O Lord, and give ear unto my cry; hold 
not thy peace at my tears: for I am a stranger with 
thee, and a sojourner, as all my fathers were. O 
spare me, that I may recover strength, before I go 
hence, and be no more. 


Psalm 90: 


Lord, thou hast been our dwelling-place in all gen- 
erations. Before the mountains were brought forth, 
or ever thou hadst formed the earth and the world, 
even from everlasting to everlasting, thou art God. 
Thou turnest man to destruction; and sayest, Return, 
ye children of men. For a thousand years in thy 
sight are but as yesterday when it is past, and as a 

377 


J 466 Buriat oF THE Drab 


watch in the night. Thou carriest them away as~ 
with a flood; they are as a sleep: in the morning 
they are like grass which groweth up. In the morn- 
ing it flourisheth, and groweth up; in the evening it 
is cut down, and withereth. For we are consumed 
by thine anger, and by thy wrath are we troubled. 
Thou hast set our iniquities before thee, our secret 
sins in the light of thy countenance. For all our 
days are passed away in thy wrath: we spend our 
years as a tale that is told. The days of our years are 
threescore years and ten; and if by reason of strength 
they be fourscore years, yet is their strength labor 
and sorrow; for it is soon cut off, and we fly away. 
Who knoweth the power of thine anger? even accord- 
ing to thy fear, so is thy wrath. So teach us to num- 
ber our days, that we may apply our hearts unto 
wisdom. Return, O Lord, how long? and let it repent 
thee concerning thy servants. O satisfy us early 
with thy mercy; that we may rejoice and be glad all 
our days. Make us glad according to the days where- 
in thou hast afflicted us, and the years wherein we 
have seen evil. Let thy work appear unto thy sery- 
ants, and thy glory unto their children. And let the 
beauty of the Lord our God be upon us: and establish 
thou the work of our hands upon us; yea, the work 
of our hands establish thou it. 


’ 


Then may follow the reading of the Epistle, as follows: 


1 Corinthians 15. 41-58: 


There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of 
the moon, and another glory of the stars; for one star 
differeth from another star in glory. So also is the 
resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption, it 

378 


Buriat oF THE DeEap GF 466 


is raised in incorruption: it is sown in dishonor, it is 
raised in glory: it is sown in weakness, it is raised in 
power: it is sown a natural body, it is raised a spir- 
itual body. There is a natural body, and there is a 
spiritual body. And so it is written, The first man 
Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was 
made a quickening spirit. Howbeit that was not first 
which is spiritual, but that which is natural; and 
afterward that which is spiritual. The first man is 
of the earth, earthy: the second man is the Lord from 
heaven. As is the earthy, such are they also that are 
earthy: and as is the heavenly, such are they also 
that are heavenly. And as we have borne the image 
of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the 
heavenly. Now this I say, brethren, that flesh and 
blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither 
doth corruption inherit incorruption. Behold, I show 
you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all 
be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, 
at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and 
the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shali 
be changed. For this corruptible must put on incor- 
ruption, and this mortal must put on immortality. 
So when this corruptible shail have put on incorrup- 
tion, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, 
then shall be brought to pass the saying that is writ- 
ten, Death is swallowed up in victory. O death, 
where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory? 
The sting of death is sin; and the strength of sin is 
the law. But thanks be to God, which giveth us the 
victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, 
my beloved brethren, be ye steadfast, unmovable, 
always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch 
as ye know that your labor is not in vain in the Lord. 
379 


{| 466 Buriat or THE DEAp 


At the grave, when the Corpse is laid in the Earth, 
the Minister shall say: 


Man that is born of a woman hath but a short time 
to live, and is full of misery. He cometh up, and is 
cut down like a flower: he fleeth as it were a shadow, 
and never continueth in one stay. 

In the midst of life we are in death: of whom may 
we seek for succor, but of thee, O Lord, who for our 
sins art justly displeased? 

Yet, O Lord God most holy, O Lord most mighty, O 
holy and most merciful Saviour, deliver us not into 
the bitter pains of eternal death. 

Thou knowest, Lord, the secrets of our hearts; shut 
not thy merciful ears to our prayers, but spare us, 
Lord most holy; O God most mighty, O holy and 
merciful Saviour, thou most worthy Judge eternal, 
suffer us not at our last hour for any pains of death 
to fall from thee. 


Then, while the Harth shall be cast wpon the Body by 
some standing by, the Minister shall say: 


Forasmuch as it hath pleased Almighty God, in his 
wise providence, to take out of the world the soul of 
the departed, we therefore commit his body to the 
ground, earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust; 
looking for the general resurrection in the last day, 
and the life of the world to come, through our Lord 
Jesus Christ; at whose second coming in glorious 
majesty to judge the world, the earth and the sea 
shall give up their dead; and the corruptible bodies 
of those who sleep in him shall be changed and made 
like unto his own glorious body; according to the 
mighty working whereby he is able to subdue all 
things unto himself. 

380 


Buriat or THE DeEap G 466 


Then shall be said: 


I keard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, 
From henceforth blessed are the dead who die in the 
Lord: Even so, saith the Spirit; for they rest from 
their labors. 


Then shall the Minister say: 


Lord, have mercy upon us. 
Christ, have mercy upon us. 
Lord, have mercy upon us. 


Then the Minister may offer this Prayer: 


Almighty God, with whom do live the spirits of 
those who depart hence in the Lord, and with whom 
the souls of the faithful, after they are delivered from 
the burden of the flesh, are in joy and felicity: we 
give thee hearty thanks for the good examples of all 
those thy servants, who, having finished their course 
in faith, do now rest from their labors. And we be- 
seech thee, that we, with all those who are departed 
in the true faith of thy holy name, may have our per- 
fect consummation and bliss, both in body and soui, 
in thy eternal and everlasting glory, through Jesus. 
Christ our Lord. Amen. 


The Collect 


O Merciful God, the Father of our Lord Jesus 
Christ, who is the resurrection and the life; in whom 
whosoever believeth shall live, though he die, and 
whosoever liveth and believeth in him shall not die 
eternally: we meekly beseech thee, O Father, to raise 
us from the death of sin unto the life of righteous- 
ness; that when we shall depart this life we may rest 

381 


{ 466 Buriat or tHE Dap 


in him; and at the general resurrection on the last 
day may be found acceptable in thy sight, and receive 
that blessing which thy well-beloved Son shall then 
pronounce to all that love and fear thee, saying, 
Come, ye blessed children of my Father, receive the 
kingdom prepared for you from the beginning of the 
world. Grant this, we beseech thee, O Merciful 
Father, through Jesus Christ our Mediator and Re- 
deemer. Amen. 


Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy 
name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in 
earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily 
bread: and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive 
those who trespass against us: and lead us not into 
temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the 
kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. 
Amen. 


The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of 


God. and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost, be with us 
all evermore. Amen. 


882 


ree 


CONSECRATION AND ORDINATION 4 467 


‘ 


CHAPTER VI 
CONSECRATION AND ORDINATION 


§ 467. Form of Consecrating Bishops 


(This service is not to be understood as an ordination to a higher Order 
in the Christian Ministry, beyond and above that of Elders or Presbyters, 
but as a solemn and fitting Consecration for the special and most sacred 
duties of Superintendency in the Church.] 


The Collect 

Atmicuty Gop, who by thy Son Jesus Christ didst 
give to thy holy Apostles, Elders, and Evangelists 
many excellent gifts, and didst charge them to feed 
thy flock: give grace, we beseech thee, to all the 
Ministers and Pastors of thy Church, that they may 
diligently preach thy Word and duly administer the 
godly discipline thereof; and grant to the People that 
they may obediently follow the same, that all may 
receive the crown of everlasting glory, through Jesus 
Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Then shall be read by one of the Elders: 


The Epistle. Acts 20. 17-35 
From Miletus Paul sent to Ephesus, and called the 


~ elders of the Church. And when they were come to 


him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day 

that I came to Asia, after what manner I have been 

with you at all seasons, serving the Lord with all 
383 


| 467 ConsECRATION OF BisHops 

humility of mind, and with many tears, and tempta- 
tions, which befell me by the lying in wait of the 
Jews: and how I kept back nothing that was profit- 
able unto you, but have showed you, and have taught 
you publicly, and from house to house, testifying both 
to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance to- 
ward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. 
And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jeru- 
salem, not knowing the things that shall befall me 
there: save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every 
city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. But 
none of these things move me, neither count I my life’ 
dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course 
with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of 
the Lord Jesus, to testify the Gospel of the grace of 
God. And now, behold, I know that ye all, among 
whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, 
shall see my face no more. Wherefore I take you to 
record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all 
men. For I have not shunned to declare unto you all 
the counsel of God. Take heed therefore unto your- 
selves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy 
Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the Church of 
God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. 
For I know this, that after my departing shall griev- 
ous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. 
Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking 
perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. 
Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space 
of three years I ceased not to warn everyone night 
and day with tears. And now, brethren, I commend 
you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is 
able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance 
among all them which are sanctified. I have coveted 

; 384 


CoNSECRATION OF BisHOPS q 467 


no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel. Yea, ye your- 
selves know, that these hands have ministered unto 
my necessities, and to them that were with me. I 
have showed you all things, how that so laboring ye 
ought to support the weak, and to remember the 
words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more 
blessed to give than to receive. 


Then another shall read: 
The Gospel. Saint John 21. 15-17 


Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, 
lovest thou me more than these? He saith unto 
him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He 
saith unto him, Feed my lambs. He saith to him 
again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest 
thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou know- 
est that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my 
sheep. He saith unto him the third time, Simon, 
son of Jonas, lovest thou me?. Peter was grieved 
because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou 
me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all 
things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith 
unto him, Feed my sheep. 


Or this: Saint Matthew 28. 18-20 


Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power 
is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye 
therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the 
name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy 
Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatso- 
ever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you 
always, even unto the end of the world. 

385 


{| 467 CoNSECRATION OF BisHOPs 


After the Gospel and the Sermon are ended, the 
Elected Person shall be presented by two Elders 
unto the Bishop, saying: 


We present unto you this holy man to be conse- 
crated a Bishop. 


Then the Bishop shall move the Congregation present 
to pray, saying thus to them: 


Brethren, it is written in the Gospel of Saint Luke 
that our Saviour Christ continued the whole night in 
prayer before he did choose and send forth his twelve 
Apostles. It is written also in the Acts of the Apos- 
tles that the disciples who were at Antioch did fast 
and pray before they laid hands on Paul and Barna- 
bas, and sent them forth'on their first mission to the 
Gentiles. Let us therefore, following the example 
of our Saviour Christ, and his Apostles, first fall to 
prayer before we admit and send forth this person 
presented to us to the work whereunto we trust the 
Holy Ghost hath called him. ; 


Then shall the following Prayer be offered: 


Almighty God, Giver of all good things, who by thy 
Holy Spirit hast appointed divers Offices in thy 
Church: mercifully behold this thy servant now 
called to the Work and Ministry of a Bishop, and re- 
plenish him so with the truth of thy doctrine, and 
adorn him with innocency of life, that both by word 
and deed he may faithfully serve thee in this Office, 
to the glory of thy name, and the edifying and well 
governing of thy Church, through the merits of our 
Saviour Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigneth with 
thee and the Holy Ghost, world without end. Amen. 

386 


CoNSECRATION OF BisHoPS G 467 


Then the Bishop shali say to him that is to be 
Consecrated: 


Brother, forasmuch as the Holy Scriptures com- 
mand that we should not be hasty in laying on hands 
and admitting any person to government in the 
Church of Christ, which he hath purchased with no 
less price than the shedding of his own blood; before 
you are admitted to this administration, you will, in 
the fear of God, give answer to the questions which I 
now propound: 

Are you persuaded that you are truly called to this 
Ministration, according to the will of our Lord Jesus 
Christ? 

Ans. I am so persuaded. 

The Bishop. Are you persuaded that the Holy 
Seriptures contain sufficiently all doctrine required 
of necessity for eternal salvation, through faith in 
Jesus Christ? And are you determined out of the 
same Holy Scriptures to instruct the people com- 
mitted to your charge, and to teach or maintain noth- 
ing as required of necessity to eternal salvation but 
that which you shall be persuaded may be concluded 
and proved by the same? 

Ans. I am so persuaded and determined, by God’s 
grace. 

The Bishop. Will you then faithfully exercise your- 
self in the same Holy Scriptures, and call upon God 
by prayer for the true understanding of the same, 
so that you may be able by them to teach and exhort 
with wholesome doctrine, and to withstand and con- 
vince the gainsayers? 

Ans. I will do so, by the help of God. 

The Bishop. Are you ready with faithful diligence 
to banish and drive away all erroneous and strange 

387 


| 467 CoNnsECRATION OF BisHops 


4 


doctrines contrary to God’s word, and both privately 
and openly to call upon and encourage others to the 
same? 

. Ans. I am ready, the Lord being my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you deny all ungodliness and 
worldly lust, and live soberly, righteously, and godly 
in this present world, that you may show yourself in 
all things an example of good works unto others, that 
the adversary may be ashamed, having nothing to 
Say against you? 

Ans. I will do so, the Lord being my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you maintain and set forward, as 
much as shall lie in you, quietness, love, and peace 
among all men; and such as shall be unquiet, dis- 
obedient, and criminal, correct and punish according 
to such authority as you have by God’s word, and as 
shall be committed unto you? 

Ans. I will do so, by the help of God. 

The Bishop. Will you be faithful in Ordaining, or 
laying hands upon and sending others, and in all the 
other duties of your office? 

Ans. I will so be, by the help of God. 

The Bishop. Will you show yourself gentle, and be 
merciful, for Christ’s sake, to poor and needy people, 
and to all strangers destitute of help? 

Ans. I will so show myself, by God’s help. 


Then the Bishop shall say: 


Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who hath given 
you a good will to do all these things, grant also unto 
you strength and power to perform the same, that he 
accomplishing in you the good work which he has 
begun, you may be found blameless at the last day, 
through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 

388 


CoNSECRATION OF BisHops J 467 


Then shall Veni, Creator Spiritus, be said: 


Come, Holy Ghost, our souls inspire, 
And lighten with celestial fire. 

Thou the anointing Spirit art, 

Who dost thy sevenfold gifts impari. 
Thy blessed unction from .above 

Is comfort, life, and fire of love. 


Enable with perpetual light 

The dullness of our blinded sight; 
Anoint and cheer our soiléd face 

With the abundance of thy grace; 

Keep far our foes, give peace at home; 
Where thou art Guide, no ill can come. 


Teach us to know the Father, Son, 
And Thee of both to be but ONE; 
That through the ages all along 
This may be our endless song: 
Praise to thy eternal merit, 
Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. 


That ended, the Bishop shall sau: 


Lord, hear our Prayer. 
Ans. And let our cry come unto thee. 


The Bishop shall then say: 
Let us pray. 


Almighty and Most Merciful Father, who of thine 
infinite. goodness hast given thine only and dearly 
beloved Son Jesus Christ to be our Redeemer, and 

e the author of everlasting life; who, after he had 
made perfect our redemption by his death, and was 
ascended into heaven, poured down his gifts abun- 
dantly upon men, making some Apostles, some 

389 


4 467 CoNSECRATION OF BisHOPS 


Prophets, some Evangelists, some Pastors and Teaeh- 
ers, to the edifying and making perfect of his 
Church: grant, we beseech thee, to this thy servant, 
such grace that he may evermore be ready to spread 
abroad thy Gospel, the glad tidings of reconciliation 
with thee, and use the authority given him, not to 
destruction, but to salvation; not to hurt, but to 
help; so that as a wise and faithful servant, giving to 
the family their portion in due season, he may at last 
be received into everlasting joy, through Jesus Christ 
our Lord, who, with thee and the Holy Ghost, liveth 
and reigneth, one God, world without end. Amen. 


Then the Bishop and Elders present shall lay their 
hands upon the head of the Elected Person, kneel- 
ing before them, the Bishop saying: 


The Lord pour upon thee the Holy Ghost for the 
Office and Work of a Bishop in the Church of God 
now committed unto thee by the authority of the 
Church through the imposition of our hands, in the 
name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy 
Ghost. Amen. And remember that thou stir up the 
grace of God which is in thee; for God hath not given 
us the spirit of fear, but of power, and love, and of 
a sound mind. 


Then shall the Bishop deliver to him the Bible, 
saying: 


Give heed unto reading, exhortation, and doctrine. 
Think upon the things contained in this book. Be 
diligent in them, that the increase coming thereby 
may be manifest unto all men. Take heed unto thy- 
self, and to thy doctrine; for by so doing thou shalt 

390 


CoNSECRATION OF BisHops q 467 


both save thyself and them that hear thee. Be to the 
flock of Christ a shepherd, not a wolf; feed them, 
devour them not. Hold up the weak, heal the sick, 
bind up the broken, bring again the outcast, seek the 
lost; be so merciful that you may not be too remiss; 
so minister discipline that you forget not mercy; 
that when the chief Shepherd shall appear, you may 
receive the never-fading crown of glory, through 
Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


(Then the Bishop shall administer the Lord’s Supper to the newly Con- 
secrated Bishop and other persons present.] 


Then shall be offered the following Prayers: 


Most Merciful Father, we beseech thee to send 
down upon this thy servant thy heavenly blessing, 
and to so endue him with thy Holy Spirit that he, 
preaching thy word, and exercising authority in thy 
Church, may not only be earnest to reprove, beseech, 
and rebuke with all patience and doctrine, but also 
may be, to such as believe, a wholesome example in 
word, in conversation, in love, in faith, and in purity; 
that faithfully fulfilling his course, at the last day 
he may receive the crown of righteousness laid up by 
the Lord, the righteous Judge, who liveth and reign- 
eth, one God with the Father and the Holy Ghost, 
world without end. Amen. 


Prevent us, O Lord, in all our doings with thy most 
gracious favor, and further us with thy continual 
help, that in all our works, begun, continued, and 
ended in thee, we may glorify thy holy name; and 
finally, by thy mercy, obtain everlasting life, through 
Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 

’ 391 


4 468 ORDINATION OF ELDERS 


The peace of God, which passeth all understand- 
ing, keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge 
and love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our 
Lord: and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, 
the Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and re- 
main with you always. Amen. 


{] 468. Form of Ordaining Elders 


[When the day appointed by the Bishop is come, there shall be a Ser- 
mon or Exhortation, declaring the Duty and Office of such as come to be 
admitted Elders; how necessary that Order is in the Church of Christ, 
and also how the People ought to esteem the Elders in their Office.] 


After which, one of the Elders shall present unto the 
Bishop all them that are to be Ordained, and say: 


I presert unto you these persons to be ordained as 
Elders. 


Then, their names being read aloud, the Bishop shall 
say to the People: 


Brethren, these are they whom we purpose, God 
willing, this day to ordain Elders. For after due 
examination, we find not to the contrary, but that 
they are lawfully called to this function and minis- 
try, and that they are persons meet for the same. 
But if there be any of you who knoweth any crime or 
impediment in any of them, for the which he ought 
not to be received into this holy Ministry let him 
come forth in the name of God, and show what the 
crime or impediment is. 

{If any crime or impediment be objected, the Bishop shall surcease 


from ordaining that person until such time as the party accused shall be 
found clear of the same.] 
392 


ORDINATION OF ELDERS q 468 


Then shall be seid the Collect, Epistle, and Gospel, 
as followeth: 


The Collect 


Almighty God, Giver of all good things, who by thy 
Holy Spirit hast appointed divers Orders of Ministers 
in thy Church: mercifully behold these thy servants 
now called to the Office of Elders, and replenish them 
so with the truth of thy doctrine, and adorn them 
with innocency of life, that both by word and good 
example they may faithfully serve thee in this Office, 
to the glory of thy name, and the edification of thy 
Church, through the merits of our Saviour Jesus 
Christ, who liveth and reigneth with thee and the 
Holy Ghost, world without end. Amen. 


The Epistle. Ephesians 4. 7-13 


Unto every one of us is given grace according to 
the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore he 
saith, When he ascended up on high, he led captivity 
captive, and gave gifts unto men. Now that he as- 
cended, what is it but that he also descended first into 
the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is 
the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, 
that he might fill all things. And he gave some, 
Apostles; and some, Prophets; and some, Evangel- 
ists; and some, Pastors and Teachers; for the per- 
fecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, 
for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we alt 
come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge 
of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the meas- 
ure of the stature of the fullness of Christ. 

393 


q 468 ORDINATION oF ELDERS 


After this shall be read for the Gospel part of the 
tenth chapter of Saint John: 


Saint John 10. 1-16 


Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not 
by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some 
other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he 
that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the 
sheep. To him the porter openeth; and the sheep 
hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep by name, 
and leadeth them out. And when he putteth forth 
his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep 
follow him; for they know his voice. And a stranger 
will they not follow, but will flee from him; for they 
know not the voice of strangers. This parable spake 
Jesus unto them; but they understood not what 
things they were which he spake unto them. Then 
said Jésus unto them again, Verily, verily, I say unto 
you, I am the door of the sheep. All that ever came 
before me are thieves and robbers: but the sheep did 
not hear them. I am the door: by me if any man 
enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, 
and find pasture. The thief cometh not but for to 
steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they 
might have life, and that they might have it more 
abundantly. I am the good shepherd: the good shep- 
herd giveth his life for the sheep. But he that is a 
hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep 
are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, 
and flecth; and the wolf catcheth them, and scatter- 
eth the sheep. The hireling fleeth, because he is a 
hireling, and careth not for the sheep. I am the 
good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known 
of mine. As the Father knoweth me, even so know 

- 394 


ORDINATION OF ELDERS q 468 


- [ the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep. 
And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: 
them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; 
and there shall be one fold and one shepherd. 


And that done, the Bishop shail say unto the Persons 
- to be Ordained Elders: 


You have heard, brethren, in your private examina- 
tion, and in the holy lessons taken out of the Gospel 
and the writings of the Apostles, of what dignity and 
of how great importance this Office is whereunto ye 
are called. And now again we exhort you, in the 
name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye have in re- 
Membrance into how high a dignity and to how 
weighty an Office ye are called: that is to say, to be 
Messengers, Watchmen, and Stewards of the Lord; 
to teach and to premonish, to feed and provide for, 
the Lord’s family; to gather the outcasts, to seek the 
lost, and to be ever ready to spread abroad the Gos- 
pel, the glad tidings of reconciliation with God. 

Have always therefore printed in your remem- 
brance how great a treasure is committed to your 
charge. For they are the sheep of Christ, which he 
bought with his death and for whom he shed his 
blood. The Church which you must serve is his 
spouse and his body. And if it shall happen, the 
same Church, or any member thereof, do take any 
hurt or hindrance by reason of your negligence, ye 
know the greatness of the fault, and also the fearful 
punishment that will ensue. Wherefore consider 
with yourselves the end of the ministry toward the 
children of God, toward the spouse and body of 
Christ; and see that you never cease your labor, your 
care and diligence, until you have done all that lieth 

395 


q 468 ORDINATION OF ELDERS 


in you, according to your bounden duty, to bring all 
such as are or shall be committed to your charge unto 
that agreement in the faith and knowledge of God, 
and to that ripeness and perfectness of age in Christ, 
that there be no place left among you either for error 
in religion or for viciousness in life. 

Forasmuch then as your Office is both of so gréat 
excellency, and of so great difficulty, ye see with how 
great care and study ye ought to apply yourselves, as 
well that ye may show yourselves dutiful and thank- 
ful unto that Lord who hath placed you in so high 
a dignity; as also to beware that neither you your- 
selves offend, nor be occasion that others offend. 
Howbeit ye cannot have a mind and will thereto of 
yourselves, for that will and ability are given of God 
alone; therefore ye ought, and have need, to pray 
earnestly for’ his Holy Spirit. And seeing that ye 
cannot by any other means compass the doing of so 
weighty a work, pertaining to the salvation of man, 
but with doctrine and exhortation taken out of the 
Holy Scriptures, and with a life agreeable to the 
same; consider how studious ye ought to be in read- 
ing and learning the Scriptures, and in framing the 
manners, both of yourselves and of them that spe- 
cially pertain unto you, according to the rule of the 
same Scriptures; and for this selfsame cause, how ye 
ought to forsake and set aside, as much as you may, 
all worldly cares and studies. 

We have good hope that you have all weighed and 
pondered these things with yourselves long before 
this time: and that you have clearly determined, by 
God’s grace, to give yourselves wholly to this Office, 
whereunto it has pleased God to cali you: so that, as 
much as lieth in you, you will apply yourselves 

396 


Orpination or Expers — 468 


wholly to this one thing, and draw all your cares and 
studies this way, and that you will continually pray 
to God the Father, by the mediation of our only 
Saviour Jesus Christ, for the heavenly assistance of 
the Holy Ghost; that by daily reading and weighing 
of the Scriptures ye may wax riper and stronger in 
your ministry; and that ye may so endeavor to sanc- 
tify the lives of you and yours, and to fashion them 
after the rule and doctrine of Christ, that ye may be 
wholesome and godly examples and patterns for the 
people to follow. 

And now, that this present Congregation of Christ 
here assembled may also understand your minds and 
wills in these things, and that this your promise may 
the more move you to do your duties, ye shall answer 
plainly to these things which we, in the name of God 
and his Church, shall demand of you touching the 
same: 

Do you think in your heart that you are truly 
called, according to the will of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
to the Order of Elders? 

Ans. I think so. 

The Bishop. Are you persuaded that the Holy 
Scriptures contain sufficiently all doctrine required 
of necessity for eternal salvation through faith in 
Jesus Christ? And are you determined out of the 
said Scriptures to instruct the people committed to 
your charge, and to teach nothing as required of 
necessity to eternal salvation but that which you 
shall be persuaded may be concluded and proved by 
the Scriptures? 

Ans. I am so persuaded, and have so determined, 
by God’s grace. 

The Bishop. Will you then give your faithful dil- 

397 


q{ 468 ORDINATION OF ELDERS 


igence always so to minister the Doctrine, and Sacra- 
ments, and Discipline of Christ, as the Lord hath 
commanded? 

Ans. I will so do, by the help of the Lord. 

The Bishop. Will you be ready with all faithful 
diligence to banish and drive away all erroneous and 
strange doctrines contrary to God’s Word and to use 
both public and private monitions and exhortations, 
as well to the sick as to the whole within your charge, 
as need shall require and occasion shall be given? 

Ans. I will, the Lord being my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you be diligent in Prayers, and 
in reading of the Holy Scriptures, and in such studies 
as help to the knowledge of the same, laying aside 
the study of the world and the flesh? 

Ans. Iwillendeavor soto do, the Lord being my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you be diligent to frame and 
fashion yourselves, and your families, according to 
the doctrine of Christ; and to make both yourselves 
and them, as much as in you lieth, wholesome ex- 
amples and patterns to the flock of Christ? 

Ans. I will apply myself thereto, the Lord being 
my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you maintain and set forward, 
as much as lieth in you, quietness, peace, and love, 
among all Christian people, and especially among 
them that are or shall be committed to your charge? 

Ans. I will so do, the Lord being my helper, 

_The Bishop. Will you reverently obey your chief 
Ministers, unto whom is committed the charge and 
government over you, following with a glad mind 
and will their godly admonitions, submitting your- 
selves to their godly judgments? 

Ans. I will se do, the Lord being my helper. 

398 


ORDINATION OF ELDERS q 468 


Then shall the Bishop, standing up, say: 


Almighty God, who hath given you this will to do 
all these things, grant also unto you strength and 
power to perform the same; that he may accomplish 
his work which he hath begun in you, through Jesus 
Christ our Lord. Amen. 


[After this the Congregation shall be desired secretly in their Prayers 
to make their humble supplications to God for all these things: for the 
which Prayers there shall be silence kept for a space.] 


After which shail be said by the Bishop, the Persons 
to be Ordained Elders all kneeling, Veni, Creator 
Spiritus, the Bishop beginning, and the Elders and 
others that are present answering by verse as fal- 
loweth: 


Come, Holy Ghost, our souls inspire, 
And lighten with celestial fire. 
Thou the anointing Spirit art, 
Who dost thy sevenfold gifts impart. 
Thy blessed unction from above 

Is comfort, life, and fire of love. 


Enable with perpetual light 

The dullness of our blinded sight; 
Anoint and cheer our soiléd face 

With the abundance of thy grace; 

Keep far our foes, give peace at home; 
Where thou art Guide, no ill can come. 


Teach us to know the Father, Son, 
And Thee of both to be but ONE; 
That through the ages all along 
This may be our endless song: 
Praise to thy eternal merit, 
Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. 

399 


q 468 ORDINATION OF ELDERS 


That done, the Bishop shall pray in this wise, and say: 
Let us pray. 


Almighty God and heavenly Father, who of thine 
infinite love and goodness toward us hast given to us 
thine only and most dearly beloved Son Jesus Christ 
to be our Redeemer, and the author of everlasting 
life; who, after he had made perfect our redemption 
by his death, and was ascended into heaven, sent 
abroad into the world his Apostles, Prophets, Evan- 
gelists, Teachers, and Pastors, by whose labor and 
ministry he gathered together a great flock in all 
parts of the world, to set forth the eternal praise of 
thy holy name: for these so great benefits of thy 
eternal goodness, and for that thou hast vouchsafed 
to call these thy servants here present to the same 
Office and Ministry appointed for the salvation of 
mankind, we render unto thee most hearty thanks; 
we praise and worship thee; and we humbly beseech 
thee by the same, thy blessed Son, to grant unto all 
who either here or elsewhere call upon thy name, 
that we may continue to show ourselves thankful 
unto thee for these, and all other thy benefits, and 
that we may daily increase and go forward in the 
knowledge and faith of thee and thy Son, by the 
Holy Spirit. So that as well by these thy Ministers, 
as by them over whom they shall be appointed thy 
.Ministers, thy holy name may be forever glorified, 
and thy blessed kingdom enlarged, through the same, 
thy Son Jesus Christ our Lord, who liveth and reign- 
eth with thee in the unity of the same Holy Spirit, 
world without end. Amen. 


400 


— 


ORDINATION OF ELDERS Gq 468 


When this Prayer is done, the Bishop and the Elders 
present shall lay their hands severally upon the 
head of every one that receiveth the Order of 
Elders; the Receivers humbly kneeling, and the 
Bishop saying: 


The Lord pour upon thee the Holy Ghost for the 
Office and Work of an Elder in the Church of God, 
now committed unto thee by the authority of the 
Church, through the imposition of our hands. And 
be thou a faithful dispenser of the Word of God, and 
of his Holy Sacraments; in the name of the Father, 
and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen, 


Then the Bishop shall deliver to every one of them, 
kneeling, the Bible into his hands, saying: 


Take thou authority as an Elder in the Church, to 
preach the Word of God, and to administer the Holy 
Sacraments in the Congregation. 


Then the Bishop shall offer the following Prayer: 


Most Merciful Father, we beseech thee to send upon 
these thy servants thy heavenly blessings, that they 
may be clothed with righteousness, and that thy word 
spoken by their mouths may have such success that 
it may never be spoken in vain. Grant also that we 
may have grace to hear and receive what they shall 
deliver out of thy most holy Word or agreeably to the 
same, as the means of our salvation; and that in all 
our words and deeds we may seek thy glory, and the 
increase of thy kingdom, through Jesus Christ our 
Lord. Amen. 

26 401 


q 469 ORDINATION OF DEACONS 


Prevent us, O Lord, in all our doings, with thy 
most gracious favor, and further us by thy continual 
help; that in all our works, begun, continued, and 
ended in thee, we may glorify thy holy name, and 
finally, by thy mercy, obtain everlasting life, through 
Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, 
keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and 
love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord: 
and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the 
Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain 
with you always. Amen. 

{If on the same day the Order of Deacons be given to some, and that 
of Elders to others, the Deacons shall be first presented, and then the 
Elders. The Collects shall both be used; first, that for Deacons, then 
that for Elders. The Epistle shall be Ephesians 4. 7-13, as before in this 
Office, immediately after which, they who are to be ordained Deacons 
shall be examined and ordained as is below prescribed. Then one of 
them having read the Gospel, which shall be Saint John 10. 1-16, as before 


in this Office, they who are to be ordained Elders shall likewise be 
examined and ordained, as in this Office before appointed.] 


q 469. Form of Ordaining Deacons 


[When the day appointed by the Bishop is come, there shall be a Ser- 
mon or Exhortation, declaring the Duty and Office of such as come to be 
admitted to the Order of Deacons.} ; : 
After which one of the Elders shall present unto the 

Bishop the Persons to be Ordained Deacons, and 

their names being read aloud the Bishop shail say 

unto the People: 


BRETHREN, if there be any of you who knoweth any 
crime or impediment in any of these persons pre- 
sented to be ordained Deacons, for the which he ought 
not to be admitted to that Office, let him come forth 

; 402 


OrpinaTIon oF Dzacons q 463 


in the name of God, and show what the crime or 
impediment is. 


{If any crime or impediment be objected, the Bishop shall surcease 
from ordaining that person until such time as the party accused shall be 
found clear of the same.] 


Then shall be read the following Collect and Epistle: 
The Collect 


Almighty God, who by thy divine providence hast 
appointed divers Orders of Ministers in thy Church, 
and didst inspire thy Apostles to choose into the 
Order of Deacons thy first martyr, Saint Stephen, 
with others: mercifully behold these thy servants, 
now called to the like Office and Administration; re- 
plenish them so with the truth of thy doctrine, and 
adorn them with innocency of life, that both by word 
and good example they may faithfully serve thee in 
this Office to the glory of thy name, and the edifica- 
tion of thy Church, through the merits of our Saviour 
Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigneth with thee and 
the Holy Ghost, now and forever. Amen. 


The Epistle. 1 Timothy 3. 8-13 

Likewise must the Deacons be grave, not double- 
tongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy 
lucre; holding the mystery of the faith in a pure con- 
science. And let these also first be proved; then let 
them use the Office of a Deacon, being found blame- 
less. -Even so must their wives be grave, not slan- 
derers, sober, faithful in all things. Let the Deacons 
be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children 
and their own houses well. For they that have used 
the Office of a Deacon well purchase to themselves a 
good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is 
in Christ Jesus. 

403 


Gq 469 ORDINATION OF DEACONS 


Then shall the Bishop, in the presence of the People, 
examine every one of those who are to be Ordained, 
after this manner following: 


Do you trust:that you are inwardly moved by the 
Holy Ghost to take upon you the Office of the Minis- 
try in the Church of Christ, to serve God for the pro- 
moting of his glory and the edifying of his people? 

Ans. I trust so. 

The Bishop. Do you unfeignedly believe all the 
canonical Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments? 

Ans. I do believe them. 

The Bishop. Will you diligently read or expound 
the same unto the people whom you shall be ap- 
pointed to serve? 

Ans. I will. 

The Bishop. It appertaineth to the Office of a Dea- 
‘ con to assist the Elder in divine service, and es- 
pecially when he ministereth the Holy Communion, 
to help him in the distribution thereof; to read and 
expound the Holy Scriptures; to instruct the youth; 
and to baptize. And furthermore, it is his office to 
search for the sick, poor, and impotent, that they 
may be visited and relieved. Will you do this gladly 
and willingly? 

Ans. I will do so, by the help of God. 

The Bishop. Will you apply all your diligence to 
frame and fashion your own lives and the lives of 
your families according to the doctrine of Christ; and 
to make both yourselves and them, as much as 
in you lieth, wholesome examples of the flock of 
Christ? 

Ans. I will do so, the Lord being my helper. 

The Bishop. Will you reverently obey them to 
whom the charge and government over you is com- 

404 


Orpination oF DEaAcons q 469 


mitted, following with a glad mind and will their 
godly admonitions? 

Ans. I will endeavor so to do, the Lord being my 
helper. 


Then the Bishop, laying his hands severally upon the 
head of every one of them, shall say: 


Take thou authority to execute the Office of a Dea- 
con in the Church of God; in the name of the Father, 
and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. © 


Then shall the Bishop, deliver to every one of them 
the Bible, saying: 


Take thou authority to read the Holy Scriptures 
in the Church of God, and to preach the same. 


Then one appointed by the Bishop shall read the 
Gospel: 


Luke 12. 35-38 


Let your loins be girded about, and your lights 
burning; and ye yourselves like unto men that wait 
for their lord, when he will return from the wedding; 
that, when he cometh and knocketh, they may open 
unto him immediately. Blessed are those servants, 
whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching: 
verily I say unto you, that he shall gird himself, and 
make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth 
and serve them. And if he shall come in the second 
watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, 
blessed are those servants. 

405 


Gq 469 ORDINATION oF DEACONS 


Immediately before the Benediction shall be said 
these Collects following: 


Almighty God, Giver of all good things, who of thy 
great goodness hast vouchsafed to accept and take 
these thy servants into the Office of Deacons in thy 
Church: make them, we beseech thee, O Lord, to be 
modest, humble, and constant in their ministration, 
and to have a ready will to observe all spiritual dis- 
cipline; that they, having always the testimony of a 
good conscience, and continuing ever stable and 
strong in thy Son Christ, may so well behave them- 
selves in this inferior office that they may be found 
worthy to be called into the higher Ministries in thy 
Church, through the same, thy Son our Saviour Jesus 
Christ: to whom be glory and honor, world without 
end. Amen. 


Prevent us, O Lord, in all our doings, with thy 
most gracious favor, and further us with thy contin- 
ual help; that in all. our works, begun, continued, 
and ended in thee, we may glorify thy holy name, 
and finally, by thy mercy, obtain everlasting life, 
through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, 
keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and 
love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord: 
and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the 
Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain 
with you always. Amen. 


406 


ConsECRATION OF DEacoNEssEes § 470 


§ 470. Form for Consecration of Deaconesses 


(Devotional Exercises and suitable Addresses may ete the follow- 
ing Order of Service.] 


1. PRESENTATION OF CANDIDATE 


2. HYMN 
— (Or selection from Church Hymnal, if preferred.) 


Saviour, thy dying love 
Thou gavest me, 

Nor should I aught withhold, 
Dear Lord, from thee. 

In love my soul would bow, 

My heart fulfill its vow, 

. Some offering bring thee now, 

Something for thee. 


Give me a faithful heart, 
Likeness to thee, 

That each departing day 
Henceforth may see 

Some work of love begun, 

Some deed of kindness done, 

Some wanderer sought and won, 
Something for thee. 


3. RESPONSIVE READING 


Leader. The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; be- 
cause the Lord hath anointed me to preach good 
tidings unto the meek; he hath sent me to bind up 
the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, 
and the opening of the prison to them that are bound. 

407 


4% 470 ConsucraTION oF DEACONESSES 


Cong. For ye-know the grace of our Lord Jesus . 
Christ, that though he was rich, yet for your sakes 
he became poor, that ye through his poverty might 
be rich. 

Leader. He telleth the number of the stars; he call- 
eth them all by their names. Great is our Lord, and 
of great power: his understanding is infinite. 

Cong. The Lord lifteth up the meek: he casteth the 
wicked down to the ground. Sing unto the Lord with 
thanksgiving; sing praise upon the harp unto our 
God: for he hath strengthened the bars of thy gates; 
he hath blessed thy children within thee. 

Leader. Have respect unto the covenant: for the 
dark places of the earth are full of the habitations of 
cruelty. f 

Cong. O let not the oppressed return ashamed: let 
the poor and needy praise thy name. 

Leader. Thou lovest righteousness, and hatest wick- 
edness: therefore God, thy God, hath anointed thee 
with the oil of gladness above thy fellows. 

Cong. All thy garments smell of myrrh, and aloes 
and cassia, out of the ivory palaces, whereby they 
have made thee glad. 

Leader. Kings’ daughters were among thy honor- 
able women: upon thy right hand did stand the queen 
in gold of Ophir. 

Cong. Hearken, O daughter, and consider, and in- 
cline thine ear; forget also thine own people, and thy 
father’s house. 

Leader. ‘So shall the King greatly desire thy 
beauty: for he is thy Lord; and worship thou him. | 

Cong. The King’s daughter is all glorious within: 
her clothing is of wrought gold. 

Leader. She shall be brought unto the King in rai- 

408 


CoNSECRATION OF DrEACONEssES Ff 470 


ment of needlework: the virgins her companions that 
follow her shall be brought unto thee. 

Cong. With gladness and rejoicing shall they be 
brought: they shall enter into the King’s palace. 

Leader. I will make thy name to be remembered 
in all generations: therefore shall the people praise 
thee forever and ever. 

Cong. Let thy work appear unto thy servants, and 


_ thy glory unto their children. And let the beauty of 


the Lord our God be upon us: and establish thou the 
work of our hands upon us; yea, the work of our 
hands establish thou it. 


4, PRAYER 


Let us pray: 

O Eternal God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
the Creator of man and of woman, who didst replenish 
with thy Spirit Miriam and Deborah and Anna and 
Huldah; who didst not disdain that thy only begotten 
Son should be born of a woman; who also in the 
tabernacle of the testimony, and in the temple, didst 
ordain women to be keepers of thy holy gates—do 
thou now also look down upon these thy servants who 
are to be set apart to the office of Deaconess, and 
grant them thy Holy Spirit that they may worthily 
discharge the work which is committed to them, to 
thy glory, and the praise of thy Christ, with whom 
glory and adoration be to thee and the Holy Spirit 
forever. Amen. 


5. ADDRESS TO THE CANDIDATES 


Dear Sisters, we rejoice with you that in the good 
providence of God an open door of usefulness has been 
409 


{| 470 CoNSECRATION oF DeAccr. ssEs 


found for you in the service of the Church of Christ. 
In our Master’s wide vineyard there are a thousand 
forms of labor, and to each disciple some fitting task 
is assigned; but to you are accorded peculiar priv- 
ileges and priceless opportunities. Released from 
other cares, you give yourselves without reservation 
to the service of the Lord of the Vineyard, ready for 
any duty which may fall to your lot. Like our blessed 
Master, you will henceforth go about doing good, min- 
istering as he did to the wants of a suffering, sorrow- 
ing, and sin-laden world. The Church now solemnly 
sets you apart for her special service. You are to 
work for Jesus only. You are to minister to the poor, 
visit the sick, pray with the dying, care for the 
orphan, seek the wandering, comfort the sorrowing, 
save the sinning, and ever be ready to take up any 
other duty for which willing hands cannot otherwise © 
be found. Such a ministry is one which confers 
upon you a great honor, but also a solemn responsi- 
bility. You have not entered upon it lightly, and no 
doubt in the sacred stillness of the sanctuary of the 
heart you have already consecrated yourselves to this 
office and work. What you have done alone with God, 
you now do formally and publicly in the presence of 
the Church. P 

Quest. Do you believe that you have been led by 
the Spirit and providence of God to engage in this 
work, and assume the duties of this office? 

Ans. I do. 

Quest. Do you, in the presence of God and of this 
congregation, promise faithfully to perform the duties 
of a Deaconess in the Church of God? 

Ans. I do. 

Quest. Do you accept the Bible as God’s Word, and 

410 


CoNSECRATION OF DEAcONEsSES { 470 


will you make it a lamp unto your feet, and a light 
unto your path? 

Ans. I so accept it, and will so walk in its light. 

Quest. Will you strive to walk so close to your 
Saviour’s side that you will ever carry his blessed 
presence to the hearts and homes of those to whom 
you minister? 

Ans. I will endeavor so to do. 

Quest. Will you cheerfully accept the direction of 
those whom the Church may set over you in the prose- 
cution of your work? 

Ans. I will cheerfully do so. 


[Congregation and Candidates, kneeling, after a brief 
seuson of silent prayer unite in singing.] 


6. HYMN 
(Or selection from Church Hymnal, if preferred.) 


Take my life and let it be 
Consecrated, Lord, to thee; 

Take my hands and let them move 
At the impulse of thy love. 


Take my feet and let them be 
Swift and beautiful for thee; 
Take my voice and let me sing 
Always, only, for my King. 


Take my will and make it thine, 
It shall be no longer mine; 
Take my heart, it is thine own, 
It shall be thy royal throne. 


411 


4 470 CoNnsECRATION OF DEACONESSES: 


Take my love, my God, I pour 
At thy feet its treasure store; 
Take myself, and I will be 
Ever, only, all for thee. 


[The Congregation rise while Candidates remein 
kneeling.] is 


- 


7. INVOCATION OF THE HOLY SPIRIT 


May the Spirit of the Living God descend upon you 
and abide with you evermore. May his holy anoint- 
ing impart to you grace for every trial, and gifts for 
every duty. May his presence be to you a pillar of 
cloud by day, and a pillar of fire by night, all along 
the journey of life; and may the blessing of God the 
Father, Son, and Holy Spirit be with you now and 
evermore. Amen. 


[The Candidates rise, and the Minister, taking the 
right hand of each Candidate, shall say:] 


I admit thee to the office of Deaconess in the Church 
of God, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and 
of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 


8. DISMISSAL, WITH BENEDICTION 
The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, 


~ keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and love 


of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord: and the 
blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the Son, and 
the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain with you 
always. Amen. 


412 


Layine A Corner STONE q 471 


CHAPTER VII 
CORNER STONE AND DEDICATION 


{ 471. Form for Laying the-Corner Stone of a Church 


The Minister, standing near the place where the Stone 
is to be laid, shall say unto the Congregation: 


DEARLY BELOVED, we are taught in the Word of God, 
that, although the heaven of heavens cannot contain 
the Eternal One, much less the walls of temples made 
with hands, yet his delight is ever with the sons of 
men, and that wherever two or three are gathered in 
his name, there is he in the midst of them. And in 
all ages his servants have separated certain places 
for his worship: as Jacob erected a stone in Bethel 
for God’s house; as Moses made a tabernacle in the 
desert; as Solomon builded a temple for the Lord, 
which he filled with the glory of his presence before 
all the people. We are now assembled to lay the 
Corner Stone of a new house for the worship of 
the God of our fathers. Let us not doubt that he will 
favorably approve our godly purpose, and let us now 
devoutly unite in singing his praise, and in prayer 
‘for his blessing on this our undertaking. 

Let one of the Hymns 656-666, Church Hymnal, 
be sung. 


Then shall the Minister say: 
Let us pray. 


Most glorious God, the heaven is thy throne and 
the earth is thy footstool; what house then can be 
413 


q 471 Layine a Corner SronE 


builded for thee, or where is the place of thy rest? 
Yet, blessed be thy name, O Lord God, that it hath 
pleased thee to have thy habitation among the sons of 
- men, and to dwell in the midst of the assembly of the 
saints upon the earth. And now, especially, we ren- 
der thanks unto thy holy name that it hath pleased 
thee to put it into the hearts of thy servants to erect 
in this place a house for thy worship. ° We thank 
thee for thy grace which has inclined them to con- 
tribute of their substance for the glory of thy name: 
and we pray thee to continue thy blessing upon their 
pious undertaking. Amen, 


May many unite with them in their holy work, 
until this habitation of thy house shall be completed, 
and ready for dedication to thy service, free from all 
debt or claim of man. Amen, 


May peace and harmony prevail in the counsels of 
thy servants, and may no selfish or divided aims find 
place among them. May the work of this building 
be completed without hurt or accident to any person. 
And when thou shalt have prospered the work of 
their hands upon them, and this house shall be pre- 
pared and finished for thy service, grant that all who 
shall enjoy the benefit of this pious work may show 
forth their thankfulness by making a right use of it, 
to the glory of thy blessed name, through Jesus 
Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Grant that all who shall hereafter worship thee in 
the temple here to be builded may so serve and please 
thee in all holy exercises of godliness, that in the end 
they may come to that temple on high, even to the 
holy place made without hands, whose builder and 
maker is God. Amen. 

414 


Layrixy A Corner SToNE G 471 


Hear us, O Lord, for thou art our God in whom we 
trust. And when we shall cease to pray unto thee on 
earth, may we, with all those who in like manner 
have erected such places to thy name, and with all 
thy saints and redeemed ones, eternally praise thee 
for all thy goodness vouchsafed unto us here on 
earth and laid up for us there in heaven. Amen. 

Accept these our prayers, we beseech thee, for the 
sake of thy dear Son; and to thee, the enly true and 
living God, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, be honor, 
praise, and glory, forever and ever. Amen. 


Then shall the Minister read the following Psalm, or 
the Minister and People may read it in alternate 
verses; the parts in italics to be read by the People: 


Psalm 132 


Lord, remember David, and all his afflictions: 

How he sware unto the Lord, and vowed unto the 
mighty God of Jacob; , 

Surely I will not come-into the tabernacle of my 
house, nor go up into my bed; 

I will not give sleep to mine eyes, nor slumber to 
mine eyelids, 

Until I find out a place for the Lord, 

A habitation for the mighty God of Jacob. 

Lo, we heard of it at Ephratah: we found it in the 
fields of the wood. 

We will go into his_tabernacles: we will worship 
at his footstool. 

Arise, O Lord, into thy rest; thou, and the ark of 
thy strength. 

Let thy priests be clothed with righteousness ; 

And let thy saints shout for joy. 

415 


Gq 471 Layine a Corner Srong- 


For thy servant David’s sake turn not away the 
face of thine anointed. 

The Lord hath sworn in truth unto David; he will 
not turn from it; 

Of the fruit of thy body wi I set upon thy throne. 

If thy children will keep my covenant and my testi- 
mony that I shall teach them, their children shall 
also sit upon thy throne for evermore. 

For the Lord hath chosen Zion; he hath desired it 
for his habitation. 

This is my rest forever; here will I dwell; for I 
have desired it. 

I will abundantly bless her provision: 

I will satisfy her poor with bread. 

I will also clothe her priests with salvation: 

And her saints shall shout aloud for joy. 
“There wiil I make the horn of David to bud: 

I have ordained a lamp for mine anointed. 

His enemies will I clothe with shame: 

But upon himself shall his crown flourish. 


The Lesson. 1 Corinthians 3. 9-23 - 


For we are laborers together with God: ye are 
4God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. According 
to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise 
master builder, I have laid the foundation, and an- 
other buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed 
how he buildeth thereupon. For other foundation 
can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus 
Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation 
gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; 
every man’s work shall be made manifest: for the 
day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by 
fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what 

416 


Layine A Corner STONE G 471 


sort it is. If any man’s work abide which he hath 
puilt thereupon, he shall receive a reward. If any 
man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but 
he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire. Know ye 
not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit 
of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the tem- 
ple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of 
God is holy, which temple ye are. Let no man de- 
ceive himself. If any man among you seemeih to be 
wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he 
may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is fool- 
ishness with God: for it is written, He taketh the 
wise in their own craftiness. And again, The Lord 
knoweth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. 
Therefore let no man glory in men: for all things are 
yours, whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the 
world, or life, or death, or things present, or things 
to come; all are yours; and ye are Christ’s; and 
Christ is God’s. 


Then shall follow the Sermon, or an address suitable 
to the occasion, after which the Contributions of 
the People shall be received. 

Then shall the Minister, standing by the Stone, exhibit to the Congregation 

a bor to be placed in an excavation of the Stone. It may contain a copy of 
the Bible, the Hymn Book, the Discipline, the Church Year Book for the 
year, Church periodicals of recent date, the names of the Pastor, Trustees, 
and Building Committee of the Church, with such other documents as 
may bedesired. A list of these may be read, after which the Minister may 
deposit the box in the Stone and cover it ; and the Stone shall be laid and 
adjusted by the Minister, assisted by the Builder. 


Then shall the Minister say: 

In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of 
the Holy Ghost, we lay this Corner Stone for the 
foundation of a house to be builded and consecrated 

417 


q 472 DEDICATION OF A CHURCH 


to the service of Almighty God, according to the 
Order and Usages of the Methodist Episcopal Church, 
Amen. 


The service may conclude with extemporary Prayer, 
the Lord’s Prayer, and the Benediction 


{ 472. Form for Dedication of a Church 


The Congregation being assembled in the Church, 
the Minister shall say: 


DEARLY BELOVED, the Scriptures teach us that God 
is well pleased with those who build temples to his 
name. We have heard how he filled the temple of 
Solomon with his glory, and how in the second tem- 
ple he manifested himself still more gloriously. And 
the Gospel approves and commends the centurion 
who built a synagogue for the people. Let us not 
doubt that he will also favorably approve our pur- 
pose of dedicating this place in solemn manner, for 
the performance of the several offices of religious 
worship; and let us now devoutly join in praise to 
his name, that this godly undertaking hath been so 
far completed, and in prayer for his further blessing 
upon all who have been engaged therein, and upon 
all who shall hereafter worship his name in this 
place. 


Let one of the Hymns 656-666, Church Hymnal, be 
sung. Afterward let extemporary Prayer be Of- 
fered, the Congregation all kneeling, 

418 


DepicaTIon oF A CHURCH q 472 


Then shall the Minister, or some one appointed by 
him, read: 


The First Lesson, 2 Chronicles 6. 1, 2, 18-21, 40-42; 
7. 1-4 


Then said Solomon, The Lord hath said that he 
would dwell in the thick darkness. But I have built 
a house of habitation for thee, and a place for thy 
dwelling forever. 

But will God in very deed dwell with men on the 
earth? Behold, heaven and the heaven of heavens 
cannot contain thee; how much less this house which 
I have built! Have respect therefore to the prayer 
of thy servant, and to his supplication, O Lord my 
God, to hearken unto the cry and the prayer which 
thy servant prayeth before thee: that thine eyes may 
be open upon this house day and night, upon the 
place whereof thou hast said that thou wouldest put 
thy name there; to hearken unto the prayer which 
thy servant prayeth toward this place. MHearken 
therefore unto the supplications of thy servant, and 
of thy people Israel, which they shall make toward 
this plate: hear thou from thy dwelling-place, even 
from heaven; and when thou hearest, forgive. 

Now, my God, let, I beseech thee, thine eyes be 
open, and let thine ears be attent unto the prayer 
that is made in this place. Now therefore arise, O 
Lord God, into thy resting-place, thou, and the ark 
of thy strength: let thy priests, O Lord God, be 
clothed with salvation, and let thy saints rejoice in 
goodness.. O Lord God, turn not away the face of thine 
“anointed: remember the mercies of David thy servant. 

Now. when Solomon had made an end of pray: 
ing, the fire came down from heaven, and consumed 

419 


q 472 DepicaTIon oF A CHURCH 


the burnt offering and the sacrifices; and the glory 
ef the Lord filled the house. And the priests could 
not enter into the house of the Lord, because the 
glory of the Lord had filled the Lord’s house. And 
when all the children of Israel saw how the fire came 
down, and the glory of the Lord upon the house, they 
bowed themselves with their faces to the ground up- 
on the pavement, and worshiped, and praised the 
Lord, saying, For he is good; for his merey endureth 
forever. Then the king and all the people offered 
sacrifices before the Lord. 3 


The Second Lesson. Hebrews 10. 19-26 

Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into 
the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living 
way, which he hath consecrated for us, through the 
veil, that is to say, his flesh; and having a high 
priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a 
true heart in full assurance of faith, having our 
hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our 
bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the 
profession of our faith without wavering; for he is 
faithful that promised; and let us consider one an- 
other to provoke unto love and to good works: not 
forsaking- the assembling of ourselves together, as 
the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: 
and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching. 
For if we sin willfully after that we have received 
the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more 

~ sacrifice for sins. 


Then shail one of the Hymns 656-666, Church Hymnal, 
be sung; after which the Minister shall deliver a 
Sermon suitable to the occasion. Contributions 
Shall then be recewed from the People. 

420 


DeEpIcaTION OF A CaURCH q 472 


Then shall the Minister read the following Psalm, or 
the Minister and the Congregation may read it 
alternately; the parts in italics to be read by the 
Congregation. 

Psalm 122 


I was glad when they said unto me, Let us go into 
the house of the Lord. 

Our feet shall stand within thy gates, O Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem is builded as a city that is compact to-: 
gether: 

Whither the tribes go up, the tribes of the Lord, 
- Unto the testimony of Israel, to give thanks unto 
the name of the Lord. 

For there are set thrones of judgment, the thrones 
of the house of David. 

Pray for the peace of Jerusalem: 

They shall prosper that love thee. 

Peace be within thy walls, 

And prosperity within thy palaces. 

For my brethren and companions’ sake, I will now 
say, Peace be within thee. 

Because of the house of the Lord our God I will 
seek thy good. 


’ Then let the Trustees stand up before the Altar, and 
one of them, or some one in their behalf, say unto 
the Minister: 


We present unto you this Building, to be dedicated 
as a Church for the service and worship of Almighty 
God. . 


Then shall the Minister request the Congregation to 
stand, while he repeats the following 
421 


G 472 DEDICATION oF A CuuURCH 


DECLARATION: 


Dearly Beloved, it is meet and right, as we learn 
from the Holy Scriptures, that houses erected for the 
public worship of God should be specially set apart 
and dedicated to religious uses. For such a dedica- 
tion we are now assembled. With gratitude, there- 
fore, to Almighty God, who has signally blessed his 
servants in their holy enterprise of erecting this 
Church, we dedicate it to his service, for the reading 
of the Holy Scriptures, the preaching of the Word of 
God, the administration of the Holy Sacraments, and 
for all other exercises of religious worship and serv- 
ice, according to the Discipline and Usages of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church. And, as the dedication 
of the temple is vain without the solemn consecra- 
tion of the worshipers also, I now call upon you all to 
dedicate yourselves anew to the service of God. To 
him let our souls be dedicated, that they may be re- 
newed after the image of Christ. To him let our 
bodies be dedicated, that they may be fit temples for 
the indwelling of the Holy Ghost. To him may our 
labors and business be dedicated, that their fruit may 
tend to the glory of his great name, and to the ad- 
vancement of his kingdom. And that he may 
graciously accept this solemn act, let us pray. 


The Congregation kneeling, the Minister shall offer 
the following Prayer: 


O Most Glorious Lord, we acknowledge that we are 
not worthy to offer unto thee anything. belonging 
unto us; yet we beseech thee, in thy great goodness, 
graciously to accept the dedication of this place to 
thy service, and to prosper this our undertaking; re- 

422 


’ 
DEDICATION OF A CHURCH @ 472 


ceive the prayers and intercessions of all those thy 
servants who shall call upon thee in this house; 
and give them grace to prepare their hearts to serve 
thee with reverence and godly fear; affect them with 
an awful apprehension of thy divine majesty, and a 
deep sense of their own unworthiness; that so ap- 
proaching thy sanctuary with lowliness and devo- 
‘tion, and coming before thee with clean thoughts 
and pure hearts, with bodies undefiled, and minds 
sanctified, they may always perform a service accept- 
able to thee, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. 


Regard, O Lord, the supplication of thy servants, 
and grant that whosoever shall be dedicated to thee 
in this house by Baptism may ever remain in the 
number of thy faithful children. Amen. 


Grant, O Lord, that whosoever shall receive in this 
place the blessed Sacrament of the Body and Blood 
of Christ may come to that holy Ordinance with 
faith, charity, and true repentance; and, being filled 
with thy grace and heavenly benediction, may, to 
their great and endless comfort, obtain forgiveness of 
their sins, and all other benefits of his death. Amen. 


Grant, O Lord, that by thy holy Word which shall 
be read and preached in tltis place, and by thy Holy 
Spirit grafting it inwardly in the heart, the hearers 
thereof may both perceive and know what things 
they ought to do, and may have power and strength 
to perform the same. Amen. 


Now, therefore, arise, O Lord, and come into this 
place of thy rest, thou and the ark of thy strength. 
423 


| 472 DerpIcaTION oF A CHURCH. 


Let thine eye be open toward this house day and 
night; and let thine ears be ready toward the prayers 
of thy children which they shall make unto thee in 
this place: and.whensoever thy servants shall make 
to thee their petitions here, do thou hear them from 
heaven, thy dwelling-place, the throne of the glory 
of thy kingdom; and when thou hearest, forgive. 
And grant, O Lord, we beseech thee, that here and 
elsewhere thy ministers may be clothed with right- 
eousness, and thy saints rejoice in thy salvation. 
And may we all, with thy people everywhere, grow 
up into a holy temple in the Lord, and be at Jast re- 
ceived into the glorious temple above; the house not 
made with hands, eternal in the heavens. And to 
the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit, be glory 
and praise, world without end. Amen. 


The service to conclude with a Doxology and 
Benediction 
Notn.—The Central Conference of Southern Asia is authorized to 
prepare and translate into the vernaculars simplified and adapted forms 


of such parts of the Ritual as may be deemed necessary, such portions to 
receiye the sanction of the Board of Bishops. 


424 


APPENDIX 


Notrz.—The matter contained in this Appendix to the Discipline is 
sufficiently important to justify its publication in thisform. Some of it 
is taken from the General Conference Journals, and is therefore the 
action of the General Conference, although not ordered as part of the 
Discipline. Some of it, as the Courses of Study, has received the sanction 
of the Bishops, and is inserted for convenient reference; while other 
portions of it are sugg¢stive and useful, such as Post Office Addresses, 


Administrative Boards, Forms, etc. 
EDITORS OF THE DISCIPLINE. 


. 


I. RESIDENCES AND ADDRESSES 


Il. ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS AND COMMIS- 
SIONS 


Ill. GENERAL CONFERENCE 


IV. GENERAL CONFERENCE DECISIONS OF 
LAW 


V. MISCELLANEOUS 
VI. FORMS 
VIL. COURSES OF STUDY 


ADDRESSES qi 


CHAPTER I 
RESIDENCES AND ADDRESSES 


{ 1. Bishops 
THOMAS BowMAN, East Orange, New Jersey. 
HENRY W. WARREN, University Park, Colorado, 


Cyrus D. Foss, 
2043 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 


JOHN M. WALDEN, 220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


WILLARD F. MAL™UALIEU, Auburndale, Massachusetts 
JoHN H. VINCENT, Indianapolis, Indiana 
DANIEL A, GOODSELL, 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 
EARL CRANSTON, Washington, District of Columbia 


Dayip H. Moore, 220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


JoHN W. HAMILTON, 
36 Bromfield Street, Boston, Massachusetts 


JosePH F. Berry, 455 Franklin Street, Buffalo, New York 
Henry SPELLMEYER, Saint Louis, Missouri 


WILLIAM F. McDOWELL, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


JAMES W. BASHFORD, Peking, China 
WILLIAM Bort, Zurich, Switzerland 
LuTHER B. WILSON, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
THoMAS B. NEELY, New Orleans, Louisiana 
WILLIAM F.. ANDERSON, Chattanooga, Tennessee 
JOHN L, NUELSEN, Omaha, Nebraska 
WILLIAM A, QUAYLE, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 


427 


G2 ADDRESSES _ : 


CHARLES W. SMITH, Portland, Oregon 
WILSON S. Lewis, Foochow, China 


EDWIN H. HuGuus, 
435 Buchanan Street, San Francisco, California 


RoBERT McINTyR#, Saint Paul, Minnesota 


FRANK M. BRISTOL, 
Buenos Ayres, Argentina, South America 


. {| 2. Missionary Bishops 
Jamus M, THoBuRn, 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 
JOSEPH C. HARTZELL, Funchal, Madeira Islands 
FRANK W. WARNE, Lucknow, India 
IsarAH B. Scort, Monrovia, Liberia 
WILLIAM F. OLDHAM, Singapore, Straits Settlements 
JOHN BH. ROBINSON, Bombay, India 
MBERRIMAN C. HARRIS, Seoul, Korea 


{ 3. Secretary of General Conference 


JOSHPH B. HINGELEY, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


q 4. Publishing Agents 


1. AT NEW YORK 


Homer EATON, i “Haton & Mains,” 
GzroRGH P. MAINS, 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


DEPOSITORIES 


36 Bromfield Street, Boston, Massachusetts 
524 Penn Avenue, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania 
21 Adams Avenue East, Detroit, Michigan 


428 


-- = 


ADDRESSES» q 5 


2. AT CINCINNATI 
Heney C. JENNINGS,/} “Jennings & Graham,” 
Epwin R. Geanam, § 220 West Fourth St. Cincinnati, Ohio 
DEPOSITORIES 


57 Washington Sireet, Chicago, Mlinois 
1121 McGee Street, Kansas City, Missouri 
1037 Market Street, San Francisco, California 


© 5. Editors 
1. ELECTED BY THE GENERAL CONFERENCE 


WILLIAM V. KetLer: Methodist Review, 
150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


JaMES M. BucKkier: The Christian Advocate, 
150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


JouN T. McFartanD: Sunday School Publications, 
150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


JOHN J. WALLACE: Pittsburg Christian Advocate, 
524 Penn Avenue, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania 


Levi GresBert: Western Christian Advocate, 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


ALBERT J. Nast: Der Christliche Apologete, 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


FREDERICK MUNZ: Haus und Herd, 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


Davip D. THomMPsSON : Northwestern Christian Advocate. 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Llinois 


Ciaupics B. Spencer: Central Christian Advocate, 
1121 McGee Street, Kansas City, Missouri 
Rogert E. JONES: Southwestern Christian Advocate, 
408 Carondelet Street, New Orleans, Louisiana 


DANIEL L. RADER: Pacific Christian Advocate, 
Portland, Oregon 


StEPHEN J. HERBEN: The Epworth Herald, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, [linois 


FREEMAN D. Boyarp: California Christian Advocate, _ 
1037 Market Street, San Francisco, California 


429 


q 6 ADDRESSES 


2. ELECTED BY THE BOOK COMMITTED 


RICHARD J. COOKE: Book Editor, 
"150 Fifth Avenue, New York 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


{| 6. Corresponding Secretaries 


Apna B. LEONARD, Board of Foreign Missions, 


HoMER C, STUNTZ, 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


First Assistant, 


ROBERT FORBES B 
’ oard of Home Missions and 
Warp D. Piatt, Church Extension, 


First Assistant, 
CHARLES M, BoSWELL, 1028 ee B hiladelphia, 


Second Assistant, 
THomaAs NicHoLson : Board of Education, 
' 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


Davip G. DOWNEY: peard of Sunday Schools, 
7 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


JOSEPH B. HINGELEY : ae of Conference Claimants 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Tlinois 


Freedmen’s Aid Societ 
Maprson C. B. MAson, H 
Parrick J. MAVEETY, 220 West Fourth Rtreet, 


Cincinnati, Ohio 


EDWIN M. RANDALL, General Secretary: Epworth aS 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


4 7. Treasurers and Assistant Treasurers 


Oscar P. MILLER, Treasurer: General Conference, 
Rock Rapids, Iowa 
Homer EATON, Treasurer: Missionary Society, 
150 Fifth Avenue, New York 
Henry C. JENNINGS, Assistant Treasurer: Missionary Society, 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 
SAMUEL SHAW, Treasurer: Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension, 
1026 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
Henry C. JENNINGS, Treasurer: Freedmen’s Aid Society, 
220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 
HoMER HaAton, Assistant Treasurer: Freedmen’s Aid Society, 
150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


J. EpGAR LHAYCRAFT, Treasurer: Board of Education, 
19 West Forty-second Street, New York 


450 


a Boarps 7 8 


Grorce P. MAINS, Treasurer: Episcopal Fund, 
150 Fifth Ayenue, New York 


EpwIn R. GRAHAM, Assistant Treasurer: Episcopal Fund, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


FRANKLIN I. Bopinn, Treasurer: Chartered Fund, 
129 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 


EDWIN R. GRAHAM, Treasurer: Board of Sunday Schools, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago 


MARVIN CAMPBELL, Treasurer: Board of Conference Claimants, 
57 Washington Street, Chicago 


CHAPTER II 
ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS 


ELECTED BY THE GENERAL CONFERENCE OR APPOINTED BY THE 
BISHOPS UNDER AUTHORITY OF THE GENERAL CONFERENCE 


{ 8. Book Committee 


Term 

District. Name. : Conference. Expires. 
le eSilaswPieree.......... New England........... 1916 
TO ese WANE. 5 cs ee es New York East......... 1912 
Ill. J. G. Shepherd....... Wyoming ..27-<5 siete »-- £916 
Iv. A. S..Mowbray....... Wilmington.» ..2..:.. Ris, LOUD 
Vat We ew hitlock. .....- North “ORIG ja spre ake oe 1916 
Wits oe PASE atten o5 2.20. & FELONS EQUI edoials manvalane voles 3 1912 
Wr we Be Loran... . 285% POR A orsyaynie aitioreyeresaLa ie < 1912 
VIII. Hanford Crawford..... Saint Wbowis. .- eremcice ss 1916 
Ae er Maller: 5.5.5 55% Northwest Iowa........ 1912 
RAT ERO ELATMNON 6:0) 5 06: oreo Southern Illinois ASL 
SRM NCISEY BACON... 66s sss Indiang™ifenget. se. a2. 1916 
Dew. springer. ...,... Detrott , sc. teyah oghteeb «2 1916 
MIM. jw: HE. Bletsch........ Chicago German........ 1916 
DUO EWE 5 California, ens ta- sts = - 1912 
Seve van Dusen... Idaho ” . :.< »,ctavetesaaeke © 1916 


Local Committee at New York: BE. B. Tuttle, J. E. Andrus, 
J. W. Pearsall, J. Edgar Leaycraft, G. F. Washburn. 
Local Committee at Cincinnati: Richard Dymond; J. N. 


Gamble, R. T. Miller, J. M. Kittleman, William Christie 
Herron. 
431 


q 9 ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


4 9. General Committee for Boards of Foreign Missions, 
and Home Missions and Church Extension, and 
the Freedmen’s Aid Society 


[One Minister and one Layman elected by each General 
Conference District.] 


District. Name. Conference. 
A ilies! D Sabi s Yaa! o 8c) | eR IR iy icwce a Maine 
DavidNGordon.. . <0 > «neue New England Southern 
It.’ J. W: ‘Marshall. 2... Si:esyets canna See stone New Jersey 
J. Hdgar) Leaycratt ..pepaup eee eens New York 
TID. Ray ~ Allen sss). 6 occ 0 oe oldeaty as Enea talislatiete Genesee 
TDi Collins’;2 4. .2¢h GAC - Bes ee eee Erie 
TY... Bis .Cs CONE? a)»: «s<ysysnraereneea Central Pennsylvania 
Tis En, LOL 0) sitosn an. 0)s70: Siyctini aa a eee West Virginia 
VY. L. H. Stewart... 5s Settee ale eretetane East Ohio 
O.) Bo) Hoy pes... acct. ois chelate tetas) che ieaiel ai Cincinnati 
Vi...B..F; Witherspoon... ... . 0. ete South Carolina 
AW. T. Smiithiqnas.c'2 > «0 «15 One eee Holston 
WI... G. G.. Logantisc% . 98%... cea Upper Mississippi 
§ RS. Loving good! . wai!A.rae te eee et West Texas 
VILE. ~ 3s Ss Mord... eee eee eee .. Kansas 
J. Ee “Baylor eee. -Oetaeeneeeenerenene South Kansas 
UX.” Te BCs WAL ts os om ones Sie eel ieee Iowa 
C."R.: Benedict... ...... am sie Des Moines 
xX. R. Ho Buckey,:..¢ oy: oj. soo ae Central Illinois 
Perley - Lowe x,., «.<,.fvse~ ps «sss sigan et gees Rock River 
MT. . LJ. .Naftzger core ivisah -,-3)-tsy-b nee North Indiana 
W. Wi: Carpenter.rishad .eitneaee Northwest Indiana 
ME. . J. .G. - Moore... tne See ee eee North Dakota 
FR. Li.) MClemanis 0 0 oon ne eee ene ate Minnesota 
MMT.” * Fb. * Rolfe: Se et ee Northwest German 
TJohnr Aosts.7."% RO 0% eee West German 
RIV "Wr Hy Phifers le ser ae a ete ote elelta ote nen Colorado 
ALTE Wallacehior. S82) Senos Southern California 
XV." Wil BS Hollingesheads ne iets nine aia ghee ners Oregon 
1: 8¥2 Wells eee Ss kere cee Columbia River 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


{ 10. Board of Foreign Missions 
Orrice: 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


Corresponding Secretary, ADNA B. LEONARD. 


First Assistant Corresponding Secretary, HoMER C. 


. Recording Secretary, STEPHEN O. BENTON. 
Treasurer, HOMER EATON. 
Assistant Treasurer, HENRY C. JENNINGS. 


MANAGERS 


The Bishops, ez officio 


. K. Sanford, 
. M. Buckley, 
. A. Buttz, 
. F. Goucher, 
. S. Harrower, 
. A. Monroe, 
omer Eaton, 
. R. Barnes, 
. Tipple, 
. Thomas, 
. Gehrett, 
. Mains, 
. North, 
. Tuttle, 
. Kelley, 
Hurlbut, 


HmAOa hy 


ARH NabmanmEG 
2 Paneraadnt 


BEB. B. Tuttle, 
W. H. Falconer, 
J. M. Cornell, 
A. H. DeHaven, 
E. L. Dobbins, © 
J. F. Rusling, 

J. E. Andrus, 
John Beattie, 

S. Baldwin, 

G. C. Batcheller, 
J. R. Curran, 
W. McDonald, 


28 


MINISTERS 


LAYMEN 


433 


Cc. S. Wing, 

J. O. Wilson, 

G. P. Eckman, 
J. B. Faulks, 

B. C. Conner, 

J. W. Marshall, 
W. I. Haven, 

D. G. Downey, 
A. J. Coultas, 

A. G. Kynett, 

Cc. H. Buck, 

J. E, Adams, 
Allan MacRossie, 
Charles Reuss, 
Wallace MacMullen, 
John Krantz. 


G. F. Secor, 
Charles Gibson, 
J. H. Welch, 

C. Lippitt, 

G. W. F. Swartzell, 
J. R. Mott, 

J. M. Bulwinkle, . 
J. W. Pearsall, 
John Gribbell, 

F. A. Horne, 

J. E. Leaycraft, 
M. S. Cornell, 

R,. A. Flanders, 
G. I. Bodine, 

Ww. A. Leonard, 
W. O. Gantz. 


¥ 10 


STUNTZ. 


q 11 


{ 11. Board of Home Missions and Church Extension 
OrricH: 1026 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 


Corresponding Secretary, ROBERT FORBES. 


WARD D. PLATT. 
CHARLES M. BOSWELL. 


Recording Secretary, ALPHA G. KYNETT. 
Treasurer, SAMUEL SHAW. 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


Assistant Corresponding Secretaries, } 


Bishops Foss and Wilson 


Robert Forbes, 
Ward D. Platt, 
. M. Boswell, 
. W. Thomas, 
F. Crouch, 
W. Gehrett, 
W. Sayers, 
. B. Lynch, 
S. Hughes, 

. G. Kynett, 
G. Bickerton, 
. G. Wilson, 
Amos Johnson, 
S. H. Hoover. 
W. H. Shaffer, 


MQ 


Hp aa 


James Long, 

J. K. James, 
Thomas Bradley, 
Francis Magee, 
S. K. Felton, 

Cc. W. Higgins, 
T. A. Redding, 
W. H. Senderling, 
Amos Wakelin, 
Jefferson Justice, 
Samuel Shaw, 
F. W. Tunnell, 
J. G. Heilman, 
W. H. Heisler, 
Cc. H. Harding, 
J. A. Wallace, 


MANAGERS 


MINISTERS 


LAYMEN 


~ 


Frank P. Parkin, 
Robert Watt, 

J. D. Fox, 

BE. M. Stevens, 
J. C. Nicholson, 
R. H. Gilbert, 

S. M. Morgan. 
W. L. McDowell, 
J. M. Read, 
Charles L. Mead. 
P. M. Watters, 
F. M. North, 

L. C. Murdock, 
Cc. A. Tindley, 
W. Giesregen. 


C. D. Foss, Ir., 
W. S. Pilling, 
W. H. G. Gould, 
S. J. Seneca, 

. L. Jones, 

A. Dingee, 
M. Schoyer, 
L. Brown, 

E. Ingram, 
L. Hays, 

H. Larter, 
BE. Anderson, 
E. Tasker, 

. P. Melick, 

A. Affleck. 

. G. Shepherd, 


W. O. Hoffecker. 


434 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps a 


{ 12. Board of Education 
Orricn: 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 


Corresponding Secretary, THOMAS NICHOLSON, 
Recording Secretary, Ezra §. TIPPLy. 
Treasurer, J. EDGAR LEAYCRAFT. 


MANAGERS 
Bishops Goodsell, McDowell, and Anderson 

MINISTERS 
J. W. Lindsay, M. W. Dogan, 
C.F. Rice, G. H. Bradford, 
W. F. King, C. J. Little, 
BH. S. Tipple, W. C. Evans, 
Gy oe irigeman, ; BH. M. Mills, 
J. a. Rae A. C. McCrea, 
8S. K. MethHot. W. V. Kelley, 

J. C. Nicholson. 
LAYMEN 

H. C. M. Ingraham, J. R. Harger, 
J. BH. Leaycraft, Samuel Dickie, 
R. F. Raymond, Gottlieb Golder, 
J. D. Slayback, G. A. Warburton, 
A. W. Harris, \ H. N. Curtis, 

’ J. G. Shepherd, C. E. Patterson, 
D. S. Gray, J. M. Bulwinkle, 
J. A. Patten, J. ve Pearsall, 
J. P. Dolliver, W. H. Heisler. 


4 13. The University Senate 
At Large, JAMES R. Day, Syracuse University 


District. Name. Institution. 

TeMmaV eee ENUIOELM TOM. sce 4s tua sie) wes Boston University 
II. William North Rice............ Wesleyan University 
Maeva le (Ora LOLs... sas wt ee ew Allegheny College 
IV. Eugene A. Noble....... Woman’s College, Baltimore 
iV., Herbert Welehiit seis. Ohio Wesleyan University 
Pe OMMUED RAGE cs ol. sain am aun 6 Chattanooga University 
WAG als Sls Go: er eee Philander Smith College 

WIN) alg y TEI. NY oi 0h ce eee a eeaeaare eee Baker University 
TD IAAL ENG Tisha al fd [ha] eee Upper Iowa University 

Me Ac avVer ELSES): «) sytney Ye os SF ...Northwestern University 
PA TA Wn GODIN. tiles sje laleistygeie a esac ele DePauw University 
Maley Sane VPlantyie, 2. see wee es Lawrence University 

RO bess Laviehorst....)........ German Wallace College 
XIV. George W. Bovard....Southern California University 
Pave CE Os Kampall. Saeed ot Willamette University 


q 14 ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


4 14. Board of Sunday Schools 
Orrice: 57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 


Corresponding Secretary, DAvip G. DOWNEY. 
Treasurer, EDWIN R. GRAHAM. 


MANAGERS 
Bishops Spellmeyer, McDowell, and McIntyre 
AT LARGE 


F. L. Brown, W. EF. Ne ne W. O. Shepard, BE. R. 
Graham, B. F. Shipp, P. H. Swift, Wesley Sears, C. M. 
Stuart, H. H. C. Miller. 


DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVES 


District. Name. District. Name. 
I. Edgar Blake. VIII. N. Luccock. 
II. H. P. Bennett. IX. I. B. Schreckengast. 
Ill. C. B. Mogg. xX. J. M. Mitchell. 
IV. John Walton. XI. E. R. Zaring. 
VY. Joseph Clark. XII. F. M. Rule. 
VI. W. S. Bovard. XIII. F. T. Bnderis. 
VII. B. M. Hubbard. XIV. Harry Morton. 


XV. U. F. Hawk. 


q 15. Board of Conference Claimants 


OrFIcE: 57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 
Oorresponding Secretary, JOSEPH B. HINGELBEY, 
Treasurer, MARVIN CAMPBELL. 


BOARD 
BisHorp Hpnry SPELLMEYER, President 


MINISTERS 

Charles W. Baldwin, Julius A. Mulfinger, 
James Hamilton, Abraham G. Murray, 
Perry Millar, John W. Van Cleve, 

Cyrus U. Wade. 

LAYMEN 

John BE. Andrus, Oliver H. Horton, 
Marvin Campbell, James W. Pearsall, 
Horace M. Havner, Charles Scott, Jr., 

Ed. L. Young, . 


436 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps q 17 


16. Freedmen’s Aid Society 
OrFice: 220 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 


Corresponding Secretaries, { 


Recording Secretary, W. B. SELLERS. 
Treasurer, HENRY C. JENNINGS. 
Assistant Treasurer, HOMER EATON. 


MANAGERS 


Mapison C. B. MAson, 
PatTRicKk J. MAVEETY. 


_ Bishops Walden, Moore, and Anderson 


MINISTERS 


H. C. Jennings, 
J. D. Walsh, 
Levi Gilbert, 
John Pearson, 
A. J. Nast, 

D. L. Aultman, 


M. Gamble, 
T. Miller, 


G 

Wl: 

25 D. Thompson, 
R. 

H. C. Minnich, 


{ 17. Epworth League 


A. B. Craig, 

E. A. White, 

Daniel Dorchester, Jr., 
Joshua Stansfield, 

H. C. Jameson, 

. Ketcham. 


. Jones. 


OFFICE: 57 Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 
General Secretary, HDWIN M. RANDALL 


BOARD OF CONTROL 


Bishop WILLfAM A, QUAYLE, President 


District. Name. 
I. Franklin Hamilton 


Pei hes is., DANICIA) .../5,<,0,00.0,0;6 
WI: UASHEPAGH enc aacccas 
ives. S.. Wrancels).205.%. 0. 
ROSES ERQMIOHNS ciaic!scicscic as 
Ve eS Raderii ey... 56 eee 
VII. B®. H. McKissack......... 
RURET aL: . EXIETIS ., 6 «0/0 «jane ao 
PL BOGS Pew ING Ric cca scralelein 9.0 n\0,0.9 


LT... We. Brinzelle. ic .60 jaca 


Conference. 


Saint Johns River 


eae re Upper Mississippi 
aj alias abana an tS Missouri 


q 18 ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


District. Name. Conference. 
XI, B.C, Curnicky itios cle ste terete ...Northwest Indiana 
XIIN 'S) SS. Wlland).). 2c een ..-Northern Minnesota 
XITIL) OTS W. tehbers!/ 520%. 3. cee «+s+e.-Central German 
XIV. OR AsiChase: Ss 2c ioteie cere coccccceceee Colorado 
XV. de We eifaiy rte Se eee +eecceceseeruget Sound 

ADVISORY MBMBERS 

S. T, Herben’. .)s ..05s's.. + «ie sis ie) oleate een «+e.---ROck River 
H. M. Randalls: . 2:52 iis byte tet ete eee ..Puget Sound 
Wrederick Munz. 2... secs « olay eae een Saint Louis German 
I. Ge Pemm Se unees 5. eae a evils ats Washington 


{ 18. Methodist Brotherhood 
Orricn: 150 Fifth Avenue, New York 
General Secretary, WILLIAM B, PATTERSON 
MANAGING BOARD 
The General Officers 


Bishop JosprH F. Burry. Bishop WILLIAM Burr. 
Bishop THOMAS B, NEELY. 

Name. Conference. 
Ernst Gideon. Bek. ... ..o:. «=. omeEeeeeeee South Germany 
Hanford Crawford. ...........). see eee Saint Louis 
David G. Downey «.con=!- dduqueeies ween. © New York East 
Thomias' A. Dye. «:...:0).)s'c < s)0, 0 2.5 as eiee nate eee .. Pittsburg 
George PP. Heckman. fre 2 125 Bates crete ..»New York 
G. W. Fifieldéedc. . 4190. See ee ¢-++..Michigan 
C. Bh.) Hamilton’. 2 \cerpereee “ele ee dele e's ine EOY, 
Nw W. Blarrisect. Oo) eee ..-Rock River 
A. W. Hayes. HAY. ae TORT, Ate ......Newark 
S. SEEDED), Co seo:3 o's 00s 0055 snore eee ee .-Rock River 
AMVETS TR. VOY 1. ie 0 (ota 10 inte to lore © Bw RISE EEE oe eeee. » Newark 
1A) Bh) O\-1 7 ere yas | eR. Detroit 
William DD! MaESD oy 2: or ocelot et tchenetenotele Northern New York 
Frank ‘Mason ‘North idis<s.. «040 ace Oe ee ee New York 
(Ds! Parker. © sc 6% 6S'u cise 5.5 6 ee Wilmington 
John: RiiPepperye|. 2. « .:a/yaaate 2a. ae M. B. Church, South 
BR Rall Ee: ME wee tea 06 66 00 5 min tener Baltimore 
NWVLOVANS (Sham inns, 4. ape yeescorereneratsterannentensgeneyepeh ean Upper Iowa 
SUA DOTY sc oS Seale ke igs oe ee ee eal Detroit 
DSLTE, (Rabe. . S'odc eit eyaies | 6 Snes a ete ‘ss... .Genesee 


to 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps Geo 


| 19. Church Temperance Society 


BoarD OF MANAGERS 
Bishop RoBERT McINTyYR=E, President 


J. F. Hanly, Samuel Dickie, 
8S. J. Herben, W. E. Tilroe, 

D. D. Thompson, A. H. Norcross, 
N. E. Simonsen, W. A. Smith, 
William H. Anderson, Samuel Van Pelt, 
J. W. Miller, W. B. Otwell, 

B. B. Crawford, E. G. Eberhart, 

A. E, Wilson. 


§ 20. General Deaconess Board 


Bishops Berry and Wilson 
Mrs. Lucy Rider Meyer, J. N. Gamble, Miss Henrietta 
Bancroft, Mrs. Margaret D. Moors, Christian Golder, John 
Lange, L. C. Murdock, W. H. Wilder, F. X. Kreitler. 


§ 23. Trustees of Chartered Fund 


Orrice: 129 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
President, Gnorce I. BopINe. 
Secretary, EpGAR J. PERSHING. 
Treasurer, FRANKLIN I. BODINE. 
Henry Z. Zeigler, ‘Joseph H. Chubb, 


James Long, Avery D. Harrington, 
Henry T. Maris. 


§ 22. Trustees of Methodist Episcopal Church 


OFrPrice: 222 West Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 
President, JOHN M. WALDEN. 
Secretary, JOHN PEARSON. 
Treasurer, GEORGE B. JOHNSON, 


1. TerM To EXxPrIRe In 1912 


Ministers: John M. Walden, Davii H. Moore, Frank S. 
Tincher. 


Laymen: Robert T. Miller, Jesse R. Clark, William F. Boyd. 
439 


q 28 ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps 


2. ‘Ter To Expiry In 1908 


Ministers: Frank G. Mitchell, John Pearson, Edward B. 
Rawls. 


Laymen: James N. Gamble, George B. Johnson, Norman 
W. Harris. 


{| 23. Commissions 


FEDERATION 
Bishops Walden, Cranston, and Wilson 
Ministers: J. F. Goucher, G. A. Reeder, W. W. Evans. 
Laymen: R. T. Miller, Hanford Crawford, J. A. Patten. 


I'EDERATION OF COLORED CHURCHES 


: Bishop Walden 
Winisters: W. 1. Brooks, J. W. E. Bowen, R. BH. Gillum, 
Laymen: I, G. Penn, R. S. Lovinggood, M. 8S. Davage. 


ECUMENICAL CONFERENCES 


Bishops Goodsell and Hamilton 


Ministers: BE: R. Dille, C. B. Spencer, C. W. Wynant, W. F. 
Conner, S. J. Greenleaf, F. W. Straw, T. HE, Fleming, Naphtali 
Lueccock, J. St. C. Neal. 


Laymen: C. W. Fairbanks, G. F. Washburn, H. K. Carroll, 
J. BH. Ingram, John W. Robinson, William Rawlings, J. E. 
Annis, B. M. Cranston, D. D. Thompson. 


JUDICIAL PROCEDURD 


Bishop Smith 
Ministers: W. W. Evans, R. J. Cooke. 
Laymen: R. T. Miller, T. H. Anderson. 


440 


ce ie 


GENERAL CONFERENCE qj. 25 


CHAPTER III 
GENERAL CONFERENCE 


{ 24. Location, Arrangement, etc. 
All arrangements for the General Conference of 1912—the 
selection of location, raising the necessary funds, etc.—are 
referred to the Book Committee.—Journal. 


" 25. General Conference Districts 


Missions [in brackets] are included in contiguous Districts 
for representation by the respective district representatives. 
The figures attached to Conferences and Districts indicate 
the number of delegates to which they were respectively en- 
titled in the General Conference of 1908. 

First District—East Maine, 4; Eastern Swedish, 2; Maine, 
4; New Hampshire, 6; New BHngland, 12; New England 
Southern, 8; Troy, 12; Vermont, 4; total, 52. 

Second District—Italy, 2; New Jersey, 10; Newark, 10; 
New York, 12; New York Hast, 14; Norway, 2; Sweden, 4; 
total, 54. 

[Porto Rico Mission.] 

Third District—Central New York, 10; Erie, 10; Genesee, 
12; Northern New York, 10; Wyoming, 10; total, 52. 

Fourth District—Baltimore, 10; Central Pennsylvania, 12; 
Philadelphia, 14; Pittsburg, 10; West Virginia, 10; Wil- 
mington, 8; total, 64. 

[Atlantic Mission Conference.] 

Fifth District—Central Ohio, 10; Cincinnati, 10; Hast 
Ohio, 12; Kentucky, 4; North Ohio, 8; Ohio, 12; total, 56. 

Sixth District—Alabama, 2; Austin, 2; Blue Ridge, 2; 
Central Tennessee, 2; Delaware, 6; East Tennessee, 2; 
Georgia, 2; Gulf, 2; Holston, 6; Liberia, 2; North Carolina, 
4; Saint Johns Piver, 2; South Carolina, 8; Washington, 6; 
total, 48, \ 

441 


{| 25 GENERAL CONFERENCE 

Seventh District—Atlanta, 4; Central Alabama, 4; Central 
Missouri, 2; Florida, 2; Lexington, 4; Lincoln, 2; Little 
Rock, 4; Louisiana, 8; Mississippi,«6; Savannah, 2; Tennes- 
see, 4; Texas, 6; Upper Mississippi, 6; West Texas, 4; 
total, 58. : 

[South Florida Mission.] 


Eighth District—Arkansas, 2; Kansas, 8; Missouri, 6; 
Northwest Kansas, 6; Oklahoma, 6; Saint Louis, 8; South 
Kansas, 6; Southwest Kansas, 8; West Nebraska, 4; Western 
Swedish, 2; total, 56. 

Ninth District—Des Moines, 12; Iowa, 8; Nebraska, 8;- 
North Nebraska, 6; Northwest Iowa, 10; Worthwest Ne- 
_braska, 2; Upper Iowa, 12; total, 58. 


Tenth District—Central Illinois, 10; Central Swedish, 2; 
Illinois, 16; Northern Swedish, 2; Rock River, 14; Southern 
Illinois, 8; total, 52. 

Eleventh District—Indiana, 14; Michigan, 16; Agen In- 
diana, 12; Northwest Indiana, 8; total, 50. 


Twelfth District—Dakota, 6; Detroit, 16; Minnesota, 8; 
North Dakota, 6; Northern Minnesota, 6; Norwegian and 
Danish, 2; West Wisconsin, 8; Wisconsin, 8; total, 60. 

[Black Hills Mission. ] 

Thirteenth District—California German, 2; Central Ger- 
man, 6; Chicago German, 4; East German, 2: North Ger- 
many, 4; Northern German, 2: Northwest German, 2; Pacific 
German, 2; Saint Louis German, 6; South Germany, 4; 
Southern German, 2; Switzerland, 2; Western German, 4; 
total, 42. 

Fourteenth District—California, 12; Chile, 2; Colorado, 8; 
Eastern South America, 2; Foochow, 4; Hinghua, 2; Korea, 
2; Mexico, 2; North China, 2; Southern California, 8; 
total, 44. 

[Arizona, Hawaii, Nevada, New Mexico English, New 
Mexico Spanish, Pacific Chinese, Pacific Japanese, and Utah 
Missions. ] 

Fifteenth MDistrict—Bengal, 2; Bombay, 2; Columbia 
River, 6; Idaho, 2; Malaysia, 2; Montana, 2; North India, 
4; North Montana, 2; Northwest India, 2; Oregon, 6; Philip- 
pine Islands, 2; Puget Sound, 8; South India, 2; Western 
Norwegian and Danish, 2; total, 44. 

[Alaska and Wyoming Missions. ] 

442 


GENERAL CONFERENCE Gq 26 


{ 26. Rules of Order 
ORGANIZATION 


1. Organization. When a General Conference shall 
have been convened in accordance with the provisions 
of the Constitution, after the Devotional Services and the 
calling of the roll, if a quorum be found to be present, 
the Conference will proceed to its organization by the 
election of a Secretary by ballot, if there be more than 
one nomination, and such assistant secretaries as it may 
deem necessary. 


TIME OF MEETING, RECESS, AND ADJOURNMENT 
2. After the opening session the General Conference 
shall meet at 8:30 o’clock A. M., and adjourn at 12:30 
o’clock, P. M.; but the Conference may alter the time of 
meeting and may adjourn and fix the time to which it 
shall adjourn at its discretion. A recess of ten minutes 
shall be taken at 10:30 o’clock, unless otherwise ordered 


by the Conference. . 
THE PRESIDENT 


3. The President shall take the chair precisely at the 
hour to which the Conference stood adjourned, and cause 
the same to be opened by the reading of the Scriptures, 
singing, and prayer, and on the appearance of a quorum 
shall have the Journal of the preceding session read and 
approved, and see that the business of the Conference 
shall proceed in the regular order, according to these 
Rules of Order and other rules and regulations adopted 
by the General Conference. 

4. The President shall decide all questions of order, 
subject to an appeal to the Conference, and in case of 
such appeal the question shall be taken without debate, 
except that the President may state the grounds of his 
decision, and the appellant may state the grounds of 
his appeal. 

5. The President shall appoint all committees, unless 
otherwise especially ordered by the Conference. 

6. On assigning the floor to any member of the Con- 

443 


q 26 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


ference, the President shall distinctly announce the name 
of the member to whom it is assigned and the Annual 
Conference he represents. 


ORDER OF BUSINESS 
7. The regular order of business shall be: 

(1) Devotional services. 

(2) The reading of the Journal and action thereon. 

(3) The calling of the roll of Conferences in alpha- 
betical order for the presentation of appeals, resolutions, 
and miscellaneous business, for immediate consideration. 

The person introducing a proposition under this call 
may speak to it if it be seconded; after which a motion 
to refer, if made, shall be entertained and be decided 
without debate. But immediately after the motion or 
resolution has been presented, and before the person who 
introduces the proposition has spoken, the question of 
consideration may be raised by a member saying: 

“Mr. President, on that I raise the question of con- 
sideration.” 

The question of consideration shall then be put with- 
out debate, and if there is a two-thirds vote against con- 
sideration, the proposition shall not be entertained. 

(4) Reports, first of the standing and then of the 
select committees; provided, always, that each call sev- 
erally shall have been completed before either preceding 
one shall be repeated. 

(5) Miscellaneous business. 


DUTIES AND PRIVILEGES OF MEMBERS 

8. When a member is about to speak in debate, or to 
deliver any matter to the Conference, he shall rise and 
respectfully address the President, but shall not proceed 
until recognized by him. The member must address the 
chair from his place. 

9. No member shall be interrupted when speaking, ex- 
cept by the President to call him to order when he de- 
parts from the question, or uses personalities or disre- 
spectful language; but any member may call the atten- 

444 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 26 


tion of the President to the subject when he deems a 
- speaker out of order, and any member may explain when 
he thinks himself misrepresented. 

10. When a member desires to speak to a question of 
privilege he shall briefly state the question; but it shall 
not be in order for him to proceed until the President 
shall have decided it a privileged question. Questions 
of privilege are matters relating to the rights and welfare 
of the individual as a member or of the whole body; and 
of such an imperative character as to justify the inter- 
ruption of the regular order. 

It shall be the imperative duty of the Bishop pre- 
siding to require the member to state his question of 
privilege. This having been done, the presiding officer 
shall decide whether it shall be allowed; and, if so, shall 
hold him closely to the subject. 

11. No person shall speak more than. twice on the 
same question nor more than ten minutes at one time, 
without leave of the Conference; nor shall any person 
speak more than once until every member choosing to 
speak shall have spoken. 

Provided, howeyer, that a committee making a report 
shall, through its chairman, or one of its members se- 
lected by the committee or its chairman, in all cases be 
entitled to ten minutes to close the debate, either to 
oppose the motion to lay the report on the table, or, this 
permission not having been used, to close the debate on 
the motion to adopt. The committee shall not be de- 
prived of its right to close the debate even after the 
previous question has been ordered, and, when a report 
consisting of two or more propositions has a seriatim 
consideration, the chairman or representative of the com- 
mittee shall be entitled to the same rights and privileges 
on each proposition thus decided separately as he would 
have if the report was considered as a unit. 

12. No member shall absent himself from the sessions 
of the Conference without leave, unless he is sick or 
unable to attend. 

445 


q 26 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


MOTIONS AND RESOLUTIONS 


13. Resolutions shall be written and presented in 
duplicate by the mover. All motions shall be reduced 
to writing if the President, Secretary, or any member 
request it. If the Conference shall order a resolution to 
be referred to a committee, then the mover shall furnish 
to the Secretary a third copy for the use of the committee, 

14, Reading. All written motions, reports, and com- 
munications to the Conference shall be passed to the Sec- 
retary, to be by him read to the Conference, 

15. When a motion is made and seconded, or a resolu- 
tion introduced and seconded, or a report presented and 
read by the Secretary, or stated by the President, it shall 
be deemed in possession of the Conference; but any mo- 
tion or resolution may be withdrawn by the mover at 
any time before amendment or decision. 

16. The following motions shall be taken without 
debate: ( 

(1) To adjourn. 

(2) To suspend the rules. 

(3) To lay on the table. 

(4) To take from the table. 

(5) The question of consideration. 

(6) The call for the previous question. 

17. No new motion or resolution shall be entertained 
until the one under consideration has been disposed of, 
which may be done by adoption or rejection; but one or 
more of the following motions may be made, and they 
shall have precedence in the order in which they are 
placed, namely: 

(1) To fix the time to which the Conference shall 

adjourn. 

(2) To adjourn. 

(3) To take a recess. 

(4) To lay on the table. 

(5) For the previous question. 

(6) To postpone to a given time, 
446 


GENERAL CONFERENCE Gq 26 


(7) To refer. 

(8) Substitute. 

(9) Amendment. 

(10) To postpone indefinitely. 

The motion for the previous question cannot be laid 
on the table. 

18. Only one amendment to an amendment shall be in 
order, but then it shall bein order to move a substitute 
for the main question, and one amendment to the substi- 
tute, and if a substitute is accepted, it shall replace the 
original proposition. 

19. It shall be in order to move the previous question— 
or that the question be taken without further debate— 
on any measure pending, except in cases in which charac- 
ter is involved; and if sustained by a vote of two thirds 
the question shall be taken; nevertheless, it shal] be in 
order under this rule to move to refer or to recommit 
(on either of which the vote shall be taken without de- 
bate), to divide or to lay on the table, after the previous 
question has been ordered. It shall not be in order to 
move the previous question or to move to lay on the 
table at the close of a speech in which the pending ques- 
tion has been discussed. 

20. On the call of a member a question shall be divided 
if it is divisible into distinct propositions. 

21. The motion to adjourn shall be taken without de- 
bate, and shall always be in order, except 

(1) When a member has the floor. 

(2) When a question is actually put, or a vote is 
being taken, or until finally decided. 

(3) When a question is pending on sustaining the 
demand for the previous question. 

(4) When the previous question has been eed and 
sustained, and action under it is still pending. 

(5) When a motion to adjourn has been negatived, 
and no business or debate has intervened. 

22. Reconsideration. When any motion or resolution 
shall have been acted upon by the Conference, it shall be 

447 


q 26 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


in order for any member who yoted with the prevailing 
side to move a reconsideration; but a motion to recon- 
sider a nondebatable motion shall be decided without 
debate. 

23. Change of Discipline. All resolutions contemplating 
verbal alterations of the Discipline shall state the lan- 
guage of the paragraph and line to be altered, and also 
the language to be substituted. 

No resolution or report which proposes a change in 
the Book of Discipline shall be considered until it has 
been in the possession of the Conference for one day and 
shall have been printed in the Daily Christian Advocate ; 
but when it is under consideration amendments which 
are germane and duly presented to the Conference shall 
be in order. 

24. When any member shall move the reference of 
any portion of the Journal of any Annual Conference to 
any committee he shall at the same time furnish a copy 
of the portion he wishes referred, prepared as hereafter 
provided in the case of memorials. 


VOTING 


25. Every member who is within the bar at the time 
a question is put shall vote, unless the Conference, for 
special reasons, excuses him. No member shall be al- 
lowed to vote on any question who is not within the bar 
at the time when such question shall be put by the Presi- 
dent, except by leave of the Conference, when such mem- 
ber has been necessarily absent. 

26. Voting shall be by the uplifted hand, but on a 
division of the house, a count vote shall be taken, the 
delegates rising in their places and standing until they 
shall have been counted. Votes may also be taken by 
ballot and by ayes and noes. 

27. Ayes and Noes. It shall be in order for any mem- 
ber to call for the ayes and noes on any question before 
the Conference, and if the call be sustained by one hun- 
dred members present, the vote thereon shall he taken 

448 


ten ia 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 26 


by ayes and noes. If not sustained, members voting in 
‘the minority, if the number voting in said minority is less 
than one hundred, may have their votes recorded by 
name. 

28. Order of Voting. In voting when there is a substi- 
tute and amendments have been proposed to the original 
resolution and an amendment to the substitute has been 
moved, the Conference shall pursue the following order, 
namely: The main question shall first be perfected by 
yoting on the amendments proposed thereto, and then 
the Conference shall yote upon the amendment to the 
substitute, then upon the question of substitution, and 
finally upon the question of adoption. 

29. A call for a vote by orders shall be made and sec- 
onded by members of the same order, and shall require 
the yote of one third of the delegates of that order pres- 
ent and voting. 

30. When voting by orders the separation shall be 
merely in regard to the taking, announcing, deciding, 
and recording the vote of each order on the question on 
which the separate vote is demanded. Any incidental 
matter bearing upon such vote shall be decided by the 
Conference acting as one body. In taking a vote by 
orders it shall be by a count vote, first of the order call- 
ing for the separate vote and then of the other, but either 
order may call for the ayes and noes by one fourth of its 
members, and if the call is sustained the names of the 
delegates, first of the order calling and then of the other, 
shall be called, and each member shall answer aye or no. 


MEMORIALS, RESOLUTIONS, AND PAPERS FOR UNAN- 
NOUNCED REFERENCE 


31. Memorials. Memorials, resolutions, and miscella- 
neous papers not presented for immediate consideration 
shall be placed in the hands of the Secretary without 
announcement, 

32. Members presenting memorials, petitions, and other 
papers for reference shall prepare the papers (preferably 

‘449 


q 26 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


written on “legal cap’) by writing in“a plain hand on 
the back of them, after folding, the following items, in the 
following order, namely: 


(1) Name of the member presenting the paper. 

(2) Conference to which he belongs. 

(8) Conference, member, or church whence it comes, 
(4) Subject to which it relates. 

(5) First name on the petition. 

(6) Number of other petitioners. 

(7) The committee to which he desires it referred. 


All resolutions and papers thus presented Shall be de- 
livered directly to the Secretary of the Conference, in 
triplicate, and shall be sent by him to the committee ac- 
cording to indorsement, and announced in the Journal 
of the day; provided, that in casé of memorials and 
documents of unusual length, which are not intended for 
publication, only one complete original copy shall be 
required, together with two copies of the indorsement 
thereon as required by this paragraph. 


COMMITTEES? 


33. The Standing Committees shall be: 
I. HEpiscopacy. 
Ij. Judiciary. 
III. Itinerancy. ; 
IV. Boundaries. 
V. Revision, 
VI. Temporal Economy. 
VII. State of the Church. 
VIII. Temperance and Prohibition, 
IX. Book Concern. 
X. Foreign Missions. 
XI. Home Missions and Church Extension. 


1In the General Conference of 1908, Education, Freedmen, and Sun- 
day Schools formed one Committee. The above arrangement corre- 
sponds with changes subsequently made by the General Conference, and 
will govern arrangements for the General Conference of 1912. 


450 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 26 


XII. Education. 
XIII. Freedmen. 

XIV. Sunday Schools. 

XV. Conference Claimants. 
XVI. Epworth League. 
XVII. Deaconess Work. 

34. The several delegations shall appoint one minister 
and one lay member for each Standing Committee, ex- 
cepting the Committee on Judiciary. 

35. For the Committee on Judiciary the delegates of 
each General Conference District shall nominate from 
their number one member, and the Bishops shall nom- 
inate four, making the total number nineteen. 

36. The committees shall hold their meetings at 3 
P. M. on the days of the week, as follows: 

The Committees on Episcopacy, Itinerancy, Bounda- 
ries, Revision, Temporal Economy, and State of the 
Church, on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; the Com- 
mittees on Temperance and Prohibition, Book Concern, 
Foreign Missions, Home Missions and Church Extension, 
Education and Freedmen, on Tuesday, Thursday, and 
Saturday; the Committees on Sunday Schools, Dea- 
coness Work, Epworth League, and a Claim- 
ants, on Tuesday and Friday. 

The Committee on Judiciary shall meet at such times 
as the committee may decide, or as may be ordered by 
the General Conference. 

37. Committees shall not originate business. but shall 
consider and report upon all subjects referred to thoes 
by the General Conference. 

38. A business Quorum of a Standing Committee shall 
be fifty, except the Committee on Judiciary, in which 
the quorum shall be a majority of all the members of 
the committee, and the Committee on Epworth League, 
in which thirty-five shall constitute a quorum. 

39. A committee shall not consider a matter which 
the General Conference has refused to refer to said 


. committee. 
451 


q 26 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


40. Where a matter has been recewed by the Con- 
ference and referred to a committee, and a report thereon 
has been made to the Conference, it shall not be in order 
for another committee to consider the same subject, or 
for the Conference to entertain a report from another 
committee on the said subject; but when any committee 
shall ascertain that a subject which has been referred 
to it has also been referred to another committee, it shall 
report the fact to the Secretary of the Conference, who 
shall reassign the paper to the proper committee unless 
he shall be in doubt, in which case he shall report the 
matter to the Conference for its decision, 

41. There shall not be reported as coming from a 
committee any matter which has not been considered 
and acted upon by the committee duly assembled. 

42. All committees proposing changes of the Disci- 
pline shall not only recite the paragraph and line to be 
amended, but also the paragraph as amended. 

43. All committees shall furnish duplicate copies of 
their reports, one copy for the Secretary and one for the 
Daily Christian Advocate. 

44. Reports of Standing Committees signed by the 
chairman and secretary, and minority reports signed by 
at least five members, shall be considered in the posses- 
sion of the Conference when they shall have been printed 
in the Daily Christian Advocate. But in a report from 
the Committee on Judiciary one signature will be sufficient. 

45. When the chairman of a committee is not in har- 
mony with a report ordered by the committee, it shall 
be his duty to state the fact to the committee, and the 
committee shall select one of its members to represent it 
in the presentation and discussion of the report in the 
General Conference, but, if in such a case the committee 
fails to select such a representative, the chairman shall 
designate a member to thus represent the action of the 
committee, and said representative shall have al] the 
rights and privileges of the chairman in relation to the 
report. 

452 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 27 


MISCELLANEOUS 


46. All demonstrations of approval or disapproval 
during the progress of debate shall be deemed a breach 
of order. 

47. No person shall stand in the open spaces in the 
room, 

48. The ushers shall keep the aisles clear for their 
proper use, and none but delegates shall be admitted 
Within the inclosure constituting the bar of the Confer- 
ence, except by ticket issued by the chairman of the Com- 
mission of the General Conference. 

49. In all matters not herein specified the proceedings 
of the Conference shall be governed by common parlia- 
mentary law. 

50. These rules shall not be suspended except by a 
vote of two thirds of the members present and voting. 


4 27. Plan for Reference of Papers to Committees of the 
General Conference 


(See also Rules of Order 32, 33.) 


To the Committee on Hpiscopacy shall be referred 
memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating to the 
Episcopaey, or to the administration or characters of 
individual Bishops, as well as proposals to change the 
law relating to the Hpiscopate; also all miscellaneous 
matters relating to the Bishops or their office. 

To the Committee on Itinerancy shall be referred me- 
morials, resolutions, and other papers relating to Pas- 
tors and the Pastorate, as well as proposed changes 
touching the Pastorate and the Presiding Eldership ; also 
Journals of the Annual Conferences. 

To the Committee on Foreign Missions shall be re- 
ferred memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating 
to the Board of Foreign Missions, Missionary Societies 
and Missions, including proposed changes in the law of 
the Church concerning Foreign Missions and the Board. 

453 


q 27 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


To the Committee on Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension shall be referred memorials, resolutions, and 
other papers touching the Board of Home Missions and 
Church Extension, and these causes in general; also 
proposed changes in the law relating to them. 

To the Committee on the Book Concern shall be re- 
ferred memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating 
to the Book Concern and the publishing interests of the 
Church; also proposals to change the law relating to 
this department of the Church’s interest. 

To the Committee on Education shall be referred me- 
morials, resolutions, and other papers relating to the 
Board of Education and its work; also proposed changes 
in the laws relating thereto. 

To the Committee on Freedmen shall be referred me- 
morials, resolutions, and other papers relating to the 
Freedmen’s Aid Society and its work; also proposed 
changes in the laws relating thereto. 

To the Committee on Sunday Schools shall be referred 
memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating to the 
Board of Sunday Schools and its work; also proposed 
changes in the laws relating thereto. 

To the Committee on Conference Claimants shall be 
referred memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating 
to the Board of Conference Claimants and its work; also 
proposed changes in the laws relating thereto. 

To the Committee on Temperance and Prohibition 
shall be referred memorials, resolutions, and other papers 
relating to the cause of Temperance; also proposals to 
change the law bearing upon this subject. 

-To the Committee on Boundaries shall be referred 
memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating to the 
Boundaries of Annual and Mission Conferences, Missions 
and General Conference Districts, including proposals 
to change the law relating to such Boundaries, 

To the Committee on Temporal Economy shall be re- 
ferred memorials, resolutions, and other papers relating 
to property, financial interests, and temporalities in gen- 

454 


\ 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 28 


eral, not included in the specified work of the preceding 
committees. Propositions to change the law relating to 
such matters shall also be referred to this committee; 
also General Conference Elections, Lay Conferences, 
Ratio of Representation. n 

To the Committee on the State of the Church shall 
be referred memorials, resolutions, and other papers 
touching the general welfare of the Church not men- 
tioned above as belonging to the preceding committees, 
and also proposals to change the law relating to matters 
thus involved; memorials relating to Amusements, Bap- 
tized Children, Divorce, Evils and Perils of the Age, the 
Licensing of Women, Church Membership and Probation, 
the Sacraments, Sabbath Desecration, and Public Schools 
are so referred. 

To the Committee on Revision shall be referred memo- 
rials, resolutions, and other papers proposing or suggest- 
ing changes in the wording of the Book of Discipline, 
excepting changes which come within the province of 
other committees, as above indicated, and including par- 
ticularly miscellaneous changes in the text of the Disci- 
pline: also Blanks, the Discipline, Journal, Psalter, 
Ritual and Rubrics. 

' Any committee may propose changes in the wording 
of the Discipline if the law is within its province, pro- 
viding such changes legitimately grow out of subjects 
submitted to the committee. 


4 28. Method of Making Assignments to Standing 
Committees 
As soon as practicable after the election of delegates 
the Secretary of each Annual Conference shall call to- 
gether the ministerial and lay delegates for organization. 
They shall select one of their number as chairman, and as- 
sign to membership in each of the standing committees one 


ministerial and one lay delegate. The chairman of the dele- 
455 


q 29 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


gation shall then forward to the Secretary of the last 
General Conference the names of the delegates from his 
Conference, arranged alphabetically, and indicate the or- 
der to which each belongs, and the committees to which 
each is assigned; and from these returns the Secretary 
of the last General Conference shal] construct, as far as 
possible, the roll of committees in advance of the open- 
ing of the session of the ensuing General Conference.— 
Journal, 1904. 


{| 29. Proposed Amendment to the Constitution 


§ 1. The General Conference of 1908, by a vote of 
542 ayes to 6 noes, recommended that § 41, § 1, of 
Discipline, be amended as follows: Strike out in the sec- 
ond line the word ‘Wednesday,’ and substitute therefor 
the words “‘secular day”; so that the lines, as amended, 
shall read, ‘The General Conference shall meet at 10 
o’clock on the morning of the first secular day in the 
month of May,’ etc. 

§ 2. It also ordered that said proposed amendment be 
submitted to the members of the Annual Conferences and 
of the Lay Electoral Conferences which shall meet in the 
years 1911 and 1912 for their action thereon.—Journal, 
1908. 


{ 30. Report of Treasurer of Commission on Entertain- 
ment of General Conference 
O. P. MILLER, TREASURER 


In account 
GENERAL CONFERENCE EXPENSE ACCOUNT, 1904 


RECEIPTS 
To, balance on hand...: .\.., vg. cass «= = yy elena $624 94 
To amount collected, 1904 apportionment............ 12,430 22 
To amount refunded by delegates............-+ee00-- 388 15 


$13,443 31 
456 


GENERAL CoNFERENCE { 30 


DISBURSEMENTS 
By repaid Eaton & Mains, balance due on money loaned. $11,000 00 
PEEBLES OE LOST ai iictel > wkcdiaveirs sind © Ge 2! 4) !=ylotajelel-ys 361 85 
UT IIORE CMTICIISCH 0 cco 8 wh aed coin code slareyaie a myo'ea's «ae 156 34 
By stationery, books, ete., 1904 Conference........... 399 07 
By transferred to 1908 account................-..... 1,526 05 
$13,443 31 
OSCAR P. MILLER, TREASURER 
In account with 
GENERAL CONFERENCE EXPENSE FUND, 1908 
RECEIPTS 
To amount transferred from 1904 account............ $1,526 05 
To amount collected from Conferences. as per detailed 
EIDIvT Oy oot SLE OBE ARBRAP ES PEP Beer. 139,991 10 
To amount interest received on daily balance, Lyon Co. 
Netveniabsbsatiice oy 18) ELDEST SUE ae wre 1,017 53 
To amount interest received on certificates of deposit. . 1,062 82 
$143,597 50 
DISBURSEMENTS 
Paid expenses as follows: 
By Commission on Aggressive Evangelism............ $2,837 17 
By Commission on Consolidation of Benevolences..... . 1,347 97 
By Deaconess Commission .............-.+.0++--208- 634 32 
By Conference Claimants Commission . 731 87 
By General Conference Commission (including expenses 
OV TRISTE sey Ba ah OE cinbicg e 7,167 83 
By pratemal Delorates: 3. 2. AS SoA 2s OSES IL 1,441 06 
By Unification Japanese Methodism.............-.+. 103 80 
By General Conference Secretary..........-.-----+-. 777 53 
By Judicial Conferences..........-.-222-2000-20eeee 652 67 
Die SSR OR LOANS oie! «side, shapagernid ome «niente Me ere 140 95 
By Superannuate Commission...............-+-2--55 74 60 
By refunds, overpayments...........- ere? ide Late 81 50 
PER UM RET oe Sh uch oo, wm cy tam o mime, 9 3 5.5 tates Sie a ok Ala th dian 127,606 23 
$143,597 50 
RECAPITULATION 
To total amount received account 1908 x 
General Conference..............+-5 $143,597250 
By amounts disbursed...........--.-- $15,991 27 
RST ar Pe eee oe See 127,606 23 


$143,597 50 $143,597 50 


Baltimore, Md., May 18, 1908. 
Detailed annual reports have been made to the Book Committee, 
and same have been audited by a special committee and found to 


be correct. 
Oscar P. Minter, Treasurer. 


457 


q st GENERAL CONFERENCE 


4 31. Examination of Conference Journals 


The examination of Annual Conference Journals by 
the General Conference shall be upon the following 
points: t 

§ 1. The Journal should be a copy of the Record of 
the regular proceedings of the Conference. 

§ 2. It should have the signature of the President and 
Secretary to the Journal of each Annual Session. 

§ 3. The Journal must be either in manuscript or 
printed and substantially bound. If the latter, in quad- 
rennial volumes. 

§ 4. The Conference Roll should be presented. 

§ 5. Reports of Committees should be given. 

§ 6. The Statistics should be shown. 

§ 7. The appointments should appear. 

§ 8. If printed and bound, there should be the Sec- 
retary’s Certificate that the volume is a complete and 
correct Record of the proceedings, and that it was 
adopted by the Conference as its Official Record. 

§ 9. There should be proper headings of pages, mar- 
ginal indexes, or subheads, and clearness and accuracy 
of statement of the business transacted. 

§ 10. Chirography, orthography, erasures, interlinea- 
tions, pastings, and the neat, businesslike appearance of 
the page should be noted. 

§ 11. Separate items of business should be in sepa- 
rate paragraphs. 

§ 12. The Journal should state where the sessions 
were held, the names of makers of motions, the findings 
of committees of trials, all the disciplinary questions 
properly noted, with their answers; the action on a 
motion, a title-page, and decisions of Bishops on ques- 
tions of law. 

§ 13. Any action adverse to the polity, the unity, or 
the purity of the Church should be carefully noted. 

§ 14. The Annual Conference Secretaries should pre- 

458 


GENERAL CONFERENCE q 32 


pare their Conference Records in view of such exam- 
imations.—Journal, 1884, p. 319. 

§ 15. The Committee on Itinerancy shall after exam- 
ination of the Journal deliver them to the respective dele- 
gations.—Journal, 1904. 


| 32. Report on Conference Journals 


Your Committee on Itinerancy, to which is assigned 
the duty of examining the Journals of the Annual Con- 
ferences, reports as follows: 

1. The Conferences whose records are found to be 
correct, complying with all the requirements of the 
Discipline, are: Austin, Baltimore, Bengal, California, 
Central German, Central Illinois, Centra] Pennsylvania, 
Central Swedish, Cincinnati, Colorado, Columbia River, 
Dakota, Delaware, Des Moines, Detroit, East German, 
Eastern Swedish, Erie, Florida, Genesee, Gulf, Hinghua, 
Idaho, Ilinois, Kansas, Lexington, Malaysia, Michigan, 
Minnesota, Missouri, New England, New England South- 
ern, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, New York 
Bast, North Carolina, North Dakota, North India, North 
Indiana, North Nebraska, Northern Minnesota, Northern 
New York, Northern Swedish, Northwest German, North- 
west Indiana, Northwest Iowa, Northwest Kansas, 
Northwestern Nebraska, Norwegian and Danish, Okla- 
homa, Oregon, Philadelphia, Pittsburg, Puget Sound, 
Rock River, Saint Louis, Saint Louis German, South 
America, South Kansas, Southern California, Southern 
German, Southern Illinois, Sweden, Troy, Vermont, West 
German, West Nebraska, West Virginia, Western Nor- 
wegian-Danish, Western Swedish, Wilmington, Wiscon- 
sin, Wyoming. 

2. The following Conference Journals were found to 
be defective in the particular requirements of the Disci- 
pline as specified by numbers: Alabama, 3; Atlanta, 11; 
Bombay, 8; California German, 9, 12; Central Alabama, 

459 


q 32 GENERAL CONFERENCE 


2, 3, 8, 9; Central Missouri, 11; Central New York, 8; 
Central Ohio, 8; Chicago German, 9, 12; Hast Maine, 
5, 6; East Ohio, 8; Hast Tennessee, 3, 8, 9; Foochow, 
8; Georgia,.8; Holston, 8; Indiana, 8; lowa, 8; Italy, 
6, 8; Kentucky, 9; Liberia, 8; Little Rock, 3, 8; Loui- 
siana, 2, 10; Mexico, 8, 9; Mississippi, 2, et 8; Mobile, 
2, 3, 8, 9; Montana, 3, 8; Nebraska, 10; Newark, 9; 
North China, 3, 8, 9; North Germany, 8, 12; North Mon- 
tana, 11; North Ohio, 12; Northern German, 4, 5, 6, 12; 
Northwest India, 8; Pacific German, 8; Saint Johns 
River, 8; Savannah, 8; South Carolina, 8, 9; South 
Germany, 8, 12; South India, 12; Southwest Kansas, 8; 
Switzerland, 8, 9, 12; Tennessee, 10; Texas, 8; Wash- 
ington, 8; West Texas, 8, 9; West Wisconsin, 8. 

3. The Journals of the following Conferences were 
incomplete: Arkansas, three years missing; Lincoln, 
one year missing. 

4, The Journals of the following Conferences failed 
to appear: ‘Blue Ridge, Central Tennessee, Korea, 
Maine, Norway, Ohio, Philippine Islands, Upper Iowa, 
Upper Mississippi. 

5. The Journals of the following Mission Conferences 
are correct: Atlantic, Finland and Saint Petersburg, 
New Mexico Spanish, Wyoming. 

6. The Journals of the following Mission Confer- 
ences are defective in the particulars indicated: Arizona, 
3, 9; Bulgaria, 5; Central Provinces, 8; Hawaii, 8; 
Kalispell, 2; Nevada, 12; Pacific Japanese, 4; Porto 
Rico, 3, 9; West and Hast Central Africa, 2, 8. 

7. Journals of Mission Conferences failed to appear 
as follows: Alaska, Black Hills, Burma, Central China, 
Chinese, Denmark, New Mexico English, North Andes, 
Utah, West China. 


460 


Decisions or Law q 35 


CHAPTER IV 
GENERAL CONFERENCE DECISIONS OF LAW 


, 


{ 33. Complaints and Charges 


§ 1. The question, ‘Are there any Complaints?’ does 
not refer to Members of Annual Conferences, but refers 
(1) to charges of crime brought against Preachers on 
Trial in the Annual Conference; (2) to complaints made 
against the moral or official conduct of Local Preachers ; 
and (8) to complaints made against the official conduct 
of members of the Quarterly Conference other than those 
named above.—Journal, 1884, p. 376. 

§ 2. The dismissal of a preliminary complaint is not 
a bar to a new complaint.—Jouwrnal, 1884, p. 372. 


34. Testimony | 


§ 1. Questions relating to the admissibility of evi- 
dence are Questions of Law.—Journal, 1848, p. 127. 

§ 2. Documentary Wvidence need not be spread on the 
Journal, but should be filed. and preserved by the Secre- 
tary.—Journal, 1848, p. 129. 


4 35. Irregular Proceedings 


§ 1. When an Annual Conference decides that a 
Preacher in Charge has received or expelled a member 
contrary to the Discipline the decision does not exclude 
the member so received, but restores the member so ex- 
pelled.—J ournal, 1852, p. 73, and Jowrnal, 1860, p. 297. 

§ 2.. When the Annual Conference decides that a 
member of the Church has been expelled contrary to the 

461 


7 36 Decisions oF Law 


Discipline, such act of the Conference does not restore 
him to good standing in the Church, but simply restores 
him to membership in the Church; and when so restored 
he is placed in the position he occupied before he was 
tried—that:is, he is an accused member; and hence the 
Preacher is not at liberty to give him a Certificate of 
Membership.—/ournal, 1860, p. 298. 

§ 3. Irregularity in the reception of a member is not 
a bar to trial Journal, 1860, p. 298. 

§ 4. If an expelled member shall gain membership 
elsewhere without confession, contrition, and satisfactory 
reformation, his membership is null and yoid, and any 
Certificate of such membership should not be received.— 
Journal, 1884, p. 378. 


{ 36. Appeals 


§ 1. When an expelled member has by neglect or 
otherwise forfeited his right to Appeal, a subsequent 
Quarterly Conference may not hear his Appeal.—Jour- 
nal, 1860, p. 298. 

§ 2. If a Member of an Annual Conference should 
die pending his Appeal to a Judicial Conference, his 
death does not affect the Appeal, which may still be prose- 
cuted by his heirs or legal representatives.—Journal, 
1884, p. 375. 


4 37. Vacancies in General Committees 


When a Minister or Layman shall be elected a mem- 
ber of any General Committee, to wit: The Book Com- 
mittee, the General Missionary Committee, ete., he shall 
reside within the General Conference District that he 
represents at the time of his appointment. And if, for 
any cause, he shall remove beyond the limits of such Dis- 
trict, or shall cease to be a member of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, his office shall become vacant; and 
the Bishop having charge of the Conference in which the 

462 


Decisions or Law q 38 


member may have resided shall appoint a successor from 
the same Conference to which the retiring member be- 
longed, or within the bounds of which he resided. The 
provisions of this paragraph relating to the filling of 
vacancies shall not apply to vacancies occurring in the 
Book Committee.—Journal, 1876, 1908. 


{ 38. Members of Annual Conferences 


§ 1. The Episcopacy of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church is a unit, and our economy assumes harmony of 
action. But Bishops are many, and in the division of 
the work into different Conferences presided over by dif- 
ferent Bishops, a Bishop can, in accordance with the 
Discipline and usages of the Church, transfer an effective 
Preacher, with or without his desire, into a Conference 
under the jurisdiction of another Bishop without at the 
same time himself giving~him an appointment. But 
every effective Preacher is entitled to an appointment 
within the Conference of which he is a member. His 
transfer to another Conference carries with it this right, 
and should not therefore be made without at the same 
time making adequate provision in a’regular manner for 
his protection. Nevertheless, if a Preacher requests such 
a transfer to a Conference not to meet for some time 
after his transfer, he cannot complain if he does not re- 
ceive work till the next ensuing session of the Confer- 
ence after such transfer.—Journal, 1884, p. 372. 

§ 2. An action of the General Conference changing 
the boundaries of an Annual Conference does not of it- 
self affect the Membership of Supernumerary and Super- 
annuated Preachers, their Membership remaining as be- 
fore such action till adjusted by mutual agreement of the 
Conferences affected by such change of boundaries.— 
Journal, 1884, p. 374. 

§ 3. Absentees from the session of an Annua] Con- 
ference may not vote in the election of Delegates to the 

463 ¥) 


q 39 ' Decisions or Law 


General Conference, nor upon proposed amendments to 
the Constitution.—Journal, 1896, p. 274. 


7 39. Orders 


§ 1. The question of electing a Preacher to Orders 
who has not passed an examination on the Course of 
Study prescribed for Preachers applying for Orders may 
not be submitted to a yote of the Conference. A Bishop 
may not submit to the vote of an Annual Conference the 
question of obedience to a law of the Church.—Journal, 
1884, p. 376. 

§ 2. The Orders of a Roman Catholic Priest may not 
be recognized by an Annual Conference.—Journal, 1884, 
p. 373. 


] 40. The Pronouns “ He,” “ His,” “Him” 


The pronouns he, his, and him, when used in the Dis- 
cipline with reference to Stewards, Class Leaders, and 
Sunday School Superintendents, shall not be so construed 
as to exclude women from such offices.—Journal, 1880, 
p. 339, 


4 43. Licensing and Ordaining Women 


§ 1. The Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church does not provide for nor contemplate the licens- 
ing of women as Local Preachers; and therefore the’ ac- 
tion of a Quarterly Conference, and of a District Superin- 
tendent as the President thereof, in granting such license 
is without authority of law, is not in accordance with the 
Discipline as it is, and with the uniform administration 
under it.—Journal, 1880, pp. 353, 354. 

§ 2. The law of the Church does not authorize the 
ordination of women to the Ministry of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church; and a Bishop is not at liberty to 

7 464 


Decisions oF Law q 43 


submit to the vote of the Conference the question of 
electing women to Orders.—Journal, 1880, p. 353. 

§ 3. The General Conference judges it inexpedient to 
take any action on the subject of licensing women to 
exhort or to preach; and that it is also inexpedient to 
take any action on the subject of ordaining women to the 
Ministry.—Journal, 1884, p. 317. 


§ 42. Quarterly Conferences 


§ 1. The Quarterly Conference may remove Trustees 
at any time for cause, where statutes of the State do not 
prevent.—Journal, 1892, p. 490. 

§ 2. Supernumerary and Superannuated Ministers re- 
siding out of the bounds of their Annual Conferences are 
members of the Quarterly Conferences where they reside, 
and are entitled to vote therein—Journal, 1892, p. 490. 


{ 43. Annual Conferences Continuous 


§ 1. Individual members come in and go out; but the 
Conference itself continues. It may adopt rules for its 
government and Rules of Order for its Annual Sessions, 
the same to continue at its pleasure and to be amended 
or repealed as it may provide. In short, it is a perma- 
nent body.—Journal, 1904. 

§ 2. The status of an Annual Conference is not af- 
fected by the fact that its membership falls below the 
number required by the Constitution for the organization 
of an Annual Conference. But the General Conference 
should so exercise its undoubted constitutional powers in _ 
this matter as to provide that such Annual Conferences\ 
as fall below the required number shal] be by consolida- 
tion or otherwise brought up to that number, or that they 
sha]l be reduced to the status of Mission Conferences.— 
Journal, 1904. 


a 465 


q 44 Decisions or Law 


{ 44. Consolidation of Churches. 


The Bishops have full power under the law and usage 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church to consolidate 
Churches and appoint one Pastor for the united Con- 
gregation. 

In so doing they exercise an authority which from the 
beginning of our distinct Church life has been held to be 
resident in the Bishop presiding in an Annual Conference 
by virtue of his power to ‘fix the appointments of the 
Preachers.” —Journal, 1900, p, 422, 


9 45. Union with Other Churches 

Whenever any Synod, Conference, Church Society, or 
other body of Christians, agreeing in doctrine with the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, shall desire to become a 
component part of said Church, the Annual] Conference 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church most nearly or con- 
veniently related, territorially, to such Synod, OConfer- 
ence, Church Society, or body, shall have power, with the 
consent of the Bishop presiding; on being satisfied with 
the agreement of such Synod, Conference, Church So- 
ciety, or body of Christians with the Methodist Hpiscopal 
Church in Doctrine and Discipline, to receive such or- 
ganization in a body into our communion. Ministers 
so received shall hold such relations and enjoy such 
privileges as they would hold or enjoy if admitted indi- 
vidually on their credentials. Members so received shall 
sustain the same relation to the local Church they would 
sustain if received individually by certificates. Before 
such reception, however, a properly authenticated register 
of such ministers and members shall be deposited with 
the Secretary of the Conference considering such recep- 
tion. In all cases of the reception of Churches, satis- 
factory assurance shall be given the Conference that the 
property shall be placed in the custody of Trustees of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church, and that the Churches 
will receive pastors appointed by the authority of the 

466 


Decisions oF Law G 47 


General Conference of said Church.—Jowrnal, 1896, 
p. 398. 


4] 48. Negotiations Between Preachers and People 


Direct negotiations between Pastors and Churches in 
advance of the making of the appointments by the 
Bishops are contrary to the spirit of our itinerant min- 
istry and subversive of our ecclesiastical polity, and as 
such should be discouraged by our Bishops, Pastors, and 
people.—Journal, 1884, p. 313. 


§ 47. Episcopal Administration 


The General Conference requests the Bishops, if they 
shall find it practicable, 

1. To arrange the Annual Conferences into groups 
covering contiguous territory. 

2. To form several groups of Conferences into 
districts. 

3. To assign the individual Bishops within said dis- 
tricts to preside for the ensuing quadrennium, in rotation, 
over the several Annual Conferences in such districts — 
~ Journal, 1908. 

4. To arrange their work so that they make at least 
two visits during the year in each Annual Conference 
within the United States which is assigned to them re- 
spectively, in addition to the time given to the holding 
of the Conference session, the said visits to be made for 
the purpose of overseeing the spiritual and temporal 
business of the Church as it is carried on in the several 
pastoral charges of the said Conference. 

5. The Treasurer of the Episcopal Fund is directed 
to pay the traveling expenses incurred by the Bishops in 
making said visits. But this direction shall not apply 
to cases where Bishops are invited by local churches, 
committees, or institutions to attend dedications, anni- 
yersary conventions, and such other functions as are not 
directly connected with the work of administration. 

467. 


q 48 TEMPERANCE 


CHAPTER V 
MISCELLANEOUS 


4 48. Temperance and the Prohibition of the Liquor 
Traffic 


GENERAL STATEMENT 


The Methodist Episcopal Church is a temperance so- 
ciety. We gratefully acknowledge the blessing of God 
upon our temperance endeayors and rejoice over the in- 
creasing tolerance and greater codperation among tem- 
perance workers. The progress of the past four years 
strengthens our convictions, increases our zeal, and re- 
news our faith for the greater and final struggle yet to 
come. 

In the language of the Episcopal Address: “There 
must not be any reaction from the wrath with which all 
good and Christian citizens pursue this lawbreaking and 
murderous traffic. It deserves neither charity nor mercy. 
There is no law it will keep, no pledge it will honor, 
no child it will not taint, no woman it will not befoul, 
no man it will not degrade. It falsely claims to be a 
great public interest because it employs thousands and 
pays heavy taxes. But no money in the pockets of em- 
ployees and no taxes in the treasury of the city, county, 
state, or nation can balance the monetary losses of the 
nation through this traffic. No profits, however real or 
immense, can compensate for the corruption of our poli- 
tics, the emptiness of the drunkard’s home, or the fullness 
of prisons and graves.” 

An enlightened citizenship and a vital piety demand 

468 


TEMPERANCE q 48 


the utter destruction of a traffic so accursed. The liquor 
traffic cannot be reformed. It is inherently unreform- 
able. An institution which outrages the divine law of 
love will never obey the police regulations of men. 
Therefore it must be destroyed, and with our Bishops 
we “pledge eternal enmity to this foe of God and man.” 
Our purpose is its extinction; our battle ery, “A saloon- 
less country, a stainless flag.” 


1. Personal Abstinence 


We declare our conviction that total abstinence from 
intoxicating beverages and narcotics is the duty of all 
our people of every clime and country. 


2. The License Policy 


We condemn the license policy. It is vicious in prin- 
ciple, utterly inconsistent with the purposes of enlight- 
ened government, and in practice a protection.to a traffic 
which is inherently criminal in its nature. The liquor 
traffic ‘cannot be legalized without sin.” 


3. Prohibition and Local Option 


We stand for the speediest possible suppression of the 
beverage liquor traffic. Under that divine law of abso- 
lute right which is the source of all human law the only 
proper attitude of civil government toward anything so 
harmful as the liquor traffic is that of absolute pro- 
hibition. 

We are in favor of reclaiming, never to be surrendered, 
every foot of territory which can be wrested from the 
liquor traffic as an additional base of operations for fur- 
ther aggression, which shall not cease until the world 
shall know no more this crime-breeding traffic. To this 
end, in the light of recent experience, and the practical 
results where, according to the Episcopal Address, 
“States which have been notoriously unfriendly to any 
temperance legislation, except general license, haye passed 

469 


TEMPERANCE Gq 48 


local option laws, which have been accepted by county 
after county until almost the whole State has banished 
the saloon,” we recommend that our people participate 
in every wise movement for local prohibition, commonly 
known as local option, as a ‘step toward State-wide pro- 
hibition, and then for State prohibition as preparation 
for that national victory which, in the fullness of time, 
is inevitable in the final triumph of right. 


4. Attitude of the Federal Government 


We memorialize Congress to prohibit the sale of intoxi- 
cating liquors in the District of Columbia, in our island 
possessions, and in all territory and buildings under the 
control of the Federal government, to the end that the 
government of the United States shall be freed from fur- 
ther complicity in the liquor traffic. 

We respectfully urge Congress to protect the States 
in the valid exercise of their acknowledged “police power” 
in the contro! of the liquor traffic by enacting effective 
interstate liquor shipment legislation, and insist that 
Congressional doubt as to the constitutionality of such 
legislation be resolved in the interests of the people and 
the public morals. 

We urge Congress by proper enactment to ‘iteasaaene 
issuing internal revenue liquor tax receipts to any per- 
son who cannot show State authority to engage in such 
traffie. 

We highly commend the action of Congress in comply- 
ing—in the act admitting Oklahoma to the Union—with 
our treaty obligations of moré than eighty years’ standing 
to protect the Indians of the five civilized tribes from the 
sale of liquor; also for refusing to restore the sale of 
intoxicating liquor at army posts and for continuing the 
prohibition of such sale at government soldiers’ homes. 


5. Temperance Instruction and the Pledge 


We urge upon pastors, Sunday school teachers, and 
all leaders of our young people the importance of teach- 
470 


TEMPERANCE q 48 


ing the value of total abstinence from the use of alcoholic 
liquors and tobacco in any form. And to this end we 
urge the most vigorous and constant prosecution of 
pledge-signing work through our Sunday schools, Ep- 
worth Leagues, and other young people’s societies. 

We protest against any attempting to repeal the scien- 
tifie temperance instruction laws which exist generally 
throughout the States, and recommend that by every 
Imeans at our command we encourage teachers in our 
public schools and higher institutions of learning to give 
such instruction in an interesting and practical manner. 


6. Our Own Temperance Society 


We heartily congratulate our own Temperance Society 
for its part in the advance movement of the past quad- 
rennium, and urge that it give the fullest possible codpera- 
tion to all wisely directed existing nonpartisan movements 
against the saloon. 


7. The Anti-Saloon League 


While the Church is peculiarly qualified to give tem- 
perance instruction and create sentiment against the 
liquor traffic, and cannot escape its responsibility for 
such work by turning it over to any organization which 
it does not directly control, yet since no denomination 
alone can successfully secure legislation or compel the 
enforcement of law, we recognize the fact that -our 
churches throughout the United States are already win- 
ning sweeping victories in this field through the Anti- 
Saloon League movement and are contributing large 
sums of money for its maintenance, therefore we indorse 
the Anti-Saloon League of America as a safe and effect- 
ive agency through which the membership of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church may coéperate with members of 
other churches and temperance organizations for united 
action against the saloon, and hereby call upon our 
churches and pastors to continue increasingly their codp- 
eration in earrying forward its work. 

471 


q 49, TEMPERANCE 


8. Other Organizations 


We rejoice in the existence of the many organizations 
whose object is to promote total abstinence and secure 
legal prohibition of the liquor traffic, and, recognizing 
the extent to which many of them, notably the Woman’s 
Christian Temperance Union, under the guiding genius 
of one of Methodism’s most illustrious women, have con- 
tributed to the present degree of progress and enlighten- 
ment on this question, commend them to the kindly and 
favorable consideration of our people. 


9. Political Action 


We recognize that the Church as an ecclesiastical body 
may not properly go into partisan politics nor assume to 
control the franchise of the citizen, yet we maintain 
that the time has come when the responsibility rests 
upon every Christian voter not only to oppose the saloon 
as a matter of abstract principle but to cast his ballot in 
the manner which will be most effective against the sa- 
loon and tend soonest to put the liquor traffic in “the 
course of ultimate extinction.” 

We record our deliberate judgment that no candidate 
for any office which in any way may have to do with the 
liquor traffic has a right to expect, nor ought he to re- 
ceive, the support of Christian men so long as he stands 
committed to the liquor interests or refuses to put him- 
self in an attitude of open hostility to the saloon. 

We hold that it is the duty of every Christian voter 
to vote for a reputable, qualified temperance candidate, 
upon another ticket, in preference to a disreputable or 
unfit one, controlled by the saloon, upon his own, to the 
end that righteousness, temperance, and morality may be- 
gome the normal activity of government everywhere, 


§ 49. Week of Prayer 


The General Conference regards the annual observance 
of the Week of Prayer in concert with the Christian 
472 


: APPORTIONMENTS q 52 


people of other denominations as highly salutary; as an 
appropriate recognition of the unity of the Church; as 
a suitable expression of faith in the efficacy of prayer; 
and as well calculated to promote the spirituality, the 
activity, and prosperity of the Church of Christ.— 
Journal, 1872, p. 230. 


4 50. Day of Prayer for Colleges 


The General Conference ordered this service to be 
observed hereafter on the last Thursday in January.— 
Journal, 1872, p. 442. vs 


4 51. Ministerial Support 


The Bishops are requested to appoint a commission, 
consisting of nine laymen, to compile statistics and 
gather information regarding the support of our minis- 
ters. This commission shall publish and distribute liter- 
ature and place before Methodism the need of better pas- 
toral support, and report to the General Conference of 
1912. 

The commission shall do its work without expense to 
the Church. 


{ 52. Benevolent Apportionments 


The time has come when we should rise above the 
apportionment basis for benevolent contributions to a 
largeness and liberality of giving which will be a fitting 
response to the calls which come to us through the provi- 
dence of God and the leadership of the Holy Spirit. We 
urge all our churches to remember that the apportion- 
ments for benevolent causes are a statement of what is 
needed for the maintenance of our work, and are utterly 
inadequate as the statement of what is demanded for our 
divinely assigned task of world-conquest. 

We should accept the apportionments as a minimum 

473 


q 53 FEDERATION 


requirement, a standard of what must be raised without 
a peradyenture, while at the same time we set before us 
the larger standard of the Golden Rule, and, loving our 
neighbors as we love ourselves, seek to make our gifts 
for spiritual ministry to others equal our, contributions 
for our own spiritual development, so that in. every 
church the standard shall be as much for benevolent work 
as for the support of the local congregation, 


{ 53. Federation 


The General Conference adopted the following rec- 
ommendations : 

1. That the Commission on Federation be continued 
for another quadrennium, and that its members be ap- 
pointed by the Board of Bishops. 

2. That said Commission be instructed to invite the 
Evangelical Association, the United Brethren, and such 
other branches of Methodism as it may believe are sym- 
pathetic, to confer through similar commissions concern- 
ing federation or organic union as in the judgment of the 
said Churches, respectively, may be most desirable; and 
to report to the General Conference of 1912. 

8. That we rejoice in the increasing evidences of 
closer fellowship and prospective union between the va- 
rious branches of colored Episcopal Methodism in the 
United States as one of the most striking and hopeful 
indications of the growth of the spirit of Christian unity, 
and hereby instruct the Commission on Federation to 
further these results as far as may be practicable, 

4. That a commission, consisting of one Bishop, 
three ministers, and three laymen, be appointed by the 
Board of Bishops to serve during the ensuing quadren- 
nium and report to the General Conference of 1912; 
whose duty it shall be to confer with similar commis- 
sions, if such shall be appointed; from the African Meth- 
odist Episcopal, the African Methodist Episcopal Zion, 

474 


FEDERAL CounciL G 54 


and the Colored Methodist Episcopal Churches concern- 
ing such questions as may lead to more harmonious 
codperation in extending the kingdom of Christ. 

5. That the Bishop who shall be a member of said 
Commission shall notify the General Conferences of the 
African Methodist Episcopal Church, the African Meth- 
odist Episcopal Zion Church, and the Colored Methodist 
Episcopal Church of our willingness to confer with sim-~ 
ilar commissions from these Churches.—Journal, 1908. 


| 54. Federal Council 


The General Conference concurs in the recommenda- 
tions of the Joint Commission on Federation as set forth 
in the following resolutions: 

“Resolved, That where there are churches of the two 
branches of Episcopal Methodism, and recommendations 
shall have been made by a joint committee from the Con- 
ferences of the Methodist Episcopal Church and the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, South, covering said terri- 
tory, and a majority of the membership of each of said 
churches shall have expressed the desire for union, such 
union shall be consummated with the approval of the 
Bishop of the Methodist Episcopal Church and the Bishop 
of the Methodist Episcopal Church, South, respectively, 
having Episcopal supervision. 

“Resolved, That the growth of the spirit of fraternity 
and of practical federation in evangelical churches in 
many communities, and especially in this country be- 
tween the Methodist Episcopal Church and the Methodist 
Episcopal Church, South, suggests the advisability of 
instituting a Federal Council for these two Churches, 
which, without interfering with the autonomy of the 
respective Churches and having no legislative functions, 
shall yet be invested with advisory powers in regard to 
world-wide missions, Christian education, the evangeliza- 
tion of the unchurched masses, and the charitable and > 

475 


{ 55 Merrsopist Prorestant Cuurca 


brotherly adjustment of all misunderstandings and con- 
flicts that may arise between the different Churches of 
Methodism. 

The above resolutions were also adopted by the Gen- 
eral Conference of the Methodist Hpiscopal Church, 
South, in 1906. 


4 55. Methodist Protestant Church 


Such has been the growth of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church and of the Methodist Protestant Church along 
the lines of their individual development, each gradually 
modifying its policy and practice to meet the enlarging 
demands confronting it, that providentially the radical 
differences of policy which occasioned their separation 
have been so nearly eliminated that many among the 
most godly in both Churches are convinced there is no 
longer sufficient cause for the maintenance of two dis- 
tinct ecclesiastical organizations. Having a common Ori- 
gin, holding a common faith, possessing so much of dis- 
cipline and policy in common, and above all haying a 
deep-rooted and growing conviction that the union of the 
various Methodisms would strengthen the local churches, 
secure economy of resources, make for aggressive evan- 
gelism, and hasten the kingdom of our Lord, they ear- 
nestly desire that the Methodist Episcopal and Methodist 
Protestant Church shall become organically one. 

The Methodist Episcopal Church most cordially invites 
the Methodist Protestant Church to unite with the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church in order that as one great Meth- 
odist body they and we may fulfill the better our indi- 
vidual commissions by preventing the waste of rivalry 
and exalting the God of peace.—Journal, 1908. 


{ 56. Inter-Church Conference 
The General Conference has, with profound gratitude 
to God, heard of the spirit of Christian fellowship and 
476 


EcumMENicaL CONFERENCES q 57 


unity which characterized the Inter-Church Conference 
on Federation, held in 1905; and heartily approves of 
the establishment of a Federal Council of the Churches 
of Christ in America, “to express the fellowship and 
catholic unity of the Christian Church, to bring the 
Christian bodies of America into harmonious service for 
Christ and the world, and to secure a larger combined 
influence for the churches in all matters affecting the 
moral and physical condition of the people.’’—Journal, 
1908. 


§ 57. Ecumenical Conferences 


We concur with the action of the Ecumenical Confer- 
ence of 1901 for- holding an Ecumenical Conference of 
all Methodism in 1911, said Conference to be held upon 
the American continent. 

The said Conference adheres to the original program 
as laid down by the Ecumenical Conference of 1881, 
with the addition that a place be given on the program 
for -woman’s work in Methodism under the auspices of 
the International Committee of Methodist women. 

The Conference consists of 500 delegates, 300 from 
the Western Section and 200 from the Eastern Section. 

The Bishops are requested to appoint a commission 
consisting of two Bishops, nine ministers, and nine lay- 
men, which commission shall notify the other Methodist 
denominations on the American continent of this action, 
requesting the appointment of similar commissions, and 
which, in union with such similar commissions from the 
other Methodisms of the American continent, shall con- 
stitute the Executive Committee of the Western Section. 
This commission shall be given full authority to arrange 
all details for said Conference in connection with the 
executive commission from the Eastern Section. 

The Bishops shall appoint the delegates from the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, which delegation shall con- 

477 


q 58 AMERICAN BisLE SOCIETY 


sist of six Bishops, two ministers, and two laymen, and 
as many others at large as our pro rata share will allow. 


{ 58. American Bible Society 


From the beginning our Church has recognized, en- 
couraged, and sustained the work of the American Bible 
Society. While we have introduced methods of our own, 
and organized societies to do much of the work which 
was formerly committed to it, yet there still remains an 
untilled field which the Bible Society is specially equipped 
for cultivating. 

The annual collection ordered by the Methodist Epis- 
copal Church ought to receive fitting attention and rec- 
ommendation. We specially commend the work of the 
agents of the Society and its auxiliaries in the country 
districts, which are s@ largely neglected by all the 
churches, and we earnestly recommend to all our Confer- 
ences covering such territory that public anniversaries 
of the Society be held at Conference sessions at least 
once during each quadrennium. 

The Committee has received with cxeiendiad interest 
and has fully and sympathetically considered the memo- 
rial of our missionaries in Mexico and South America, 
setting forth the urgent need of a common and univer- 
sally acceptable version of the Holy Scriptures in the 
Spanish language. We are deeply impressed by the self- 
evident character of this need, and the consensus of 
opinion among our missionaries as to the inadequacy of 
existing versions. The General Conference therefore rec- 
ommends to the favorable consideration of the American 
Bible Society and of the British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety the proposition for concurrent action on the part 
of these great Societies in the appointment of a com- 
petent and representative commission to undertake the 
preparation of the needed Spanish version. 

478 


Tur Cuvurcu anp SocraL, Proptems ¥ 59 


{ 59. The Church and Social Problems 


We believe that in the teachings of the New Testament 
will be found the ultimate solution of all the problems 
of our social order. When the spirit of Christ shall per- 
vade the hearts of individuals, and when his law of love 
to God and man shall dominate human society, then the 
evils which vex our civilization will disappear. 

We recognize the gravity of the social situation and 
the responsibility of the Church collectively, and of its 
members severally, for bringing about better conditions, 
through the practical application of the ethics of the New 
Testament. We welcome every indication of a desire to’ 
end disputes and hostilities and to find a basis of recon- 
ciliation, fraternity, and permanent codperation. We 
especially commend all those employers, whether indi- 
viduals or corporations, who, in the conduct of their busi- 
ness, have exhibited a fraternal spirit and a disposition 
to deal justly and humanely with their employees—par- 
ticularly as to wages, profit-sharing and ‘‘welfare work,” 
hours of ldbor, hygienic conditions of toil, protection 
against accidents, and willingness to submit differences 
to arbitration. We recognize the perplexities that arise 
in great industrial operations, and sympathize with 
those who, while carrying these burdens, are yet striving 
to fulfill consistently the law of Christ. We cordially 
declare our fraternal interest in the aspirations of the 
laboring classes, and. our desire to assist them in the 
righting of every wrong and the: attainment of their 
highest well-being. We recognize that the fundamental 
purposes of the labor movement are essentially ethical, 
and, therefore, should command the support of Christian 
men. We recognize further that the organization of 
labor is not only the right of the laborers and conducive 
to their welfare, but is incidentally of great benefit to 
society at large in the securing of better conditions of 
work and life in its educational influence upon the great 

479 


* 
{ 59 Tur CuuRcH AND Soctat PRoBLEMs 


multitudes concerned, and particularly in the Americani- 
zation of our immigrant population. 

We are gratified by the growth of the spirit of con- 
ciliation and the practice of conference and arbitration 
in adjusting trade disputes, and we trust that these 
methods may increasingly supplant those of strikes and 
lockouts, with attendant boycotts and blacklistings. We 


urge all our members, both employers and employed, to 


the fullest possible promotion of the principles of indus- 
trial peace and human brotherhood. We record our 
firm conviction that the Church of Jesus Christ, in so 
far as it is an employer of labor, either locally or 
through its general organizations, ought to exemplify in 
practice the principles herein set forth. 

The Methodist Episcopal Church stands— 

For equal rights and complete justice for all men in 
all stations of life. 

‘For the principle of conciliation and arbitration in 
industrial dissensions. 

For the protection of the worker from dangerous ma- 
chinery, occupational diseases, injuries, and mortality. 

For the abolition of child labor. 

For such regulation of the conditions of labor for 
women as shall safeguard the physical and moral health 
of the community. 

For the suppression of the “sweating system.” 

For the gradual and reasonable reduction of the hours 
of labor to the lowest practical point, with work for all; 
and for that degree of leisure for all which is the condi- 
tion of the highest human life. 

For a release for employment one day im seven. 

For a living wage in every industry. 

For the highest wage that each industry can afford, 
and for the most equitable division of the products of 
industry that can ultimately be devised. 


For the recognition of the Golden Rule and the mind 


of Christ as the supreme law of society and the sure 
remedy for all social ills. 
480 


Tue Cuurcu anv Soctan Proprems | 59 


We gladly recognize the increasing sense of responsi- 
bility on the part of the Christian Church at large for 
these great moral concerns of humanity. Our own 
Church in particular, historically and traditionally in 
close sympathy with the common people and ever diligent 
for their welfare, does not fail to recognize the greatness 
of its own opportunity in the present crisis and the con- 
sequent urgency of its duty. 

In this connection we note with satisfaction the or- 
ganization of the Methodist Federation for Social] Sery- 
ice, composed of members and friends of our Church, and 
of the Methodist Brotherhood. Their objects are “to 
deepen within the Church the sense of social obligation 
and opportunity, to study social problems from the Chris- 
tian point of view, to promote social service in the Spirit 
of Jesus Christ.” These objects we heartily approve. 

And now we summon our great Church to continue 
and increase its works of social service. We summon 
all our ministry, Bishops, District Superintendents, and 
Pastors, to patient study of these problems and to the 
fearless but judicious preaching of the teachings of 
Jesus in their significance for the mora] interests of 
modern society. We look to the press of our Church for 
enlightenment and inspiration. We look to our Brother- 
hoods, Sunday schools, and Epworth? Leagues to awaken 
and direct the spirit of social responsibility. We demand 
of eyery agency and organization of the Church that it 
shall touch the people in their human relationships with 
healing and helpfulness, and, finally, be it remembered 
that we cannot commit to any special agencies the charge 
that all the Church must keep. Upon every member 
rests, a solemn duty to devote himself with his posses- 
sions, his citizenship, and his influence to the glory of 
God in the service of the present age. And thus by their 
works, as by their prayers, let all “the people called 
Methodists” seek that kingdom in which God’s will shall 
be done on earth as it is in heaven. 


481 


{ 60 ConstiruTION ror SunDAY ScHooL 


CHAPTER VI 
FORMS 


{| 60. Constitution for a Sunday School 


ARTICLE I. This School shall be called the Sunday 
School of Hsia 09 , auxiliary to the Board of Sunday 
Schools of the Methodist Hpiscopal Church, and con- 
nected with the Quarterly Conference of ...... It shall 
consist of the Preacher in Charge, the Sunday School 
Committee appointed by the Quarterly Conference, the 
Officers, the Teachers, and the Pupils. 

ARTICLE II. The object of this School shall be the 
promotion of Christian character through the devout and 
diligent study of the word of God. 

ARTICLE III. The Local Sunday School Board shall 
consist of the Pastor, who shall be ew officio chairman, 
the Sunday School Committee appointed by the Quarterly 
Conference, the Superintendent, the Assistant Superin- 
tendents, heads of Aepartments, the duly elected Secre- 
taries, Treasurer, and Librarians, the Teachers of the 
School, the Assistant Teachers nominated and elected in 
the same way as the Teachers, and the President of the 
Sunday School Missionary Society. In case of with- 
drawal of Officers or Teachers from the School, they 
shall cease to be members of the Board. 

ARTICLE IV. The Superintendent shall be nominated 
annually by the Local Sunday School Board, and con- 
firmed by the Quarterly Conference at its next session 
after such nomination; and in case of a vacaney the 
Preacher in Charge shall superintend, or secure the su- 
perintending of, the School, until’such time as the Super- 
intendent nominated by the Local Sunday School Board 

482 


ConsTITUTION FoR SunDAY ScHooL 4 60 


be confirmed by the Quarterly Conference. The other 
Officers of the School shall be elected by the Board an- 
nually, by ballot, on ........ .. The Teachers of the 
School shall be nominated by the Superintendent, with 
the concurrence of the Pastor, and elected by the Board. 

ARTICLE V. Regular meetings of this Board shall be 
held on the ...... of each month, for the transaction 
of such business as relates to the interest of the School, 
at which the following order shall be observed: 1. Sing- 
ing and prayer. 2. Calling roll. 38. Reading minutes. 
4. Unfinished business. 5. Reports from Committees. 
6. Reports from Superintendents. 7. Report from Treas- 
urer. 8. Report from Librarian concerning the state of 
the Library and the number and kind of periodicals 
taken by the School. 9. Reports from the Pastor and 
from the Sunday School Committee. 10. Reports from 
the Teachers. 11. Miscellaneous. 

ARTICLE VI. At all meetings for business ..... shall 
constitute a quorum. 

ARTICLE VII. Special meetings of the Board may be 
called by the Pastor, the Superintendent, or by any 
three of the members. 

ARTICLE VIII. In case of the withdrawal of Officers 
or Teachers from the School they cease to be members 
of this Board; and the place of any Officer or Teacher 
habitually neglecting his or her duty, or being guilty of 
improper conduct, may be declared vacant by a vote of 
two thirds of the Board present at any regular or special 
meeting. : 

ARTICLE IX. Vacancies in offices may be filled at any 
monthly or special meeting, one month’s notice having 
been given of the election. 

ARTICLE X. This Constitution shall not be altered ex~ 
cept by two thirds of all the members present at a meet- 
ing called for that purpose; and such alterations must 
be in harmony with the provisions of the Discipline of 
the Methodist Episcopal Church.—Journal, 1876, p. 365; 
1884, p. 364. 

483 


{ 61 ConstiTuTIon For Missionary Socrery 


{ 6%. Constitution for Sunday School Missionary 
Societies 


ARTICLE I. This Society shall be called the Mission- 
ary Society of the ...... Methodist Sunday School, and 
shall be auxiliary to the Missionary Boards of the Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church. 

ARTICLE II. The object of this Society shall be to 
promote in all practical ways the interests of the Mis- 
sionary cause within the bounds of this School. 

ARTICLE III. All the members of this School shall be 
members of the Society. 

ARTICLE IV. The Officers of the Society shall be a 
President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer, who 
shall together constitute a Board of Managers, to be 
elected annually by the Sunday School Board on the 
ohetiecwOL 2x cupeint 

ARTICLE V! A part of the session of the School on 
the first Sunday of every month shall be set apart for 
Missionary exercises and the reception of gifts for the 
cause of Missions; and it shall be the duty of the Board 
of Managers to provide for such exercises, varying the 
program from month to month in such a way as to 
actively engage as many of the School as possible in 
acquiring and supplying information and inspiration on 
Missionary topics. The Managers shall also devise and 
set in vigorous operation whatever schemes they can, 
such as mite-boxes, collection cards, occasional Mission- 
ary concerts, or sales, ete., for increasing the Missionary 
contributions of the School. 

ARTICLE VI. The President shall preside during that 
part of the school time which is devoted to Missions ; 
the Secretary shall read at each monthly meeting a re- 
port of the previous meeting. The Treasurer shall hold 
the funds raised by the Society and pay them in equal 
amounts to the Board of Foreign Missions’ and the Board 
of Home Missions and Church Extension. The President, 

484 


: 


CHARGES Gq 62 


Secretary, and Treasurer shall make a semiannual report 
to the Society on the first Sundays of April and 
October. ; 

ARTICLE VII. Vacancies in the offices may be filled at 
any regular or special meeting of the Sunday School 
Board. 

ARTICLE VIII, This Constitution shall not be altered 
except by vote of two thirds of all the members of the 
Local Sunday School Board, at a meeting called for that 


purpose. 


{ 62. Charges 


In drafting charges and specifications for the trial of 
an accused member of the Church there should be a brief 
statement defining the offense by its generic name, such 
as “Defamation,” “Dishonesty,’ “Lying,” “Imprudent 
Conduct,” “Indulging Sinful Tempers or Words,” “Dis- 
obedience to the Order and Discipline of the Church,” 
“Neglecting Prayer Meetings,” “Neglecting Class Meet- 
ings,’ ete. Each charge should be accompanied with one 
or more specifications germane to the charge; and the 
following forms may serve to illustrate the manner of 
preparing charges and specifications. The charges and 
specifications must be so varied in the several cases as to 
meet the facts or evidence relied upon for conviction. 
The bill of charges should be signed by one or more mem- 
bers of the Church, and must be addressed to the Preacher 
in Charge of the Circuit or Station in which the accused 
person holds his membership. 


§ 1. IMMORAL CONDUCT 
Form No. I 
To A. B., Preacher in Charge of .... Circuit or Station: 


Dear Broruer: The undersigned, a Member of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, complains to you that C. D., 
485 


G 62 CHARGES 


a Member of the same Church, has been guilty of Im- 
moral Conduct, and he is hereby charged therewith as 
follows: 

CHARGE : DEFAMATION 


Specification 1. The said C. D., on the ...... day of 
...., 19...., at...., did write and publish, maliciously 
and in violation of the Rules of the Discipline, the fol- 
lowing false and libelous matter of and concerning HB. F., 
to wit: (Here copy the writing complained of.) ' 

Specification 2. The said C. D., on the...... day of 
...., 19...., at...., did utter and publish, maliciously 
and in violation of the Rules of the Discipline, the fol- 
lowing defamatory and libelous matter of and concerning 
H. F., to wit: (Here copy the matter published.) 

Specification 3. The said C. D., on the ......day of 

..-, 19...., at...., did, maliciously and in-violation of 
the Rules of the Discipline, speak, utter, and publish, in 
the hearing of divers persons, the following false and 
slanderous words concerning E. F., that is to say, “He 
(meaning the said HE. F.) is a thief’ [Signed] M. N. 


Form No. II 


[The address to the Preacher in Charge should be the 
same as in No, 1.] 
CHARGE: LYING 


Specification. The said C. D., on the .... day of ...., 
19...., at...., did, in violation of the Rules of the Dis- 
cipline, falsely and willfully say (here insert what was 
said), or words to that effect, knowing the statement to 
be’ misleading and false. [Signed] M. N. 


§ 2. IMPRUDENT AND UNCHRISTIAN CONDUCT 


In this class of cases preliminary labor is required 
before the accused person is liable to be arraigned and 
tried, and it should be averred in the complaint that such 
preliminary labor has been performed, for without such 

486 


CHARGES G 62 


averment there is nothing to show that the person is 
liable to be tried. The following form may be used: 


Form No. III 

To A. B., Preacher in Charge of .... Circuit or Station: 

DeAR BrorHer: Inasmuch as C. D., a member of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, indulged sinful tempers, and 
was afterward reproyed, as the Discipline provides; yet 
the said C. D. was guilty of a second transgression, and 
he was again reproved as the Discipline provides; yet, 
notwithstanding these repeated reproofs, the said C. D. 
continues impenitent and still persists in indulging sinful 
tempers, thereby bringing reproach upon the Church; 
therefore the undersigned complains to you of the con- 
duct of the said C. D., and charges him as follows: 


CHARGE: INDULGING SINFUL TEMPERS 


Specification. The said C. D., on the....day of...., 
ED Gian dg! SEs) afnieln , and at other times and places, namely 
(here specify times and places), did on three sey- 
eral occasions become angry ,and indulged in sinful 
tempers, in violation of the Rules of the Discipline. 

[Signed] M. N. 
Form No. IV 
To A. B., Preacher in Charge of .... Circuit or Station: 

DEAR BROTHER: Forasmuch as C. D., on the .... day 
of ....,19 ...., at ...., became angry and indulged sin- 
ful tempers, in violation of the Rules of the Discipline, 
and, though reproved therefor after the manner prescribed 
in the Discipline, he made no acknowledgment of the 
fault, and showed no proper humiliation, and he still con- 
tinues impenitent; therefore the undersigned complains 
to you of the conduct of C. D., and hereby charges him 
as follows: 


CHARGE: INDULGING SINFUL TEMPERS 


Specification. C. D., on the .... day of ...., at ...., 
became angry and indulged in sinful tempers, in violation 
487 


{ 62 CHARGES 

of the Rules of the Discipline; and, notwithstanding he 

has been reproved on account thereof, as the Discipiine 

provides, he has made no acknowledgment of the fault, 

and has shown no proper humiliation, but continues im- 

penitent, in violation of the Rules of the Discipline. 
[Signed] M. N. 


§ 3. NEGLECT OF THE MBANS OF GRACE 
Form No. V 


To A. B., Preacher in Charge of ....Cireuit or Station: 


Dear BroTHerR: Inasmuch as C. D., a member of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church, had for a long time neg- 
lected class meetings, and having so neglected was visited 
by the Preacher, who explained to him the consequences 
should he continue such neglect; and yet, notwithstanding 
such visit and explanation, he does not amend, but con- 
tinues to neglect class meetings, therefore the undersigned 
complains to you of the conduct of C. D., and hereby 
charges him as follows: 


i 


CHARGE: HABITUAL NEGLECT OF CLASS MEETINGS 


Specification. The said C. D., unmindful of his duty, 
and in violation of the Rules of the Discipline, does 
habitually neglect class meetings. [Signed] M. N. 


Nore.—It is sufficient to charge the offense by its generic name, and 
under such charge the complaint may set forth in specifications as many 
instances of the offense as it may seem proper to insert; provided, al- 
ways, the specification must sustain the charge. In preparing the 
charges and specifications care should be taken in setting out the offense 
so to describe it in each specification as that it shall embody the essential 
elements of the offense, that the accused may be apprised more certainly 
of the nature of the charge upon which he is to be arraigned and tried. 


488 


CoursEs oF Stupy Gq 64 


CHAPTER VII 
COURSES OF STUDY 


¥ 63, § 1. The General Conference earnestly recom- 
mends to all candidates for the Ministry of our Church 
that they complete a full collegiate course of study, and, 
if possible, a course in one of our Theological Schools, 
before applying for admission to an Annual Conference. 

§ 2. The General Conference further earnestly recom- 
mends to the Annual Conferences that they require as a 
minimum for admission a standard of scholarship equiva- 
lent to that prescribed by the University Senate for ad- 
mission to college—Journal, 1900, p. 449. 

{ 64, § 1. Certificates from our regular Theological 
Seminaries, Universities, and Colleges approved by our 
University Senate may be accepted by the Conferences, 
provided, (1) that each certificate shall distinctly show 
that the student has been a regular attendant on the class 
room instruction in the specified book; and (2) that he 
has passed a thorough examination in the book, gaining 
a standing equivalent to that fixed in § 65, § 5, it being 
understood that the Annual Conference shall examine all 
eandidates in regard to their personal attitude toward the 
Doctrine and Discipline of the Church. 

§ 2. Any Conference may also, at its discretion, accept 
similar certificates from the institutions above described, 
indicating like proficiency in any particular study. se- 
cured by the use of a different book or by lectures fully 
equivalent to the corresponding book in our Course of 
Study. 

§ 3. Similar certificates may also be accepted in all 
studies not biblical or theological from other than Meth- 

489 


q 65 Coursszs oF Stupy 


odist Colleges, if of equal grade with those approved by 
our University Senate, and in American history from 
academies or seminaries either approved by our Univer- 
sity Senate or of equal grade with those thus approved. 

§ 4. A certificate of graduation from one of our regu- 
lar Theological Seminaries may be accepted in place of 
an examination in all the biblical and theological studies 
of the various courses. 

§ 5. A certificate of admission #4 or graduation from 
any high school or academy of good standing may be .ac- 
cepted in place of an examination in “Hlementary HMnglish 
Branches.” 

§ 6. All certificates shall state the date when the 
studies were pursued. 

§ 7.. All examinations occurring after July 1, 1909, 
shall be upon the Courses of Study givea below. 


{ 65. Method of Conducting Conference Examinations 


§ 1. In each Annual Conference a Board of Exam- 
iners shall be appointed by the presiding Bishop, con- 
sisting of not less than eight nor more than twenty, care 
eing taken to select men with special qualifications for 
the work, to whom shall be referred all Preachers, both 
traveling and local, pursuing the Course of Study with 
a view to ordination or Conference membership. This 
Board shall be continued for a term of four years, sub- 
ject to reappointment. Vacancies to be filled at each ses- 
sion of the Annual Conference. 

§ 2. This Board shall organize by electing one of its 
members Chairman and another Registrar, the latter to 
keep a permanent record of the standing of the students, 
and report to the Conference when required. ‘This record 
shall include the credits allowed students for work done in 
Theological Seminaries and Colleges described in § 63. 

§ 8. The Chairman shall assign to each Hxaminer the 
books or subjects in which he is to give instruction by 

490 


Courses oF Srupy q 65 


correspondence and final examination, for which exam- 
ination he shall prepare and send to the Chairman printed 
or written questions, at least ten in number, two weeks 
before the time of examination. Vacancies occurring in 
the Board during the year may be filled by the Chairman 
until the ensuing Annual Conference. 

§ 4. One or two examinations may be held during the 
year in locations convenient to the students. These ex- 
aminations shall be under the personal supervision of i 
some member of the Board delegated by the Chairman. 

§ 5. The examinations shall be in writing, if prac- 
ticable, and in the presence of witnesses, and in that case 
the papers shall be sent to the Examiners to whom they 
belong respectively. Also in special cases the Chairman 
may appoint supervisors other than members of the Board 

- before whom students may write their examinations, and 
such supervisors shall sign the papers and send them to 
their respective Examiners. The examination shall be 
graded upon the scale of 100, and none below 70 per cent 
shall pass. The Examiners shall report the marking of 
each paper to the Registrar. 

§ 6. The provision for mid-year examinations shall 
not deprive any student of the opportunity of being ex- 
amined at the seat and time of the Annual Conference. 

§ 7. The Board of Examiners shall convene at the seat 
and time of the Annual Conference, the day before the 
session opens, to review and complete the work of the 
year; to examine any students who have not been ex- 
amined during the year, and to arrange for the work of 
the year to come.—Journal, 1896, p. 296; 1900. 


491 


{| 66 CoursEs oF Stupy—ENe.isH 
ENGLISH COURSES 


4 66. Traveling Preachers 
§ 1. ADMISSION ON TRIAL 


1. English Branches: 
(1) Elementary English. 
(2) Principles of Rhetoric-—Hill. 
(3), Outlines of History.—Swinton. 
. A Manual of Bible History.—Blaikie. 
. A Manual of Christian Doctrine.—J. S. Banks. 
A Plain Account of Christian Perfection— Wesley. 
The Discipline of Methodist Episcopal Church, 1908. 
Wesley and His Century.—Fitchett. 
. Written Sermon. 
To be Read: 
1. The Heart of John Wesley’s Journal.—Parker. 
2. Selections from the Writings of John Wesley— 
Welch. ‘ 
3. The Tongue of Fire-—Arthur. 
4, The Art of Study.—Hinsdale. 
5. The Art of Soul Winning.—Wahood. 


oe eC 


§ 2. First YEAR 


1. Divine Library of the Old Testament.—Kirkpatrick. 
2. System of Christian Doctrine, pp. 1-322.—Sheldon. 
8. Lectures on Homiletics.—Kern. 
4. Student’s American History—WVontgomery. 
5. Written Sermon. e 

To be Read: 


1. Sermons (Vol. I), I-XXXIII.— Wesley. 
2. A Compendious History of American Methodism.— 


Stevens. 
492 


Courszs oF Stupy—EnGLiIsH {| 66 


. The Heart of Asbury’s Journal.—Tipple. 

. Digest of Methodist Law.—Werrill. 

. Extemporaneous Oratory.—Buckley. 

How to Be a Pastor.—Cuyler. 

. The Social Message of the Modern Pulpit—Brown, 
. Methodist Review. 


OAD op ww 


§ 3. SEconp YEAR 


1. The Ancestry of Our English Bible—Price. 

2. System of Christian Doctrine, pp. 325-635.— 
Sheldon. 

3. Lessons in Logic.—Jevons. 

4, A Short History of the English People—Green. 

5. Hssay. 
To be Read: 

1. Sermons (Vol. 1), XXXIV-LVIII.—Wesley. 

2. History of Methodism, Vol. I.—Stevens. 

3. History and Exposition of the Twenty-five Articles 
of Religion of the Methodist Episcopal Church.— Wheeler. 

4, English and American Literature.—Beers. 

5. The Pastor and Modern Missions.—WMott. 

6. How to Conduct a Sunday School.—Lawrance. 

7. The Church and the Social Problem.—Plantz. 

8. Methodist Review. 


§ 4. THIRD YEAR 


1. Biblical Hermeneutics.—Terry. 

2. Outlines of Descriptive Psychology.—Ladd. 

8. Outlines of Universal History, Parts I and II.— 
Fisher. 

4. History of the Christian Church, Vol. I.—Hurst. 

5. The Land of Israel.—Stewart. 

6. Written Sermon. 

493 


7 67 Coursss oF Stupy—Ene.Lisa 


To be Read: 
1. History of Methodism, Vol. II.—Stevens, 
2. History of Western Europe.—Robinson, 
3. Christianity and the Social Crisis—Rauschenbusch. 
4. Psychological Principles of Education.—Horne. 
5. The Supernatural Book.—Foster. 
6. Hymn Treasures.—Hverett. 
7. Methodist Review. 


§ 5. FourtH YEAR 


. Grounds of Theistic and Christian Belief.—Fisher. 
. Analogy of Religion— Butler. 
. Christian Ethics.—Smyth. 
. Outlines of Universal History, Part I1I.—Fisher. 
History of the Christian Church, Vol. 1I1.—Hurst. 
. Essay. 
To be Read: 

1. History of Methodism, Vol. III.—Stevens. 

2. Sociology.—C. D. Wright. 

3. Life and Epistles of Saint Paul——Conybeare and 
Howson. 

4, The Study of the Child.—Taylor. 
The Governing Conference in Methodism.—WNeely. 
. Pentateuch.— Bissell. 
Social Aspects of Religious Institutions.——HEZarp. 
8. Methodist Review. 


OP oo De 


ECDC 


{ 67. License to Preach 


Candidates for License to Preach are to be examined in 
the common branches of an English education, and on 
their general knowledge of the Bible, and of the Doctrines 
and Usages of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 

494 


Courszs oF Stupy—Locat PreacHEers § 68 


{ 68. Local Preachers 


LOr, for Traveling Preachers at the option of the Annual Conference, 
as indicated in the subjoined notes.] 

Noves.—1l. Any Conference, with the concurrence of the Bishop pre- 
siding, may adopt this course for its Traveling Preachers instead of the 
foregoing four-years’ course; provided, however, that any Class for 
which this course was adopted shall continue in the same until the com- 
pletion of the four-years’ course. 

2. In the case of Local Preachers who are candidates for the Travel- 
ing Ministry, examinations may be suspended while they are pursuing 
regular Courses of Study in our Theological Seminaries or Universities 
or Colleges approved by the University Senate until they shall become 
candidates for Deacons’ or Elders’ orders. 


§ 1. First Year 


1. A Manual of Bible History.—Blaikie. 
2. Theological Compend.—Binney. 
3. Christian Baptism.—WVerrill. 
4. A Manual of Christian Evidence.—Row. 
5. One Thousand Questions on Methodism.— Wheeler. 
To be Read: 
. Discipline, 1908. 
Hints to Self-Educated Ministers.—Porter. 
John Wesley the Methodist. A Biography. 
. The Tongue of Fire—Arthur. 
The Why, When, and How of Revivals.—allalieu. 


G1 9 bo 


§ 2. Sreconp YEAR 


. Systematic Theology, Vol. I—Raymond. 
. A Short History of the Christian Church. (Early 
and Medizval Periods. )—Hurst. 

3. Discipline, 1908. (Parts I-V.) 

4. A History of Methodism. (Abridged.)—Stevens. 

5. Essay. 
To be Read: 

1. Lectures on Preaching.—Simpson. 

2. How to Study~ the Bible—Clifford, Moule, and 
others. 

3. Life of Christ—Stalker. 
495 


Ne 


{ 69 Covursxs or Srupy—LocaL PREACHERS 


§ 38. Turrp YEAR 


1. Systematic Theology, Vol. II.—Raymond. 

2. A Plain Account of Christian Perfection Wesley. 

3. Doctrinal Aspects of: Christian Experience.— 
Merrill. 

4. A Short History of the Christian Church. (Refor- 
mation and Modern Period. )—Hurst. 

5. The Discipline, 1908. (Part VI to end.) 

6. Essentials of Argumentation.—WUcEwen. 

7. Written Sermon. 
To be Read: 

1. Living Thoughts of John Wesley.—Potts. 

2. Life of Saint Paul.—Stalker. 


§ 4. FourtH YEAR 

Systematic Theology, Vol. I1I.—Raymond. 
Introduction to New Testament.—Dods. 
A Digest of Methodist Law.—Werrill. 
. Written Sermon or Hssay. 
To be Read: 

1. The Christian Life. (Ethics.)—Paulus. 

2. Love Enthroned.—Steele. 


PwONH 


. 


4 69. Local Preachers who are Candidates for Orders 


§ 1. DEAcons’ ORDERS 


Local Preachers who are Candidates for Deacons’ 
Orders are required to pass a Satisfactory examination 
at the Annual Conference, in review of the entire four- 
years’ course prescribed for Local Preachers. 


§ 2. ELDERS’ OrpDERS 


Local Deacons who are Candidates for Elders’ Orders 
are required to pass a satisfactory examination at the 
Annual Conference on the following books: 

496 


Coursrs or Stupy—Cuass Leavers § 71 


1. A Manual of Christian Doctrine—J. S. Banks. 

2. Lectures on Homiletics.—Kern. 

3. Life and Epistles of Saint Paul.—Conybeare and 
Howson. 


§ 70. Class Leaders 


1. Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal Church, 
1908. 
Episcopal Address to Class Leaders. 
The Drill Master of Methodism.—G@oodell. 
The Class Meeting.—F'iteGerald. 
The Why of Methodism.—Dorchester. 
A Plain Account of Christian Perfection.— Wesley. 
7. Doctrinal Aspects of Christian Experience.— 
Merrill. 

8. Father Reeves.—Corderoy. 

9. Memoir of Carvosso. 

10. A Manual of Christian Doctrine.—J. S. Banks. 

11. Seed Thought.—Robinson. : 

12. A Manual of Bible History.—Blaikie. 

13. Outlines of Church History.—Hurst. 

14. History of Methodism. (Abridged. ) —Stevens. 
Books of Reference : 

1. International Bible. 

2. Handbook of Bible Geography.— Whitney. 

38. Handbook of Bible Manners and Customs.— 
Freeman. 

4, Handbook of Bible Biography.—Barnes. 


1D OUP oo bo 


{ 71. Deaconesses 


1. Training Schools for Deaconesses may add at their 
discretion to the studies below for examination under the 
direction of the Conference Boards, other topics of in- 
struction, particularly such as relate to methods of work. 

32 497 


41 71 Couxsxs or Srupy—DxaconzssEs — 


But examination in these shall not be required by Confer- 
ence Boards in order to graduation, 

2. Candidates preparing to be nurses will pursue the 
regular course of training for that purpose in a school 
connected with some good hospital, preferably one under 
the care of the Methodist Episcopal Church, provided 
that in doing so Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 6 in first year, and 
Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5 in second year shall not be omitted. 

8. All candidates must pass in Hlementary Hnglish 
Branches, such as are usually required to secure a com- 
mon school teacher’s certificate, or for admission into 
secondary or high schools. 


§ 1. First YEAR 

The English Bible. 

1. The Pentateuch and Historical Books to the Cap- 
tivity. 

2. The New Testament. The Gospels. 

3. A Manual of Bible History.—Blaikie. 

4. Life of Christ— Stalker. 
» 5. One Thousand Questions on Methodism.— Wheeler. 

6. Standard Catechism of the Methodist Episcopal 
Church. 

7. Discipline Methodist Episcopal Church, 1908. 
To be Read: 

1. Life of Wesley.—Telford. 

2. History of American Methodism, abridged, one vol.— 
Stevens. 

8. Love Enthroned.—Steele. 

4. Deaconesses.— Wheeler. 


§ 2. Seconp YEAR 
The English Bible. 


1. The Historical Books after the Captivity, and the. 


Poetical and Prophetical. Books. 
2. The New Testament. The Acts, the Hpistles, and 
Book of Revelation. : 
3. Tea®ter-Training Lessons.—Hurlbut. y 
498 


Courstes or Stupy—GerERMAN q 72 


4. Christian Ethics.—Davidson. 

5. Life of Paul.—Stalker. 

6. Binney’s Compend. 

7. Social Law of Service.—Ely. 
To be Read: 

1. History of the Christian Church, Vol. I.—Dryer. 

2. The Tongue of Fire.—Arthur. 

3. Foreign Missions of the Protestant Churches.— 
Baldwin. 

4. The Heart of Asbury’s Journal.—Tipple. 

5. Manual for Nursing.—Weeks. | 

Throughout the course the student shall present a 
written statement as to whether she has or has not given 
to each book a careful reading, and shall submit a sylla- 
bus of some one chapter or subject to be previously an- 
nounced by the Conference Deaconess Board. 

The following books are named as being helpful in 
pursuing the course of study: 
. A History of the New Testament Times.—WVatthews. 
. From the Exile to the Advent.—Fairweather. 
The Son of Man.—Alezrander, 
. Deaconesses.—Mrs, L. R. Meyer. _ 
. Deaconesses in Europe.—wWrs. J. B. Robinson. 


Or 9 DOE 


GERMAN COURSES 


{ 72. Reiseprediger 
§ 1. ZULASSUNG AUF PROBE 


. Grdsserer Katechismus.—Wast. 

Wesley und seine Mitarbeiter.—Wast. 

Die Kirchenordnung, 1908. (I-IV Teil). 

. Die Christliche Erfahrung.—Werrill. 

Das Leben Jesu.—Weitbrecht. 

. Ein Aufsatz, in welchem der Kandidat einen Bericht 
499 ¢ 


> OR co DD 


q 72 Coursrs or Stupy—GzrMan 


ueber seinen Bildungsgang, seine Bekehrung und seine 
Berufung zum Predigtamte gibt. 
Zum Lesen?; 

Die Religiés-sittliche Erzihung der Jugend—Hertzler. 


§ 2. ERsTEes JAHR 


1. Christliche Glaubenslehre.—Sulzberger. (§§ 9-20.) 

2. Hinleitung—Weber. (Zwélfte Auflage. (§§ 1-29.) 

38. Weltgeschichte in _ iibersichtlicher Darstellung.— 
Weber. (I Buch.) 

4. Kirchengeschichte—Kurtz. (Erster Band, BErster 
Teil.) 

5. Heilige Geschichte—Kurtz. (§§ 8-58.) 

6. Die Kirchenordnung, 1908 (V-IX Teil), und Digest. 
—WMerrill. 

7. Homiletik—Wunz. 

8. Lehrbuch der deutschen Sprache.—Lyon. (I Haelfte. ) 

9. Eine geschriebene Predigt tiber den Fall des Men- 
schen und seine Erlésung dureh Jesum Christum. 
Zum Lesen: 

1. Wesleys Predigten. (Deutsche Ausgabe, 1 Band.) 

2. Die feurige Zunge.—Arthur. 

* 
§ 3. ZwEITES JAHR 


1. Christliche Glaubenslehre—Sulzberger. (I Haupt- 
teil.) 

2. Einleitung—Weber. (§§ 31-53 und Anhang.) 

3. Weltgeschichte in  iibersichtlicher Darstellung.— 
Weber. (II und III Buch.) 

4. Kirchengeschichte.—Kurtz. (Hrster Band, Zweiter 
Teil.) ; 

5. Heilige Geschichte.—Kurtz. (§§ 59-111.) 

6. Das Christliche Heilsleben.—Paulus. (1 Teil.) 

7. Biblische Altertiimer.—Calwer Verein. (§§ 1-114.) 


1 Die Kandidaten sollen schriftlich bezeugen dass sie die betreffenden 
Buecher gelesen haben, und haben einen Auszug aus einem von den 
Examinatoren bezeichneten Kapitel einzuhindigen. 

500 


CoursEes or Stupy—GERMAN Gq 72 


8. Lehrbuch der Deutschen Sprache—Lyon. (II 
Haelfte.) 

9. Hine geschriebene Predigt iiber die Rechtfertigung 
durch den Glauben. Oder eine Abhandlung tiber das 
Verhiltnis der Busse zum Glauben. 

Zum Lesen : 

1. Geschichte der Bischéflichen Methodisten Kirche— 
Stevens. (Deutsche Ausgabe, I Band.) 

2. Die Evangelische Mission.—Gwndert. 

3. Das volle, gegenwirtige Heil—Jellinghaus. (I Teil.) 


§ 4. DRitTES JAHR 


1. Christliche Glaubenslehre.—Sulzberger. (II Haupt- 
teil.) 

2. Hinleitung—Weber. (Neues Testament.) 

3. Weltgeschichte in iibersichtlicher Darstellung. 
Weber. (4V Buch.) 

4 Kirchengeschichte—Kurtz. (Zweiter Band; Erster 
Teil.) 

5. Heilige Geschichte—Kurtz. (§§ 112-185.) 
- 6. Das Christliche Heilsleben—Paulus. (II Teil.) 

7. Biblische Altertiimer.—Calwer Verein. (§§ 115-142.) 

8. Eine geschriebene Predigt itiber Wiedergeburt und 
Heiligung. 
Zum Lesen: 

1. Christologische Betrachtungen—Van Oosterzee. 
(Bearbeitet yon Nast.) 

2. Das biblische Christentum und seine Gegensiitze.— 
Nast. 

3. Das yolle, gegenwirtige Heil.—Jellinghaus. (1! 
Teil.) 


§ 5. VIERTES JAHR 


1, Christliche Glaubenslehre.—Sulzberger. (III Haupt- 
teil.) 
2. Hinleitung— Weber. (Wiederholung des ganzen 
Buches.) ‘ 
501 


q 73 Courses oF Stupy—GErRMAN 


8. Weltgeschichte in  iibersichtlicher Darstellung— 
Weber. (V Buch.) 

4. Kirchengeschichte.—Kurtz. (Zweiter Band, Zweiter 
Teil.) 

5. Biblische Seelenlehre.—Beck, 

6. Apologetische Vortriige ueber die Grundwahrheiten 
des Christentums.—Luthardt, 

7. Neutestamentliche Theologie—Van Oosterzee. 

8. Hine geschriebene Abhandlung iiber eines der Sakra- 
mente oder beide. 

Zum Lesen: 

1. Naturstudium und Christentum.—Betteg. 

2. Der Glaube im Neuen Testamente.—Schlatter. 

3. Die Mitarbeit der Kirche an der Lésung der sozialen 
Frage.—Nathusius. Oder: Christ and the Social Ques- 
tion.—Peabody. 

4, Geschichte der deutschen Literatur.—Howard. 


{ 73. Lokalprediger 
§ 1. BEVOLLMAECHTIGUNG ZUM PREDIGEN 


Die Kandidaten fiir Bevollmichtigung zum Predigen 
sollen eine Priifung bestehen tiber ihre Bibelkenntnis und 
Bekanntschaft mit den Lehren und Gebriiuchen der 
Bischéflichen Methodisten Kirche. 


§ 2. HRsTES JAHR 


1. Heilige Geschichte.—Kurte. (Altes Testament.) 

2. Der gréssere Katechismus der Bischéflichen Metho- 
disten Kirche.—WNast. 

3. Die Kirchenordnung. (Ausgabe yom Jahr 1908.) 
Zum Lesen: 

1. Die Christliche Erfahrung auf den verschiedenen 
Stufen des Gnadenwerks.—WVerrill. 

2. Wesley und seine Mitarbeiter.—Wast. - 

502 


Courses oF Stupy—Norwecian-DanisH © 74 


§ 3. ZWEITES JAHR 


1. Heilige Geschichte—<Aurtz. (Neues Testameni.) 
2. Wesleys Predigten. (Deutsche Ausgabe, I Band.) 
3. Die Kirchengeschichte-——Calwer Verein. 
Zum Lesen : 
1. Geschichte Deutschlands; oder der Vereinigten 
Staaten ; yon irgend einem anerkannten Verfasser. 


§ 4. DritTes JAHRE 


1. Die feurige Zunge—Arthur. 

2. Wesleys Predigten. (II Band.) 

3. Christliche Vollkommenheit.—W esley. 

4, Glaubensartikel und Haupilehren.—Sulzberger. 
Zum Lesen: 

1. Das Christliche Heilsleben—Paulus. 

2. Das Leben Jesu.—Weitbrecht. 


. § 5. VIERTES JAHRE 


Wiederholung des yorhergehenden dreijahrigen Kursus. 
Zam Lesen : 

1. Geschichte der Bischéflichen Methodisten Kirche— 
Stevens. 

2. Die Haupitlehren des Methodismus.—Paulus. 

3. Biblische Altertiimer.—Calwer Verein. 


NORWEGIAN AND DANISH COURSES 


{ 74. Predtkanter 
§ 1. OPTAGELSE PAA PROVE 


1. Grammatik.—Hofgaard. 
2. Geografi.—Horns Nr. 1, eller Erslevs Nr. 2. 
3. Nordens Historie-—EHricksen. 
4. Feedrelandets Historie. 
5. Methodismens Historie—Bennett. 
503 


{74 Courses or Stupy—Norweeian-Danisu 


6. Sammendrag af Theologien.—Binney. 
7. Skreven Selybiografi. 

Til Lesning: 
1. Methodistkirkens Disciplin. 


§ 2. I AARSKLASSE 


. Theologi— Wakefield. (Pag. 1-146.) 
Verdenshistorie—Schjétt. (Oldtiden.) 
Kirkehistorie—Schwyvid. (Forste Hovedperiode.) 
. Pastoraltheologi—Nippert. : 

. Bibelnéglen.—J ensen-Fogh. 

. Methodistkirkens Disciplin. (I-1V Del.) 

. Kristelig Hrfaring.—WMerrill. 

. Skreven Prediken om Forsoningen. 


OAATR woe 


§ 3. Il AARSKLASSE 
Theologii— Wakefield. (Pag. 147-404.) 
Homiletik.— Nippert. 
Verdenshistorie—Schjott. (Middelalderen. ) 
Kirkehistorie-—Schmid.. (Anden MHovedperiode.) 
Logik.—Jevons. 
Ethik.—Martensen. (Pag. 1-75.) 
Methodistkirkens Disciplin. (V-VII Del.) 
Skreven Preediken om Retfediggjévilsen. 
Lesning: 
. Kristelig Fuldkommenhed.—Fletcher. 
History of Methodism.—Stevens. (Vol. I.) 


lar 
NEF OAD PWD Ee 


§ 4. III AARSKLASSE 
Theologii—Wakefield. (Pag. 405-645.) 
Verdenshistorie.—Schjétt. (Nyere Tid.) 
Kirkehistorie—Schmid. (Tredie Hovedperiode.) 
Literaturhistorie. Broch og Seip. 

Sjele og Tzenkelere—Fr. Nielsen. (Pag. 1-63.) 
Ethik—Martensen. (Pag. 76-3800.) 
Presten Hjemene og i Kirken.—Spurgeon. 


OADM TP wh 


jévelsens indbyrdes Forbindelse. 
504 


Skreven Afhandling om Gjenféldelsens og Helligg- 


Coursrs oF Stupy—NorweciAn-DanisH 4 75 


Til Lesning: 
1. Ildtungen.—Arthur. 
2. History of Methodism.—Stevens. (Vol. II.) 


§ 5. IV AARSKLASSE 


. Theologi— Wakefield. (Pag. 646-780.) 
Lectures on Preaching.—Simpson. 
. Sjzle og Tenkelere—Fr. Nielsen. (Pag. 64-96.) 
Ethik.—Martensen. (Pag. 301-590.) 
. Den hellege Skrifts Historie-—Olafsen. 
Modern Sunday School.—Vincent. 
. Skreven Afhandling om Inspirationen. 
Pil ee 
1. Evangelists Siersgang.—Ussing. 
2. History of Methodism.—Stevens. (Vol. III.) 


PID OR OOD 


4 75. Lokaldiakoner, etc., etc. 


§ 1. LocALPR2DIKANTBEMGUDIGELSE 
_Methodistkirkens Katikismus. 
Bibelhistorie. 
Haandsrekning til en Lokalpredikant.—Olsen. 
Methodismen, Dansk Forlag. 
. Disciplin, I-III. 


§ 2. I AARSKLASSE 
1. Theologi.—Binney. 
2. Disciplin, IV-V. 
3. Kirkehistorie—F'r. ace: (Ledetraad indtil Re- 
formationen. ) 
4. Disciplinens Haandbog.—Werrill. 


§ 3. II AARSKLASSE - 
1. Theologi—Ralston. (1-11 Forelesning.) 
2. Disciplin, VI-VII Del. 
3. Kirkehistorie—Fr. Nielsen. (Ledetraad Reforma- 
tionen. ) 


SP wh 


505 


q 76 CoursEs or Stupy—SweEbiIsH 


§ 4. III AARSKLASSE 
1. Theologi—Ralston. (11-20 Forelesning.) 
2. Bibelnéglen.—Jensen-F'ogh. 
3. Verdenshistorie.—Schj6tt. (Oldtilden og Middelal- 
deren. ) 

§ 5. IV AARSKLASSE 
Theologi—Ralston. (12-32 Forelesning.) 
Verdenshistorie.—Schjétt. (Nyere Tid.) 
Sammendrag af Theologien.—Binney. 


a 


§ 6. LOKALDEAKONS ORDINATION 
Kristelig Erfaring—WMerrill._ 
. Kirkehistorie—Fr. Nielsen. (Ledetraad.) 
. Nordens Historie.—Hricksen eller Oltosen 
. Grammatik.—H ofgaard. 
Methodismens Historie.—Bennett. 
Leerebog i Bibelhistorien.—Vogt. 
. Skreven Prediken om Daaben. 


AD TP wD 


§ 7. LOKALZLDSTES ORDINATION 
Preesten Hjemene og i Kirken.—Spurgeon 
Verdenshistorie.—Schjétt. 
Literaturhistorie. Broch og Seip. 
Skreven Selvbiografi. 

Skreven Prediken om Nadveren. 


OP wh Pp 


SWEDISH COURSES ~— 


{ 76. Rese-Predikanter 


§ 1. InTRApDE PA PROF 
1. Katekesen. (Stérre upplagan.)—Wast. 
2. Kyrkoordning.—M. B®. Kyrkans disciplin. 
3. Metodist-Episkopalkyrkans trosbekiinnelse.—Sulz- 
berger. 
4. Biblical Geography and History.—Hurlbut. 
506 


Courses oF Stupy—SwepisH {4 76 


5. Lirobok i Virldshistorien.—Zachrison. 

6. Svensk spraklira. —Sundén 
Bocker till Lisning: 

1. Doctrinal Aspects of Christian Hxperience.— 
Merrill. 

2. Wesleys Predikningar. (F%érsta bandet.) 


§ 2. FOrRSTA Aret 

1. Systematic Theology.—Wiley.. (Introduction and 
Parts I and II.) 

2. Kyrkohistoria.—Hammerick. (Forsta delen.) 

8. Kristlig fullkomlighet.—Fletcher. 

4, Lirobok i naturkunnighet.—Berg och Linden. 

5. Hn skrifven oration. Valfritt imne. (Vid denna 
ligges sirskild vikt vid den grammatiska och stilistiska 
behandlingen. ) 

Bocker till Lisning: 

1. Wesleys Predikningar. (Andra bandet.) 

2. Evangelii fulla vilsignelse-—Foster. 

8. Bibelkiinnedom.—Kiibel. (KF %orsta bandet.) 


§ 3. ANDRA Aner 


Systematic Theology.—MJiley. (Parts III and IV.) 
Kyrkohistoria—Hammerich. (Andra delen.) 
. Bibeltolkningens lagar.—Hdgren. 
. Homiletics.—Kidder. 
English Grammar.—Waawell. 
. Afhandling 6fver det kristna dopet. 
Bicker till Lisning: 
1. Det Kristna Dopet.—F airfield. 
2. Bibelkinnedom.—Kiibel. (Andra bandet.) 
3. Vittra Skrifter—Pontus Wikner. 


o> OT ym oo BO pe 


§ 4, TREDJE Arer 
1. Systematic Theology.—Miley. (Parts V and VI.) 
2. Christian Archzology.—Bennett. (Revised by 
Patten.) 
507 


ol Courses or Stupy—SweEpisH 


3. Sjiiele-och Tankeliiere.—Wielsen. 

4. Nord-Amerikas Férenta Stater.—Svedelin och 
Nystrom. 

5. En tematisk predikan. 
Bécker till Liisning: 

1. Lectures on Preaching.—Simpson. Y 

2. History of the Methodist Episcopal Church.— 
Stevens. (Vols. I and II.) 

3. Naturens lagar och Andens virld.—Drummond. 


§ 5. FJARDE Arner 


. Foundations of Christian Faith.—Rishell. 
. Logik.—Sjéberg och Klingberg. 
Etik.—Sundelin. 
Svensk Litteraturhistoria.— Warberg. 
The Christian Pastorate.—Kidder. 
. Afhandling 6fver helgelsen. 
Bicker till Lisning : ; 
1. Bibeln-Dess betydelse och auktoritet—Farrar. 
2. Inledning till jimférande Religionsvetenskapen.— 
Miiller. 
3. History of the Methodist Episcopal Church.— 
Stevens. (Vols. III and IV.) 


> OUR 9 ho 


9 77. Lokalpredikanter 
§ 1. Férsta Arzr 


1. Katekes. (Stérre upplagan.)—Wast. 
2. Palistina, det heliga landet.—Hriksons férlag. 
3. Kyrkoordning, 1908. (Del. I-II.) 
4, Allmin historia.—Pira. 
Bocker till Lisning: 
1. Wesley och hans samtida. 
2. Wesleys Predikningar. (Férsta bandet.) 
508 


i. 


Coursrs or Stupy—SwepisH q 77 


§ 2. AnpRA Arner 


1. Metodist Hpiskopalkyrkans trosbekiinnelse—Sulz- 
berger. 

2. Seder och bruk hos de i bibeln omtalade folken.— 
Eriksons férlag. 

3. Kyrkohistorien.—Lévgren. (Gamla_ tiden.) 

4. Kyrkoordning, 1908. (Del. III-V.) 
Bocker till Lisning: 

1. Wesleys Predikningar. (Andra bandet.) 

2. Bjurstens lisebok. 


§ 3. Trepse Arer 
1. Geografi.—Celander. 
2. Bibelns kinnedom.—Welander. 
8. Kyrkoordning, 1908. (Del. VII-IX.) 
4. Kyrkohistoria—JLévgren. (Medeltiden.) 
5. Afhandling om nya fédelsen. 
Bocker till Lisning: 
1. Metodistkyrkans historia.—Porter. 
2. Det kristna Dopet.—Fairfield. 


§ 4. Fsarpe Arer 
1. Lirobok i bibelkunskap.—K éijser. 
2. Kyrkohistoria—JLoévgren. (Nya tiden.) 
3. Krisilig fullkomlighet—Fletcher. 
4. Afhandling om rittfirdiggérelsen. 
Bocker till Lisning: 
1. Den heliga historien— Kurtz. 
2. Theological Compendium. (Improved. )—Binne:: 


§ 5. LOKALDIAKONER 
1. Ofversikt af kursen fér lokalpredikanter. 


§ 6. LoKALALDSTE 


1. Ofversikt af de bibliska biéckerna.—Brodén. 
2. Theological Compendium. (Improved. )—Binney. 
8. Svensk spraklira i sammandrag.—Sundén. 
4. Afhandling om sakramenten. 
509 


q 78 CoursEs or Stupy—F Innis 


FINNISH COURSES 


Swedish-speaking preachers are permitted to choose 
~corresponding books in Swedish, according to the direc- 
tion of the Board of Examination. 


DCON DOP WNP 


10. English Grammar. Translations from English to 
the native tongue.—Braekke. 


{ 78. Traveling Preachers 


§ 1. ADMISSION ON TRIAL 
Larger Catechism.—WNast. 
Introduction to the Bible-—Waaranen. 
Wesley and His Companions.— Waaranen. 
History of Finland.—Forsstrom. 
The Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal Church. 


. Geography.—Lagerblad. 


Arithmetic.—Bansdorff. 


. Finnish Grammar.—/ dnnes. 


. Swedish Grammar.—Lagerblad, 


11. A Written Sermon on the Call to Preach. 


ae 
2. 
Godet.* 
o 
4. 
Oy. 
6. 
ve 


§ 2. First YEAR 


Dogmatics. (Part I.)—Sulzberger. 
Exegesis in the ‘Synoptic Gospels according to 


Statistics in the mother tongue. : : 
Syntax of Finnish language.—Setala. 


Syntax of Swedish language.—Lagerblad. 


Anthropology.—Sjoberg. 
English Grammar. Oral translations from the 


mother tongue into English.—Braekke. 


8. 


A Written Sermon on Conversation. | 


To be Read: + (1) Wesley’s fifty-three sermons. First 2 
Part. 2. Foundation Truths of Christianity —Luthardt. : 


1Examining Committees will make selections for Exegesis, and notify : 
those concerned early in each Conference year. 


510 


Coursres oF Stupy—F Innis Gq 78 


§ 3. SEconD YEAR 


1. Dogmatics. (Part II.)—Sulzberger. = 

2. John’s Gospels and Acts. Exegesis according to 
Godet. r 

3. History of the Church. Apostolic and Medieval 
Times.—Cornelius. 

4. General History.—Pallin. 

5. Homiletics— Kidder. 

6. History of Methodism. (Abridged edition, Part I.) 
—Stevens. 

7. The Dissenter Law. 

8. A Written Sermon on the Witness of the Spirit. 

To be Read: (1) Wesley’s fifty-three sermons. Sec- 
ond Part. (2) Apologetical Lectures—Duthardt. (8) 
Church History. First Part—Hammerich. 


§ 4. THirp YEAR 


1. Dogmatics. (Part III.)—Sulzberger. 

2. Exegesis in the Epistles of Saint Paul, according to 
Godet. 

3. Introduction to the New Testament Greek.—Cary. 

4, The Christian Pastorate.—Kidder. 

5. History of Methodism. (Abridged, Part II.) 

6. Church History. (Modern times. )—Cornelius. 

7. A Written Sermon on Christian Holiness. 

To be Read: (1) Church History. Second Part.— 
Hammerich. (2) Ethics.—Martensen. 


§ 5. FourtH YEAR 


1. Introduction to the Old Testament.—@odet. 

2. History of Methodist Missions. 

8. John’s Gospel, Greek Translation. 

4. Psychology of the Bible.—Beck. 

5. The Commonwealth of Finland.—Dannholm. 

6. A Written Sermon on the Second Advent of Christ. 

To be Read: (1) The Revival and the Pastor.—Peck. 
(2) Church History. Third Part—Hammerich. (3) 
The Religion of the Ancient Finns.—/. Krohn. 

Bylldie 4 


q 79 CoursEs or Stupy—ITALIAN 


row bo mw ND 


aide a 


{ 79. Local Preachers 
§ 1. First YEAR 
Biblical History.—Sundval. 
Catechism.— Nast. 
History of Methodism. (Chapters I-XX.) 
Discipline. (Parts I-III.) 


§ 2. SEcoND YEAR 


Bible Introduction—Waaranen or Welander. 
History of Methodism. (Chapters XXI-XXXIV.) 
Short Grammar.—Jdnnes or Lagerblad. 
Discipline. (Parts IV-VI.) 


§ 3. Turrp YEAR 


Theological Compend.—Binney. 

Wesley’s Sermons. 

The Pastor in the Chureh and at Home.—Spurgeon. 
Discipline. (Parts VII-IX.) 


§ 4. FourtH YEAR 


Review of all read and Church History. 


ITALIAN COURSES 


4 80. Predicatori- Itineranti 


N. B.—1. La cultura generale che si richiede usualmente ai canddati 
corrispondere a quella necessaria per ottenere la patentedi Maestro 
Elementare Superiore o l’ammissione all’Universita. 

2. Per l’intiero corso lo studente dovra presentare delle dichiarazioni 
scritte che affermino se egli abbia letto o no attentamente tutti i libri 
assegnati—da leggere—, e presenter&a un riassunto di qualche capitolo o 
de qualc’una delle questioni contenute in ciascun libro che antecedente- 
mente gli esaminatori sceglieranno ed annuzieranno a mezzo dei verbali 
della Conferenza od altrimenti. 


1. 
2. 


3. 


§ 1. L’AmMIssIONE Sotto Prova 
Storia Biblica.—Hurst. (Traduz. Burt.) 
Storia d’Italia—De Castro. 

Compendio di Teologia.—Binney e Steele. 
; 512 


Coursrs oF Stupy—ITaLIan q 80 


4. Catechismo della Chiesa Metodista HEpiscopale. 

5. Disciplina della Chiesa Metodista Episcopale, ultima 
edizione. 

6. Vita di Giovanni Wesley.—Lelievre. 

7. Ragguaglio scritto della conversione e chiamata da 
Dio al Ministerio. * 


§ 2. Primo ANNO 


1. Storia Letteraria dell’Antico Testamento, Libro 
Primo.—Revel. 

2. Il Compagno della Bibbia.—Revel. 

3. Compendio di Storia Ecclesiastica—Hurst. (Tra- 
duz. Burt.) 

4. Omiletica—Burt. (Capitoli I e II.) ~ 

5. Le Hvidenze del Cristianesimo.— McIlwaine. 

6. Articoli di fede e dottrine principali della Chiesa 
Metodista Episcopale.—Sulzberger. (Traduz. Polsinelli.) 

7. Storia Romana.—Rinaudo. (Vol. II.) 
Da leggere: 

1. Sermoni di Wesley. (Traduz. Ital.) 

2. Roma Papale-——De Sanctis. 


§ 3. SEconpDo ANNO 


1. Storia Letteraria dell’Antico Testamento. Libri 
II-IV.—Revel. 
Chiesa Primitiva— Backhouse e Taylor. 
Commentario sugli atti degli Apostoli— Luzzi. 
Filosofia della Salvazione-—Walker. 
. Omiletica—Burt. (Capitoli III e IV.) 
Storia del Medio Evo.—Vinaudo. (Vol. III.) 
. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: 

1. La Lingua di Fuoco.—Arthur. 

2. Vita di Savonarola.—Villari, 


I OUR gv 


§ 4. TeRzo ANNO 
1. Discorsi Sinottici del Nuovo Testamento.—F'raser. 
2. Storia dei Dommi.—Bonifas. (Vol. I.) 
513 


Gq 81 CoursgEs oF Stupy—Iranian 


8. I Testimoni di Cristo.—Backhouse e Taylor. 

4, Omiletica.—V inet. 

5. Storia del Medio Evo (seguito).—Rinaudo. (Vol. 
IV.) 

6. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: . 

1. Miracoli di Gesu Cristo.—Trench. 

2. I nostri Protestanti—Comba. (Vol. I.) 

38. Sommario della Storia della Letteratura  Itali- 
ana.—F'inzi. 

§ 5. Quarto ANNO 


1. Manuale della Bibbia.—Angus. 

2. Commentario dell’ Epistola ai Romani.—Whedon. 

3. Storia dei Dommi.—Bonifas. (Vol. I1.) 

4. Chiaro Ragguaglio della Perfezione Cristiana.— 
Wesley. 

5. Le Verita fondamentali del Cristianesimo.—DLu- 
thardt. 

6. Logica.—Jevons. (Manuale Hoepli.) 

7. Teologia Pastorale.—V inet. 

8. Storia dei Lempi Moderni. —Rimaude. (Vol. V.) 

9. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: 

1. Commentario su 8S. Giovanni.—Godet. 

2. Vita di Martino Lutero.—Pons. 

3. I nostri Protestanti—Comba. (Vol. II.) 

4, Sermoni.—Spurgeon. (Traduz. Ital.) 


oi 


{ 81. Predicatori Locali 


§ 1. OTTENERE LA LICENZA DI PREDICATORE 


I candidati alla Licenza di Predicatore debbono essere 
esaminati sulle materie comprese in una cultura comune 
e sulla loro conoscenza generale della Bibbia e della 
dotrine e pratiche della Chiesa Metodista Hpiscopale. 

514 


Coursrs oF Stupy—ITaLian q si 


§ 2. Primo ANNO 


1. Storia Scritturale—Hurst. (Traduz. Burt.) 

2. Storia del Metodismo.—Piggott. 

3. Catechismo della Chiesa Metodista E)piscopale. 

4, Disciplina della Chiesa Metodista LHpiscopale. 
(Parte I a VI.) 

5. Compendio di Teologia—Binney e Steele. (Fino 
a pagina 88.) 

6. Conversione Cristiana.—J/acobs. 

7. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: 

1. Martino Lutero.—Bart Pons. 

2. Il Carattere.—Smiles. 


§ 3. SEconpo ANNO 


1. Storia Moderna.—ferrero. 

2. Vita di Giovanni Wesley.—Lelievre. 

3. Compendio di Teologia.—Binney e Steele. (Com- 
pleto. ) 

4. Lingua di Fuoco.—Arthur. 

5. Storia Ecclesiastica——Hurst. (Traduz. Burt.) 

6. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: 

1. Sermoni.—Spurgeon. 

2. Vita e lavore.—Smiles. 


§ 4. Terzo ANNO 

1. Chiaro ragguaglio della perfezione Cristiana.— 
Wesley. 

2. Sermoni di Wesley. 

3. Filosofia della Salvazione.—Walker. 

4. Disciplina della Chiesa Metodista EMpiscopale, 1908. 

5. Storia della Riforma in Italia——Comba. 

6. Sermone Scritto. 
Da leggere: 

1. Roma papale.—De Sanctis. 

2. Il Pellegrinaggio del Cristiano.—Bunyan, 

515 


q 82 Coursres or Strupy—ITaLiaAn 


“§ 5. Quarto ANNO 


1. Gli articoli di fede e dottrine della Chiesa Meto- 
dista Episcopale.—Sulzberger. (Traduz. D. Polsinelli.) 

2.-Le veriti fondamentali del Cristianeésimo.—Lu- 
thardt. 

3. Commentario sull’Epistola ai Romani.— Whedon. 

4. Sermone Scritto. ; 

5. Rivista dell’intero corse. 


4 82. I Candidati Agitt Ordini 
§ 5. L’ORDINE pr Dracono 


I Predicatori Locali che son candidati all’ordine di 
Diacono devono dare alla Conferenza Annuale un’esame 
soddisfacente, in rivista dell’intiero corso dei quattro 
anni di studi prescritti ai Predicatori Locali. - 


§ 6. L’ORDINE pI ANZIANO 


I Diaconi Loecali che son candidati all’ordine di An- 
ziano devyono dare alla Conferenza Annuale un’esame 
soddisfacente in Teologia Sistematica e sopra un breve 
corso di Storia Heclesiastica. 


{ 83. Gli Esortatori e Capi-Classe 
§ 1. Gri HsortTatTori 


1. Compendio Storia Scritturale—Hurst. (Traduz. 
Burt.) 

2. Compendio di Storia Ecclesiastica— Hurst. (Tra- 
duz. Burt.) 
Disciplina della Chiesa Metodista Episcopale. 
Catechismo della Chiesa Metodista Episcopale. 
Il Carattere del Metodista.— Wesley. 
Breve Storia d’Italia. 

516 


OU 


CoursEs oF Stupy—SpanisH q 84 


Da leggere: 
1. Breve Storia del Metodismo.—Piggott. 
2. La Chiesa Metodista Episcopale.—D ardi. 
3. Sila Salmon.—Vincent. 
4. Memorie di Giovanni Nelson. 
5. Il Risveglio.— Vincent. 


§ 2. I Capi-CLASSE 


1. Storia Secritturale—Hurst (Traduz. Burt.) 
2. Disciplina della Chiesa Metodista Episcopale. 
(Parte“l, II, IV, VI.). 
3. La Chiesa Metodista Episcopale.—Dardi. 
4. Tl Carattere del Metodista.— Wesley. 
5. Convyersione Cristiana.—Jacobs. 
Da leggere: 2 
1. Foglie della Foresta.—Vincent. 
2. Memorie di Giovanni Nelson. 
3. Sila Salmon.—Vincent. 
4. Breve vita di Giovanni Wesley. 


SPANISH COURSES 


{ 84. Los Predicadores Itinerantes 


§ 1. La Apmisi6n A PRUEBA 


1. Gatecismo de la Iglesia Metodista Episcopal.— 
(Rice.) 

2. Disciplina de la Iglesia Metodista Episcopal— 
(Articulos de Religién, Organizatién de la Iglesia local, 
la Conferencia Anual,-y los deberes del Pastor). 

3. Educaci6n elemental:—Gramiatica, Arithmética 
Geografia, etc., 6 Historia Patria @ Historia de las 
Américas. 

4, Relacién por escrito de la conversién del candidato 
y su yocacién para el Ministerio. 

Ss 517 


‘ 


q 84 Coursts oF Stupy—SpPanisH 


§ 2. Primer ANo 

1. Historia. de la Iglesia Cristiana—Primitiva—~ 
Obispo Hurst. : 

2. Historia de la Civilizacién. Epoca Antigua. 
Seignobos. 

_ 38. Evidencias Cristianas.—WVair. 

4. Homiletica : La Predicacién—Primeros 11 Capitulos. 
—Obispo Neely. 

5. Vida de Cristo. Stalker. 

6. Juan Wesley, El Gran Reformador.—Obispo Neely. 

7. Libro de Disciplina, Partes I, II, III. mi 

8. Gramitica Castellana—Analogia.—Por la Academia 
Espanola. 

9. Idioma Inglés, Parte Il.—Pressinger. 

10. Serm6én Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: y 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley—la mitad del primer 
tomo. 

2. El Hombre de Galilea.—Obispo Haygood. 

3. Introduccién a las Escrituras.—A, R. Miles. 

4. Los Evangelios Explicados.—Ryle. 

5. Breve Tratado por el Reformista Hspaiiol—Juan 
Pérez. 

6. Conflictos Espirituales.—Blandry. 


§ 3. Szrcunpo ANo 

1. Historia de la Iglesia Cristiana, Parte II1.—Obispo 
Hurst. 

2. Historia de la Civilizacién. Hdades Media y 
Moderna.—Seignobos. 

38. Teologia Sistematica: Compendio de.—Binney. 

4, Homiletica: La Predicacién—Ultimos 9 capitulos.— 
Obispo Neely. 

5. Vida de San Pablo.—Stalker. 

6. El Domingo: el Verdadero Sabat.—Gamble (Hall). 

7. Libro de Disciplina, Partes IV, V. 


1Whenever practicable. 


518 ne 


-Courszs oF Stupy—SpanisH q 84 


8. Gramatica Castellana—Sintaxis—LIa Academia 
Espanola. 

9. Idioma Inglés. Parte Il.—Pressinger.t 

10. Sermén Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Serménes de Juan Wesley, 2da mitad del primer 
tomo. 

2. Estudios Criticos sobre el Génesis y sobre Exodo.— 
Pratt. 

3. Trabajo Habil para el Maestro.—Obispo Hendriz. 

4, Teologia Natural.—Paley. : 

5. El Papa y el Poder Civil. 


§ 4. TERcER ANo 


1. Historia de la Iglesia Cristiana, Parte III.— 
Obispo Hurst 

2. Historia de la Civilizacién—Epoca Contemporanea. 
—Seignobos. 

8. Historia de la Reformacién.—Fisher. 

4. El Predicador y El Pastor.—Obispo Neely. 

5. La Salyaci6n Personal.—Tillett. 

6. Retérica. 

7. Libro de Disciplina, Partes VI, VII. 

8. Gramitica Castellana—Prosodia—La Academia 
Espanola. 

9. Idioma Inglés, Parte III.—Pressinger* 

10. Sermon Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, la mitad del segundo 
tomo. 

2. Evidencias del Cristianismo.—Paley. 

3. Elementos de Literatura.—Coll y Veht. 


§ 5. Cuarto ANo 


1. Historia de la Iglesia Moderna.—Obispo Hurst. 
2. La Religién y las Ciencias Naturales.—Bettec. 
3. El Bautismo Biblico. 


1wWheneyer practicable. 
519 


/ 


{| 85 Covursres oF Stupy—SpaNisH 


4. Légica de Juan Stuart Mill, traducida por Ezequiel 
A. Chavez. 

5. Psicologia.—Compayré. 

6. Libro de Disciplina—E]l libro entero. 

7. Gramatica Castellana—Ortografia.—La Academia 
Espanola. 

8. Literatura Inglesa—Biblia Inglesa.t 

9. Serm6én Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, 2da mitad del segundo 
tomo. . . 

2. Christus Auctor.—Obispo Candler. — 

8. Retérica y Poética.—Narciso Campillo. 


{ 85. Los Predicadores Locales 
§ 1. Los Canpipatos A LIcENCIA DE PREDICADOR LOCAL 


1. La Biblia y sus Doctrinas: Conocimientos Generales. 

2. El Catecismo.— (Rice. ) 

38. El Libro de Disciplina: Los Articulos de Fé y 
Reglamento General. ; 


§ 2. Primer ANO 


1. Compendio de Teologia. Parte Primera.—Binney. 

2. La Predicacién. Primeros II Capitulos.—Obispo 
Neely. 

3. Juan Wesley, El Gran Reformador.—Obispo Neely. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, 1a mitad del primer tomo. 

2. Lucile 6 la Lectura de la Biblia— Adolfo Monod. 


§ 3. Szraunpo ANo 
1. Compendio de Teologia. Parte Segunda.—Binney. 
2. La Predicacién, iltimos 9 capitulos.—Obispo Neely. 
3. Sermén Escrito. 


yWhenever practicable. 
520 


EEE EE EEE EE CO OOO ee 


Courses oF Stupy—BunearIAN {| 86 


Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, 2da mitad de la primer 
tomo. 

2. El Catolicismo Primitivo. 


§ 4. TmeRceER ANO 


1. Compendio de Teologia. Parte Tercera.—Binney. 

2. Bl Libro de Disciplina de la Iglesia Metodista 
Episcopal. : 

3. La Salvacién Personal.—Tillett. 

4, Sermon Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, la mitad del segundo 
tomo. 

2. Noches con los Romanistas. 


§ 5. Cuarto ANo 


1. Compendio de Teologia. Parte Cuarta.—Binney. 

2. Historia de la Iglesia Cristiana.—Hurst. 

3. Historia de la Reformacién.—Fisher, 

4. Sermon Escrito. 
Libros 4 leerse: 

1. Sermones de Juan Wesley, 2a mitad del segundo 
tomo. 

2. Cristus Auctor.—Obispo Candler. 


{ 86. BULGARIAN COURSES 
$1. RECEPTION ON TRIAL 


1. Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal Church (in 
Bulgarian). 
2. Life of Wesley.—Leliévre. (First half of book.) 
3. Ancient History.—Dermancheff. 
4, Bulgarian Syntax.—Wisheff and Kostoff. 
__ 5. Catechism No. 3. (Bulgarian translation.) 
521 


{ 86 Coursrs or StupY—BuLGARIAN 


§ 2. First YEAR 


1. Apologetics—Luthardt. (Part I, Bulg. transl.) 

2. Life of Wesley.—Leliévre. (Last half of book.) 

3. History of the Middle Ages.—Dermancheff. 

4. Binney’s Compend (in Bulgarian). (First half of 
book. ) 

5. English Grammar (as far as Syntax).—Harvey. 

6. A Written Sermon on the Fall of Man or the 
Atonement. 
To be Read: 

Some English work on Theology, to be decided on by 
the Board of Bishops. (Introduction and Book I.) 


§ 3. SEconp YEAR 


1. Apologetics.—Luthardt. (Part II.) 

2. Modern History.—Dermancheff. 

8. Binney’s Compend. (Last half of book.) 

4. Rhetoric—Momchiloff. (With exercises from the 
Bulg. Chrestomathy.) 

5. English Grammar, Syntax.—Harvey. 

6. A Written Sermon on Justification by Faith. 
To be Read: 

Theology, Books II and III. 


§ 4. Turrp YEAR 


1: Psychology.—Hopkins. (Bulg. translation.) 

2. Christian Baptism.—WVerrill. (Bulg. translation.) 

3. Ethics—Janet. (Bulg. translation.) 

4. Church History.—Smirnof. (As far as the 
Reformation.) 

5. Logic.—Jevons. (First half of book.) 

6. A Written Sermon on Regeneration or Sanctifi- 
cation. 
To be Read: 

Theology, Books IV and V. 

522 


Courses or Strupy q 87 


§ 5. FourtH YEAR 

1. Logic—Jevons. (Last half of book.) 

2. Church History.—Smirnoff. (From the Reforma- 
tion to the Present Time.) 

3. Homiletics—Kidder. (In English.) 

4, Pastoral Theology.—Kidder. (In English.) 

5. A translation from English into Bulgarian. 
To be Read: 

1. Soul and Brain (translated from the Russian).— 
T chelpanoff. 

2. Tongue of Fire.—Arthur. 


= { 87. OTHER COURSES 


For prescribed Courses in Ojibway, and in the Lan- 
guages of Africa, India, Malaysia, China, Japan, and 
Korea, see the Yearbooks of Conferences and Missions. 


\ 


523 


< v 
ad ¥ 


dant? watTO - 


INDEX 


{Numbers refer to pages.] 


A 


ABSTINENCE, 469 
ADDRESSES, P. 

Bishops, 427, 428 

Editors, 429 

nar Conference Secretary, 

“Missionary Bishops, 428 

Publishing Agents, 428, 429 

Secretaries, 430 

Treasurers, 430, 431 


ADMINISTRATIVE Boarps, 431-440 » 


Apmission. See REcEPTION 
Apvicss, 55 
AGENTS 
Appointments, 139 
Publishing, 139, 233, 428, 429 
Sea Me ee, Constitution, 44, 
AMERICAN BrsuE Society 
Appointment, 139 
Collection, 76 
General Conference, 478 
AMUSEMENTs, 34, 56 
ANNIVERSARIES. See Boarps 
ANNUAL CONFERENCES 
Absentees, 463 
Annuity Funds, 205-209 
Appeals, 185, 190 
Attendance, 65 
Benevolences, 70 
Bishops, 65, 66, 138 
Book Concern, 72 
Boundaries, 309-337 
Business, 66-69 
Church Location, 69 
City Evangelization, 267 
Classes, 67, 68 
Conference Claimants, 68, 204, 
207, 284, 2: 
Conference Stewards, 206 
Constituted, 37 
Continuous, 465 
Conveyances, 215-217 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES (cont'd) 
Deaconesses, 153, 155, 157 
Deacons, 67, 69, 122 
Delegates, 38 
Delinquent Reports, 71 
Deportment, 108 
District Superintendents, 70 
Education, 269, 273 
Elders, 67-69, 123 
Examination, 116 
Expulsion, 68 
Foreign Missions, 240 
Freedmen’s Aid, 75 \ 
General Conference Districts, 

65, 441 
Home Missions and Church Ex~ 
tension, 254-256, 258 
Incorporation, 65,66 ~° 
Journal, 66 
Judicial Conference, 68, 184 
List, 309 
Local ele 67, 68, 287 
Location, 68, 120 
Member, 73, 309 
Membership, 65, 116-120 
Methodist Brotherhood, 304 
Missionary Bishops, 137 
Ordination, 69 
Organization, 65, 66 
Papers, 230 
Parsonages, 217 
Pastors, 70-76, 130 
Place, 66 
Powers, 69 
President, 66, 138 
Reception 
Full pane Te 67, 116 
On Trial, 67@#114 
Other Churches, 67, 118 
Recognition of Orders, 119 
Recommendations, 86, 95 
Record, 66 
Restoration of Credentials, 68, 


1 
Sale of Churches, ‘215-217 


525 


InpEx 


ANNUAL CONFERENCES (cont’d) 
ge geek 66, 186, 189, 192, 


Special Fund, 200-205 
Statistician, 70-73 

Statistics, 70, 72-76 
Supgisnnusted Preacher, 68, 


Supernumerary co es 68,133 
Suspension, 69, 170 
Temperance, 297 
Termination of Membership, 120 
Time, 65 
Transfer, 137 
Treasurer, 70, 284 
Trial, 169-176 
Triers of Appeals, 68, 184 
Vouchers, 70 
Withdrawal, 68, 121 
W. F. M. S., 246 
W. H. M.S., 262 

Annuity Funps, 204-210, 282 

ANTI-SALOON LeEAGuR, 471 

APposTLES’ CREED, 59, 351, 356 

APPEAL 
Annual Conference, 184, 190 
Bishop, 186 
Challenge, 185, 191 
Conference Claimant, 188 
Constmiptions of Law, 185, 188, 

1 
Court of Appeals, 190 
Credentials Surrendered, 189 
Of Deceased, 462 
Digtriet Superintendent, 


Evidence, 191 
Forfeited, 462 
General Conference, 185-188 
Local Preacher, 190 

Notice, 186, 191 

Outside United pinles, 187 
Preacher, 186-188 

Presiding Officer, 186, 190 
Procedure, 184-194 

Quarterly ponierenges 190 
Record, 185-— 

Remanded a Trial, 187 
Restoration of Credentials, 189 
Right, 186, 190 
Triers of Aprais: 


Preachers, 186 
APPENDIX, 425 
APPOINTMENT 

By Bishops, 138 
Changed, 133 
Conference Claimants, 140 


190— 


Members, 


APPOINTMENT (continued) 
Deis Superintendents, 133, 
Negotiations, 467 
Refusal, 173 
Requested, 140 
Special, 139 
Without, 140, 141 

APPORTIONMENTS. See also BoARDS 
Benevolences, 93, 94, 134, 473 
Bishops, 92, 2 
Conference Claimants, 92, 206 
District Superintendents, 92,202 
General Conference, 127 
Pastors, 92, 203 

ARBITRATION, 182 

ARMY AND Navy, 123, 124, 139 

ARTICLES OF RELIGION, 23 

Asspury, FRANCIS, 17 

ATTEN DANCE ON MEANS OF GRACE, 


AuDITING AND Bonpina, 96, 295 


B 


Baptism 
Articles of Religion, 28, 29 
Baptized Children, 126 . 
Charge not All lowed, 3 349 
’ Choice of Mode, 349 
Deacon, 122 
Elder, 123 
Infant, 349 
Local Preacher, 150 
Older Persons, 354 
Pastor, 128 
Register, 128 
Ritual, 349-357 
Superannuated Preacher. 132 
Supernumerary Preacher, 131 
BENEVOLENT CoLbECTIONS. See 
CoLLEcTIONS 
ba InstITUTIONS, 223- 
2' 
BEQUESTS, Fg 209, 210, 283, 294 
Biste, 24, 25 
BisHops 
Address, 3 
Addresses, P. O., 427, 428 
Administration, 168, 467 
Amenability, 167 
Annual Conferences, 65, 66, 138 
Appeal, 186 
Appointments by, 138-141 
Book Concern, 139 
Ceasing to Travel, 143 _ 
Contes Mission Conferences, 78, 


526 


Inpex 


BisHops (continued) 
City Evangelization, 263 
Conference Claimants, 281 
Consecration, 138 
Consolidated Churches, 466 
Constituted, 138 
Courses of Study, 141 

nesses, 152 
Deacons, 141 
District Conferences, 79, 141 
District Superintendents, 138 
Districts, 138 
Duties, een 
Editors 
Education 268, 270 
Elders, 1 
eal — 134, 200, 201 
Epworth League, 299 
Foreign Missions, 234, 236, 239 
Freedmen’s Aid, 287, 288 
General Committees, 234 
General Conference, 41, 443 
General Superintendents, 141 
Heresy Charges, 1 
Home Missions and 4 Church = 
tension, 247, 249 
— Conferences. 185 
Law, Decisions of, 141, 185 

Mission Conferences, 80 
a Superintendents, 239, 


Missionary Bishops, 136, 428 
Names, 427 
Officials’ Relations Approved, 


Ordinations, 141 
sip ee eae Interests, 141 
rs, 

poe 141 

President of Conference 
Annual, 66, 138, 141 
Central Mission, 78 
District, 82 
General, 41, 443 
Mission, 

Pro Rata Support, 201 

Quarterly Conference, 92 

Salary, 200 

Sunday Schools, 274 

Superannuated, 143, 200 

Support, 200, eas 

: Temperance 

Theological Schools, 142 

Transfers, 463 

Travel at Large, 141 

Traveling Expenses, 201 

ie 167 


Bisuors (continued) 
Vacancy, 143 
Visitations, 467 


Chartered Fund, 291, 439 
Church Extension. See Home 
MisstIons 
Church Location, 69 
City Evangelization, 262 
Conference Claimants, 281, 436 
Corresponding Secretaries, 430 
Deaconesses, 152, 4 
Education, 297, 138° 
Epworth League, 298, 437 
Foreign Missions, 233, 433 
Freedmen’s Aid, 286, 437 
Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension. 247, 4: 
ere Brotherhood, 302, 
43 
Sunday Schools, 274, 436 
Superannuated Bishops, 143 
Temperance Society. 295, 439 
Trustees M. E. Church, 292, 
439 
ee Senate, 271, 435 
ee M. S., 245~ 
M. S., 262 
Boos aes 226 
Agents, 227, 229 
Annual Meeting, 230 
Book Editor, 227 
Cincinnati, 221, 229, 431 
Depositories, 227, 231, 429 
Duties, 226—230 
Election, 226 
Episcopal Fund, 200 
Ses Conference Expenses, 
22 
Names, 431 
New York, 226, 229, 431 
Pittsburg, 231 
Sale of Property, 228 
San! Francisco, 231 ¥ 
Vacancies, 227 
Book ConceRN, 223-232 
Agents, 223, 428, 429 
Accounts, 224. 225 
Appointment, 139 
Book Editor, 224 
Cincinnati, 223, 224, 429 
Codperation, 224 
Depositories. 227, 231, 429 
Dividends. 224. 226 
Duties, 223, 225 


527 


InpEx 


Boox Concern (continued) 


Agents— 
Election, 223 
Heresy, 226 


Names, 428, 429 
New York, 223, 224, 429 
Publishing Committees, 231 
Real Estate Sale, 228 
Reports, 224 
Statistical Blanks, 70-76_ 
Stock Taking, 225 
Annual Conferences, 225 
Book Committee, 226 
ne Christian Advocate, 


1 
Cincinnati, 227, 229 
Debts, 210 
Depositories, 227, 231 
District Superintendents, 232 
Dividends, 224 
Editors, 230 
Heresy, 226 
New York, 223, 224 
Pastors, 225 
Pittsburg Christian Advocate, 


31 
Profits, 43, 226 
po drag Houses, 
428, 4 
Rrercatere Blanks, 72 
Tracts, 225, 232 
Unification, 223 
Books. See Boox Concern, PERI- 
ODICALS, TRACTS 
BounDARIES 
Annual Conferences, 309 
Bishops, 307 
Central Mission Conferences, 79 
Committee, 342 
Determining, 307 
Enabling Acts, 342 * 
Mission Conferences and Misyv 
sions, 338 
BROTHERHOOD, METHODIST, 302 
Butcarrian Strupiss, 521 
Buriat oF Dean, 376 
BUsINEss 
Arbitration, 182 
Failure, 172, 179, 183 


223-226, 


Cc 
CALIFORNIA CHRISTIAN ADvo- 
CATE, 231, 429 : 
Cau TO PrREAcH, 101 
CanpipaTes, MINisrpriAL, 114, 


115 
CaTEcHisM, 49, 126, 351 


CENTRAL CHRISTIAN 
230, 429 
ca =e CoNFERENCES, 
79= 
CERTIFICATES 
Deaconess, 157, 160° 
Examination, 489 
General Conference, 40 
Location, 120 
Membership, 50 
Recognition of Orders, 119 
Restoration of Credentials, 189 
CHALLENGE 
Bishop, 167 
Local Preacher, 178 
Member, 180 
Preacher, 185 
CHAPLAINS, 123, 124, 139 
Cuarcaes. See PastoRAL CHARGES, 
TRIAL 
CHARTERED Funp, 291, 439 
Cuicaco 
Conference a 282, 430 
Depository, 231, 429 
—— erald, 230, 300, 


. 29 
Epworth League, 301, 430 
NE Christian Advo- 
cate, 230, 429 
Sunday Selionies 274, 430 
Temperance wile 296 
CHILDREN 
Baptism, 48, 349 
Classes, 49, 94, 126, 134 
CritpREen’s DAY Funp, 273 
CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE, 230, 429 
CHRISTLICHE APOLOGETE, 230, 429 
“CHRISTMAS CONFERENCE,’ ‘ai? 
Cuurcu, Tue, 45 
CuurcH Extension. See Home 
Misstons, 250-253, 261 
CuurcH Location Boarp, 69 


ApvocaTE, 


_ Cuurcu Property 


Building, 213, 214 
Church Extension, 261 
Consolidation, 466 
Conveyances, Deeds, 212, 213 
Debts, 214, 215 
Dedication, 418 
District Superintendents, 215 
Mortgages, 215 
Parsonages, 217 
Pastors, 215 
Sale, 214-217 
Trustees, 210, 211 
CuurcH Recorps. See Rrecorps 
CHuRcH TEMPERANCE Spee SS 
See TEMPERANCE 


528 


InpEx 


CINCINNATI 
Book Concern, 223, 429 
Christliche Apologete, 230, 429 
Freedmen’s Aid, 288, 430 
Haus und Herd, ae 429 
Local Committee, 227, 229, 431 
Western Christian ‘Advocate, 

230, 429 

Crry EVANGELIZATION 
Annual Conferences, 267 
Bishops, 263 ‘ 
Bureau of Cities, 253 
Classes of Cities, 265 
District Superintendents, 266 
General Conference, 264 
Home Mission Board, 248, 253, 


267 
Loeal pee, 264 
Managers, 263 
National Union, 262, 263 
astors, 266 
CLASSES 
District Conferences, 82, 85 
Leaders, 54, 87 
Meetings, 53 
Quarterly Conferences, 87 
Reports, 53 
Studies for Leaders, 54, 497, 
516 
Women, 464 
Coxe, Dr. THoMaAs, 17 
COLLECTIONS 
American Bible Society, 94 
Annual Conferences, 68 
Bishops, 201 
Children’s Day, 269, 272, 273 
Ces Claimants, 94, 200, 
206 
District Conferences, 83 
District Superintendents, 134 
Education, 95, 269, 272, 27: 
Epworth League, 94, 300 
Foreign Missions, 93, 241, 237 
Freedmen’s Aid, 94 
Geueral Conference Expenses, 


Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension, 94, 253, 258 

Pastors, 130 

Quarterly Conferences, 89,:92- 


94 
Sunday School Missionary, 244, 
260 


Sunday Schools, 93 
Temperance, 297 
es 237, 253 

W. F. Mw. S', 94, 246 
w. H. M WS. 94, 262 


CoLLEGES 
Appointments, 139, 140 
poe of Education, 267, 430 
Day of Prayer, 47 
Multiplication of, 270 
University Senate, 271 
CoLorEep CHURCHES, 474, 475 


CoMMIssIONS 
Colored Churches, 440, 474 
Housecat Conferences, 440, 


Federation, 440, 474 
General Conference, 441 
Judicial Procedure, 440 
Ministerial Support, 473 
CoMMITTEES 
Benevolences. See Boarps 
Book Committee, 226, 431 
Boundaries, 307 
District Conferences, 84 
General Committee, 234, 432 
Quarterly Conference, 89 
Standing, 450, 455 
Communion. See Lorp’s SuprER 
Compuaints, 461. See Trran 
ConFEeRENCcES. See ANNUAL, CEN- 
TRAL, District, EcumEnti- 
caL, Lay Exscroran, GEn- 
ERAL, JUDICIAL, MISSION, 
QUARTERLY. 
CoNFERENCE CLAIMANTS 
Allowances, 209 
Anniversary, 205, 206 
somtual Conference, 205, 284, 
Annual Meeting, 282 
Annuity Funds, 205, 208 
Apportionments, 206 
Bishops, 281 
Board, 281-285, 430, 436 
Book Concern, 208 
Chartered Fund, 208, 291 
Children’s Claim, 209 
Claim, 204 
Collections, 200, 206 
Conference Stewards, 206-208 
Connectional Fund, 205, 282- 
284 
Corresponding Secretary, 282, 
430, 436 


Debt, 210 

Definition, 204 

District Conference, 205 
District Stewards, 202 
Discs Superintendent, 


Estimate, 203 
Former Members, 208 


134, 


529 


InDEX 


CoNFERENCE CLAIMANTS (cont'd) 
Funds, 204, 205, 207 
Inherent Claim, 204 
Joint Session, 205 
Lay Conference, 205 
Missionazies, 239 
fice, Chicago, 281, 430 
Pastors, 129, 205 
Percentages 206, 283, 285 
’ Permanent Fund, 205, 209, 281 
’ Pro Rata Claim, 93, 208 
Quarterly Conferences, 205 
Special Fund, 205, 209, 210 
Standing Committee, 451 
Stewards, 200 
Superannuated Preacher, 132, 
188, 
Support, 200 
Treasurer, 207, 284, 285, 431 
Veterans’ Sunday, 206 
Widow’s Claim, 208, 209 
Con oarS Reuations, 115, 
1 
CoNFERENCE STEWARDS, 206-208 
ConNECTIONAL Funp. See Con- 
FERENCE CLAIMANTS 
CoNSECRATION 
Bishops, 138, 383 
Deaconesses, 157, 407 
Not Ordination, 383 
ConSOLIDATION OF CHURCHES, 142 
ConsTITUTION 
Amendments, 44, 456 
Articles, 23-44 
Missionary Society, 484 
Sunday School, 482 
Constructions or Law 
Bishops, 141, 185 
wick Superintendents, 135, 
General Conference, 461 
ConvEYANCES. See TRUSTEES 
CorRNER STONE, 413 
CoRRESPONDING SECRETARIES 
Appointment, 139 
Election. See Boarps 
List, 430, 433-488 
Vacancies. See Roarps 
CounsEu. See TRIAL 
CoursEs oF STUDY 
Asiatic, 523 
Bishops, 141 
Bulgarian, 521 
Class Leaders, 54, 497, 516 
Deaconesses, 497 
Deacons, 496, 509, 506, 516 
Elders, 496, 506, 509, 516 
English, 492 


Courses or Srupy (continued) 

\xamination 

Annual Conferences, 116 . 

Certificates accepted, 489 

Deaconesses, 157 F . 

District Conferences, 84 . 

Preachers, 147 

Methods, 490 

Precedes Election, 464 

Quarterly Conferences, 147 

Theological Schools, 489 
Finnish, 519 
German, 499 
Italian, 512 
Local Preachers, 494, 495, 502, 

505, 508, 512, 514, 520 
Norwegian and Danish, 503 
Ojibway, 523 
Spanish, 517 
Swedish, 506 

Court oF APPEALS. 

TRIAL. MEMBERS 
Appeal, 192 
Challenge, 191 
District Superintendent, 191 
Proceedings, 191, 192 
Questions of Law, 191 
Recording Steward, 193 
Triers, 191 

CREDENTIALS 
General Conference, 40 
Other Churches, 118-120 
Restoration, 189 
Surrender, 189 
Taken Away, 176 
Withdrawal, 176 
CREED 
Apostles, 59, 351, 356 
Articles of Religion, 23 
Custop1ans OF Drxps, 96 


See np 


D 
Dancrine, 181 
DrEAcons 
Constituted, 122 
Eligibility 
haplains, 123 
Local, 122 
Missionary Rule, 123 
On Trial, 122 


Seminary Rule, 122 
Examination, 496 
India, 124, 424 
Ritual, 402 
DEACONESSES 
Annual Conferences, 153, 155, 
156, 158 


530 


InDEX 


DEAcoNESSES (continued) 
Appeals, 156 
Beene 152 
Board, 152, 439 
Charter, Deeds, etc., 162 
Consecration, 157, 407 
Duties, 152 
Examination, 157, 497 
Foreign Fields, 153, 163 
Garb, 154, 157 
German, 155 
Institutions, 158, 162 
Licenses, 156, 157, 158 
Missionary Bishops, 153 
Object, 151 
Property, 155, 162 
Qualifications, 151, 156, 157 
Quareny, Conferences, 87, 91, 


Regulations, 156-160 
Relief Fund, 161 
Retired, 158, 160 
Studies, 497 
Support, 154 
Transfer, 159 


W. F. M. S., 162 

W. H. M.S., 162 
DeEstTs 

Arbitration, 182 

Book Concern, 226 
DepIcaTION, 
Deeps. See TRUSTEES 
DELEGATES 


Expenses, 228 
Fraternal, 228 
General Conference 
Challenge, 42 
Credentials, 40 
Lay; 38 
Ministerial, 3S 
Reserves, 38, 40 
To Lay Conference, 39, 76, 77 
DENOMINATIONAL FUNDS. See 
CHARTERED Funp, CONNEC- 
TIONAL FuND 
Deposep Ministers, 176 
DEPOSITORIES. Boox Con- 
CERN 
Discrerine, Boox or, 1, 135, 141, 
448 - 


DIsoBEDIENCE, 172, 182 
DISPUTES 
DissENSION 
Bishop, 168 
Local Preacher, 179 
Member, 182 
Preacher, 172 
Teacher, 173 


Districts 
Annual Conference, 138 
General Conference, 65, 441 
District CONFERENCES 
Benevolences, 83 
Bishops, 82, 141 
Business, 83, 84 
Church Extension, 83 
Class Leaders, 82, 85 
Committees, 84 
Conference Claimants, 205 
Constituted, 82 
Discontinued, 86 
District Stewards, 82, 84, 85 
District Superintendents, 82, 84, 


Epworth Leagues, 82, 83, 85 

Examinations, 84 

Exhorters, 82, 83, 85, 86 

Ladies’ Aid, 82, 83, 85 

Local Preachers, 82, 83, 85, 114, 
147, 177 

Meetings, 82 

= Brotherhood, 82, 83, 


Missions, 83 

Pastors, 85 

President, 82 

Recommendations, 114, 118 

Records, 83 

Reports, 84 

Sunday Schools, 82, 83, 85 

Temperance, 297 

Trial of Local Preacher, 177 
Districr STEWARDS, 197, 198 
District SUPERINTENDENTS 

Annual Conference, 70 

Appointment, 133 

Benevolences, 134 

Bishop, 135 

Book Concern, 232 

Change Appointments, 133, 135 

Chartered Fund, 291 

Children, 134 

Church Location, 69 

City Evangelization, 266 

Conference Claimants, 134, 205 

Court of Appeals, 190-194 

District Conferences, 82, 133 

District Stewards, 202 

Duties, 133-135 

Education, 134, 278 

Episcopal Fund, 134 

Epworth Leasue, 134, 301 

Evangelists, 130 

Exhorters, 151 

Foreign Missions, 134, 242 

Freedmen’s Aid, 134 


531 


InpEx 


Dist. SUPERINTENDENTS (cont'd) 
General Committee, 135 
General Conference, 134 
Home Missions and Church Ex- 

tension, 134, 259 
Insurance, 134 
Ladies’ Aid, 134, 218 
Law Decisions, 135, 193 
Licenses, 133 
Local Preachers, 133 
Methodist Brotherhood, 134 
Mission Conferences, 80 
Names, 6, 427, 428 
Parsonages, 217 
Pastors, 133 
Preacher on Trial, 135 
Property, 133 
Quarterly Conferences, 133 
Quarterly Meetings, 133 
Reports, 135 
Sale of Church Property, 215 
Schools and Colleges, 134, 135 
Sunday Schools, 134, 278 
Superintendent of Mission, 80 
Supplies, 135 
Support, 202 
Temperance, 134 
Tracts, 232 
Trials 
Bishop, 167 
Court of Appeals, 190-194 
District Superintendent, 170 
Local Preacher, 178, 179 
Member, 183 
Preacher on Trial, 177 
Record, 190, 193 
Traveling Preacher, 169-176 

DivipENDS 
Book Concern, 43, 226 
Chartered Fund, 208 
Connectional Fund, 210 

Divorce, 56 

Docrrines. See ARTICLES OF 

RELIGION  ~ 

DREss 
Advice, 53 
Deaconesses, 154, 157 


E 
oom eae ConFERENCE, 440, 
47 


Eprrors 
Appointment, 139, 140 
Book Committee, 227 
Book Editor, 230, 480 
Election, 230 


Epitors (continued) 
German, 230, 276 
Names, 429 
Salaries, 227 
Sunday School, 276 
Suspension, 229 
Tract, 224 
Unofficial, 230 
EpucaTion 
Ange Conference, 270 
aoe intments, 139 
ops, 268, 271 
Beat 267-273, 430, 435 
Children’s Day, 269, 273 
Classification, 270 
Collections, 273 
Corresponding Secretary, 268, 
430, 435 


District Superintendent, 134, 

135, 272 
Incorporation, 267 
Institutions, 270 
Members, 268 © 
Ministers, 489, 490 
Pastors, 127, 273 
Powers, 268 
Quarterly Conferences, 272 
Reports, 272 
Theological Schools, 270, 489 
Treasurer, 430, 43: 

University Senate; 271, 485 
Vacancies, 268 
ELDERS 
Constituted, 123 
Eligibility 

Chaplains, 124 

Local, 124 

Mistonay Bete 124 

On Trial, 

Seminary Riale, 124 
Examination, os 509, 506, 516 
India, 124, 424 
Ordination, 123 
Ritual, 392 

ELEcTIONS 
Annual Conference, 38 
Lay Electoral Conference, 39, 77 
Orders, 67, 68 
Enasuine Acts, 342 
Episcopacy, 16, 43. See BisHors 
EpiscopaLt Funp. See Bishops 
Epworth HeEratp, 230, 299, 429 
Epwortu LEAGUE 
Board of Control, 299 
Collection for Expenses, 76, 300 
Colored Assistant Secretary, 


300, 437 
Constitution, 298 


532 


InDEX 


Epworth LEAGUE (continued) 
District Conferences, 83 


Fore1cn Misstons, BoarD 


District Superintendents, 134, 


301 

Foreign Missions, 243 

Goan Assistant Secretary, 
3 

Missions, 243 

Object, 298 

Offcers, 


Organization, 299 
Pastors, 126, 301 
President, 301 
Quarterly Conference, 


Reports, 85, 88, 92 

Secretary, 300, 430, 437 
EVANGELICAL ASSOCIATION, 474 
EVANGELISTS 

Appointment, 140 

Employment, 130 


87-90, 


Trial, 170 
Evmence. See Trrat 
Examination. See also CoursES 
or Strupy 
Deaconesses, 157 
Exhorters, 95 


Methods, 489, 490 
On Trial, 116 
EXHORTERS 
Amenability, 88, 151 
Constituted, 150 


District Superintendents, 82, 83, 
85, 86 


Duties, 150 
License, 95, 150 
Report, 

EXPULSION 
Local Deacon or Elder, 178 
Member, 180-184 
Preacher, 176 


F 


Famity Prayer, 36, 104 
FasTING OR ABSTINENCE, 36 
FEDERATION 


Administration, 239 

Annual Conference, 240 

Bishops, 234, 236-238 

Constitution, 233 

Corresponding | Secretaries, 234, 
237, 430, 433 

District Boards, 241 

District Secretaries, 242 

District Superintendents, 
241-243 

Emergency Fund, 235 

Epworth League, 240 

Gener Committee, 234, 235, 

General Conference, 234, 236 

Incorporation, 233 

Life Members, 234 

Managers, 236, 433 

Meeting of Mission, 239 

Missionary Bishops, 168 

icra Prayer Meetings, 

Object, 233 

Officers, 237, 238, 430 

Pastors, 127, 248, 244 


134, 


Special Gifts, 238 
Study Classes, 243, 244 
Sunday Schools, 244 
Superannuated Missionaries, 239 
Superintendent of Mission, 239 
Suspension of Officers, 236 
Tracts, 237 
Treasurer, 430, 433 
V: acancies, 237 

F.M. S., 245 
Young People’s Movement, 242 


Forms 


Certificates, 50, 51, 119-121 
Charges, 4 87 
Constitution, 482-485 


FREEDMEN’S 


Colored M. E. Churches, 440, 474 


Commission, 474 
Council, 475 
Evangelical Association, 474 
. E. Church, South, 440 
Methodist Protestant, 476 
United Brethren, 474 
Fryancrau Pian, 93 
FuynisH Coursss, 509 


533 


Bishops, 288 

Pomenonsing Secretaries, 288, 
430, 43 

District Srpeeintenidinties 134, 
289 


General Committee, 288 
General Conference, 287 
Lincoln’s Birthday, 286 ° 
Managers, 287 

Object, 286 

Offcers, 288 

Pastors, 127, 290 
Quarterly Conferences, 290 
Treasurer, 7 


InpEx 


Funps 

Chartered, 291 

Children’s, 273 

Conference Claimants, 204, 205, 

282-285 

Lozal Church, 216 
Sustentation, 203 

Trustees, 292-294 


G 


GENERAL CoMMITTEB 

Election, 234 

Foreign Missions, 234, 432 

Freedmen’s Aid, 288, 432 

Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension, 247, 432 

Names, 482 

Vacancies, 462 

GENERAL CONFERENCE 

Amendments, 44, 456 

Appeals, 184, 186, 188 

Arrangements, 441 

Bishops, 167, 186, 443 

Book Committee, 226 

Book Concern, 223 

Business, 444 

Chartered Fund, 291 

Collections, 76, 127 

Commissions, 440 

Conference Claimants, 281 

Credentials, 40 

Delegates, 38 

Discipline, 448 

Districts, 65, 234 247, 288, 441 

Editors, 230 

Election, 38 

Eligibility, 38, 39 

Entertainment, 441 

Epworth League, 298 

Expenses, 76, 127, 228 

Extra Session, 40 

General Committee, 234, 247, 
288 “A 


Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension, 247 

Journals, 66, 458-460 

Judicial Conference, 184 

Law Decisions, 461-467 

Lay Delegates, 38 

Lay Electoral Conference, 39, 

BA doer bs . 

Location of, 441 

Managers of Boards, 431-440 

Members, 37 

Memorials, 449, 453 

Ministerial Delegates, 38 


GENERAL CONFERENCE (continued) 


Mineo Rept Lie mc 
issionary Bishops 
Officers, 41 ’ 


Organization, 41 
Permanent Fund, 281 
Powers, 42 
President, 41 
Publishing Committee, 231 
Quorum, 
Ratio of Representation, 38 
Reserve Delegates, 38, 39 
Restrictive Rules, 43 
Rules of Order, 443-452 
Seating, 455 ; 
Secretary, 185, 186, 188, 428 
Sessions, 
Standing Committees, 450, 455 
Temperance, 468 
Time, 456 
Treasurer, 228, 430, 456 : 
Trustees M. E. Church, 291-294 
Voting, 42, 448 
GENERAL CONFERENCE DisTRICTs, 
65, 234, 247, 288, 441 
Gane Russ, 19, 32, 95, 125, 


GENERAL SUPERINTENDENTS. See 
BisHops 
GERMAN 
Agents, 140 
Deaconesses, 155, 163 
Epworth League, 300 
Papers, 230, 276 
Studies, 499 
GOVERNMENT, 31, 470, 472 


H 


Haus unp Herp, 230, 300, 429 
He, His, Him, 464 
HERESY 

Bishop, 142, 168 

Book Concern, 226 

Local Preacher, 179 

Member, 182 

Preacher, 172 
HistToricaL STATEMENT, 15, 32 
Hourness, 3, 15, 102, 105, 106, 


109-114, 116 

Horty Communion. See Lorp’s 
SUPPER 

Hoty Scriptures. See Birnie 


Hoty Sprrit, 23, 24, 113 
Home Missions AND CauRcH Ex- 
TENSION 
Administration, 257 


534 


e 


INDEX 


Home Missions AND CHURCH Ex- 


TENSION (continued) 
Anniversaries, 259 


Annual Conferences, 254, 258, 


259 
Annuities, 252 
Applications, 261 
Bishops, 247, 257 
Board, 250-253, 434 
Church Extension, 261 
City Boards, 2. 


City ee 248, 253, 
254, 263 


Conference Board, 254, 255 
Constitution. 247 
Contingent Fund, 248 
Corresponding Secretaries, 247, 
251, 255, 430, 434 
District Conferences, 259 
District Superintendents, 134, 
259, 258. 2. 
Duties, 250-953 
Emergency Fund, 249 
General 
432 
General Conference, 247 
Incorporation, 247 
Judicial Conference, 258 
Managers, 250-252 
Mission Conferences, 256 
Missions, 256, 257 
Object, 247 
cers, 251 
Pastors, 127, 260 
Prayer Meetings, 260 
Quarterly Conference, 259 
Quorum, 252 
Sunday Schools, 260 
Tracts, 253 
Treasurer, 430, 433 
Vacancies, 249, 250 
W. H. M. S., 262 
-Hymnat, 59, 137 


I 


Immorat Conpucr 
Bishop, 167 
Charges, 485 
District Superintendent, 170 
Evangelist, 170 
Local Preacher, 177 
Member, 180. 
Missionary Bishop, 168 
Preacher, 169 
Superannuated Preacher, 170 
Supernumerary Preacher, 170 


Committee, 247-250, 


ImpPRUDENT ConpucT 
Bishop, 168 
Charges, 486 
Local Preacher, 177 
Member, 181 
Preacher, 171-173 
Tempers, 178 
INCORPORATION 
Churches, 212 
Conferences, 65, 66 
Inpra 
Deacons and Elders, 124, 424 
Local Preachers, 124 
Missionary Bishops, so 
Studies, 523 
Insotyency, 179, 183 
Institutions. See Boarps 
INSURANCE, 96, 134 
INTER-CHURCH CounciL, 476 
IntoxicaTine Liquors. See TEM- 
PERANCE 
INVESTIGATION, 169 
IRREGULAR PROCEEDINGS, 461 
IrauiAn Stupiss, 512 


a 


JOURNALS EXAMINED, 80, 458-460 
JUDICIAL ADMINISTRATION, 167— 
194 
JupiciaL CoNFERENCES 
Annual Conference, 184 
Appeais, 184 
Bishops, 167, 185 
Challenge, 185 
Constituted, 184 
General Conference, 185 
Proceedings, 1 
Triers of Appeals, 68, 91, 184— 
188, 190-19 
JoprcraL Benet 440 
Jupiciany CommitrTer, 451 


L 


Lapres’ Arp Socrettss, 82, 85, 87, 
89, 126, 134, 218 
Law 
Bishops, 141, 185 
District Superintendent, 135 
Errors, 174 
General Conference, 461 
Going to, 182 
Judicial Conference, 184 
Lay DELEGATES 
To General Conference, 39 
To Lay Electoral Conference, 38 


535 


InpEx 


Lay ExnctoraLt CONFERENCES 
Conference Claimants, 205 
Elections, 39, 76, 77 
Eligibility, 39 
Judges of Election, 77 
Laymen’s Associations, 78 

LAYMEN’S ASSOCIATIONS, 78 

LEADERS AND STEWARDS’ MEET- 

ING, 47, 97 

LIcENSE 
Deaconess, 155 
District Superintendent, 133 
Exhorter, 150 


Local Preacher, 147, 133, 494 
Pastor, 150 
Women, 464, 465 

LITERATURE See Book Con- 


CERN, PERIODICALS, TRACTS 
Locat Book CoMMITTEE. See 
Book CoNCcERN 
Locat Deacon, 122 
Loca EvpEr, 124 
Locau Option, 469 
LocaL PREACHER 
Annual Conference, 147 
Appeal, 90 
Baptism, 150 
Business, 179 
Change of Court, 179 
Deacon, 95, 148, 496, 506, 509, 


516 
Deprived of Office, 148, 179 
District Conference, 85, 147, 178 
District Superintendent, 149 
Elder, 95, 148, 496, 506, 509, 516 
Examination, 147 
Expulsion, 148 
Heresy, 179 
License, 88, 95, 147 
Location 
Own Request, 120 
Quarterly Conference, 120,149 
Secularity, 173 
Marriages, 150 
Other Churches, 118 
Pastor, 125, 150 
Quarterly Conference, 83, 85, 
88, 92, 95, 147, 148, 178 
Recognition, 147 
Recommendation, 147, 148 
Relief, 150 
Report, 92, 149 
Select Number, 178, 190 
Studies, 147. 495, 502, 505, 508, 
512, 514, 520 
Suspension, 148 
Tobacco, 147 
Trial, 148, 177 


Lam p Sossep 28 20 

ticles of Religio: 

Ritual, 363 A ; 
Unfermented Wine, 126 

Love Feast, 126 


M 
MALADMINISTRATION, 174 
MANAGERS. Boarps 


MARRIAGE 
Ministers, 30 
Preacher on Trial, 115 
Register, 128 
Ritual, 371 
Superannuated Preacher, 132 
Supernumerary Preacher, 131 
MEANS OF Grace, 104-106 
MempBers. See also APPEAL, 
TRIAL 
Appeal, 186— 
Baptized Children, 48, 49 
Certificates, 50, 52 
Classes, 47, 52-54 
Conditions, 33 
Court of meat 186-194 
Expulsion, 1 
Orphans, 49 
Pastor, 47, 50-52, 125 
Reception 
Certificate, 50-52 
Full Member, 47, 49, 125, 360 
Other Churches, 48 
Probation, 47, 125, 358 
Recommendation, ‘47, 49, 52 
Record, 48, 4 
Rules, 47 
Special Advices, 55-58 
Termination, 52 
50-52 


Withdrawal, 52 
MemonriaLs, 449, 453 
Meruopist BROTHERHOOD 
Annual Conference, 304 
Constitution, 302 
Convention, 304 
District Conference, 82, 83, 85, 
87, 89, 90, 92, 126 134 
District Superintendent, 134 
Managers, 303, 438 
Pastors, 126 
Quarterly Conference, 87, 89, 
90, 92 


Metnopist Episcopan Caurcu 
Articles of Religion, 23-31 
Constitution, 23-44 


536 


. InpEx 


Mernopist Episcopat CuurcH MunistertAn Support, 473 


(continued) Minority Reports, 452 

Historical Statement, 15-19, 82 Mussions 

Institutions, 223-304 Annual Conferences, 254, 258 

Officers, 427-440 Bishops, 115, 240, 257 

Organization, 37-44 Boundaries, 338-341 

Ritual, 349 Central Mission Conferences, 75- 

Rules, 32-36 80 

South, 440, 445 City, 253, 254, 262-267 

Trustees, 439 Constituted, 239, 240, 257, 258 
Meruopist Protestant Cuurcu, Foreign, Board, 233-244, 450 

Home, Board, 247-262, 430 

Mesrnopist Review, 230, 429 Judicial Conference, 258 
MINISTERS Local Preachers, 257 

Annual Conference, 65, 108, 114, Mission Conferences 

122 Boundaries, 348-341 

Appeal, 186-188 Powers, 80, 81 

Ropontment, 138 Superintendent, 80 

Call, 101 W. F. M. : 245, 246 

Conduct, 101-103, 108 W. H. M. 262 

Deacons, 122, 123 MIssIONARY neice 

Debt, 114, 117, 120 Amenability, 137 

District Conference, 114, 118 Assignments, 137 

Duties, 101-103, 125-130 Ceasing to Act, 137 

Elder, 123, 124 Coérdinate, 136 

Examination, 115, 117 Deaconesses, 153 

Heresy, 142, 172, 232 Discipline, 137 

Investigation, 169-171 Election, 43. 137 

Located, 120 Conceal Missionary Committee, 

Means of Grace, 104-106 137, 

Missionary Work, 115 : inten ERT eh 136 

Official Positions, 120 Hymnal, 137 

Other Churches, 118 India Ritual, 424 


Pastoral Work, 109-114, 125- Jurisdiction, 136, 137 


130 Names, 5, 428 
Preaching, 108 Powers, 136 
Publications, 129 Residences, 80, 428 
Qualifications, 105-114 Support, 137 
Quarterly Conference, 114, 118 Transfers, 137 
Readmission, 118 Trial, 168 
Reception, On Trial, 114, 115 Missionary CoMMITTEE. See GEN- 
Reception, Full Membership, ERAL COMMITTEE 
116-118 Movine Expensgs, 203 


Recognition of Orders, 119 
Refusal to Work, 1 


Restoration, 189 t N 

Rules, 101-103 

Studies, 116 NationaL Crry EVyANGELIZATION 
Support, 198, 199, 203, 473 Union, 262 

Surrender of Office, 121 Necuect or Durty, 173, 181, 488 
Time, Use of, 106, 107 NEGOTIATIONS, Pastoral, 467 — 
Tobacco, 115, 117 New York 

Transfer, 463 < Book Concern, 223, 229, 428 
Trial, 169-176 Christian Advocate, 429 
Union, 107 Corresponding Secretaries, 430 
Voting, 38 Editors, 230, 429 

Withdrawal, 121 Local Committee, 223, 229 
Work, 105-114 Treasurers, 430, 431 


537 


InDEX 


NORTHWESTERN CHRISTIAN ADVO- 
CATE, 230, 429 
NoRWEGIAN-DANISH Stupigs, 503 


oO 


OrrictaL Boarp, 47, 96, 97 

Osipway Coursgs, 523 

ORDER OF Pusiic WorsuHIpP, 59, 60 

OrpERS. See CREDENTIALS, DEA- 
cons. ELpers, ORDINATION 

ORDINATION. See also CONSECRA- 


TION 
Chapiains, 123, 124 
Deacon, 67, 122, 402 
Elder, 67, 123, 3$2 
Election, 67, 95, 125, 464 
India, 124, 424 
Local Preacher, 68, 95, 122 
Missionary Rule, 67, 68, 123 
Recognition, 95, 118 
Ritual, 392-407 
Roman Catholic Priest, 464 
Seminary Rule, 67, 68, 122 
Women, 464 

ORPHANS, 49 


P 
Paciric CHRISTIAN . ADVOCATE, 
230, 429 
ParcuMENtTs. See CREDENTIALS 


PARSONAGE AND FURNITURE, 217 
PAsTORAL CHARGES, 37 
Pastors. See also MINISTERS 
American Bible Society, 127 
Annual Conferences, 128-130 
Appointments, 138 
Baptism, 128 
Book Concern, 225 
Books and Periodicals, 126 
Certificates, 50-52 
Children, 126, 127 
City Evangelization, 266 
Class Leaders, 125 
Collections, 127 
Conerence Claimants, 127, 205, 


Deficiencies, 200 

District Conferences, 85 
District Superintendents, 
_. 180, 133, 135 

Duties, 125-130, 109-114 
Education, 127, 273 
Epworth Leacue, 126, 301, 302 
Evangelists, 130 

Exhorters, 126 

Foreign Missions, 127, 243, 244 
Freedmen’s Aid, 127, 289, 290 


128, 


Pastors (continued) 


General Conference, 127 

General Rules, 95, 125 

Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension, 127, 260 

Ladies’ Aid, 126 

Leaders and Stewards, A7, 97 

Letter of Recommendation, 52 

Licenses 126 

Local Preachers, 125, 126, 177 

Love Feasts, 126 

Marriages, 128 

Members Received, 125 

Methodist Brotherhoods, 126 

Moving Expenses, 203 

Official Board, 47, 97 

Parsonages, 217, 218 

Prayer Meeting, 125 

Preaching, 108, 109 

Probationers, 47, 48 

Qualifications, 101-114 

Quarterly Conferences, 87, 126, 


Records, 128, 130 
Reports, 128, 130 
Singing, 61 

Statisties, 128-130 
Stewards, 126, 198-200 
Samay Schools, 127, 


Support, 92, 198, 199, 203 
Systematie Giving 127 
Temperance, 127, 297 
Tracts, 127, 232 
Trials, 169-176 
Trustees M. E. Church, 294 
Visiting List, 130, 96 
Watchnight, 126 

W. F. M. S., 246 


W. H. M. S., 262 
Pprropicats, 130 
PERMANENT CONNECTIONAL Funp, 
281, 283 
PirrspurG CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE, 
230, 231, 429 
Poor, 363 
Post Orrice ADDRESSES 
Agents, 428, 429 
Bishops, 427, 428 
Editors, 429 
Missionary Bishops, 428 
Secretaries, 430 
Treasurers, 430, 431 
PRAYER 
Colleges, 473 
Family, 36, 104 
Meetings, 126 
Week of, 472 


279, 


538 


InpEx 


PREACHER. See Locan PREACHER, 
Ministers, PAsTors, SuPER- 
ANNUATED PREACAER, SUPER- 
NUMERARY PREACHER 

PREACHER ON TRIAL 

Admission, 116-118 
District Conference, 114 
District Superintendent, 114 
Examination, 114 
Marriages, 115 
Missionary Work, 115 
Quarterly Conference, TS 
Questions, 115 
Trial, 177 
PREACHING, 108, 109 
PROBATION 
Privileges, 47 
Reception, 48 
Ritual, 358-360 
PROCEDURE 
Bishop, 163, 164 
Local Preacher, 177-179 
Member, 180-184 
Missionary Bishop, 168, 169 
Preacher, 169-176 
Preacher on Trial, 177 

Prouipition, 469. See TEM- 
PERANCE 

Pro Rara Drvision, 93, 200, 201 

Pusiic Worsuip, 59, 60 

Puszicatrons. See Book Con- 
CERN, PERIODICALS, TRACTS 

PusuisHinc AGENTS. See Book 
ConcERN 

PuBLIsHING CoMMITTEEs, 231 


Q 


QUARTERLY CONFERENCE 
American Bible Society, 94 
Appeals, 91, 93 
Apportionments, 93 


Bishops, 92 

Books and Periodicals, 129, 232 

Business, 87-96 

Children, 94 

Class Leaders, 87-96, 90, 92 

Committees, 92, 94 

Complaints, 87, 91 

Conference Claimants, 89, 
94, 205, 207, 208 

Custodians of Deeds, 96 

Denconeets Biv Moo 157, 


District Conferences, 82, 83 
District Stewards, 82, 95 


92— 


QUARTERLY CONFERENGE (cont'd) 
KS ee che a 87, 

mien “39, 93, 94, 96, 272 

Epworth League, 87, '88, 89, 92, 
94, 301, 

Estimate, 39, "92 

Exhorters, 87, 88, 92, 95 

Financial Plan, 93, 199 

Foreign Missions, 89, 93, 94, 242 

Freedmen, 89, 94, 290 

General Officers, 140 

Home Missions and Church Ex- 
tension, 89, 93, 94, 259 

Hospitals, 89 

Insurance, 96 

Judges of Election, 77 : 


ese Aid, 87, 89 $0, 91, 92, 

Lay Conference, 76, 77 

Licenses, 95 

Local Preachers, 87, 88, 92, 95, 
147-150 


Members, 37, 87, 91 
mtiolick Brotherhood, 87, 89, 


Moving Expenses, 93 
Music, 89 
Official Board, 92. 97 
Orders Recognized, ie 148 
Parsonages, 89, 93, 218 
Preachers, 87, 92, 93, 126 
President, 87, 96, 133 
Pro Rata, 93, 200, 201 
Receiving Ministers, 118 
Recognition of Orders, 95, 118 
Recommendations 
Orders, 95 
Reception on Trial, 95, 115 
Recognition, 95 
Restoration, 189 
Records, 87, 89, 96 
Reports, 92-94, 128, 149 
Rules, 95 
Sale of Property, 215 
Secretary, 87 
Stewards, 87, 88, 
Sunday Schools, 88, 89, 93, 94, 
128, 277-280 
Sunday Sehool Superintendents, 
Superannuated Preachers, 132, 
465 
Boe ke Preachers, 131, 
6. 


Support, 92 
Systematic Giving, 95 
Temperance, 89, 94, 297 


539 


InpEx 


QUARTERLY Coxrannycs (cont’d) 
Tracts, 89, 
Trial, ee? set 177 
Trier of Appeals, 91, 190-193 
Trustees, 87, 88, 90, 92, 94 


W.H.M.S., 
Women, 464 
QuARTERLY MEETINGS, 133 


R 
RECEPTION 
Into Church 
Members, 47-49, 360 
' Probationers, 47, 358 
Into Ministry 
Full Connection, 116, 117 
On Trial, 114, 115 
Other Churches, 118-120 
RecorpDine STEWARD, 197, 198 
Recorps. See Boarps, CoNFER- 
ENCES, TRIAL, etc. 
REPRESENTATION, Ratio, 38 
ReEsPRICTIVE RuLEs, 43 
Riruau 
Baptism, Adults, 354 
Baptism, Infants, 349 
Bishops’ Consecration, 383 
Burial of Dead, 376 
Corner Stone, 413 
Deacons’ Ordination, 402 
Deaconesses’ Consecration, 407 
Dedication of Church, 418 
Elders’ Ordination, 392 
Lord’s Supper, 363 
Matrimony, 371 * 
Reception of Members, 360 
Reception of Probationers, 358 
Rimes GENERAL, 19, 32-36, 95, 


Rues or OrpeErR, 443 


Ss 


SasBpatu, 113 
SACRAMENTS 
Baptism, 28, 29, 349, 354 
Lord’s Supper, 28, 29, 363 
SabLaries. See STEWARDS 
SaNncTIFICATION. See-HoninEss 
Scuoots. See EpucaTion 
Scriptures. See BrsLE 
Seats, Frees, 213 
SECRETARIES. See Boarps, Con- 
FERENCES, etc. 


SECRETARIES, CORRESPONDING,430 
SELect NuMBER, 175, 178 
Sincine, 61 
Suavery, 34, 55 
SMUGGLING, 34 
SocraL PRospiems, 479, 481 
Societies. See Boarps 
SouUTHWESTERN CHRISTIAN ADVo- 
CATE, 230 

SPANISH Srupizs, 517 
SpecraL ApvIcEs. 

Amusements, 56 

Divan 56 


Temperance, 58 

Tithing, 58 
SranpineG Committess, 450, 455 
Soanieaion Reports, 70-76, 128- 


Statistician, 70-72 
Stewarps. See also CONFERENCE 
STEWARDS 
Accountability, 198 
Bishops, 200, 203 
Conference Claimants, 200, 203 
Deficiencies, 199 
District Steward, 197, 198, 202, 
88, 95 


District Superintendents, 202, 
203 


Duties, 197-204 

Election, 95, 197 

Estimates, 92, 198, 203 
Financial Plan, 93, 199 i 
Lees and Stewards’ Meeting, 


Lord’s Supper, 198 
Moving Expenses, 203 
A 197 
Official Board, 198 
Pastors, 203, 126 
gs EP Distribution, 93, 200, 


Quesiedlys Conferences, 197, 198, 


Recording Steward, 93, 95, 197 

Report, 198 

Veterans’ Sunday, 206 

Women, 464 
SrRAWBRIDGE ROBERT, 16 
Sunpay ScHooits 

Annual Conference, 72, 73 

Board, 274, 275, oe 

Children’s Day, 2 

Collection, 277, ae 

Constitution, 274, 482 


540 


InpEX 


Sunpay ScHoots (continued) 
Corresponding Secretary, 275, 
430, 436 
District Conferences, 82, 83, 85 
District Superintendent, 134, 


Editor, 276 

Foreign Missions, 94, 244, 277 

German, 276 

Home Missions and pbares Ex- 
tension, 94, 260, 

Incorporation, 274 

Local Board, 276, 277 

Managers, 275 

Missionary Society, 484 

Officers and Teachers, 277 

Pastors, 127, 128, 277, 279, 280 

Quarterly Conferences, 87-90, 
94, 277, 279, 280 

Reports, 92 

Statistics, 73 

Sunday School Day, 288 

Superintendent, 276, 277, 288 

Temperance, 277, 470 

Treasurer, 431, 436 

Vacancies, 276 

SUPERANNUATED PREACHER. See 

also CONFERENCE CLAIMANTS 

Certificate of Character, 132 

Coaference Claimants, 200, 204, 


Conference Relations, 463 
Marriages, 132 
Quarterly Conference, 132, 207, 


Reports, 128 


ae ort, 200 
Trial, 170 
Sresitecamtaa PREACHER, 131, 
170, 463, 465 
Support. See also Sa.artzs, 


STEWARDS 
Bishops, 200-202 
Conference Claimants, 200, 204— 
210, 281-285 
Deaconesses, 154 
District Superintendents, 202 
Pastors, 203 
Suspension, 167, 169, 170 
SustentaTion Funp, 203 
SwepisuH Stupigs, 506 
Systematic Givine, 56, 95 


T 
TEMPERANCE 
Abstinence, 467 
Advice, 58 


TEMPERANCE (continued) 
Agents, 140 
Anti-Saloon League, 471 
Church Temperance Society, 
295, 439, 471 
Constitution, 295 
District Superintendent, 297 
Epworth League, 295 
Federal Government, 470 
General Conference, 468-472 
General Rules, 34 
Instruction, 470 
Managers, 295 
Pastor, 127, 297 
Political Action, 472 
Prohibition, 469 
Quarterly Conference, 297 
Sunday Schools, 295, 297 
TEMPORAL Economy, 197-218 
Testimony. See TRIAL 
THEOLOGICAL ScHoots, 142, 173, 
270, 489 
TitrHine, 58 
Toxsacco, 115, 117, 147 
TRACTS 
Agents, 140 
Book Concern, 232 
Collection, 89, 237, 253 
District Superintendent, 232 
Editor, 224 
253 


Missions, 237, 
TRANSFERS, 463 
TRAVELING EXPENSES, 203, 467 
TRAVELING PREACHER. See Min- 
ISTERS, PASTORS 
TREASURER 
Annual Conference, 70, 71 
Benevolent Boards, 430, 481, 
433-437 
General Conference, 430 
TRIAL, JUDICIAL ADMINISTRATION, 
165 


Bishop 
Administration, 167, 168 
Amenability, 167 
Appeal, 186 
Challenge, 167, 185 
Die Superintendent, 167, 
16 


Conference, 167, 


Heresy, 168 

Immoral Conduct, 167 
Imprudent Conduct, 168 
Judicial Conference, 167, 184, 


185 
Procedure, 167 
Record, 167, 185 


General 
186 


541 


‘ypex 


TRIAL, JuDICIAL ADMINISTRATION TRIAL, JUDICIAL ADMINISTRATION 


(continued) 

Local Preacher 
Appeal, 190 
Bishop, 178 
Business, 179 
Challenge, 178 
Change of Place, 178 
Credentials, 189 
Disobedience, 179 
District Conference, 178 
Heresy, 178 
eprops Tempers or Words, 


7 
Inefficiency, 178 
Investigation, 177 
Pastor, 177 
Quarterly Conference, 178 
Record, 177, 178 
Restoration, 199 
Select Number, 178, 190 

Member 
Absence, 180 
Amusements, 181 
Annual Conference, 193 
Appeal, 190-194 
Arbitration, 182 
Business, 183 
Cpa netee 180, 191 
Charge, 1 
Charges, 485-487 
Class Leader, 181 
Committee, 180 
Court of Appeals, 190 
Disobedience, 181 
Dissensions, 182 
District Superintendent, 183, 

190-192 
Expulsion, 180-184 
Failure to Appear, 180 
General Conference, 192, 193 
General Directions, 184 
Immorality, 1 
Imprudent Conduct, 181 
Intoxicating Liquors, 181 
Irregular Proceedings, 461 
Law Questions, 190, 192, 


461 

Neglect of Duty, 181 

Pastors, 180-184 

Record, 191-193 

Suspension, 180 

Testimony, 46 

Trial, 180-184, 192 

Witnesses, 184 
Missionary Bishop, 168 
Preacher on Trial, 177 
Procedure, 167-194 


542 


Travelin, 


(continued) 
Remanded for Trial, 191 
Right, 43 
Suspension 177 
A Coat te; 17 

nnua ruerny 1,174 
Appeal, 1 
Business, reba 
Charges, 171-173 
Commissioner, 175 
Conference Claimants, 188 
youel: att 176 
Debt, 1 
TDeeeaied: 176 
Disobedience, 172 
District Superintendent, 169, 

170, 173, 174, 17. 
Errors of Law, 174 
tivesnelieks 170 

xpulsion, 176, 189 
ilure to Appear, 170 

pa Conference, 188 
Heresy, 172 
nea Words or Tempers, 


Inefficiency, 173 

‘Interference with Work, 172 
Investigation, 169-171 
Judicial Conference, 186-188 
Judicial Proceedings, 174 
Law Questions, 188 

Less Penalty, 178 

Location, 173 
Maladministration, 174 
Missions, 188 

Procedure, 187 

Record, 171, 186 

Refusing Work, 173 
Remanded for Trial, 187 
Restoration, 189 

Select Number, 175 ‘ 
Superannuated Preacher, 170 
Supernumerary Preacher, 170 
Suspension, 170, 1 
Theological Schools, 173 
Verdict, 175, 176 
Withdrawal, 176 

Witnesses, 171 


TRIERS OF APPEALS 


Come of Appeals, 91, 190- 
Judicial Conference, 68, 184, 
188 


TRUSTEES, CHURCH 


Annual Conference, 215-217 
Approval, 90, 9 
Building, 213, 4 


InpEx 


TrusTEEs, CHURCH (continued) 
Charters, Deeds, 211-214 
Confirmation, 90 
Conveyances, 96, 212-215 
Current Expenses, 211, 212 
Debts, 212, 214 
District Superintendent, 

217 


Duties, 211 

Election, 88, 90, 95, 210 

Free Seats, 213 

Insurance, 212 

Local Funds, 211 

Mortgages, 212 

Official Board, 97 

Parsonages, 217 

Pastor, 215, 217 

Quarterly Conference, 87, 88, 90, 
92, 95, 211, 214 

Removal, 216, 465 

Renting, 217 

Report, 88, 92, 211 

Sale, 214-216 

Trustees, M. E. Cuurcy, 291- 

294, 439 


215, 


U 


UNACCEPTABLE PREACHERS Lo- 
CATED, 173 

Unrrep BRETHREN, 474 

Unrtep Srares, 16, 31 

University SENATE, 271, 435 


Vv 


VETERANS’ Sunpay, 206 
VisitinG, 96, 109-114, 117,130, 152 
Vorine, 448, 463 


w 


WatcHNicHtT, 126 
WEEK OF PRAYER, 472 
Wester, Joun, 15-17, 32 
WESTERN CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE, 
230, 429 
Winows. See Conrerence Cram- 
ANTS 
Wine, UNFERMENTED, 126 
WITHDRAWAL 
Member, 52 
Minister, 68, 121 
Wirnesses, 171, 184 


W. F. M. S., 162, 245 
W. H. M. S., 162, 262 
Women 


Licensing or Ordaining, 464, 465 

Preachers’ tes sn 102 

Pronouns ae His, Him, 464 
Wokssip, 36, 1 


Rs 
Youne Preopte, 279, 280, 298-302 


Zz 
Zion’s HERALD, 139 


543 


67? RS *LI992 
“i 


01/86/16 33357 see 


LUMA 


U 


LO68S¢ce0d 


9ST-4yNnG 


